Home

Framework

Contents

1. Framework SESAM 5 240 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DISPLAY LABEL MEMBER NAMES status SECTION NAMES status MATERIAL NAMES status JOINT NAMES status canon CHORD AND BRACE status JOINT TYPE status JOINT RING STIFFENER status JOINT SYMBOL status MEMBER Z AXIS status DIAGRAM VALUES status limit PURPOSE Turns display of labels on members or joints on off PARAMETERS MEMBER NAMES SECTION NAMES MATERIAL NAMES JOINT NAMES CHORD AND BRACE JOINT TYPE JOINT RING STIFFENER JOINT SYMBOL MEMBER Z AXIS DIAGRAM VALUES status Label the member names when members are displayed and el ement numbers when the superelement is displayed Label the section names member display only Label the material names member display only Label the joint names Label the chord and brace status of each end of members joint display only Label the joint type at each end of members joint display on ly Label assignment of ring stiffeners at each end of members joint display only Draw a symbol indicating location of joints Draw a symbol indicating member local z axis Add to display the diagram values when displaying diagram of member forces and moments Turn label ON or OFF SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 241 limit The threshold absolute value i e sign independent for values to be printed NOTES C chord B
2. 201 301 25 1 80 65 8 3106E 02 100 0 31 7 0 0 9 3 1000 31 7 0 0 9 3 1000 31 7 0 0 9 3 100 0 31 7 201 206 3 5 1 80 80 1 6729E 00 90 4 16 0 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 0 0 16 2 22 4 3 8 0 0 4 6 25 1 4 5 201 303 3 1 2 80 80 6 4260E 01 12 0 25 2 0 0 70 4 12 0 25 2 0 0 70 4 100 0 6 8 0 0 48 4 100 0 6 8 202 101 18 1 80 65 1 0864E 00 33 7 97 1 0 0 100 0 33 7 97 1 0 0 100 0 20 0 8 7 0 0 953 200 8 7 202 102 1 4 1 80 65 1 0864E 00 33 7 97 1 OO LOOLO SIT O21 0 0 100 0 20 0 8 7 0 0 943 204 0 8 7 203 202 15 1 80 80 1 6145E 00 90 0 15 9 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 0 0 16 1 22 2 3 8 0 0 4 6 25 0 4 5 203 301 11 2 80 80 4 8986E 01 10 9 48 5 0 0 47 7 10 9 48 5 0 0 47 6 100 0 32 7 0 0 30 5 100 0 32 7 203 204 211 65 20 5 1111E 02 100 0 18 7 00 1520 9041 1683 0 0 17 5 100 0 18 7 O20 5 00 9041 L643 203 102 3 5 1 80 20 3 3952E 02 100 0 40 6 0 0 2 2 100 0 40 6 0 0 2 2 100 0 40 6 0 0 2 2 100 0 40 6 203 302 3 5 1 80 65 8 0628E 02 100 0 2 2 0 0 40 3 100 0 2 2 0 0 40 3 100 0 2 2 0 0 40 3 100 0 2 2 204 102 2 8 1 80 65 1 5492E 00 31 4 35 8 0 0 100 0 31 4 35 8 0 0 100 0 17 0 2 9 0 0 9 4 17 0 269 204 103 2 4 1 80 80 1 2537E 00 32 4 38 5 0010040 32 4 38 25 0 0 100 0 20 9 3 4 0 0 97 20 9 3 4 205 103 15 1 80 20 5 2106E 02 100 0 13 0 0 0 14 9 100 0 13 0 0 0 14 9 100 0 13 0 0 0 14 9 100 0 13 0 205 303 1 5 1 80 65 1 1337E 01 100 0 14 7 0 0 12 6 100 0 14 7 0 0 12 6 100 0 14 7 0 0 12 6 100 0 14 7 205 204 2 5 1 80 80 1 5729E 00 90 4 15 9 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 0 0 164
3. xk xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK kxk KKK KK xk xk xk xk KK i Postprocessing of Frame Structures AR xk xk xk xk AS AS Marketing and Support by DNV Sesam Program id 2 801 Computer 586 Release date 28 MAR 2001 Impl update Access time 28 MAR 2001 15 02 06 Operating system Win NT 4 0 1381 User id FRMW CPU id 1053416358 Installation DNVS OSLPCN20 Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS SESAM AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE Gl YIELD Check Results NPD NS3472 Rev 3 Ed 2 Run Superelement Loadset NPD Y JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Gl Outcome Usfac Seg Yield Gamma m SXX Smx Phase SctNam Syy Smy SZZ Smz DAT Member T Foe B 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 Outcome message from the code check Usage factor due to equivalent stress Computed equivalent stress Yield strength Material factor Acting axial stress Acting torsional stress Phase angle in degrees Section name Acting shear stress yy Acting bending s
4. PURPOSE To assign the fabrication method of selected members This command is effective for non tubular members only PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned fabrication method For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS ROLLED Signifies a rolled type of construction WELDED Signifies a welded type of construction NOTES By default the fabrication method is set to WELDED for all members This parameter is not applicable for members with PIPE or GENERAL cross section See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ONLY WITH SECTION 130400 FABRICATION WELDED SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 55 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem FLOODING STATUS FLOODED NON FLOODED sel mem FLOODING STATUS PURPOSE To assign flooding status to selected members The flooding status is used to evaluate if a pipe member is exposed to external water pressure when immersed and used in yield and stability hydrostatic checks PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned flooding status For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MEMBERS FLOODED The member is flooded NON FLOODED The member is not flooded NOTES By default the flooding status is set to NON FLOODED for all members The flooding status is updated according to flooding information defined on the results file i e conceptual information defined in e g P
5. CI SELECT MEMBERS CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE CROWN SADDLE ELECT JOINTS n EXCLUDE INCLUDE 8 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT 4 18 4 18 2 61 5 81 JOINT SCF READ CURRENT Za 2253 239 3513 CURRENT 10 ELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 301 LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDI Gl LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDE LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDE LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDI Gl LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDI Gl LOCAL BRACE SID CJ LOCAL CHORD SID LOCAL BRACE SIDE LOCAL CHORD SIDI Gl LOCAL BRACE SIDE Gl SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 77 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 302 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 303 SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE ALL ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ DEFAULT PARAMETRIC EFTHYMIOU SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 201 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 203 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 205 B ASSIGN WIND FATIGU ASSIGN WIND FATIGU ASSIGN WIND FATIGU ASSIGN WIND FATIGU RUN WIND FATIGUE C CJ ENT CAN SCF LOCAL 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 ALL WIND SPECTRUM DAVENPORT ON ON COHERENCE MODEL GUSTO RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE C
6. Framework SESAM 5 182 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS KSI 209 REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS KSI value PURPOSE To define the value to used as reference Young s modulus for use in AISC and EUROCODE NS3472 code checks PARAMETERS value The Youngs modulus in ksi unit NOTES Both AISC and Eurocode refere to modulus of elasticity defined in ksi and MPa respectively In previous versions these built in reference values have been set to 30458 ksi and 2 1E5 MPa For models using Young s modulus equal to 29000 ksi corresponding to 2 0E5 MPa some deviations in results could occur in code checks according to Eurocode and AISC The user should define these two values consistent with actual modulus of elasticity used in the model E g if using E 2 0E11 Pa N m in the model set this value to 29000 Default value is 30458 ksi for compatibility reasons this command is new in v3 5 01 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 183 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS MPA ar REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS MPa value PURPOSE To define the value to used as reference Young s modulus for use in AISC and EUROCODE NS3472 code checks PARAMETERS value The Youngs modulus in MPa N mm unit NOTES Both AISC and Eurocode refere to modulus of elasticity defined in ksi and MPa respectively In previous versions these built i
7. name AUTOMATIC INDIVIDUAL name nof dl separation PURPOSE To assign and change ring stiffeners at the end of a brace member The ring stiffeners are actually located inside the chord member but the stiffeners are assigned to the braces PARAMETERS brace Brace name for which stiffener data shall be assigned Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS sel jnt Joints where the stiffeners shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS nof Number of stiffeners maximum 4 stiffeners INDIVIDUAL The assignment refers to rings with different names name Ring stiffener name Ref CREATE SECTION AUTOMATIC Use automatic calculation of average ring separation separation Manually give the value for average ring separation NOTES Based on the ring stiffener geometry and location beneath the brace inside the chord SCF ratios according to Stress Concentration Factors for Ring Stiffened Tubular Joints P Smedley and P Fisher Lloyd s Regis ter of Shipping London U K 17 are calculated These correction factors are used to modify the Efthy miou parametric SCFs and Lloyd s parametric SCFs The AUTOMATIC ring separation is controlled by the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF ACTIVE BRACE FOOTPRINT To verify stiffener assignments use the command PRINT JOINT RING STIFFENERS joint and or switch
8. DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA Framework 5 275 Framework 5 276 PRINT JOINT SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 COORDINATES PARAMETRIC SCF PUNCH CHECK DATA sel jnt JOINT RING STIFFENERS TAKE OFF MEMBER FORCES REACTION FORCES PURPOSE To print joint coordinates or data related to punch and fatigue check PARAMETERS COORDINATES PARAMETRIC SCF PUNCH CHECK DATA RING STIFFENERS TAKE OFF MEMBER FORCES REACTION FORCES sel jnt NOTES That joint coordinates shall be printed Assigned SCF s shall be printed Parametric SCFs are calculat ed based on given rule and actual geometry and joint type Data related to a punch check shall be printed Data related to assigned ring stiffeners shall be printed Material and section take off data will be printed To print the member end forces for a selection of joints and load cases See separate description To print a table of joint reaction forces See separate descrip tion Joints for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS The eight SCF ratios reported when printing parametric SCFs at joints with assigned ring stiffeners are the following 1 gt SCF ratio gt SCF ratio gt SCF ratio SCF ratio gt SCF ratio gt SCF ratio DOF WN ll NA for for for for for for axial axial
9. ECTION 1 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 327 SELECT MODE SHAPE ONLY modeshape INCLUDE ALL MODE SHAPE om CURRENT EXCLUDE GROUP first mod last mod mod step PURPOSE To select modeshapes and put them in a set called CURRENT PARAMETERS ONLY INCLUDE EXCLUDE modeshape ALL CURRENT GROUP first mod last mod mod step NOTES See also PRINT MODE SHAPE EXAMPLES Only the subsequently selected modeshapes shall be placed in the CURRENT set The last CURRENT set of modeshapes is disregarded The subsequently selected modeshapes shall be included appended in the CUR RENT set The subsequently selected modeshapes shall be excluded removed from the CURRENT set modeshape name to be selected All modeshapes are selected The last CURRENT selection shall be selected Modeshapes shall be selected as a group Modeshape name to start the group selection Modeshape name to end the group selection Step in the group selection SELECT MODE SHAPE ONLY GROUP 1 14 1 SELECT MODE SHAPE EXCLUDE 14 20 DEC 2007 Framework 5 328 SELECT SET MEMBERS name sel mem SET JOINTS name sel jnt PURPOSE To create named sets PARAMETERS MEMBERS JOINTS name sel mem sel jnt NOTES If a new set name is given a new set is created If an exi
10. Framework 5 204 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE PRESENTATION PRINT ON SIMPLIFIED OFF PRINT BRIEF PUNCH CHECK DATA FULL PURPOSE Define settings used in connection with print PARAMETERS SIMPLIFIED How to format the print regarding blank lines and lines contain ing hyphens only ON Switch on simplified format i e skip unnecessary lines OFF Normal print Default behaviour PUNCH CHECK DATA Define wanted print format for punch check data BRIEF Use the brief format printing one line for each member entering the joint FULL Use the full print format Default behaviour NOTES When the SIMPLIFIED print option is activated each line printed will contain member name and load case name Hence this will give a print format more suitable for e g spreadsheet import The SIMPLIFIED option is currently implemented for PRINT FORCES PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES and PRINT STRESS FULL only The PRINT STRESS FULL command must be used in combi nation with DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS FORMAT OPTIONAL Regarding PUNCH CHECK DATA For braces with negative gap overlap the detailed information about the overlap is not given for the BRIEF option Hence use the default FULL print option for selected joints when such information is of importance See also S ET PRINT PAGI E H EIGHT EXAMPLES D EFINE PRESENTATION PRINT SIMP
11. Hotspot stress spectrum The most appropriate technique for determining wind induced cyclic stresses is referred to as the frequency domain or power spectral density approach A power spectrum describes a time dependent variable relating the energy distribution over a range of fre quencies Analysis methods whereby output spectra are obtained from input spectra via transfer functions are required for a random process such as wind where only a statistical description of the environmental forces can be given In the spectral analysis method of fatigue due to wind the stress spectrum is obtained from the input wind spectrum via the structure stress transfer function Because of the nature of the fluctuat ing wind force there is to good accuracy a direct linear relationship between the wind speed and force spectra allowing structure stress spectra to be linearly related to wind speed spectra An approximation to the cross power spectral density function of the buffeting wind loads is represented in terms of the power spectra for the fluctuating wind This is then used in the derivation of hotspot stress power spectra For further details see Framework Theory Manual Wind Fatigue Design 15 A typical hotspot stress spectrum consisting of a quasi static response peak and modal joint peaks from the dynamic response of the excited resonant modes is shown in Figure 2 1 Wind force on a member The general form of the wind force on a memb
12. PURPOSE To set the destination of the graphics produced in the DISPLAY command PARAMETERS FILE Direct the graphics in the DISPLAY command to a plot file SCREEN Direct the graphics in the DISPLAY command to the screen This is the default Framework 5 334 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET DISPLAY DEVICE DEVICE device name PURPOSE To set the current screen display device type PARAMETERS device name NOTES SESAM device name one of TX4014 15 16 54 TX4105 TX4107 09 13 15 VT125 VT240 VT340 WESTWARD 3219 WESTWARD 3220 VAXSTATION UIS X WINDOW DUMMY Tektronix b w devices Tektronix 4105 Tektronix colour devices Digital VT 125 screen Digital VT 240 screen Digital VT 340 screen VAXStation UIS window system X Windows window system The Dummy device is used to do a Display command without generating a display The actual list of available devices depend on the installation Some but not necessarily all may be availa ble SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 335 SET DISPLAY WORKSTATION WINDOW WORKSTATION WINDOW left right bottom top PURPOSE To pre set the size and position of the graphics display window when using a workstation device PARAMETERS left Position of left display window border right Position of right display window border bottom Position of bottom display w
13. OINT DO L177 S220 1 O O ND 0 00 O Gl O MOL MS LU FONO JOINT 55117 CONN ECT LOCAL BOTH SIDI ED TO MEMB eal Gl Yu R 55117 US LOCAL BOTH SIDES NON SYMMETRIC 7 4 97 2 57 0 00 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 4 9 9 0 00 2 759 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 4 97 2 57 0 00 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 95 0 00 2 57 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 Assign SN CURVE and SCFs for element 33215 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33215 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33215 US ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33215 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33215 None PA ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 33215 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33215 X Assign SN CURV E and SCFs for element 33415 SESAM Program version 3 5 ETRIC WORDSWORTH SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 33 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33415 USI 5a I x TJ Y 7 N ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33415 CONNECTED TO ME 33415 None PARAMETRIC KUANG ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 33415 CONNECTED TO MEMB t R 33415 KTT ASSIGN JOINT GAP 33415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33415 1 T Assign SN CURVE and SCFs for element 35415 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 35415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 35415 US ea I x ASSIGN SCF JOINT 35415 CONNECTED TO ME ae Y 7 N 35415 None PARAMETRIC KUANG ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 3541
14. PR DEC Programversion3 5 Table 3 3 24 43 0 229 34 53 0 182 41 61 0 151 48 70 0 129 55 60 0 113 62 83 0 100 3 5 5 The loads for earthquake analysis An eigenvalue analysis was performed for the model shown in Figure 3 4 solving for the lowest 15 frequen cies and modal load factors The results for the eigenfrequencies are shown in Table 3 4 Table 3 4 Frequency Mode Hertz Rad sec 1 0 19337E 01 0 1217E 02 2 0 5646E 01 0 3547E 02 3 0 8994E 01 0 5651E 02 4 0 9644E 01 0 6060E 02 5 0 1305E 01 0 8199 02 6 0 1668 01 0 1048 02 7 0 1726E 01 0 1085E 02 8 0 1914E 01 0 1203E 02 9 0 2217E 01 0 1993E 02 10 0 2663E 01 0 1673e 02 11 0 2687E 01 0 1688E 02 12 0 2822E 01 0 1773E 02 13 0 2942E 01 0 1848E 02 14 0 3589E 01 0 2255 02 15 0 3648E 01 0 2292E 02 See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 27 3 6 Howto perform a yield check With reference to Figure 3 4 a yield check is performed for all members in the jacket model according to the API AISC WSD codes of practice For information on the loadcases analysed see Section 3 5 2 All members in the jacket model will be checked and results may be printed or displayed for members that exceed a usage factor i e interaction ratio of 0 0 The following command selects the API AISC WSD codes
15. PURPOSE To create a section with a particular profile PARAMETERS name text PIPE SYMMETRIC I UNSYMMETRIC I ANGLE CHANNEL BOX BAR GENERAL RING STIFFENER T RING STIFFENER FLAT All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is explained in detail Section name Text associated with section Framework 5 121 Indicates that a pipe profile shall be created Indicates that a symmetric I section shall be created Indicates that an unsymmetric I section shall be created Indicates that an L section shall be created Indicates that a channel section shall be created Indicates that a box section shall be created Indicates that a massive bar section shall be created Indicates that a general section shall be created Indicates that a ring stiffener shaped as T shall be created Indicates that a flatbar ring stiffener shall be created Framework 5 122 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SECTION name text PIPE name text PIPE diam thk PURPOSE To create a tubular section PARAMETERS name text PIPE diam thk NOTES See also ASSIGN S FECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SI Section name Text associated with section Section is of tubular profile Pipe outside diameter Pipe wall thickness ECTION P70025 d 700 t 25 PIPE 0 7 0 025 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3
16. SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 213 DEFINE SECTION OVERRULE ON OFF SECTION OVERRULE PURPOSE To define the possibility to overrule the CREATE SECTION command when the given section name already exist PARAMETERS ON Activate this feature OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES When switched to ON the following message will be given Section sec nam exist Command neglected due to activation of section overrule The execution of a command input file will continue When switched to OFF the execution of a command input file will stop See also CREATE SECTION EXAMPLES DEFINE SECTION OVERRULE ON Framework 5 214 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS WIND DIRECTIONS WIND SPEEDS WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS BENT CAN DAMAGE VORTEX PARAMETERS DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES PURPOSE To define data for wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS WIND PARAMETERS COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS WIND DIRECTIONS WIND SPEEDS WIND PROBABILITIES DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS BENT CAN DAMAGE VORTEX PARAMETERS DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES Define wind and structural related parameters Define coefficients of the GENERAL coherence model Define wind directions to be
17. See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS PRINT MEMBER FATIGU PRINT MEMBER FATIGU EXAMPLES ASSIGN F P D JOINT ALL 315 ASSIGN F P D MEMB E CHECK DATA E CHECK POSITIONS ER CURRENT Wave Slam LOCAL BOTH SIDES UNIFORM 0 0167 END2 1 0000 Wave Slam ONLY END1 0 0000 MID 0 5000 LOCAL UNIFORM 0 02 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 15 ASSIGN FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR JOINT brace sel jnt safac FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR MEMBER member safac MEMBER member INDIVIDUAL safac PURPOSE To assign fatigue damage safety factor to members at selected joints or positions PARAMETERS JOINT Signifies that the safety factor shall be defined at a joint MEMBER Signifies that the safety factor shall be defined at member fatigue check positions INDIVIDUAL Signifies that the safety factor shall be defined individually at each member fatigue check position brace Brace name to be assigned the safety factor Valid alternatives are ALL for select ing all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Only if the name of a single chord or a single non pipe member is given in the position of the brace member name the safety factor assignment will be allowed for a non brace member sel jnt Joints where the safety factor shall be assigned For valid
18. Figure 2 1 illustrates the stress point hotspot numbering system employed in Framework for the various sections and flags the points that as default are applied for code checks and printout of member stresses The stress components calculated at each stress point are as follows SIG PX Normal stress due to axial force alone TAU PY gt Shear stress due to shear force in y direction TAU PZ Shear stress due to shear force in z direction TAU MX Shear stress due to torsional moment SIG MY Normal stress due to bending moment about y axis SIG MZ Normal stress due to bending moment about z axis The maximum stress component for a section is found by calculating the equivalent stress at each of the stress points hotspots on the section and then storing the maximum value Equivalent stresses are calcu lated according to the Von Mises criteria For more information see the Framework Theory Manual 10 sec tion 3 4 The presentation of the results is dependent on the type of loadcase e Fora static loadcase the following results are presented Framework SESAM 2 30 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 maximum equivalent stress and the corresponding stress point identification number maximum normal stress and the corresponding stress point identification number Note that the individual stress components will add up to the maximum equivalent stress SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 31
19. Figure 2 2 Code check stress point hotspot numbering system for the various sections Framework SESAM 2 32 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 GENE L Figure 2 3 Fatigue stress point hotspot numbering system for various sections SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 33 e For a dynamic loadcase the following results are presented maximum equivalent stress with the corresponding phase angle in degrees and corresponding stress point identification number maximum normal stress with the corresponding phase angle in degrees and corresponding stress point identification number e Fora combination of a dynamic and one or more static loadcases the following results are presented maximum equivalent stress with the corresponding phase angle in degrees and corresponding stress point identification number maximum normal stress with the corresponding phase angle in degrees and corresponding stress point identification number Note that the individual stress components add up to the maximum equivalent or normal stress since they all belong to the stress point having the largest equivalent or normal stress Individual stress components may be presented for a specific phase angle In addition the corresponding equivalent and normal stress with the stress point identification number is presented For general beam normal but not equivalent stress is presented 2 3 Input data There is n
20. 35415 PIPI 70020 Gl 3120 3120 3220 3220 5120 5120 5 69E 03 5 47E 03 0 000 82 875 7 08E 06 0 000 82 875 4 95E 05 44 468 4 95E 05 44 468 3 52E4 Gl T o Ww 58 718 3 52E 03 0 000 58 718 RAC YT Mm Q GA oO UD Re Ye 5 0 0 RAC RAC E SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD E SID ROWN SAD E SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD DOE GOF DOE GOF DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 3 2 2 3 OOF 63E4 OOF 63E4 OOF 63E4 OOE4 63E4 OOE4 93E4 OOE4 93E4 J E T T o O J E T T o o E T o 50 1 00 1 00 50 1 00 1 00 H H H H H H H H o o al oO o al o O al o o al o o o O o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O Os On 10 CO O Oo PON JON N FP NY NH DOD NY NY OO NY NY FF N 50 00 50 50 80 50 50 80 50 50 00 50 866 800 964 SOH 000 913 A10 Results from stochastic fatigue analysis KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK
21. KkKKKKKK KkKKK KKK Kk KK KkKKKK KkKKKKK KKKKKK KkKKKK Postprocessing of Frame Structures k k KOR k KKKKKKK KKKKKK KKKKK Kk k k Kk KKKKK KkKKKKK KkKKKKKK k k k k k Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk k k Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK Program id Release date Access time Marketing and Support by DNV Sesam 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 28 MAR 2001 15 02 06 Computer Impl update Operating system 586 Win NT 4 0 1381 User id FRMW CPU id 1053416358 Installation DNVS OSLPCN20 Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS SESAM AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE STOCHASTIC fatigue check results Run Superelement Loadset STOFAT JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Selected Members Usage factor Above 0 00 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Damage Accumulated damage Life Fatigue life WeldSide Side of weld Hot Hotspot stress point with maximum
22. T o o o Stability check o o oP o Code check all members for stability SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 27 o o If you want to s some member stability data then issue the following o command PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA lt select members gt o RUN STABILITY CHECK NPD S NPD stability for all members ALL ALL o Print results for the worst loadcase for each member which exceeds a o usage factor of 0 7 Print this on the screen o SET PRINT FILE X108A NPD S T o o PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS NPD S WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 7 t o o o Punching shear check o o o o If you want to see some joint punch data then issue the following oO command PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA 5110 o RUN PUNCH CHECK NPD P NPD Punch all joints ALL ALL oP Print results for the worst loadcase and worst brace for each joint which oP exceeds a usage factor of 0 45 oP SET PRINT FILE X108A NPD P T o o PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS NPD P WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 45 o o End of code checks o o LH EXIT Exit FRAMEWORK by command FILI o Framework A 28 A5 oP o o o o oP oP oP oP oe o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Ao o o o Ao o o o o SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Pr
23. 4 1 2 Starting Framework in line mode on Unix A line mode session will not give access to the interactive graphics mode capabilities The program runs in the terminal window and commands are typed on the input line There are two ways to start Framework in line mode The Motif version can be run in line mode by adding Lor line or L or LINE after the program name prompt gt framework 1 The other executables of Framework can only be run in line mode so the 1 option is not necessary it can be used but will be ignored After a short while a heading similar to the one shown below is echoed on the screen KKKKKK KKKKKK KkKKKKK KkKKKKK Kk KKK KKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKKKKK k k k k k k kok k k k k k k k k kk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k KK KKKKKKK KaKKK KKK KKK KKKKKKK KaKKKKKKKK k k k k k k kkkkxkk kxxk KXKXKXKXKXXKXk KKXKKXKXk KKKKKKKKKK xk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk k k k k xk xk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KaKKKKKKK KaKKKKKKKK xk k k k k KXKXkXXxXXkxk KXKXkXXXkxk KKKKKKk KKKKKK kk xk k k k k KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FRAMEWORK E Postprocessing of Frame Structures KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Marketing and Support by DNV Sesam Program id V N XY Computer XXXXXX Release date DD MMM YYY Impl update None Access time DD_MMM YYY HH MM SS Operating system XXXXXX User id XXXXX CPU id XXXX
24. A seastate is associated with a wave spreading function In Framework all seastates may be associated with the same wave spreading function or different functions may be assigned to different parts of the scatter diagram For more details on the wave spreading see Section 2 3 26 The definition of seastates is MANDATORY for a stochastic fatigue analysis as indicated in Table 2 8 2 3 30 SN curve This is used to define the fatigue characteristics of a material subjected to a repeated cycle of stress of con stant magnitude The SN curve delivers the number of cycles required to produce failure for a given magni tude of stress The SN curve may be selected from the library curves using SI base units Newton and meter or it may be user defined The program default SN curve the DNV X curve is similar to the X curve stipulated by the American Welding Society AWS D1 1 1972 section 10 The library contains a subset of DNV API NS3472 NOR SOK HSE 14 ABS 20 and DOE 16 curves Table 2 4 Library of predefined SN Curves API API X and API X DNV DNV X f Curves for sea water cathodic protection named Nee NS n SEA n curve name NORSOK Curves for sea water cathodic protection named DNV RP C203 NO n S n curve name Curves for sea water cathodic protection named HSE HSE n CP free corrosion named HSE n FC and in air named HSE n Al n curve name Curves for sea water cathodic protection named ABS
25. E ANALYSIS Led Ld 2 00 CO 0 0 0 0 0 OC O OOG OC 0 0 0 GCG O 0 0 Oo 2 0 0 25 E 05 ADDED MASS COEFICIENT Sula STOUHAL NUMBER OF FLOW EZ TRANSITION RATIO FOR REYNOLDS NUMBERS 4 0 TURBULENCE INTENSITY RATIO e TI YOUNGS MODULUS OF ELASTICITY 22 PERFIL DENSITY OF STRUCTURAL MATERIAL 7380 0 THICKNESS OF COATING MATERIAL 1 0E 04 DENSITRY OF COATING MATERIAL 1245 0 SCF AT MIDSPAN OF MEMBERS 2 2156 DEFAULT LOWER BOUND FIXITY gt a2 DEFAULT UPPER BOUND FIXITY gt 48 DEFAULT FIXITY STEPS X75 NUMBER OF COHERENCE MATRICES FOR THE ALONG AND LATERALS WIND DIRECTIONS 1 Note 1 2 or 3 coherence matrices are formed depending on the choice of wind spectrum and coherence model Th xecution time increases with the number of coherence matrices applied in the run KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK BUFFETING DAMAGE TABLE FOR WIND DIRECTION 1 0 0 DEG PRINT OF DAMAGE gt 1 000E 15 N NPPS O OLO II lt RELATIVE DAMAGES AROUND THE WELD gt D DASD lt Side 1 Chordside points gt lt Side 2 Braceside points E ENNE 1 De E DAMAGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 201 202 1 1 5 0514E 02 100 0 18 3 0601 10149 932 a LTO 0 0 17 5 24 4 4 4 0 0 3 22 357 201
26. Framework 5 262 WORST LOADCASE ALL BRACES BRACE AND WORST LOADCASE SELECTED JOINTS AND LOADCASES sel mem sel lcs sel jnt FULL SUMMARY ABOVE BELOW BETWEEN limit limit limit2 NOTES SESAM Program version 3 5 Print maximum utilisation for all braces entering the joint The results is sorted with decreasing uti lisations Print maximum utilisation for all braces entering the joint Order the results according to joints and incoming braces The print should contain selected joints and load cases The print is sorted on joint names and re sults are printed for all braces at the joint Members to include in the print For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS Loadcases to include in the print For valid alter natives see command SELECT LOAD CASE Joints to include in the print For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINT A full print of results is required A summary print of results is required Results shall only be printed provided that the us age factor is above a user specified threshold val ue Results shall only be printed provided that the us age factor is below a user specified threshold val ue Results shall only be printed provided that the us age factor is between a user specified threshold values Threshold values for which results will be printed For a yield stability or hydrostatic check run the valid alternatives are as follows WORST LOADCASE
27. Framework SESAM 4 16 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 4 4 15 Comments A comment may be typed anywhere in a command while in command mode not in programming mode Comments are prefixed by the percent sign Everything from the percent sign to the end of the line is treated as a comment A comment need not be the first item on a line Examples DEFINE CONSTANT GRAVITY 9 81 Assume units Newton and Metres This is a comment 4 5 Details on graphic mode The Framework graphics environment offers a main window with the following parts from top to bottom e Title bar This is the name of the program that is being run Main menu This menu gives access to all the commands of Framework e Message area This is used to show messages to the user plus commands that have been typed into the command input line as well as those that have been read form command input files e Command input line This line contains the prompt for line mode input showing the default when this is available followed by a field which is used to type line mode commands All facilities that are described in Section 4 4 are available through this line If the main window is iconised all the open dialog boxes disappear into the icon They pop up again when the main window is popped up In addition to this the graphics environment consists of SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 17 FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 OE xX File Task Assign
28. SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 69 NOTES 1 0 gt tout tief t The SN curve thickness correction factor is calculated as f Ctar tep for t lt tat f t tep P for t gt taut Figure 5 4 Thickness correction factor SN curves have no thickness correction assigned at creation except for some predefined curves as described below Default thickness correction factors have been predefined for the built in NORSOK DOE and HSE SN curves The correction reference thickness and cut off thickness are applied in SI unit meters The thickness corrections are converted to current length unit by use of the command DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value For members with non pipe cross sections the actual thickness used is the maximum plate thickness flange or web from the section See also CRI EAT E SN CURVE EXAMPLES ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION DNV T STANDARD T CURVE 0 032 Framework SESAM 5 70 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY wave dir probability PURPOSE To assign a probability associated with a wave direction for a stochastic fatigue analysis PARAMETERS wave dir Wave direction probability Probability associated with wave direction NOTES The initial values of all wave direction probabilities are 0 0 The sum of wave direction
29. SHAPE Displays the usage factors for a code check punch yield sta bility or hydrostatic check on the members for a given run name Display diagram of member forces Display an earthquake spectrum Displays the usage factors for a stochastic or deterministic fa tigue check on the members for a given run name Displays joints in the current selected set Turns display of labels on members or joints on off Displays members in the current selected set Switch between wireframe and hidden surface display Displays deformed shape diagram Framework SESAM 5 232 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SN CURVE Display one or more SN curves STABILITY Turns labels showing stability parameters on off SUPERELEMENT Displays the finite element model for the current superelement WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION Displays a wave spreading function All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 233 DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS loadcase MAX USAGE FACTOR WORST LOADCASE EACH POSITION CODE CHECK RESULTS run ABOVE limit BELOW limit BETWEEN limit limit2 PURPOSE Displays the usage factors for a code check punch yield stability member cone or hydrostatic check on the members for a given run name PARAMETERS run Run name loadcase Selected load case WORST LOA
30. Short term sea states and corresponding probabilities In this example 6 short term sea states were used Create the scatter diagram CREATE WAVE STATISTICS SCATTER ARBITRARY DATA SCATTER DIAGRAM PROBABILITY T D55 Hs Tz Prob 1 75 4 75 0 249 L25 elo 0 236 B20 Guido 02 206 1 715 2 75 00 086 3 6290 Dota De ELI 415 RTS 010 6 Assign scatter diagrams for each of the main wave directions ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS LOOP O SCATTI 45 SCATT 90 SCATT END po dd y E po W e The prevailing wave spectrum In this example a JONSWAP wave spectrum was used with parameters gamma 3 3 sigma A 0 07 sigma B 0 09 To assign the JONSWAP wave spectrum to the scatter diagram the following command is used ASSIGN WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE SCATTER JONSWAP 3 3 0 07 0 09 ALL T Sea spreading data in order to define the number of elementary wave directions and the associated energy content In this example 3 elementary wave directions were considered To create the sea spreading data the following command is used CREATE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION DIS2 USER SPECIFIED USER DEFINED The spreading function must be assigned to scatter diagram to be checked ASSIGN WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION SCATTER DIS2 ALL In this example GLOBAL stress concentration factors are used The command necessary to be given is DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANT
31. The VIEW ZOOM command is logged as VIEW XYZOOM both from line mode and graphical mode See also DISPLAY VI EW FRAME Framework SESAM 5 368 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 1 APPENDIX A TUTORIAL EXAMPLES In tutorial example 1 a 3 dimensional jacket structure is used to show analyses of code check deterministic and stochastic fatigue sections A 1 A 10 Three sets of wave loads are computed by Wajac e Deterministic accounting for the design wave e Deterministic accounting for fatigue waves e Stochastic accounting for fatigue waves Consequently three Framework database files are created The first to be used for code checks the second to be used for the deterministic fatigue analysis and the third to be used for the stochastic fatigue analysis Tutorial example 2 shows the process of performing a wind fatigue analyses sections A 11 A 15 Contents Example 1 Code check Deterministic fatigue Stochastic Fatigue A l Preframe journal file and model description example 1 A 2 Wajac data files for deterministic and stochastic wave loads A 3 Sestra data file AA Framework journal file for code checks AS Framework journal file for deterministic fatigue A 6 Framework journal file for stochastic fatigue A 7 Results from API AISC code checks A 8 Results from NPD NS3472 code checks Framework SESAM A 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A 9 Resu
32. The values represents the fraction of critical damping For example a 5 of critical damping must be given as 0 05 See also ASSIGN EARTHOUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION PRINT EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EXAMPLES CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION DAMP005 Damping of 5 CONSTANT 0 05 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 115 CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM ACCELERATION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM name text DISPLACEMENT fangfrq spec val VELOCITY PURPOSE To create an earthquake spectrum PARAMETERS name Name of earthquake spectrum text Text associated with the earthquake spectrum ACCELERATION An acceleration spectrum shall be specified DISPLACEMENT A displacement spectrum shall be specified VELOCITY A velocity spectrum shall be specified angfrq Angular frequency where the spectral value shall be specified spec val Spectral value corresponding to this frequency NOTES The user may specify an arbitrary number of frequencies but should cover the range of frequencies for which mode shapes have been computed The spectrum ordinate for an arbitrary frequency is found using linear interpolation in log log space The frequencies must be specified in increasing order Spectrum ordinates of 0 0 should not be specified See also ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM PRINT EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EXAMPLES CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM DISP
33. To perform a stability check for all members the following command is used RUN STABILITY CHECK RUN2 Stability check ALL STATIC Usage factors computed by the check may be displayed DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN2 WORST LOADCASE MAX USAGE FACTOR 1 0 Results may be printed either on the screen or on a file To direct all output to a file and print in landscape use the following commands S S T PRINT DESTINATION FILE T PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE a a To print for each member the highest usage factor even though only one loadcase has been checked use the following command PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN2 WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 0 Example results obtained from a stability check are shown in Appendix A The notation used in the heading from an AISC API WSD check is shown below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 29 LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check UsfTot Total usage factor UsfTot UsfAx UsfMy UsfMz Us fAx Usage factor due to axial compressive stress fa Acting axial stress fby Acting bending stress about y axis fbz Acting bending stress about z axis Fey Euler buckl
34. loadset text Text associated with the loadset name NOTES This command should only be issued after a FILE OPEN command At present ONLY one superelement may be transferred in to the Framework database file See also PRINT SUPERELEMENT PRINT LOAD SET EXAMPLES FILE TRANSFER 1 JACKET WAVE LOADS Design wave load 100 year return SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 251 FILE INTERROGATE INTERROGATE prefix name format PURPOSE To read the superelement name without opening the file PARAMETERS prefix Results Interface File prefix name Results Interface File name format Results Interface File format At present the only valid alternative is SIN EXAMPLES FILE INTERROGATE X108A FRAMEWORK SIN Framework 5 252 20 DEC 2007 FILE EXIT EXIT PURPOSE To exit the program PARAMETERS None EXAMPLES FILE EXIT SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 253 PLOT PLOT PURPOSE To send last display to plot file This requires that a DISPLAY command has been used previously PARAMETERS None NOTES See also DISPLAY SET PLOT FORMAT SET PLOT FILE Framework SESAM 5 254 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT ACCELERATION
35. 50025 0 218 7 25E 00 3 56E 02 3 56E 02 7 25E 00 1 600 4 58E 0 310 0 850 0 850 DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE PUNCH Results API AISC WSD 20th 9th Run Superelement Loadset API P JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 45 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Joint Name of joint Brace Member name of the brace LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Jnt Per Joint type Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfacl P Moipb Moopb Alpha Qup Qfp Dbrace Chord Phase Usfac2 Pa aipb aopb Theta Quipb Ofipb Dchord Usfac3 Method Gap Quopb Qfopb Beta DATE Usage factor according to API 4 1 1 Acting axial force Acting in plane moment Acting out of plane moment Moment transformation angle from local to in out of plane coord system Ultimate strength factor due to axial force Factor accounting chord stress due to axial force Brace diameter Member name of the corresponding chord Phase angle in degrees Usage factor according to API 4 3 1 5a or API 4 3 2 2 owable axial force owable in plane moment ngle between brace and chord in degrees A A Allowable out of plane moment A U ltimate strength factor due to in plane moment Factor accounting chord stress due to in plane moment Chord diameter Usage factor according to API 4 3 1 5b Method used for j
36. Crown toe Saddle Figure 5 5 Stress points of chord brace intersection SESAM Program version 3 5 The SCF formulas applied by the wind fatigue module are described in Framework Theory Manual Wind Fatigue EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF EFTHYMIOU SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 87 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ GLOBAL BOTH SIDES LOCAL CHORD SIDE READ brace sel jnt BRACE SIDE EFTHYMIOU PARAMETRIC KUANG WORDSWORTH UNIFORM scf ax scf ipb scf_opb CROWN SADDLE scf_axc scf axs scf_ipb scf opb PURPOSE To assign SCFs Stress Concentration Factors computed by Framework or specified by the user PARAMETERS brace sel jnt GLOBAL LOCAL PARAMETRIC CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE BOTH SIDES EFTHYMIOU KUANG WORDSWORTH UNIFORM Name of brace to be assigned to the SCF Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Joints where SCF definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS Use global SCF values default Use user specifies SCF values The user specifies the formula set to be used in SCF computations by Framework The SCF specification is applied for the chord side of the weld The SCF specification is applied for the brace side of the weld The
37. DEFINE POSITION BOTH SIDES ON OFF POSITION BOTH SIDES PURPOSE To define how to assign code check positions at member intermediate joints PARAMETERS ON Define position at both sides of intermediate joint in member even when equal cross section is assigned elements at both sides of the joint node OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES When switched ON the command has effect for all subsequent given ASSIGN POSITION commands If ON is wanted as default behaviour it should be set prior to executing the FILE OPEN and FILE TRANS FER commands See also ASSIGN POSITION CODE CHECK FILE OPEN FILE TRANSFER EXAMPLES DEFINE POSITION BOTH SIDES ON Framework SESAM 5 196 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE PREFRAME INPUT ON OFF PREFRAME INPUT PURPOSE To define if a command input file to Preframe shall be generated when exiting Framework PARAMETERS ON Activate this feature OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES When set to ON create a command input file to Preframe when exiting Framework The input file will con tain Preframe commands corresponding to geometric changes modifications done in the Framework model from point of establishment to current status The file name for the Preframe input command file is prefixFW2PF JNL where prefix is the user defined print file prefix
38. DNY SESAM USER MANUAL Framework Steel Frame Design DET NORSKE VERITAS SESAM User Manual Framework Steel Frame Design December 20th 2007 Valid from program version 3 5 Developed and marketed by DET NORSKE VERITAS DNV Software Report No 92 7050 Revision 14 December 20th 2007 Copyright 2007 Det Norske Veritas All rights reserved No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission in writing from the publisher Published by Det Norske Veritas Veritasveien 1 N 1322 Hovik Norway Telephone 47 67 57 99 00 Facsimile 47 67 57 72 72 E mail sales software sesam dnv com E mail support software support dnv com Website www dnv com If any person suffers loss or damage which is proved to have been caused by any negligent act or omission of Det Norske Veritas then Det Norske Veritas shall pay compensation to such person for his proved direct loss or damage However the compensation shall not exceed an amount equal to ten times the fee charged for the service in question provided that the maximum compensation shall never exceed USD 2 millions In this provision Det Norske Veritas shall mean the Foundation Det Norske Veritas as well as all its subsidiaries directors officers employees agents and any other acting on behalf of Det Norske Veritas 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 1 2 2 2 3 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION srta Ae aa 1
39. Framework calculates the supporting spring stiffnesses automatically The planes in which the springs acts are given by the in plane and out of plane definition for the member See Appendix B for details regarding calculations of effective length factors and the supporting spring stiffnesses 2 3 13 Unsupported flange length The user can specify the length between lateral supports on the compression flange for a member which is required to be checked for lateral buckling or flexural torsional buckling The default value assumed is the length between the joints The unsupported length of the compression flange is used for the checking of I and channel sections for API AISC and NPD NS3472 stability checks and EUROCODE NS3472 member check SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 45 2 3 14 Fabrication Method The fabrication method may be specified as welded or rolled The information will be used in the calculation of the lateral buckling resistance factor during the NPD NS3472 and EUROCODE NS3472 stability calculations for non tubular member It will also be used for determining the limiting width thickness ratio for non tubular members during the API AISC stability cal culations 2 3 15 Buckling curve The characteristic axial compressive buckling strength of a member is assessed from a set of curves pro vided by the NS3472 and EUROCODE codes of practice Example from NS3472 is shown in Figure 2 13 Thes
40. PARAMETERS X AXIS Y AXIS Z AXIS ARBITRARY NONE coord UP DOWN X 1 through z3 NOTES The superelement X axis is normal to the water plane The superelement Y axis is normal to the water plane The superelement Z axis is normal to the water plane the water plane is arbitrarily oriented The water plane shall not be defined Coordinate of the superelement axis normal to the water plane intersecting with the water plane The axis normal to the water plane is pointing upwards towards the blue sky The axis normal to the water plane is pointing downwards towards the rocky sea bed Coordinates with respect to global axis system of 3 points defining the water plane The normal to the water plane pointing up is computed as the cross product between vectors 1_3 and 2_3 Default water plane orientation is NONE See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES D EFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER PLANE Z AXIS 100 UP Framework 5 166 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER CAN DIAMETER FRACTION MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH data MINIMUM GAP LENGTH MINIMUM GAP RESET STUB DIAMETER FRACTION PURPOSE To define data necessary for a hydrostatic collapse check PARAMETERS CAN DIAMETER FRACTION Define fraction of can diameter to be use
41. PRINT MEMBER Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 285 GEOMETRY AND MATERIAL ECCENTRICITY DATA YIELD CHECK DATA MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA sel mem FATIGUE CHECK DATA FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS TAKE OFF PURPOSE To print various member data PARAMETERS GEOMETRY AND MATERIAL ECCENTRICITY DATA YIELD CHECK DATA STABILITY CHECK DATA FATIGUE CHECK DATA FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS TAKE OFF sel mem NOTES That member data related to geometry and material will be printed Member eccentricities will be printed Member data related to a yield check will be printed Member data related to a stability check will be printed Member data related to a fatigue check will be printed Member fatigue check position names will be printed Material and section take off data will be printed Members for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS The command parameter FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS will print the member fatigue check position names which must be referred to 1 MEMBER commands See also PRINT JOINT EXAMPLES PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CH n the ASSIGN SCF MEMBER and ASSIGN FATIGUE PART DAMAGE ECK DATA ALL Framework SESAM 5 286 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT MODE SHAPE MODE SHAPE sel mod PURPOSE To print results for selected mode shapes resulting from an eigenfrequency analysis The fr
42. PURPOSE To print constant settings for the earthquake check PARAMETERS None NOTES See also SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE EXAMPLES PRINT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION damp PURPOSE To print earthquake damping function PARAMETERS damp A selection of damping functions NOTES See also ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EXAMPLES PRINT EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION Framework 5 269 Framework 5 270 20 DEC 2007 PRINT EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM spectr PURPOSE To print earthquake spectra PARAMETERS spectr A selection of earthquake spectra NOTES See also ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EXAMPLES PRINT EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 271 PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS run name WORST USAGE FACTOR FULL SELECTED MEMBERS sel mem SUMMARY JOINT SELECTED JOINTS sel jnt ABOVE limit BELOW limit BETWEEN limit limit2 PURPOSE To print re
43. SN CURVES Turn print of SN curves ON OFF SN curves for joint brace connections of current joint selection is printed STRESS CONCENTRATION FACTORS Turn print of stress concentration factors SCFs ON OFF In put SCFs are printed as well as SCFs and SN curves applied in the fatigue calculations of last executed run EIGENVALUES AND EIGENMODES Turn print of eigenvalues and eigenmodes ON OFF EIGENMODE ELEMENT FORCES Turn print of eigenmode element forces ON OFF STATIC WIND LOAD CASES Turn print of static wind load cases ON OFF STATIC ELEMENT FORCES Turn print of static element forces ON OFF STATIC NODAL POINT WIND LOADS Turn print of static nodal point wind loads ON OFF SUM OF STATIC LOADS Turn print of sum of static loads ON OFF RUN SCENARIO Turn print of run scenario ON OFF EXAMPLES PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SELECT MEMBERS ALL PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SELECT JOINTS ALL PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SELECT WIND DIRECTIONS ALL PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SELECT EIGENMODES NO 1 PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SELECT STATIC LOAD CASES NO 10 PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT JOINT COORDINATES ON PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT MEMBER DATA OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT WIND PARAMETERS OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT VORTEX WIND PARAMETERS OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT SN CURVES ON PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT STRESS CONCENTRATION FACTORS
44. To assign a section to selected members PARAMETERS sec name sel mem NOTES Name of section to be assigned to the selected members Members to be assigned the section For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS A member retains the section name which was assigned to it during the preprocessing e g Preframe See also CREATE SECTION PRINT MEMBER G EXAMPLES EOMETRY AND MATERIAL ASSIGN SECTION P100012 ALL Framework SESAM 5 44 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT brace sel jnt sn name SN CURVE MEMBER member sn name MEMBER member INDIVIDUAL sn name PURPOSE To assign an SN curve to members at selected joints or positions PARAMETERS JOINT MEMBER INDIVIDUAL brace sel jnt member sn name NOTES Signifies that the SN curve shall be defined at a joint Signifies that the SN curve shall be defined at member fatigue check positions Signifies that the SN curve shall be defined individually at each member fatigue check position Brace name to be assigned the SN curve Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Only if the name of a single chord or a single non pipe member is given in the position of the brace member name the SN curve as signment will be allowed for a non brace member
45. rad sec oa 1 12 2 100 2 35 5 200 3 56 5 300 4 60 6 400 5 82 0 500 6 104 8 600 7 108 5 500 8 120 3 400 9 139 3 200 To perform the earthquake analysis the following commands are used 1 Create an earthquake damping function CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION DAMPING Modal damping coefficient CONSATANT 0 05 2 Assign the earthquake damping function DAMPING to the global X direction ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION X DAMPING 3 Create a displacement earthquake spectrum CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM DIS SPEC Displacement spectrum DISPLACEMENT Framework 3 40 12 35x 56 60 82 104 108 120 139 10 20 30 40 50 60 50 40 20 W w Grio O G OW WN 00 000 0 O E SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 4 Assign the earthquake spectrum DIS_SPEC to the global X direction and signify a scaling factor ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM X DIS SPEC 1 0 5 Select the type of modal combination rule to be used for the earthquake analysis and the type of desired output SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE COC FORCE 6 Select mode shapes to be considered and put them in the CURRENT set SELECT MODE SHAPE ONLY GROUP 1 9 1 7 Perform an earthquake check for the global X direction on all members according to the pre selected mode combination rule and output RUN EARTHQUAKE
46. 80 80 65 65 80 80 80 80 80 65 65 65 20 20 OGO GOGO PO mr oo vA up NIONANUAHONFP EP UO O io O OO OS O OOO aaqaarwFrUOUOagnrPerE HE 100 100 100 70 30 22 47 84 12 40 14 LS ww Ww N dun WR IN N Ou ww WS Rol UL Obve oN pp un oco00o0oo00c20yo0o0oo oo0oooo00w 0 FOO 0 00 FOO H Osga US DUNN q DVYVWWADFA BOBOOO 0 100 0 100 0 100 TO 30 22 47 84 H gt O J NNN ooo wo N RReRpR RA t DO O OO OOO G OGOGO GOGO Gp a oO Hs 2000000n 00 60 AOwwnanFXAqQgokRoaado CO CO W 16 32 39 14 31 13 T8 OONN OOO 10 o ooo OO OO OO O 0 Oy ol W W Ft Ww DNWNFRBRON DE D CO OO W O 070 Or r 0 Oi 36 E O 00 FPODODOONDOO0O wo WON INO BUY OMY SDA COCO O OOOO O OC Oo 0 UNO 0 WOW WW N NONANUYNON pyO YY OOO OO Oo oOo a 6 COWWADF UB OB WW Y 10 OOO O 0 O 0 ODO oO OO A 16 Information of joint connections from wind fatigue KkKKKKK KkKKKKK KKKKKK KKKKKK Kk KKK KkKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKKKKK Kk Kk Kk k k xk kxk kK xk xk xk k k Fik k k k xk kk Kk Kk k k KKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKK KkKKKKKK KkKKKKK KKK k k K Kk KkKKKKKK KkKKKKKKKK KKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKK Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk k k kK k xx k k xk kxk kK Kk KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK KkKKKKKKKK xk Kk Kk KkKKKKK KkKKKKK KkKKKKK KkKKKKK KK xx
47. Above 0 45 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Joint Name of joint Brace Member name of the brace LoadCase Name of loadcase E E CND Jnt Per Outcome Usfac P oipb oopb Alpha Qup Qfp Dbrace Chord Phase Pa Maipb Maopb Theta Quipb Ofipb Dchord Method Gap Quopb Qfopb Beta Operational storm or earthquake condition Joint type Outcome message from the code check Usage factor Acting axial force Acting in plane moment Acting out of plane moment Moment transformation angle from local to in out of plane coord system Ultimate strength factor due to axial force Factor accounting chord stress due to axial force Brace diameter Member name of the corresponding chord Phase angle in degrees owable axial force owable in plane moment ngle between brace and chord in degrees A A Allowable out of plane moment A U ltimate strength factor due to in plane moment Factor accounting chord stress due to in plane moment Chord diameter Method used for joint type assignment 1 MAN 2 GEO 3 LOA Gap value used for K KTT KTK joint negative 1f overlap Ultimate strength factor due to out of plane moment Factor accounting chord stress due to out of plane moment Diameter brace Diameter chord z DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE Joint Brace Chord PUNCH Results LoadCase CND Jnt P
48. CONNECTED TO pdas EXCLUDE MEMBER WITH CAN can name WITH STUB stub name PURPOSE To select joints an put them in a set called CURRENT PARAMETERS ONLY INCLUDE EXCLUDE joint ALL CURRENT GROUP first jnt last jnt jnt step Only the subsequently selected joints shall be placed in the CURRENT set The last CURRENT set of joints is disregard ed The subsequently selected joints shall be included appended in the CURRENT set The subsequently selected joints shall be excluded removed from the CURRENT set Joint name to be selected All joints in the superelement are selected The last CURRENT selection shall be selected Joints shall be selected as a group Joint name to start the group selection Joint name to end the group selection Step in the group selection Framework 5 320 LINE start jnt end jnt tol SET name PLANE jntl jnt2 jnt3 tol VOLUME xl xh yl yh zl zh CONNECTED TO MEMBER mem name WITH CAN can name WITH STUB stub name NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 All joints lying in a straight line shall be selected Starting joint identifying the start of the line Ending joint identifying the end of the line Tolerance distance from line All joints defined in named SET Name of SET All joints lying on a plane shall be selected First joint lying on the plane Second joint lying on the plane Third joint lying on the plan
49. D EFINE pa PR ESE EFINE PR ESE EFINE PR ESE D D DEFINE as PR ESE TA TAT TAT TAT TION DISPLAY TION DISPLAY TION DISPLAY TENSION LABEL OFF COLOR CODING ON COLOR LEV ELS ACTIVE TION DISPLAY COLOR LIN E WIDTH 5 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE SUMMARY OFF EACH LOAD CASE ALL LOAD CASES COMPONENT FORCE PX QY QZ MX MY MZ SEARCH ABSOLUTE MA XIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAX AND MIN ENVELOP PHASE ANGLE MAX ALL DIAGRAM SPLIT nsplit PURPOSE Framework 5 201 To define global parameters to be used in connection with print of forces joint member end forces and dis play of force moment diagrams PARAMETERS SUMMARY OFF EACH LOAD CASE ALL LOAD CASES COMPONENT PX QY Alternatives regarding summary option Do not use any summary option Print max min value for each selected load case Print max min value among all selected load cases Select force bending moment component to scan Axial force Shear force in the direction of member local y axis Framework 5 202 QZ MX MY MZ SEARCH ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAX AND MIN ENVELOP PHASE ANGLE MAX ALL DIAGRAM SPLIT nsplit NOTES SESAM 20
50. Default 6 0 NOTES Coherence in mean wind direction by the GENERAL coherence model is applied to the HARRIS and DAV ENPORT wind spectra Coherence lateral and vertical to the mean wind direction is applied to the PANOF SKY LATERAL and PANOFSKY VERTICAL wind spectra The GENERAL coherence model is given in Section 2 1 4 EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS 16 0 16 0 8 0 16 0 16 0 8 0 16 0 16 0 8 0 Framework SESAM 5 218 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS WIND DIRECTIONS ONLY dir depth PURPOSE To define mean wind directions to be included in the wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS ONLY Mandatory attribute Mandatory parentheses dir Mean wind direction in degrees transferred from the SIN file Maximum 6 direc tions may be selected from the list depth Water depth transferred from the SIN file Only one depth can be selected NOTES Wind directions and water depths are defined in Wajac where the static wind loads are calculated The same wind directions apply to all water depths Wind directions of one water depth can be processed in a same run Up to six wind directions can handled in a wind fatigue analysis The wind directions of the first water depth specified in Wajac are read automatically from the Results Inter face File R SIN file If another the water depth or wind directions are requested
51. Displacement spectrum DISPLACEMENT ONLY 0 1 1E4 0 5 2E4 1 0 1E3 Framework SESAM 5 116 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE JOINT name descr master jointl joint2 JOINT MULTIPLE SELECT name _ descr master sel jnt BY DISTANCE name descr master dist PURPOSE To merge braces connected to different joints into one common joint The braces will then be attached to another joint than originally modelled Hence when a structural joint has been modelled with more than one node in the static model instead of using element eccentricities it is possible to reconnect the braces in order to classify the braces according to real joint geometry PARAMETERS name Joint name descr Text associated with joint master Joint name for existing joint selected as master jointl Start joint for merge located on chord aligned chord joint2 End joint for merge located on aligned chord chord MULTIPLE SELECT Selection of joints to merge into master by use of ordinary joint select alternatives sel jnt Selection of joints see SELECT JOINT BY DISTANCE Search in both directions along chord aligned chord to search for joints to merge dist Search distance in both directions NOTES It is only joints along the chord aligned chord in tubular joints that can be merged After merging joints Framework will treat the new joint as if it had been modelled with one n
52. Joints where the SN curve shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS Member where the SN curve shall be assigned Name of SN curve to be assigned For the INDIVIDUAL option an SN curve name must be given for each fatigue check position defined Use the commands PRINT SN CURVE and DISPLAY SN CURVE to see curve data and shape Use the name API XP to represent the library API X curve P for prime Several curves have been defined in the SN curve library see Section 2 3 30 SN curve Default thickness correction factors have been predefined for the SN library NORSOK DOE ABS and HSE curves The correction reference thickness and cut off thickness are applied in SI unit meters The thickness corrections are converted to current length unit by use of the command DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value For members with non pipe cross sections the actual thickness used when calculating the thickness correc tion factor is the maximum plate thickness flange or web from the section SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 See also CHANGE SN CURVE CREATE SN CURVE PRINT SN CURVE DISPLAY SN CURVE ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION Fl El EXAMPLES ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT ALL 1000 API X Framework 5 45 Framework 5 46 ASSIGN STABILITY SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 STABILITY sel mem BUCKLIN G CURVE Y
53. ONLY 1 Y Z AXIS DIRECTION SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 29 Framework ASSIGN MATERIAL MATERIAL mat name sel mem PURPOSE To assign a material to selected members PARAMETERS mat name sel mem NOTES Material name to be assigned to the selected members Members to be assigned the material For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS A member retains the material name which was assigned to it during the preprocessing e g Preframe See also CREATE MAT ERIAL CHANGE MAT ERIAL PRINT MEMBI ER Gl EOMETRY AND MATERIAL EXAMPLES ASSIGN MAT ERIAL MAT1 ALL Framework SESAM 5 30 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN POSITIONS CODE CHECK POSITIONS sel mem subcommands data FATIGUE CHECK PURPOSE To assign check positions to selected members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned the positions For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MEMBERS CODE CHECK Assign positions to be used in code check yield stability cone member and when printing member data stresses and forces FATIGUE CHECK Assign positions to be used in fatigue check All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail When assigning positions for use in code check or fatigue by use of the alternatives ABSOLUTE or RELA TIVE comb
54. RUN FATIGUE CHECK STOFAT ONLY 33115 33215 33415 35415 oP Ao Print the results Ao n m 5 J RINT DESTINATION FIL ti n ea J RINT FILE X108C STOFAT n ea z J RINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPI ED TO ME ED TO ED TO ME FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGU Ao El ED TO TJ Y 1 N 20 DEC 2007 nt 35415 a ER E LIFE EMB SESAM Program version 3 5 ER 35415 USE X 35415 None PARAMETRIC KUANG R 35415 KTK ISAL e 20 PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS STOFAT SELECTED MEMBERS CURRENT FULL ABOVE End of fatigue checks oP o Exit FRAMEWORK by command FILE T oe EXIT STOCHASTIC FATIGUE T o ANALYSIS ALL A7 Results from API AISC code checks KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK Kk Kk Kk KKKKKKK KkKKKKK Kk Kk k k KKKKK KkKKKKK Kk k Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk k k KKKKK xk k k kK kK k xk KkKKKKKK KkKKKK KkKKKKKK Kk KK KkKKKK KkKKKK Postprocessing of Frame Structures KkKKKKK Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk K
55. SECT SECT SECT ELEMENT LENGTH EL EL TYPE NO NO TYPE D H TH FLEXIBLE PART NODE 1 NODE 2 12110 1 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 6046 693359 1110 2110 12120 7 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 6046 693359 1120 2120 12210 23 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 6046 693359 1210 2210 12220 29 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 6046 693359 1220 2220 23110 2 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 3023 346680 2110 3110 23120 8 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 3023 346680 2120 3120 23210 24 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 3023 346680 2210 3210 23220 30 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 3023 346680 2220 3220 33115 13 BEAS 1 50025 PIPE 500 00 36000 000000 3110 3120 33215 35 BEAS 1 50025 PIPE 500 00 36000 000000 3210 3220 33312 47 BEAS 1 50025 PIPE 500 00 22875 000000 3210 3315 33317 48 BEAS 1 50025 PIPE 500 00 22875 000000 3315 3110 33415 58 BEAS 1 50025 PIPE 500 00 45750 000000 3220 3120 34212 36 BEAS 1 60025 PIPE 600 00 24505 308594 3210 4215 34217 37 BEAS 1 60025 PIPE 600 00 24505 308594 3220 4215 34315 49 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18135 000000 3315 4315 34317 51 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 29191 503906 3110 4315 35110 3 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 33256 816406 3110 5110 Framework SESAM A DEC Pregramvversion3 5 35115 14 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 49010 363281 3120 5110 35120 9 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 33256 816406 3120 5120 35210 25 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 33
56. The fatigue module is pri marily intended for fatigue calculations of frame structures such as flare towers There are limitations on the size of the model to be investigated see Section 4 3 Joint geometry The wind fatigue module determines the chords of the joints and classifies the joints by its own during the analysis process A joint is defined as a planar structure where two or more elements meet Joints are classi fied on basis of the number of elements meeting at the joint User specified analysis planes serve as the pla nar structures within which joints are classified Fatigue damage is calculated only for node element intersections forming planes parallel to an analysis plane When a node has no or only one element parallel to an analysis plane no joint is established for that node analysis plane and no fatigue damage is calculated Elements meeting at a joint may either be chord or braces The chord is taken as the pair of co linear ele ments of greatest diameter all other elements are taken as braces If there is more than one pair of co linear elements of same maximum diameter the chord is assumed to be the pair with the greatest thickness If a joint has no pair of co linear elements e g corner joints of a frame joint classification of Framework is tried If chord and braces are determined by Framework chord and brace definition of Framework applies If chord and no braces are determined no damage calculation is performed If
57. WAVE SPREA DING FUNCTION To assign wave spreading function to wave statistics WAVE STATISTICS To assign wave statistics to a wave direction WIND FATIGUE To assign data for wind fatigue calculation All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 6 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN CAN JOINT CAN CHORD data NONE PURPOSE To assign a CAN section either to a joint or directly to a CHORD member or to remove a CAN section from a joint or a CHORD member PARAMETERS JOINT Instructs the program to assign a CAN section at a joint The CHORD and the member ALIGNED to the CHORD if any at that joint shall then be assigned the CAN properties specified subsequently CHORD Instructs the program to assign a CAN section at a specific end of a CHORD mem ber NONE Instructs the program to remove a CAN section assigned at one or more joints or at a specific end of a CHORD member All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 7 ASSIGN CAN JOINT cho len alg len AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC JOINT joint sec name mat name PURPOSE To assign a CAN section a a given joint The CHORD and the member ALIGNED to the CHORD if any at that joint shall then be assigned the CAN properties specified subsequently PARA
58. WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION _ stat name ALL PART lowHs uppHs lowTz uppTz PURPOSE To assign a spreading function to a wave statistics scatter diagram PARAMETERS stat name Name of wave statistics scatter diagram to be assigned the spreading function spread name Name of spreading function to be assigned to stat name NONE No spreading is assigned the sea is assumed to be long crested ALL The spreading function is assigned to all seastates in the wave statistics PART The spreading function is assigned to a subset of the wave statistics where Hs T is between specified limits lowH Lowest H value uppH Upper H value lowT Lowest T value uppT Upper T value NOTES For ISSC scatter diagram it is T1 mean wave period that shall be given as input instead of Tz See also CREATE WAVE STATISTICS CREATE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION PRINT WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION EXAMPLES ASSIGN WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION SCATTERA SPREDA ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 75 ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS WAVE STATISTICS wave dir stat name PURPOSE To assign a wave statistics scatter diagram to a wave direction PARAMETERS wave dir Wave direction stat name Name of wave statistics scatter diagram to be associated with the wave direction wave dir NOTES See also C
59. as INTEGERs or in GENER AL free format LIMITS Controls the limits of the y axis These can either be FREE i e determined by the data that are being presented or FIXED to the min value ymin and the max value ymax SPACING Controls the spacing of numbers along the axis The axis can have a LINEAR spac ing or be LOGARITHMIC with base 10 TITLE The title at the y axis can be specified by Framework or overridden with a SPEC IFIED text ytitle Framework SESAM 5 346 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET PLOT COLOUR FORMAT PLOT subcommands data FILE PAGE SIZE PURPOSE To set plot file characteristics PARAMETERS COLOUR Sets the output to the plot file to be in colours or monochrome FORMAT Set the type of plot file to be used FILE Set the prefix and name of the plot file PAGE SIZE Sets the size of the plot All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET PLOT COLOUR ON OFF COLOUR PURPOSE Turn colour on off in the plot file PARAMETERS ON Plot file output is in colours OFF Plot file output is monochrome NOTES Note that display and plot colour options may be different See also PLOT SET DISPLAY COLOUR Framework 5 347 Framework SESAM 5 348 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET PLOT FORMAT SESAM NEUTRAL POSTSCRIPT HPG
60. b Damage calculations based on generation of stress time series by FFT Fast Fourier Transform from stress autospectrum 1 e rainflow cycle counting in time domain PARAMETERS OFF Switch off Rainflow counting default ON switch on Rainflow counting method timstp Time step default 0 2 sec stpexp Time steps exponent in generating stress time series default 14 i e a steps seed Seed for generation of random phase angles default 123456 NOTES This option is relevant for stochastic fatigue damage analysis only EXAMPLES DEFINE FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING ON 0 2 14 123456 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 157 DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON OFF GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE PURPOSE To define how to handle usage factors due to exceedance of geometric validity ranges The default way is to present the usage factor based on actual geometry but indicate in the outcome column on the print that geometric values are outside the validity range given in the standard When switched ON a unity check normally larger than 990 0 the value is defined dependant of which geo metric limitation that has been exceeded is stored as the governing unity check This switch is also used to set the G fail usage factor as governing utilization when running punching shear check according to API code of practice The G fail usage factor is the geometry check according to
61. fault value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for pipe section hydrostatic pres sure stress Default value 0 8 Define the resistance factor for non pipe section axial tension stress Default value 0 9 Define the resistance factor for non pipe section axial com pression stress Default value 0 85 Define the resistance factor for non pipe section bending stress Default value 0 9 Define the resistance factor for non pipe section shear stress Default value 0 9 Define the resistance factor for punching check yield stress Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check overlapping joint welds Default value 0 54 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor K brace axial tension Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor K brace axial compression Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor K brace in plane bending Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor K brace out of plane bending Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor T and Y brace axial tension Default value 0 9 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor T and Y brace axial compression Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connectio
62. i e method A and method B In method A it is assumed that the capped end compressive forces due to the external hydrostatic pressure are not included in the structural analysis Alternatively the design provisions in method B assume that such forces are included in the analysis as external nodal forces Note that if Wajac has been used to calculate the seastate loads method B should be used The default method selected by Framework is method B In connection with section 6 3 6 1 Hoop buckling the length between stiffening rings L used in geometric parameter u is given by the stability parameter Stiffeners spacing defined by the command ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem STIFFENER SPACING length where sel mem members to be checked SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 3 length length to be used There are four available alternatives regarding calculation of the bending moments reduction factor accord ing to Table 6 2 Notes 1 i e alternative e a Cm 0 85 e b for members with no transverse loading Cm 0 6 0 4 M1 Sd M2 Sd e c for members with transverse loading Cm 1 0 0 4 Nc Sd NE but not gt 0 85 e b or c as above dependant of transverse load or not To activate the calculation of moment reduction factor Cm use the command ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR method where sel mem members to be checked method NORSOK A NORSOK B NOR
63. in pl stress in the brace saddle position stress in the brace crown position lane bending in the brace crown out of plane bending in the brace saddle axi axi a stress in the chord saddle position a stress in the chord crown position SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 277 7 gt SCF ratio for in plane bending in the chord crown 8 gt SCF ratio for out of plane bending in the chord saddle See also PRINT MEMBER EXAMPLES PRINT JOINT PUNCH DATA ONLY 2 Framework SESAM 5 278 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES MEMBER FORCES sel jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To print the member end forces for a selection of joints and load cases The forces bending moments at the member end entering the joint will be printed PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS sel lcs Load cases for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SE LECT LOAD CASE NOTES It is also possible to print absolute maximum maximum or minimum value of a selected force bending moment component among all selected load cases These options are controlled by the same switches used to control the member force max min print and must be set prior to using the PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES command See also DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE
64. input values for code checking purpose and SCF calculations See also ASSIGN JOINT TYPE PRINT JOINT PUNC EXAMPLES H CHECK DATA ASSIGN JOINT GAP ALL 1000 AUTOMATIC Framework SESAM 5 20 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN JOINT OVERLAP JOINT OVERLAP brace sel jnt over lap tw 11 1 12 PURPOSE To assign deassign an overlap at the end of a brace member PARAMETERS brace Brace name for which overlap data shall be assigned deassigned Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS sel jnt Joints where the overlap shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SE LECT JOINTS over lap Value of overlap This must be a positive number tw Minimum thickness of weld throat or brace 11 Circumference of chord brace contact l Circumference of brace 12 Projected chord length NOTES The circumference of the brace 1 must be greater than the circumference of the chord brace contact 11 For a fatigue analysis the command JOINT GAP with a negative gap may be used for the computation of parametric SCFs using Efthymiou formulas EXAMPLES ASSIGN JOINT OVERLAP 1100 1000 0 05 0 03 0 04 0 1 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 21 ASSIGN JOINT RING STIFFENER JOINT RING STIFFENER brace sel jnt nof
65. loads due to wind gusts and the vortex shedding effects due to steady state wind are considered Wind fatigue due to buffeting loads are treated by the power spectral density method and the damage is a function of the overall structural response The effects of vortex shedding induced fatigue are treated by evaluation of individual member responses The two effects are calculated on the assumption that they are uncoupled and are summed to give the overall fatigue damages of joints and members in the structure The fatigue analysis is based on annual wind data The annual wind data are characterized by a set of wind states considered to represent the climate for the year For each wind state the response stress power spec tra at local hotspots within a particular joint are evaluated For buffeting fatigue calculations the hotspot power spectrum response is divided into a quasi static response part and a dynamic response part see Figure 2 1 The quasi static part of the power spectrum cov Framework SESAM 2 14 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ers the low frequency non resonant response This spectrum has a broad peak at low frequencies but is treated as a narrow band at its peak frequency with one third of the stress variance of the low frequency broad band stress spectrum The resulting damage is then multiplied by 10 This approach assumes that the quasi static contribution to damage is small so that a rigorous evaluation is not required The
66. pipe cross section members are checked according to the NORSOK standard section 6 3 8 Tubu lar members subjected to combined loads without hydrostatic pressure or section 6 3 9 Tubular members subjected to combined loads with hydrostatic pressure Hydrostatic pressure effects are included in the member check if a water plane is defined prior to the run A tubular member code check is performed by the command RUN MEMBER CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs where run name name given to the run run text description associated to the run sel mem members to be checked sel lcs load cases to be checked Code check parameters Two new code check parameters have been introduced in connection with NORSOK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS CALCULATION METHOD method Unit length factor The unit length factor is used in connection with geometric requirements i e to verify that the tubular to be checked has a wall thickness greater or equal to 6 mm The code check is based on the SI unit Meter The value to be used is the factor which multiplied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter E g if the unit length used is millimetres gt value 1000 0 Calculation method For members exposed to external hydrostatic pressure the design provisions is divided into two categories
67. 0 Wind speeds wind probabilities and drag correction factors are specified by DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND SPEEDS DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES and DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORECTION FACTORS respectively A maximum of 12 wind speed may be given The wind speeds should correspond to speed values at a height of 10 m above ground or sea level The speeds must have the same unit as the wind speed used in Wajac and should be in m s The same wind speeds are applied to all wind directions Wind probabilities and drag correction factors are specified for each wind speed and each wind direction which means that n times m values must be entered if n wind directions and m wind speeds have been specified The wind probabilities are the annual probabilities associated with the corre sponding wind speeds and wind directions The probabilities should sum to 1 0 or to the total probability associated with each direction Note that damages are reported for each wind direction and in sum over all directions The wind loads and element forces calculated by Wajac Sestra are scaled to sizes that correspond to the wind speeds applied in the fatigue calculations The wind speeds as well as the drag correction factors are included in this scaling The drag correction factors correct for the effect that the drag coefficient may change and hereby the wind loading when the Reynolds number changes The Reynolds number is a func tion of the wind speed an
68. 0 1 0 1 0 0 16 0 1 0 1 0 0 24 0 305 0 20 0 1 0 1 0 to elements ERIAL 1 ALL 15 33215 33312 33317 334 15 34315 45315 34317 453 5511 55512 55513 55517 55518 NO 025 551 750 771 12 55117 56115 55212 552 15 77215 88112 88117 882 numbers to elements ECTION 135050 12110 67110 12120 67120 12210 67210 35110 56110 23120 35120 56120 23210 35210 56210 23220 15 NO 12 55312 55317 77315 35415 55412 55417 17 NO 12 88217 88315 77415 88415 NO 12 78112 78117 78212 78217 78315 78415 NO 025 3421 END END 12 3421 L7 4521 12 4521 7 NO SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework A 14 20 DEC 2007 ae Lamb interfac Writ ae End of journal file WRITE 1 ae B ae ES COORDINATE B BOU E S COORDINAT INT CON ND NO NODE EXT NO O 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 x Xx MOM CON SS OD 0 Or gt GD O ED GO O O O gt Os O EDs A O Gr O Ge Os O O SES NS A o A o A SS A SS SS A O SS A SAS ASS AA Vi 0 2D O O O SEO 0D 0 O O SO O 107 0 O 0 DD O 0 O oo O O O O O OC G e ooo OT OO OTD OD OT OTD OD i OD DD ooo oo oo Oo oO Oo oooooooooooooooo lt oooo oo oooovooo ovoomovoomoooomoo O O HE OO OE AO 10 0 0 O 10 OD OD OO OO O 1 OD 1 0D OD HO OO APO
69. 0 800 8 21E 07 Gl 3120 3120 3220 3220 5120 5120 1 1 43 70 65 65 76 76 E 01 E 01 E 01 E 01 E 00 E 00 NM OO RO We Oo DW OX Oo 8 RAC YT RAC RAC E SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD E SID ROWN SAD E SID ROWN SAD HORD SID ROWN SAD 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 DOE 60E4 O Qo CH O Or UL O O O MO LO 10 CO O Oo FPF NY JO Nau 50 00 50 50 80 50 50 80 50 50 00 50 td ti ti ti ti OD O Ol Os Oe OO O O o Un Qe 10 OIDO UO 10 OO LO O OO U RFP NHN NHN DN NY OG NY NN F DN 182 866 800 964 DL 000 913 Framework SESAM A 70 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A 11 Preframe model example 2 o o oe o Preframe command input file wind fatigue model oe ole NODE 6 Coordinates 101 5 0 0 0 0 0 102 5 0 0 0 0 0 103 0 0 8 660 0 0 201 4 167 0 0 10 0 202 0 0 0 0 10 0 203 4 167 0 0 10 0 204 2 083 3 6084 10 0 205 0 0 DLL 10 0 206 2 083 3 6084 10 0 30L 3 333 0 0 20 0 302 3 333 0 0 20 0 303 0 0 5 774
70. 00 9000 000000 6120 7120 67210 27 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 9000 000000 6210 7210 67220 33 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 9000 000000 6220 7220 77115 18 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 36000 000000 7110 7120 77215 42 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 36000 000000 7210 7220 77315 55 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 36000 000000 7210 7110 77415 62 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 36000 000000 7220 7120 78110 6 BEAS 11414103 I 300 00 9000 000000 7110 8110 78112 19 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 20124 611328 7110 8115 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 17 78117 20 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 20124 611328 7120 8115 78120 12 BEAS 11414103 I 300 00 9000 000000 7120 8120 78210 28 BEAS 11414103 I 300 00 9000 000000 7210 8210 78212 43 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 20124 611328 7210 8215 78217 44 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 20124 611328 7220 8215 78220 34 BEAS 11414103 I 300 00 9000 000000 7220 8220 78315 56 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 37107 953125 7210 8110 78415 63 BEAS 1 1212 I 305 00 37107 953125 7120 8220 88112 21 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 18000 000000 8110 8115 88117 22 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 18000 000000 8115 8120 88212 45 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 18000 000000 8210 8215 88217 46 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 18000 000000 8215 8220 88315 57 BEAS 1 16750 I 413 00 36000 000000 8210 8110 88415 64 BEAS
71. 00E 08 CAN4000 0 000E 00 aE ALIGN 4 000E 00 4 00E 02 4 00E 08 CAN4000 0 000E 00 13 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 7 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 10 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 3 3 2 STUB assignments To assign the STUB section to all braces at joint 2 see Figure 3 5 use the following command CREATE SECTION STB2000 Stub section PIPE 2 0 0 02 CREATE MATERIAL MAT380 Stub material 2 1E 11 380 E 6 7850 0 3 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN STUB JOINT 2 STB2000 MAT380 0 0 where STB2000 is the STUB section name MAT380 is the STUB section material The PRINT command PRINT CHORD AND BRACE 2 shows Joint Member Type Diameter Thick Yield Chord Can Stub Length 2 2 CHORD 4 000E 00 4 00E 02 4 00E 08 CAN4000 0 000E 00 1 ALIGN 4 000E 00 4 00E 02 4 00E 08 CAN4000 0 000E 00 13 BRACE 2 000E 00 2 00E 02 3 80E 08 2 STB2000 0 000E 00 7 BRACE 2 000E 00 2 00E 02 3 80E 08 2 STB2000 0 000E 00 10 BRACE 2 000E 00 2 00E 02 3 80E 08 2 STB2000 0 000E 00 See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table Framework SESAM 3 20 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 1 28 MAR 20041 14 55 Mode L DEMO Selected Joints SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 3 21 3 3 3 How to assign joint type and gap All members as default get default joint type values YT It is simple to have the program decide joint type
72. 05 0 95 0 85 0 80 0 75 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE 1 0E 04 1245 1 CREATE WIND FATIGUE 101 203 301 102 205 302 3 ANALYSIS PLANES ONLY 103 201 30 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUI BROAD AND NARROW ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY MEMBER ENDS ONLY 201 202 4 0 1 0 9 0 3 0 7 202 203 3 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 203 202 5 0 1 0 95 0 1 0 95 205 302 2 0 4 0 6 0 4 046 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE ALL SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE ALL ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE JOINT CURRENT DOE T 8 0 0 015 1200 0 1800 0 DOE T EFTHYMIOU 0 01 30 0 15 0 1 1 WIND DIRECTIONS ONLY 0 0 30 0 60 0 90 0 120 0 150 0 10 0 WIND SPEEDS ONLY 10 0 15 0 20 0 25 0 30 0 WIND PROBABILITIES VARIABLE PROBABILITI DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES 0 2 0 8 5 ORTEX PARAMETERS 1 225 0 000015 1 0 0 2 4 0 0 1 2 01 6 WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING AND VORT E 04 1 E 04 E11 7380 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 201 SELECT
73. 1 226 kg m and VISCAIR 1 462 107 w o The MPRT command is used to print the calculated wind loads to file wajac lis so that the user may con trol the results An input file to Wajac for wind load calculation may be as follows WAJAC TITL STATIC WIND LOADS FOR INPUT TO WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS C Prefix for Input Interface C PREFIX G FMODE Cc Prefix for Wind Load Interface Generation C PREFIX FORM FWAVE FORMATTED Identify the model for which loads will be calculated G ILFSAV ISETOP MODE I Ts Units and constant definitions C OPT GRAVITY RO VISC ROAIR VISCAIR CONS L225 1 5E 12 E Dataset GEOM 6 GEOM Mudline elevation e Z MUDP 10 0 C Dataset HYDR HYDR C Air drag coefficients for specific members Cc N1 NN STEP STYP INDX CDX CDZ SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 51 C CDWN dis 24 li T 2 1 2 Air drag coefficients as a function of Reynolds numbers E Rn1 CDX1 CDZ1 RN2 CDX2 CDZ1 C CDWR Cc Dataset LOAD LOAD Member force printout specification N1 NN STEP STYPE INDEX ISEA ISTEP MPRT alge 24 E 1 1 des MPRT T 24 T des 1 2 Tz MPRT ds 24 de T 1 Dis 1 Cc E Water depth DPTH 10 0 DPTH 12 0 DPTH 15 0 C Wind profile C WID VEL ANGLE GUSTF HO HEXP WIND 1 30 0 LO 10 0 125 WIND 2 30 30 0 IOs 0 12
74. 1 30E 1 57E 08 09 MANUAL 5 82E 1 76E4 08 MANUAL 4 61E4 1 61E 09 MANUAL 2 25E 2 75E 08 09 MANUAL 7 56E 2 75E4 07 MANUAL 7 89E4 3 63E 09 MANUAL 5 22E 3 631 08 E 09 MANUAL 143 5 E 08 9 665 85 464 0 00E 00 270 000 90 000 0 00E 00 270 000 90 000 0 00E 00 0 000 90 000 0 00E 00 0 000 90 000 0 00E 00 352 875 90 000 0 00E 00 302810 90 000 0 00E 00 7 125 22 22 2 2 22 22 18 T3 V3 030 Tle 13 030 RIBA dl 463 Els TI 463 Ei 400 400 18 683 400 22 18 400 683 400 400 683 252 252 252 252 712 712 712 712 712 000 000 000 945 918 962 832 748 882 999 998 999 9 99 998 999 994 e i OOF OOF OOF OOF OOF OOF o o E o o e Oy Gl o NS o o NS o N o o o NS T o Ww E 02 E 03 E 02 E 03 0 438 E 02 E 03 0 438 00E 02 5110 6120 3220 3210 35120 55112 35110 56115 56120 33215 23220 33215 23210 STO YT STO YT STO YT STO YT 100 100 100 100 074 261 720 108 333 710 019 s129 657 004 062 657 021 114
75. 101 2 4 1 5 4120E 07 4 8 1 6 9 5 10050 w618 6 0 32 LOGS 4 8 1 6 9 5 100 0 61 8 201 301 2 4 1 9 7113E 08 4 3 43 12 1 100 0 58 06 Ds 3 2b OO 4 3 4 3 12 1 100 0 58 6 201 206 3 5 1 2 3090E 01 93 0 16 3 0 0 18 5 100 0 18 2 0 0 16 7 22 8 3 9 0 0 4 5 24 8 201 303 3 L 2 1521E 05 100 0 46 7 0 5 IDo A 0 0 Bb 23 8 1951 152 143 ELE 202 101 1708 1 9102E 06 10 3 2 4 1 6 14 6 53 1 92 3 100 0 40 2 0 7 0 2 0 4 0 9 So 202 102 1 3 1 1 9103E 06 10 3 41 1 100 0 90 9 53 4 14 9 1 3 2 1 0 7 7 6 20 6 13 4 3 5 203 202151 5 4061E 02 98 3 17 0 00 1841 1000 175 6 0 0 17 8 23 7 4 1 0 0 4 4 24 2 4 203 304 2 32 3 0147E 06 6 7 69 1 45 1 28 2 86 7 26 4 03 26 1 28 3 65 2 10030 22 6 21 1 20 203 204211 7 0423E 03 100 0 18 8 0 0 15 2 92 0 16 8 0 0 17 2 100 0 18 8 0 0 15 2 92 0 16 203 102 3 6 1 5 0522E 07 0580 ELST 4 8 80 1147 1000 dal 1 8 6 8 11 7 4 8 8 0 71 7 100 203 302 3 61 6 6018E 08 13 8 36 1 11 6 14 4 47 6 100 0 9 8 2 0 13 8 36 1 11 6 14 4 47 6 100 204 102251 6 6939E 07 90 1 26 8 1 6 22 8 100 0 56 8 18 5 29 4 4 7 Lee 0 2 1 2 5 5 204 103 2 5 1 1 4745E 06 31 1 25 1 11 2 34 5 100 0 30 9 0 5 4 3 Li 269 2 5 254 523 1 N N RR meoo N W o ST O O O O O O DN o O Re ONNFRAI A BO x NO POMWANNWN BHF OO DN o AHDODWAONUOD UA BWOF DD PION OFPONUWONAN SO I Y
76. 2007 5 211 DEFINE READ CONCEPTS ON OFF READ CONCEPTS PURPOSE To switch OFF reading the concept information from the result file PARAMETERS ON Read conceptual information Default behaviour OFF Skip conceptual information NOTES When set to OFF member information and member attribute data defined on the concept data cards will not be transferred when the model is established In this mode the program will also skip reading node material and cross section names This switch must be set prior to opening and transferring model and results from the result interface file See also FILE OPEN FILE TRANSFER EXAMPLES DEFINE READ CONCEPTS OFF Framework SESAM 5 212 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE READ NAMED SETS ALL ELEMENTS ONLY JOINTS ONLY NONE READ NAMED SETS OPTION PURPOSE To define how to handle named sets when reading results file PARAMETERS ALL Read all defined named sets Default behaviour ELEMENTS ONLY Read sets containing elements only JOINTS ONLY Read sets containing joints nodes only NONE Do not read named sets NOTES This command option must be set prior to opening and transferring model and results from the result inter face file See also FILE OPEN FILE TRANSFER EXAMPLES DEFINE READ NAMED SETS OPTION ELEMENTS ONLY
77. 202 5 lt 051 0 99 0 L 0 95 205 302 2 0 4 0 6 0 4 0 6 Framework 5 93 Framework 5 94 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO SINGLE BRACE CASE RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE CASE MULTI BRACE CASE SELECT JOINTS COMPRESSED wndir brace nod anapln ndymod BRACESIDE COMPREHENSIVE inspnt CHORDSIDE fwndir lwndir fnod Inod fanpln lanpIn ndymod ON fwndir lwndir fanpIn lanpIn ndymod OFF PURPOSE To assign run case parameters for the fatigue damage analysis to be executed PARAMETERS SINGLE BRACE CASE wndir brace nod anapIn ndymod COMPRESSED COMPREHENSIVE inspnt Single brace analysis Wind direction to be considered Must comply with the wind directions analysed in Wajac The wind directions are num bered in the sequence they are specified by the command DE FINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS Valid range of value 1 to 6 Brace of the joint to be considered Joint where damage is required Analysis plane of the joint For creation of analysis planes see command CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES Valid range of value to 10 Number of dynamic modes The ndymod first modes will be considered Valid range of value 2 to 15 Produce compressed print of the fatigue damage results Con densed output will be generated for all inspection points around the chord brace intersec
78. 3 28 How to perform a member check ccccccccesssscssecesseescecseceeeceseeesceeseceseceseseseeesecsseseeeseeeeaecnaeeneeaes 3 29 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 4 1 4 2 43 4 4 How to perform a cone check iii ii ai 3 31 How to perform a punching shear Check ccccecccessesseceseceeeeeceeeeeeseecseceeeceseeeseecseceaeceeeeeseeeesaees 3 32 How to perform a deterministic fatigue analysis ccceccsesseceseceeeeeseeseeceeeeeceeeceseeeeeeseceseeeneeeses 3 34 How to perform a stochastic fatigue analysis ccccccccsecscessceeseesceescesseceseceseceseeesecnseceeeeeeeeseeaaes 3 36 How to perform an earthquake analysis c ccccccssecssesseceseceeceeeecseeccenseceeceseeeseeeseceseceeeeneeseeesaees 3 38 How to perform a joint redesign 0 ccccccesccesseseeescesseceeceseceeeeeseeseceseceseseaecsaecseceseeseeeeseeeaeeeaeenaeees 3 40 How to perform member redesign cccccccsssssssceescesceseceseceeceeeeeeseesaecseceeceaeeeseeeseceaeeneseeeeaeeaeees 3 41 How to compute material take off 00 0 ccc eecceeceessessecsseceeceeeeeeeecseecssenseceseceseessecaaeseaeseneeeeeeaaeeaeees 3 42 How to close the design 10Op cccccesccescesscesseeseecsseeeceseeeseeesecaeceseeeaeesaecsaeceeseeeseeseseeceeeseeeseeaees 3 42 How to create a hidden surface display cccscesscesseesseeseceseeeeeeeseceecseseceseeeseecseceseceeseeeeaeeseees 3 43 How to create a deformed shape dis
79. 4 A JONSWAP wave spectrum is normally used to simulate a seastate which is not fully developed often caused by a high wind speed while the Pierson Moskowitz spectrum is appropriate for fully developed sea states The ISSC spectrum 23 is the recommended sea spectrum from the International Ship and Offshore Struc ture Congress The spectrum is recommended for open sea conditions and fully developed sea by the 15th International Towing Tank Conference ITTC For more information on the wave spectra see Framework Theory Manual 10 section 8 2 4 A wave spectrum is associated with a significant wave height and a zero up crossing period For more infor mation on this see Section 2 3 29 Note that ISSC uses the mean wave period The definition of wave spectrum is OPTIONAL for a stochastic fatigue analysis as shown in Table 2 8 A Pierson Moskowitz wave spectrum is assumed by default SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 51 2 3 28 Wave direction probability This defines the probability of occurrence for each main wave direction specified in the hydrodynamic anal ysis This data is required in order to calculate the contribution of each main wave direction to the gross fatigue damage The definition of the wave direction probability is MANDATORY for a stochastic fatigue analysis as indi cated in Table 2 8 2 3 29 Wave statistics For a stochastic fatigue analysis the probable history of loading throughout the life o
80. 5 20 DEC 2007 Framework 5 123 CREATE SECTION name text SYMMETRIC I name text SYMMETRIC I hz bt tf PURPOSE To create a symmetric I section PARAMETERS name text SYMMETRIC I hz bt tf tw r NOTES See also Section name Text associated with section Section is of I symmetric profile Height of section Width of section Flange thickness Web thickness Fillet radius ASSIGN SECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION 1400100 hz 400 bt 100 SYMMETRIC I 0 4 0 1 0 025 0 025 0 Framework SESAM 5 124 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SECTION name text UNSYMMETRIC I name text UNSYMMETRIC I hz tw bft tft tfh bfb tfb bfh PURPOSE To create an unsymmetric I section PARAMETERS name Section name text Text associated with section UNSYMMETRIC I Section is of I unsymmetric profile hz Height of section tw Web thickness bft Top flange width tft Top flange thickness tfh Width of top flange along positive y axis bfb Bottom flange width tfb Bottom flange thickness bfh Width of bottom flange along positive y axis NOTES See also ASSIGN SECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION 1400100 NONE UNSYMMETRIC I 0 4 0 09 0 1 0 01 0 05 0 1 0 01 0 05 Program version 3 5 SESAM Program v
81. CAPACITY ONLY REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS KSI Define how to handle hydrostatic pressure in connection with the NORSOK code of practice Define how to handled plastic elastic section capacity in con nection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice Define the reference value of Young s modulus in ksi for use in code check according to AISC and Eurocode NS3472 REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS MPA Define the reference value of Young s modulus in MPa for use SECTION CAPACITY CHECK STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK UNIT LENGTH FACTOR VON MISES CHECK in code check according to AISC and Eurocode NS3472 Define how to handle the resistance of cross section check in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice Define how to handle the buckling check in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice Define the factor which multiplied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter Define how the von Mises stress check criteria is handled in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 180 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS CALCULATION METH OD A CALCULATION METHOD PURPOSE To define how to the handle hydrostatic pressure in connection with the NORSOK code of practice PARAMETERS A Capped end compressive forces due to the external hydro
82. DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Shear force in the direction of member local z axis Torsional moment Moment about member local y axis Moment about member local z axis Define search alternative Search for absolute maximum value of selected component Search for maximum value of selected component Search for minimum value of selected component Search for maximum and minimum value of each component Search for maximum and minimum value of each component for each check position How to handle print of member forces for complex load cases Print for max response only The default option Print for all predefined report phase angles The phase angles are defined through DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE Used to modify default number 50 of parts each beam is split into when drawing a force moment diagram Number of divisions 10 lt nsplit lt 100 When used in connection with PRINT FORCES it is possible to print forces at the position among the pre defined check positions along the member giving absolute maximum maximum or minimum value of a selected force bending moment component This max min print can be printed for each of the selected load cases or as a max min print among all selected load cases These options are controlled by switches set prior to using the ordinary PRINT FORCE command When used in connection with PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES it is possible to print the member end forces for a selection of joi
83. Definition of element local y axis follows Definition of element local z axis follows Axis points in the direction of global X axis superelement co ordinate system Axis points in the direction of global Y axis superelement co ordinate system Axis points in the direction of global Z axis superelement co ordinate system Corresponds to local y axis of member Corresponds to local z axis of member The axis shall lie in the plane of the CHORD element as at end 1 of the member Defines an axis system normal to the member superelement coordinate system Framework SESAM 5 28 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 JOINT name Axis points in the direction of a joint with identification name POINT x yz Axis points in the direction of a point with coordinates x y z superelement coordinate system NOTES A member retains the local coordinate system which was assigned to it during the preprocessing e g Pre frame For NON TUBULAR sections only the options LOCAL Y AXIS DIRECTION and LOCAL Z AXIS DIRECTION may be used It is sufficient to specify the direction of either Y axis or Z axis since the other axes of the element will be determined according to the longitudinal axis of the element and the right hand rule Definition by CHORD PLANE is not recommended use a guiding joint instead since this guarantees con sistent and predictable behaviour See also PRINT MEMBER EXAMPLES ASSIGN LOCAL COORDINATE
84. FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 3 00 3 00 4 24 4 24 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 3 00 3 00 4 24 4 24 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 19 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 3 72 3 72 2 13 5 32 LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDE Gl LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDE Gl LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDE Gl LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDI Gl CI LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDE Gl LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE LOCAL LOCAL CHORD SIDI BRACE SIDE Gl LOCAL CHORD SIDI Gl Framework A 75 Framework A 76 20 DEC 2007 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 2 60 2 60 3 32 4 01 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 204 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 6 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 4 32 4 32 2 67 5 92 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE 2 62 2 62 2 36 3 20 CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE CROWN SADDLE ELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE INCLUDE 7 ASS
85. Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 261 PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS CODE CHECK RESULTS name WORST LOADCASE MEMBER AND WORST LOADCASE SELECTED MEMBERS AND LOADCASES sel mem sel lcs JOINT AND WORST LOADCASE WORST LOADCASE ALL BRACES BRACE AND WORST LOADCASE SELECTED JOINTS AND LOADCASES sel jnt sel lcs FULL ABOVE limit BELOW limit SUMMARY BETWEEN limitl limit2 PURPOSE To print results from a code check run This command must be used in order to print results from a yield stability punch or hydrostatic check PARAMETERS name WORST LOADCASE MEMBER AND WORST LOADCASE SELECTED MEMBERS AND LOADCASES JOINT AND WORST LOADCASE Name of run for which results are to be printed The print should contain only the worst loadcase for each member or joint The print is sorted with decreasing usage factors and results are printed for only the worst position The print should contain only the worst loadcase for each member The print is sorted on member names and results are printed for only the worst position The print should contain selected members and loadcases The print is sorted on member names and results are printed for all positions checked The print should contain only the worst loadcase for each joint The print is sorted on joint names and results are printed for the worst brace at the joint
86. Framework The description given above is valid for line mode For motif mode the command SELECT SET is replaced by the commands SELECT MEMBER SET and SELECT JOINT SET All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command sequence is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 315 SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE API AISC LRFD API AISC WSD CODE OF PRACTICE EUROCODE NS3472 NORSOK NPD NS3472 PURPOSE To select the current code of practice to be used for member and joint checks PARAMETERS API AISC LRFD The API draft recommended practice amp AISC code of practice shall be used based on Load and Resistance Factor Design LRFD API AISC WSD The API amp AISC codes of practice shall be used based on Working Strength De sign i e allowable stresses EUROCODE NS3472 The EUROCODE NS3472 release 3 codes of practice shall be used NORSOK The NORSOK codes of practice shall be used NPD NS3472 The NPD amp NS3472 release 2 codes of practice shall be used NOTES The default code of practice is API AISC WSD When performing code check according to API AISC LRFD and API AISC WSD the limiting width thick ness ratios for compression elements defined in Table I 8 1 from Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings Ref 18 are accounted for The limiting width thickness ratio for lambda_p compact is mod ified for cross sections of
87. H A Z Ont Q yn NN AY XAO LO YANN YVOTANCOMANHONMNOM E HI Q O OSC OMNMNOUMAOHOR 1 DIO X O Y o o mM l Sal Z o oe es SED o a El Hg e H Y Y A H a 2 gq Z a AOSPADADNWDOPAADCC HH PVDADDVPVEeENFC HOE E O 4 I EAA ND gti A gee a gee ae AEE MOP ced ge RAPE e a L ge a ter Pel AS le A E oa D 0351 O vV CONF eH ONNCOMAMeAMNAMOOOCHOOMO O I fy oo O 0OoNaA 2 1 OC oOo OM oO CO o fy HI ded 1 4 iad i Zi A E a E HI E HNN add HD HMNHAAAMNMNAOAMNHATAHWOWOUOMNO LWO 0 y O m Vooooooooooo0oooooooooooooooo m Id E A a E AR e ld de Tell x I E Loo MP hee Wie ph fee op Pee eeeeeeeeea E m 1 BLNnoOdADODH FOU DH TNO HDANUONONADANAN M fx ADONDDAADYNONMNOHMNWAANHADHANHNANNWOMO J LO O NIHON TEFDAAMNAMNOND KR io A 1 ODIOS TY AO ONO 0OROo1L00O0OIO NL EI a 0900 ANA AO 0H10ANNANSsND0naAAa x H a z E NY omonnoo omn0oo0onooonooooooooo A W l Q NO DWDVUMOANAN ON ON ONL ODLCONNA O WOON a Ed z E AXA oooooonroooocoomn o ooooooooooo Z S 0 0000000000000 HOO YO WM OOO WO WD WO Oo f H Il ag y H A A fe cyt cee eg a ee a a a ah kalo E ee ee ERE ag Ti fal ee dN dAd dAdAAHAN AAAA E gt Q on 2 4100 0 NN ANO HH DNA ANNO AAA A AN S fx gt H VAKAA NN MHH ANMMNN NAAN N MMA ANAHAN N NMM E fx O ol 200 HAMANN HANNANMMNMDNAANMHAMNAMNANMNAN AH g l Aa OOO OO OOO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 100 0 0 Q I A 00 HAMN AHA MNA HAHAU MN MM HAHA N MM MNMMAM ix als 0 Aer 2 D I A Aa E a El a Ai ZOQA M 1120000001000 000 mi rj xx O 19010
88. How to perform a wind fatigue analysis Before a wind fatigue analysis can be executed a SIN file containing modelling data eigenvalues normal ised eigenvectors resultant stresses from eigendeformations and resultant stresses from the wind loading must be created Also a FEM file containing the wind loads is required if the static wind loads are not con tained in the SIN file Necessary steps to generate input data and the required files are shown below Step Description Program In files Out files 1 Modelling of the structure Preframe dirent S eraphie mods Tn FEM or model jnl Ln FEM 2 Generation of wind loads Wajac n PEM e Sn FEM direct input wajac inp a wajac lis Tn FEM 3 Calculation of element stresses Sest Ln FEM oe from the wind loading Sn FEM a k sestra lis direct input static inp Calculation of eigenvalues nor DTn FEM DRn SIF 4 malised eigenvectors and element Sestra direct inpue onanieinp or DRn SIN stresses from eigendeformations P y TOP sestra lis Merging of Rn SIN and DRn SIF Rn SIN 7 files into Rn SIN file PEPONI DRn SIF RADIA Rn SIN Un FEM RunFramework lis 6 Execution of wind fatigue analysis Framework n E RunDiagnostics txt direct input graphic mode Runlives tre or windfatigue jnl l a The static wind element loads will be read from the Ln FEM file if they are not contained in the Rn SIN file Element loads are printed to the Rn SIN file if
89. JOINT 55112 5110 LOCAL BOTH SIDES NON SYMMETRIC 2 2297 2097 05 00 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 6 52 10 00 2 94 LoS 0 50 O20 050 SESAM Program version 3 5 19 22 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 35115 CONNECTED TO MEMBE ASSIGN SCF J 2 57 2 57 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 52 0 00 2 57 0 0 0 0 0 0 NON SYMMETRIC 7 10 13 16 19 22 1 4 ASSIGN SCF J 2 907 2007 0 0 0 0 O DN O Oo DN 1S S LU Ox O O gt PGT 2 6 Oo NY O NY GO ND Oo 0 Os AG OO Y NON SYMMETRIC 7 10 13 16 19 22 1 4 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33115 CONNECTED TO MEMBE ASSIGN SCF J Ze 2AT 04 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 2608 O00 2 757 0 0 0 0 0 0 ZO Zeal ODO 0 0 0 0 0 0 2601 0700 257 0 0 0 0 0 0 NON SYMMETRIC gt 10 13 16 4 97 2 57 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 95 0 00 2 57 0 0 0 0 0 0 OINT 35115 3120 OINT 35115 5110 OINT 33115 3110 20 DEC 2007 LOCAL BOTH SIDE LOCAL BOTH SIDE LOCAL BOTH SIDE R 35115 USE R 33115 USE Framework A 31 Framework A 32 19 4 97 2 57 22 0 0 0 0 1 4 95 0 00 4 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 3120 20 DEC 2007 0 00 0 0 2097 0 0 NON SYMMETRIC 7 2 97 2 57 10 0 0 0 0 13 6 52 0 00 16 0 0 0 0 LO 2 057 2297 22 0 0 0 0 1 6 552 0 00 4 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN SN CURVE ASSIGN SCF J
90. LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS The length between joints shall be used as stiffener spacing Lh Value of the stiffener spacing manually specified by the user NOTES By default the value of the stiffener spacing is set to length between joints See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ONLY WITH SECTION P30400 STIFFENER SPACING 0 8 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 63 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS sel mem UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH flange len PURPOSE To assign the unsupported length of the compression flange for one or more members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned unsupported flange length For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS The length between joints shall be used for computation of the unsupported flange length flange len Value of the unsupported flange length NOTES By default the unsupported flange length is the computed length between joints This parameter is not applicable for members with PIPE or GENERAL cross sections See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY 200 UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH 13 5 Framework SESAM 5 64 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STUB BRACE STUB JOINT data NONE PURPOSE To assign a STUB section either to a
91. MEMBER AND WORST LOADCASE and SELECTED MEMBERS AND LOADCASES For a punch check run the valid alternatives are as follows WORST LOADCASE JOINTS AND WORST LOADCASE and SELECTED JOINTS AND LOADCASES For a yield stability or hydrostatic check the WORST LOADCASE option reports for a member the worst usage factor obtained and the corresponding loadcase that produced it In this print code check results for a member are only printed once Members are printed in an order of decreasing usage factors SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 263 For a punch check the WORST LOADCASE option reports for a joint the brace at that joint with the worst usage factor and the corresponding loadcase that produced it In this print code check results for a brace are only printed once Braces are printed in order of decreasing usage factors The commands MEMBER JOINT AND WORST LOADCASE will print only the members joints that have results and that are within the current MEMBER JOINT selection Use the command SELECT MEM BER JOINT ALL in advance to ensure that all results from the run are presented See also DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS DISPLAY FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULTS PRINT MEMBER RESULT DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULTS PRINT MEMBER SUMMARY PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN RUN R R EXAMPLES SELECT MEMBER ONLY 33115 PRI
92. OD 2D oD MANMNAANMNN AMAA AMNAMNATDANMNMANMNANMAN OY HAAANANMNMNMNMNATTONNNONMNOVUHAHAANANMNMND o0o00O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O000O0O0O000000000000000o ANAANAAAANAAANAANANAANANNNONNNNamn ES R ALL ANALYSIS PLANE a B CTIONS OVE ES B EVALUATED FOR 33 JOINT CONNE D DAMAGE ar Gh VORTEX INDUCE e co std I Sm I mM Ps 00 oo i oon z Oo A LO O F Q nN NO H Mo os o lu No o q al S Il on ES ll o 10 y U E A o Nm A YA y mM El EA a 10 EE nen E Sida Ao Q na H fy Zu D si S O a st oy E 04 Z a o qd o ag wn 1 a A x No Ov No gq p Z A Ai gh ome H co on E E Am O gt a E SO H ct oe a DS H n Q sane a I ce wa H I A tre zZ v o To Sl E j 4 0 50 Lo noo d 04 n Jo O oo Ey y a El iS N y m Des Sm Ey mn E H E y MES oO jo S me el eo Z n G Q NON Q On Z H l m I e V doo m A oo Oo o Fx A E Hon Es oo 0 1 A E a Lom E mm x Nm fy wot ry ee D mn faa EH N A sw CO A N Z fy H amp 4 G 3S A DHA ot de 2 on az dw a YVHRK BZA GY H ZOQAHANa y gt NA A E G O 2eIlz200H535 oo fe NN GG E O E
93. OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT EIGENVALUES AND EIGENMODES ON PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT EIGENMODE ELEMENT FORCES OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT STATIC WIND LOAD CASES OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT STATIC ELEMENT FORCES OFF PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT STATIC NODAL POINT WIND LOADS OFF SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 301 PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU INPUT SUM OF STATIC WIND LOADS OFF INPUT RUN SCENARIO OFF Fl E Framework 5 302 RUN SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CONE CHECK EARTHQUAKE CHECK FATIGUE CHECK HYDROSTATIC CHECK MEMBER CHECK RUN PUNCH CHECK REDESIGN STABILITY CHECK YIELD CHECK WIND FATIGUE CHECK subcommands data PURPOSE To perform a check PARAMETERS CONE CHECK EARTHQUAKE CHECK FATIGUE CHECK HYDROSTATIC CHECK MEMBER CHECK PUNCH CHECK REDESIGN STABILITY CHECK YIELD CHECK WIND FATIGUE CHECK To perform a check of conical transitions To perform a member earthquake check To perform a member fatigue check To perform a member hydrostatic check To perform a member check both yield and stability To perform a joint punch check To perform a joint can redesign To perform a member stability check To perform a member yield check To perform a wind fatigue check All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each comma
94. Program version 3 5 RUN EARTHQUAKE CHECK X sel mem EARTHQUAKE CHECK run name run text 7 w sel mod sel jnt ALL PURPOSE To perform a member or joint earthquake check according to the pre selected mode combination rule and output request PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run X Earthquake excitation shall be applied in the global X direction Y Earthquake excitation shall be applied in the global Y direction Z Earthquake excitation shall be applied in the global Z direction ALL Earthquake excitation shall be applied in all three global directions sel mem Members to be checked only when the requested output is FORCES For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS sel jnt Joints to be checked only when the requested output is DISPLACEMENT VE LOCITY or ACCELERATION For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS sel mod Modeshapes to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MODE SHAPE NOTES Results from an earthquake check are printed through either print of forces stresses displacements veloci ties or accelerations SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE PRINT FORCE PRINT STRESS PRINT DISPLACEMENT P P RINT VELOCITY RINT ACCELERATION SESAM Program version 3 5 PRINT RUN EXAMPLES RUN EARTHQUAKE CH ECK RUNE
95. Program version 3 5 Yield 4 000E 08 Member 7 Status BRACE Diameter 2 000E 00 Thickness 2 000E 02 Yield 3 800E 08 Joint type KTT LOAD Gap 0 000E 00 Chord angle 85 24 Brace Chord dia 0 50 I O angle 180 00 Chord member 2 Diameter 4 000E 00 Thickness 4 000E 02 Yield 4 000E 08 Member 10 Status BRACE Diameter 2 000E 00 Thickness 2 000E 02 Yield 3 800E 08 Joint type KTK MANU Gap ara 2000802 Chord angle 42 53 Brace Chord dia 0 50 1 0 angle 180 00 Chord member 2 Diameter 4 000E 00 Thickness 4 000E 02 Yield 4 000E 08 Member 2 Status CHORD Diameter 4 000E 00 Thickness 4 000E 02 Yield 4 000E 08 No of braces 3 confirming the intended joint assignments 3 4 How to specify parametric stress concentration factors With reference to Figure 3 4 it is required that parametric SCFs are calculated at either end of member 10 In order that parametric SCFs are calculated at each end of the member it is necessary that for each end The corresponding CHORD member has been assigned The desired joint type e g K X YT etc has been assigned The actual gap overlap data has been assigned for K type joints SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 23 CAN and STUB section data will also be accounted fo
96. REDUCTION FACTOR eneren 5 59 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION nossen 5 61 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem STIFFENER SPACING oooocccocicconoononccnnincnnonnoncnnnnnon conc cncnncnncnnnnos 5 62 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH ssassn 5 63 ASSIGN S PUB ida fobesttuta ssa oavsdseci dincatediau iii aid 5 64 ASSIGN STUB BRACE virana diii a aaia i aa stagusaddeabis lis 5 65 ASSIGN STUB JOIN Thiesen norane ranana nA a RAE RA EAA A Eai 5 66 ASSIGN STUB NONE aa a a A nina aa E a aS 5 67 ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION moiair diaa eiaa a iiaa eE nE EAEE iE 5 68 ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY sseseseesssessesssssssrsessrsesrrsrsrertsrsresessenrsensenrsesesess 5 70 ASSIGN WAVE LOAD FACTOR seii ae eea E AIEE nin cnn enano ro near ran ran E acne 5 71 ASSIGN WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE 0 cceeccscsssssseesessesscssecaesaesencescsaecaessaseaseneaesneseasensenee 5 72 ASSIGN WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION 0c ceecesececeeeeeceeceaecaeeseeseseessaecnecaeeaneaee 5 74 ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS ninen cetocauta taeda a diria iii 5 75 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE Leir oa iet aE E SAE A EE EA EE EEE T E E E EE 5 76 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE oniani iei iaa a aa aaisa 5 78 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND SPECTRUM sssesessessesesssssesessesrsersereerrsrsresesrerrsensenrnesesesse 5 80 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE MODEL ccoccoicccccconononinninncancnnonnnonnonncnncnnc cacon ncnncnnannno 5 81 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE ocococciccconconnonnonncnnnonnnnonnonacrn non nonncnna
97. SNcurve SCFrule Symmet Hot SCFax SCFipb SCFopb BOTH SID DNV X KUANG BOTH SID DNV X WORDSWOR Framework SESAM 3 24 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 3 5 The model and loads for code checks fatigue and earthquake anal yses 3 5 1 The steel properties The model used to perform code checks fatigue and earthquake analyses is identical to that deployed for illustrating the use of the various modelling features provided within Framework and is shown in Figure 3 4 The steel properties assumed are as follows Young s modulus of elasticity 210 x 10 N m Material yield strength 356 x 10 N m To change the default yield strength the following command must be used CHANGE MATERIAL 1 YIELD STRENGTH 356 E 6 3 5 2 The loads for code checks The loads applied to the jacket model shown in Figure 3 4 are as follows Load case 1 Uniformly distributed load on member 17 which represents the weight of deck equipment Load case 2 Point load on joint 3 to simulate say wind forces Load case 3 Jacket self weight It is required to consider the action of all three loadcases simultaneously and in order to do this a load com bination is created through the following command CREATE LOAD COMBINATION STATIC static combination STATIC 1 1 0 2 1 0 3 1 0 where STATIC is the load combination name To assign this load combination as a storm loadcase required for the API AISC WSD check use ASSI
98. SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS WIND FATIGUE subcommands data PURPOSE To create various entities PARAMETERS EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM JOINT LOAD COMBINATION MATERIAL MEMBER SECTION SN CURVE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS WIND FATIGUE To create an earthquake damping function To create an earthquake spectrum To create a joint i e reconnect braces connected to different joints onto a new joint To create a load combination To create a material To create a member joining existing members To create a section To create an SN curve To create a wave spreading function To create a scatter diagram To create data for wind fatigue calculation All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 114 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION name text CONSTANT damp FREQUENCY DEPENDENT _ freq damp PURPOSE To create an earthquake damping function PARAMETERS name Name of damping function text Text associated with the damping function CONSTANT Damping is constant frequency independent FREQUENCY DEPENDENT Damping is frequency dependent freq Angular frequency where damping is specified damp Fraction of critical modal damping NOTES
99. STABILITY Results NPD NS3472 Rev 3 Ed 2 Run Superelement Loadset NPD S JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 NOMENCLATURE Member LoadCase CND Type Joint Po Outcome UsfTot UsfAx fa Dmy Sigk Pey Ky Ly Phase SctNam UsfMy Fy Dmz Sigv Pez Name of member Name of loadcase Operational storm or earthquake condition Section type Joint name or position within the member Outcome message from the code check Total usage factor UsfTot UsfAx UsfMy UsfMz Usage factor due to axial stress Acting axial stress Design moment used for bending about y axis Characterstic buckling resistance Euler buckling load for bending about y axis Effective length factor for bending about y axis Buckling length for bending about y axis Phase angle in degrees Section name Usage factor due to bending about y axis Yield strength Design moment used for bending about z axis Lateral buckling resistance for I H or channel sections only Euler buckling load for bending about z axis SUB PAGE Kz Effective length factor for bending about z axis Lz Buckling length for bending about z axis UsfMz Usage factor due to bending about z axis Fy red Reduced yield strength due to local buckling pipe section only sighoop Hoop stress due to hydrostatic pressure pipe section only Lb Uns
100. See also SET PRINT FILE EXAMPLES DEFINE PREFRAME INPUT ON SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 197 DEFINE PRESENTATION PRESENTATION DISPLAY FORCE PRINT RESULT STRESS SUPPORT REACTION data PURPOSE To define alternatives with respect to presentation of section stresses and analyses results PARAMETERS DISPLAY FORCE PRINT RESULT STRESS SUPPORT REACTION Define settings used in connection with the display command Define global parameters to be used in connection with print of forces joint mem ber end forces and display of force moment diagrams Define parameter to be used in connection with print Define global parameters to be used in connection with analyses check results presentation Define global parameters to be used in connection with stress presentation Define global parameters to be used in connection with print of support reactions All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework 5 198 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY ON LOADCASE NAME OFF SPLIT TENSION LABEL N LABEL ALIGNMENT SHOW VALUES OFF COLOR CODING COLOR ONE color limit COLOR TWO color limit COLOR THREE color limit DISPLAY COLOR FOUR color limit COLOR FIVE color limit COLOR SIX color
101. Slope Manual SCFrule BUTT WELD BUTT WELD CONE TRAN Symmet WITH SLOP MANUAL OUTSIDE or INSIDE or MAXIMUM Gap delta delta stiffener area LenCho length length stiffener location Evaluation of a SCF assignment is not performed until the fatigue analysis is run Hence if the CONE TRANSITION alternative is assigned to a transition with no true cone junction the SCF calculation will fail and the global axial SCF will be used A message similar Brace M1 at Section 4 neutral coordinate 0 205 Tllegal use of SCF assignment Global axial SCF used will be given and on the print of results the text FAILURE will appear at the SCFrule location in the print table Assigning BUTT WELD SCF rule to a cone tubular junction will calculate butt weld SCF with actual outer diameter and thickness of sections in the junction and neglect that it is actually a conical transition See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK DATA PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS EXAMPLES ASSIGN SCF MEMBER CURRENT ONLY END1 0 0000 MID 0 5000 END2 1 0000 None BUTT WELD WITH SLOPE 4 0 ASSIGN SCF MEMBER CURRENT ONLY Section STU32 0 0343 Section 50025 0 0344 None BUTT WELD MANUAL 5 30 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 43 ASSIGN SECTION SECTION sec name sel mem PURPOSE
102. The stub length specifies the minimum free length of the stub from the brace weld toe These values must be defined by the user in units consistent with the model length unit See also ASSIGN STUB EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH 0 6 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 171 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP LENGTH MINIMUM GAP LENGTH gap PURPOSE Define the minimum gap to be used when assigning gap between braces in tubular joints PARAMETERS gap NOTES Default value is 0 0 See also Gap value to be used ASSIGN JOINT GAP DI EFIN E JOINT PARAM ET ER MINIMUM GAP R EXAMPLES DI EFIN E JOINT PARAM ET ESET ER MINIMUM GAP L ENGTH 0 051 Framework SESAM 5 172 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP RESET ALL MINIMUM GAP RESET GAP NONE PURPOSE Define for which joints the minimum gap value shall apply when using the command ASSIGN JOINT GAP brace sel jnt AUTOMATIC PARAMETERS ALL Use for all braces also when actual geometry gives overlap GAP If the calculated gap value is greater than minimum the calculated value will be used If the calculated gap is smaller than minimum but still positive gap the gap will be set to the minimum gap If there is a joint o
103. Use the commands PRINT SN CURVE and DISPLAY SN CURVE to see curve data and shape Default thickness correction factors have been predefined for the predefined NORSOK HSE and DOE SN curves The correction reference thickness and cut off thickness are applied in SI unit meters Library SN curve parameters are converted to current units applied by a factor calculated as the Youngs modulus of elasticity divided by 2 1E11 See also CHANGE SN CURVE CREATE SN CURVE PRINT SN CURVE DISPLAY SN CURVE EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE JOINT ALL DOE T ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE BENT CAN NO F3 S Framework SESAM 5 84 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ EFTHYMIOU JOINT SCF LLOYDS ORIGINAL PURPOSE To assign SCFs stress concentration factors at joints to be used in the evaluation of wind fatigue damage It is recommended to select the READ option and apply SCF assigned by Framework since joint classifica tion and parametric formulas are treated more extensively in Framework than in the wind fatigue module PARAMETERS READ SCFs are computed by Framework or specified by the user default setting EFTHYMIOU SCFs are computed by the wind fatigue module according to the Efthymiou rule for K T KT or X joints Non standard joints are classified as T joint LLOYDS SCFs are computed by the wind fatigue module ac
104. a all parameter scatter diagram The wave statistics is a scatter diagram The wave statistics is an ISSC scatter diagram The wave statistics is the Nordenstrom model The wave statistics incl the spectrum is a 6 parameter Ochi Hubble spectrum The scatter diagram shall be defined in terms of probability for each set of Hs Tz values The scatter diagram shall be defined in terms of occurrence for each set of hs tz values Significant wave height swell part Peak spectral period swell part SESAM Program version 3 5 Ls Hsw Tpw Lw prob occr Hs Tz NOTES Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 137 Shape factor Lamda swell part Significant wave height wind sea part Peak spectral period wind sea part Shape factor Lamda wind sea part Probability of occurrence for one seastate Number of occurrences for one seastate Significant wave height of one seastate Zero up crossing period for one seastate T1 for ISSC If the seastates of the scatter diagram are defined in terms of probability then the sum of all probabilities must be 1 0 When the wave statistics has been defined through the ALL PARAM SCATTER option e g the Ochi Hubble spectrum all necessary parameters are given through the CREATE WAVE STATISTICS command and hence a wave spectrum shape shall not be assigned to the wave statistics see Section 2 3 27 Wave spec trum shape The Nordenstrom model may NOT be used for fatigue an
105. a 409244440400 zZ El a ols El Eaa ea ea A ea A a E 4 ae a ea a oy fx aAMNDMNOTN DATE MNArRMANAN H g OA DHAOYTHE NHA ONDORA O O OAN r a O 00M o e E EA N z Mmo NYOLCAT OHOH N Doo o oNI DNI EFMDNVEARrAATA ME Y ANmyrraomrMroddnyyan tI Ror aeVPOMnorNnnuot0O0OH Nod a MW aMuHMONNONHMDMMR GAWD A Se Se E i A Y E E ie Mag A E A Ne NO A H1AHATAOYJNALDNaONSNSsN a SS ag O Fa EH o o o 1 NHOA E a o a an A o o LD AH E non z 910000 4100010 Y AS 000 101010 HAANNMNMYMNMAHAMANNANMM MHRA VANNMUMNTA TAH ANMNMNANTAAN x El NOS NONOANANAOA DONA oO zonm N HHO MNAHAN NAHU INN N MMM gt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OO Oi OO a O g A rS aO TOO O OOO OO OO OOO O O HNN MMN HHN M MMN MMAM NAMNNMAANMNN AMADA AHMNAN Gq Q Oo OMOMOMNMNWOOHAANANAMNMO a ZOOM HHH HHANANMMMMMOT HHH OoO0O0O0O0O00O0OOOOoOOoOoOoOoo Oo E Oo0DDOO0OO00O0OO0OOOOOOOOOOOoOoOo NANNANANMDAMNANMNANMNNANM MY NNN NNN NN NN NNN N NAN B BUFFE OTN MN HADDAM VO DDNDDATANNDE DMN AO OOO AAA C OTFTDCOTONNMANAD I AMMNTTORNANNDADTOUTMNA SO I OONN HOONNODN a Cae ea a A A a EN TA ONS MODDDONDDCCOONANMA NONE A NnomoaocoocoJocsoo A TE ae dhs Nope A AN 0000000000000 AN 10 H00O OoOrMNANMaAnNNnN Ro ORO Ea be we e EL A NE in O ODNMDNEFOUNMNMNANFRAUANOMA io AA a OA STA
106. a member has suffered during the specified period A fatigue analysis in Framework can be performed using either e a deterministic approach or e a stochastic approach More information on both approaches is given later in this section A factor influencing the development of fatigue failure is the overall geometry of the joint and the detailed geometry of its welds For any particular type of loading the joint geometry governs the value of the stress concentration in the region where fatigue cracking is likely to initiate This region is termed as the hotspot In Framework hotspot stress concentration factors SCFs may be specified by the user For tubular mem bers only the user may alternatively have the SCFs automatically calculated by the program using a set of parametric equations based on the joint type K YT X etc Each hotspot is associated with 3 stress concentration factors referred to herein as a set These are SCF for axial stresses SCF for in plane bending stresses SCF for out of plane bending stresses For tubular members SCFs are normally assigned at 8 hotspots per weld side The hotspots are equally spaced around the pipe circumference For non tubular members 4 hotspots are normally used as shown in Section 2 2 3 A SCF is defined as the factor by which the nominal stress due to pure axial force or pure in plane out of plane bending at the stress point in question must be multiplied in order to
107. about a members local y axis i e buckling in the x z plane The default orientation of the local axis system assigned in Preframe 12 must also be realised This default axis system is oriented such that for members NOT parallel to the global Z axis the member local x z plane SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 43 is parallel to the global Z axis while members parallel with the global Z axis will have its member local z axis parallel with the global Y axis Depending on the brace configuration Ky and Kz will require different values An example of this is shown in Figure 2 11 and Figure 2 12 For a member which is not parallel to any of the global planes the end moments will be calculated about the Preframe default member axis system which WILL NOT coincide with the members buckling planes When necessary it is important to define in Preframe an appropriate local axis system for the members that will be checked for stability in Framework For the brace configuration denoted A member is restrained from buckling in the global Z X plane also in the member s local z x plane due to the brace configuration in the vertical plane Z X In this case the effective length factors may be assigned say as Ky 08 Kz 1 6 Z local axis system global Z axis system xX Brace configuration A Figure 2 11 Assignment of Ky and Kz for brace configuration A For the brace configuration denoted B member 1 is restr
108. alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS member Member where the safety factor shall be assigned safac Value of safety factor NOTES See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR MEMBER ALL 1 1 Framework SESAM 5 16 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAVE LINEAR waves PIECEWISE occurr INDIVIDUAL WAVE wave dir PURPOSE Assign a wave height distribution to a wave direction for deterministic fatigue analysis PARAMETERS wave dir Wave direction to be assigned the wave height distribution LINEAR Distribution is linear in H logN scale PIECEWISE Distribution is piecewise linear in H logN scale waves Total number of waves for this wave direction occurr Number of waves that are lt h for each of the wave heights for this direction with wave heights h sorted in descending order The specified value for h corresponds to the total number N of waves for this wave direction ha h User gives hy Not hy Nrot No hs Neot N3 ha Nito Ny User gives l I I l l l hg 23 a I I I l l l l hy AT BS I I I i gt i gt N N N N4 Not logN N N N3 Ny Not logN Linear Piecewise linear Figure 5 1 Long term wave height distribution NOTES The N values shown in Figure 5 1 correspond to the number of waves greate
109. and hydrostatic stability calculations for tubular members only as indicated in Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 2 3 22 Wave length This is used in order to account for the wave induced hydrostatic pressure If the wave length is not defined then calm sea condition is assumed and hydrostatic calculations are performed up to the mean water level The definition of the wave length is only required when a wave height has been defined 2 3 23 Water plane This defines the orientation of the water plane with respect to the global axis system defined at the preproc essing stage of the structural model If one of the global axes is normal to the water plane then the intersection of this axis with the water plane together with the direction of the axis and the water depth define all members that are below the mean water level Alternatively the water plane orientation may be established by defining the global coordinates of any three points that lie in the water plane This together with the water depth define all members that are below the mean water level The definition of water plane is MANDATORY only for hydrostatic collapse and hydrostatic stability calcu lations for tubular members only as indicated in the Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 2 3 24 Individual wave data The total number of waves passing through the structure for each of the wave directions analysed is required to be specified when performing a deterministic fatigue ana
110. angular tolerance limit specified by the user see command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS Out of plane elements meeting at the same node are not con sidered in the joint classification and in the fatigue analysis Crown saddle heel and toe positions of the chord brace intersections see Figure 5 6 are determined by the analysis planes and the joint geometry SCF schemes Stress concentrations occur in the welded tubular joints To evaluate the stress concentrations or hotspot stresses HSSs empirically derived stress concentration factors SCFs based on joint geometry are used Three parametric SCF schemes are available Efthymiou scheme for T K KT and X joints Efthymiou equations are applied Lloyds Register scheme for T K and KT joints T joint uses Wordsworth and Smedely equations K and KT joints use Wordsworth and Smedely unbalanced out of plane equations for out of plane bending and Kuang balanced axial and in plane equations for axial load and in plane bending e Original scheme for T K and KT joints Only in plane and axial SCFs are considered Wordsworth and Smedely equations are used KT joint is considered as K for the outer braces plus T for the middle brace The SCF schemes are described in details in 15 SCFs may alternatively be assigned by Framework or supplied by the user SCF assignment by Framework is according to joint classifications and parametric SCF equations of Framework Efthymiou
111. appears as nod1 and nod2 in either order then the default values will be superseded for that member With the exception of the special case noted below the fixity is given in terms of a non dimensional param eter that lies in the range of 0 0 to 1 0 A value of 0 0 represents zero fixity i e a pin jointed end A value of 1 0 represents infinite fixity i e a fully fixed joint Intermediate values relate to partial fixities A fixity of 0 2 may be regarded as 20 fixed and 80 pinned Physically the member end fixity is given by the ratio KL ED E is the material Young s modulus L the member length between the two nodes nod1 and nod2 K the effective torsional spring stiffness and I the Framework SESAM 5 92 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 second moment of area of the member The ratio KL EI is a non dimensional parameter related to the fix ity The fixity value is given by the relationship Fixity 2 n atan KL EI which gives the required range of values between 0 and 1 For investigation of a range of fixities a linear interpolation is used between the upper and lower bound val ues The requested number of fixities must lie in the range 1 to 5 The recommended procedure for defining the member end fixity is to consider the members coming into the joint at the node The member s effective fixity is given by the relationship KL ED ey XL ED members LEL Member There is one special case that cannot be described
112. aria t A a ap dci aaora a 5 259 PRINT CHORD AND BRA CE oraren enia a A a A aa aas a Eaa 5 260 PRINT CODE CHECK RESULT S snaa aaa aiea Ta E A A EEE 5 261 PRINT CODE OF PRACTICE oiei ie a iia eliana a E AE EAEE 5 264 PRINT DEFEECTION Soei r tania iii dde E EA A aan 5 265 PRINT DISPEACEMEN D eieaa a A a EE E E anios A AE A A EEE a 5 267 PRINT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE oo ien e a E EA A EE ER ER aa 5 268 PRINT EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION ssssessesesssssrsessssrsrssertessrsreseseesesreresessenrsrses 5 269 PRINT EARTHQUAKE SPECITRUM erena e iaa aa ai s eea A a aSa 5 270 PRINT FA TIGUE CHECK RESULTS ii niiae tE E E r A 5 271 PRINT EATIGUR GHECR TYPE eeren teoa EEEa A E D AR cis 5 273 PRINT FORCE raaa a aa a a a a A a A a a aa 5 274 PRINTHYDROSTATIC DATA a dica paid lee 5 275 SI O IAN 5 276 PRINT JOIN T MEMBER FORGE Sosna annantu ias ene a n AE EA AR eii 5 278 PRINT JOINT REACTION FORCES shrian ania onii eni rai i asea 5 279 PRIN TLOAD CA SE ofnie a a E a NE E N cia 5 281 PRINT EOAD SE Dita o a ES ES NE AEE e T E E do A 5 282 PRINT LRDF RESISTANCE FACTORS peiner eiie arenai irs ii i e eiaei 5 283 ERINEMATERTA Doria TEE EEEE E EAA A E E 5 284 PRINT MEMBER cocaina Addis 5 285 PRINT MODE SHA PE cosita linia a diia 5 286 PRINT MODAE MASS aaide ei eo aaaeei eeaeee aea aa e seuueestoscgsebdenesebeseateetgeupvusensolastebsesen 5 287 PRINT A O 5 288 PRINT SECTION o a Zesadgetdendeh seneitenensstansandieds onteedsondieds snddeatneasedunescuproantevenanetagdn
113. at SNcrv DOE T braces meet at SNcrv DOE T braces meet at SNcrv DOE T SNcrv DOE T are within the are within the braces meet at SNcrv DOE T braces meet at SNcrv DOE T SNcrv DOE T analysis pla T jnt PS e K jnt K jnt ana the joint wi Scf the joint wi Scf the joint wit Scf Scf ysis pla ana ysis pla T jnt K jnt K jnt the joint wi Scf the joint wi Scf Scf ne No da thin the ana EFTHYMIOU thin the ana EFTHYMIOU hin the ana EFTHYMIOU EFTHYMIOU ne No damag ne No damag thin the ana EFTHYMIOU thin the ana EFTHYMIOU EFTHYMIOU ysis mage calcul 3 07 ysis 3 07 ysis 3 63 ES e ca cu P 2 P 2 P 2 4 e Ca cu ysis 3 07 ysis w w w pp a mw o w ap Su PL 5 46 P 2 P 2 4 lated ne evaluated as T joint O Sa3le 22859 AZ 9 02 ne evaluated as T joint 0 3 31 2 85 7 68 4 98 ne K joint tried O 2 505 Belo 35436 ZERO 3 33 2580 256254 4 52 ted ted ne evaluated as T joint 0 3 30 2 85 7 63 4 93 ne K joint tried 88 2 51 3 13 3 62 2 84 64 3 30 2 85 5 34 4 56 220 22 44 oF LJ ood 13 46 44 10 40 40 15 37 Framework SESAM A 92 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 1 APPENDIX B THEORETICAL INFORMATION This Appendix inclu
114. axis Gamma m aterial factor gamma M1 vMises Equivalent stress used in von Mises stress check Lbuck Length between lateral support of compression flange Gl Lateral buckling factor BCrv y z Buckling curve for bending about y z axes Class w f Cross section class for web flange Some of the positions in the print are used to show different content dependant of which of the part checks that is the governing check von Mises stress check is governing Ndy axial capacity in tension Ndz axial capacity in compression Euler axial load is exceeded Ndy Euler capacity about y axis Ndz Euler capacity about z axis Lateral buckling is governing My ky Maximum moment kLT Mdy Moment capacity yLT Framework SESAM B 18 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The outcome column in the code check results print indicates which check that is governing The A indi cates tension and a A will be used when in compression vMis von Mises check M Ax Resistance of cross section Bending Moment Axial force AxLd Resistance of cross section Bending Moment Axial force Class 1 and 2 only case where n is greater than the utilisation given from expression my m My A Resistance of cross section Bending Moment Axial force Class 1 and 2 only case where m n is greater than the utilisation given from expression my m Mz A Resistance of cross section Bending Moment Axial force Class 1 and
115. be used in conjunction with tubular members The definition of LOCAL SCFs is OPTIONAL as shown in Table 2 8 However it is MANDATORY that either parametric or LOCAL SCFs are defined for a fatigue analysis unless the GLOBAL SCFs may be used for all members 2 3 34 Parametric stress concentration factors Parametric SCFs associated with axial stresses in plane and out of plane bending stresses will be calculated at a member end for both the CHORD and BRACE side of the weld provided e the members chord and brace have tubular cross sections e aparametric formula has been assigned for BOTH weld sides at member ends Parametric SCFs are dependent on e joint type K YT etc joint geometry CHORD and BRACE data and loadpath e joint gap overlap data and are calculated based on equations by Kuang for YT K and KT joints Wordsworth and Smedley for X joints Efthymiou for X YT K and KT joints e Lloyd s Register for gap K and KT joints 21 e Smedley and Fisher 17 for SCF ratios for ring stiffened tubular joints modify SCFs calculated accord ing to Efthymiou and Lloyd s NORSOK DNV RP C203 standard for SCFs at butt welds and conical transitions The Kuang and Lloyd s formulas are only applicable to non overlapping joints The Efthymiou SCFs 13 may be calculated according to model C B or A Models B and A take loadpath into consideration and is called influence function formulations Model A includes multiplana
116. been merged into one member check It is also an option to run a combined yield stability and hydrostatic check for the API AISC codes of practice It is also possible to perform member redesign resize in connection with yield stability member and hydrostatic checks and joint strengthening in connection with punching shear check The available way of combining loads for use in code checks are shown below Static One or a combination of static load cases Freq One load case from a frequency domain analysis Time One or a combination of load cases from a time domain analysis Earth One load case from an earthquake analysis Static Freq Combination of above alternatives Static Time Combination of above alternatives Static Earth Combination of above alternatives Prior to performing a code check analysis it is usual first to model local details on a structure Local details do not in general affect the global behaviour of the structure but may significantly affect the behaviour of individual members This post modelling can be performed in Framework through the definition of the appropriate input data The modelling tools available in Framework include e Automatic and explicit definition of CHORD and BRACE members e Assignment of a CAN section at a joint The CHORD member and the possibly ALIGNED CHORD member at the joint automatically inherits the CAN section geometry at that joint e Definition of a STUB sectio
117. box Type values into the input fields and hit lt Return gt in the last bottom field The values are then inserted at the bottom or before the selected row or will overwrite the selected row depending on the default status The initial status is Include which inserts values at the bottom The input fields are cleared after the inser tion is complete Instead of pressing lt Return gt a button may be pressed The effect of this is Include Include the values in the input field s at the bottom then clear the input fields Sets the default sta tus to Include Exclude Exclude all selected rows from the matrix vector Sets the default status to Exclude Framework SESAM 4 24 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Overwrite Overwrite the selected row with the contents of the input fields Only one row can be selected in the scrollable box The next row if any will then be selected and the default status will be set to Overwrite The input fields will be cleared Insert before Insert the contents of the input fields before the selected row Only one row can be selected in the scrollable box The default status will be set to Insert before The input fields will be cleared Clear Clear the contents of the matrix NOTE There is no way to get the cleared contents back other than perhaps cancelling the dialog box and opening it again Help Pressing this is equivalent to pressing the help button while the scrollable box has the input
118. box shaped cross sections that shall use design wall thickness 0 93 times the nominal wall thickness This is required in AISC LRFD for profiles manufactured accord ing to ASTM A500 See command CREATE SECTION sct name text BOX See also ASSIGN SECTION CREATE SECTION PRINT SECTION SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CHANGE SECTION PROPERTY DESCR AREA IT ITY IZ IYZ WXMIN SECTION PROPERTY sct name value WYMIN SHARY SHARZ SHCENY SHCENZ SY SZ PURPOSE To change the stiffness properties of a section PARAMETERS sct name Name of section to be changed DESCR Text associated with section AREA Effective cross sectional area IT Torsional moment of inertia about shear centre IY Moment of inertia for bending about the local y axis IZ Moment of inertia for bending about the local z axis IYZ Product of inertia about y and z axes WXMIN Minimum section modulus for torsional stress about shear centre WYMIN Minimum section modulus for bending about local y axis WZMIN Minimum section modulus for bending about local z axis 5 103 Framework 5 104 SHARY SHARZ SHCENY SHCENZ SY SZ value NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Shear area in the local y direction Shear area in the local z direction Local y coordinate of shear centre location from centroid Local z coordinate of shear centre location
119. by the above data input For a cantilever member the fix ity of the free end may be assigned the value 1 0 assigned both for lower and upper bound fixity The fix ity at the root of the cantilever must be given as 1 0 i e fully fixed Clearly it can not make physical sense to analyse a range of fixities for a cantilever Accordingly any fixity of 1 0 must be considered in conjunction with a fixity of 1 0 at the member s other end The number of fixities selected must be set to 1 The non dimentional fixity ratio parameter KL EI is applied in the iteration for the mode shape of the brace This fixity ratio is calculated by the program according to the above equation Fixratio KL El tan Fixity n 2 where Fixity is the user input value of the brace end fixity ranging from 0 to 1 The table below shows the Fixratio for some Fixity values Fixratio Fixity user input Fixity description Infinity 1 0 Fixed 100 0 9936 Partly fixed 50 0 9873 Partly fixed 20 0 9682 Partly fixed SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 Fixratio Fixity user input Fixity description 10 0 9366 Partly fixed 5 0 8743 Partly fixed 2 0 7048 Partly fixed 1 0 5 Partly fixed 0 5 0 2952 Partly fixed 0 2 0 1256 Partly fixed 0 0 0 Pinned EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY MEMBER ENDS ONLY 201 202 4 0 1 0 9 0 3 0 7 202 203 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 203
120. coherence model 1 associated with the Harris Davenport and Panofsky wind spectra coh r s exp 0 5 U r U s where fis the frequency x r y r z r x S y s z s are coordinates of point r and s C C C are coeffi cients for the x y and z separations relative to mean wind direction U r U s are the velocities at points r and s Coherence in mean wind directions lateral to mean wind direction and vertical to mean wind direc tion may differ Accordingly the coefficients C C C may differ in each direction which gives at total of 9 coefficients to be specified for the model GUSTO coherence model 2 associated with the Harris wind spectrum coh r s f exp acetates 10 GUSTO coherence model 3 associated to the Davenport and Panofsky wind spectra MrS OE je of 0 5 U r Us coh r s f exp R AU 7 a as where c is the coherence constant and U7 is the velocity at 10m above ground or mean sea level NPD coherence model 4 NFI g 10 The coefficients a p q r and the separation A for the 3 D coherence function i 1 2 3 are given in the table below Note that separations are given by absolute values SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 19 Coefficients of NPD coherence model Component Separation Coefficients i Aj qi Pi ri Qi 1 x2 x1 1 0 0 4 0 92 2 9 2 y2 y 11 1 0 0 4 0 92 45 0 3 27 21 1 25 0 5 0 85 13 0
121. com mand inside another PRINT MEMBER command Commands can be nested this way to as many levels as desired However to nest with more than one level may be confusing and is not recommended The current status may be seen by typing This facility is described in Section 4 4 14 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 15 4 4 11 Aborting all or parts of a command To abort a command type two dots after each other Please note that all entries on the command line up to the double dot will be processed before the command is aborted The double dot clears all loops and previous input in the command and then presents the main prompt A double dot is not logged except for one case If it is used after an inserted command has been completed The reason is that the completion of the inserted command causes the first part of the command to be logged before the inserted command It is therefore necessary to log the double dot in this case so that the log file will have a correct syntax To abort parts of a command going back to the last LOOP or to the point of a left parenthesis in a multiple selection or a vector or a matrix type lt lt lt CtrlC may also be used to abort a command hold the Control key while typing C Usage of CtrlC will throw away all of the input of the command line as well as abort the command Unlike the double dot the input before the CtrlC is not processed CtrlC may also be used to abort a
122. considered Define hourly wind speeds to be considered Define annual probabilities associated with the wind speeds Define factors applied to the member drag coefficient for each of the associated wind speeds On Off switch for damage calculation of Bent Cans Define additional wind parameters required for studying vortex shedding effects Define default member end fixities for studying vortex shed ding effects All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 215 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS WIND PARAMETERS cc kappa xludav xluhar sncrv scfrule damp 1d angtol damlim epsfrc epscoh PURPOSE To define wind parameters for wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS cc Constant of the coherence function Default 8 0 kappa Ground surface roughness coefficient Default 0 015 xludav Along wind turbulence length Davenport spectrum Default 1200 0 xluhar Along wind turbulence length Harris spectrum Default 1800 0 sncrv Default SN curve Default DOE T scfrule Default SCF scheme The options are EFTHYMIOU default and LLOYDS damp Ratio of estimated total damping to the critical damping It is used to represent the combined effects of both the aerodynamic and structural damping Default 0 01 l d Ratio of chord length to chord diameter Used as parameter in
123. coordinate system pointing in global Z direction NOTES To print support reaction forces use the command PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS Reaction forces is calculated as the force resultant when contributions from all connected 2 node beam and spring elements are added Framework SESAM 5 280 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Shell solid and membrane elements are ignored Node loads including BNWALO loads from Wajac e g use of Soil Permeability Factor for Leg on fixed nodes and spring to ground elements are also ignored Forces in the end of each member connected to the Joint is transformed to a common coordinate system and summed Note that the effect of any eccentricities is not accounted for If all joints being fixed or connected by Spring to ground is selected then base shear forces and overturn ing moments may be printed If supernodes is selected forces transferred to other superelements is printed In other joints node loads and resultant from 2 node springs will appear as unbalanced forces See also DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULT JOINT REACTION PHASE ANGLE EXAMPLES PRINT JOINT REACTION FORCES ONLY 2 ALL FULL GLOBAL SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 281 PRINT LOAD CASE LOAD CASE FULL sel lcs BRIEF PURPOSE To print data related to loadcases PARAMETERS FULL BRIEF sel lcs NOTES See also A full pr
124. corresponding phase angles while for the loadcasewise option the user must specify which phase angle to report There is no default created named set of joints with boundary conditions which can be referred when select ing joints but you may refer to ALL joints Framework will then just skip joints without any support reac tion forces when printing You may also select only some of the support joints but the loadsum will then only contain sum based on the selected joints For options to use in connection with this command see DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULT See also DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULT EXAMPLES PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS GROUP 10 90 10 ALL Framework 5 294 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT VELOCITY VELOCITY sel jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To print joint velocities for selected joints and loadcases PARAMETERS sel jnt sel lcs NOTES See also Joints for which velocities shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SE LECT JOINT Loadcases for which velocities shall be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT LOAD CASE PRINT ACCELERATION PRINT DISPLAC EM EXAMPLES PRINT VELOCITY 200 ENT ONLY GROUP 10 80 10 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT WAVE DIRECTIONS WAVE DIRECTIONS PURPOSE To print wave directions for fatigue analysi
125. d m E f l DO No Z Go ica o o Oo o N Aww l o N E ane A Framework 3 13 Framework SESAM 3 14 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 See Figure 3 1 and corresponding element print table 3 2 2 Global CHORD assignments A global CHORD assignment at a joint in contrast with the local CHORD assignment described in the next section influences the status of all members connected to that joint This command will override at that joint any previous CHORD assignment made With reference to Figure 3 1 if at joint 2 member 2 instead of member 1 is required to be assigned as the CHORD and ALSO that members 7 10 and 13 become the BRACES of CHORD 2 then the following command must be used ASSIGN CHORD GLOBAL 2 2 which shows AG JOINE 205 3 5g tate AS ye te Mace tate Sd e eae 2 Member DIS EA ts aha ie ey tiers AR CHORD Member MN SAS Ae Stains are E RR ALIGNED CHORD Member 13 assigned as Ari oe a eee eS a ek BRACE Member 7 assigned AS A ga ees BRACE Member O as STONE AS ea nn oes RS BRACE With reference to Figure 3 1 if at joint 8 member 14 instead of member 10 is required to be assigned as the CHORD and ALSO that member 10 and 11 become the BRACES then the following command must be used ASSIGN CHORD GLOBAL 14 8 To confirm the effect of the above command the following PRINT may be used PRINT CHORD AND BRACE ONLY 2 10 whi
126. damage SCFrule Method used for SCF calculation SCFax SCF for axial force SCFipb SCF for in plane bending SCFopb SCF for out of plane bending SNcurve SN curve name SctNam Section name Alpha Moment transformation angle from local to in out of plane coord system Symmet Symmetry in SCF specifiation DiaBra Brace diameter ThiBra Brace thickness Gap Gap between braces ThiFac Thickness correction factor on SN curve QR Marchall reduction factor applied on SCFs Cycles Total number of stress cycles Theta Angle between brace and chord in degrees Jtype Joint type DiaCho Chord diameter ThiCho Chord thickness LenCho Chord length FixCho Chord end fixity parameter SCFaxC SCF for axial force at Crown Hotspot 7 SCFaxs SCF for axial force at Saddle Hotspot 1 DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE STOCHASTIC fatigue check results Run Superelement Loadset STOFAT JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Selected Members Usage factor Above 0 00 SUB PAGE Member Type Joint Po Outcome Damage Lif WeldSid Hot SCFrule SCFax SCFipb SCFopb SNcurve SctNam Alpha Symmet DiaBra ThiBra Gap ThiFac OR Cycles Theta Jtype DiaCho ThiCho LenCho FixCho SCFaxC SCFaxs 33
127. default when ring stiffeners are assigned To switch off use the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF AXIAL USE MAXIMUM OFF Brace 1 Chord 2 One ring Two rings TE Three rings Four rings Figure 5 3 Location of ring stiffeners The eight SCF ratios reported by Framework when printing parametric SCFs and running fatigue analysis are the following gt SCF ratio for axial stress in the brace saddle position gt SCF ratio for axial stress in the brace crown position gt SCF ratio for in plane bending in the brace crown gt SCF ratio for out of plane bending in the brace saddle is 0 N Pp ll SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 23 5 gt SCF ratio for axial stress in the chord saddle position 6 gt SCF ratio for axial stress in the chord crown position 7 gt SCF ratio for in plane bending in the chord crown 8 gt SCF ratio for out of plane bending in the chord saddle The minimum SCF value used is the largest value of a Calculated value b Minimum parametric SCFs defined through commands DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS AXIAL MINIMUM SCF value DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE MINIMUM SCF value DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE MINIMUM value c Minimum SCF according to Smedley and Fisher document i e Chord side axial nL Chord side in plane bending 1 Chord side out of plane bending 1 Brace side axial ads I 2 Brace side in pl
128. dynamic response consists of the excited resonant modes It is partitioned into separate resonant modal responses for each of these an independent damage assessment is made This assumes that each response is narrow band and independent of the others but sometimes several modes very close in frequency are taken as one For each of these dynamic and static partitions a Rayleigh distribution of the hotspot stress range versus the number of cycles is assumed The variance is given by the integral under the power spectrum Fatigue dam age may then be evaluated by application of the Palmgren Miner relationship and use of a recognised SN curve Vortex shedding from brace members may induce oscillations in individual braces These are local modes rather than overall structural modes It is assumed that the vortex shedding effects are only of any signifi cance for fatigue if they induce oscillations in the first mode of the brace The major assumptions of wind fatigue calculation are e Buffeting damage is dominant by low frequency resonant modes The greatest hotspot stresses within a modal response cycle occur at maximum modal amplitude The structure is made of welded tubular members e Parametric SCF equations or user specified SCFs are used to evaluate joint stress concentrations e Wind forces are parameterized as linear fluctuating components superimposed upon mean wind profiles e Wind gust velocities in the mean wind direction and normal to
129. fatigue waves Results file name is DETR1 SIU CMAS 0 ITOP 1 RETR 3 RNAM DET Z Sestra data file for the analysis of the sstochastic fatigue waves Results file name is STOR1 SIU R RNAM STO Z Framework SESAM A 22 A4 o aO o o o o o oO o o o o o o o o o o o o o oP o oP o o o oP o o o o 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Framework journal file for code checks X108A This is the FRAMEWORK journal file for code checks For all codes of practice perform a yield for all members and a punching shear chec For punchi In additio k for all braces at all joints ng shear check accept default joint type YT n perform for a stability check for all members Remember that working units are Newtons and mm In this example no CAN or STUB sections are used For all calculations nominal section properties are used Let us start opening a Results Interface file called X108AR1 SIN FILE OPEN SIN X108A R1 Where X108A is the Results file prefix od is the Results file name Transfer superelement number 1 FILE TRANSF Where 1 JACK WAVE ER 1 JACKET WAVE LOADS loads from Wajac Ci is the key identifying the superelement to read OY Beene is the name given to the superelemnt _LOADS is the loadset name Youngs modulus is now read from the Results Interface File and does SESAM F
130. first characters in the outcome column shows Fa Dump of intermediate code check data For each code check run important parameters and buckling factors may be written to a separate file The files will be named run name MCC TMP Activate this option by the command DEFINE MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP ON Example print and explanation to the dump values are given below Member 1 Scttyp GIORHR Loadcase 2 Position 2 SESAM Program version 3 5 x Area E mod Ndtens zcap betaA betaWpz n cr chi_LT lamdab_y lamdab_z beta My beta Mz where Member Scttyp Loadcase Position Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz Area Wymin Wzmin E mod Fy Gamma_m Ndtens Ndcomp Mycap Mzcap Vcapa a ratio betaA betaWpy Wpy OOO O 0070 00 Framework 20 DEC 2007 B 19 0 0000 My 0 2000E 08 Mz 0 3000E 07 5120 Wymin 0 5018E 06 Wzmin 0 1452E 06 2100E 06 Fy 23050 Gamma m 1 100 1094E 07 Ndcomp 0 1094E 07 Mycap 0 1072E 09 3102E 08 Vcapa 0 1603E 06 a ratio 1300 1 000 betaWpy 0 9217 Wpy 0 5445E 06 6624 Wpz 0 2193E 06 Mpf 0 1019E 09 4571 my 0 1865 mz 0 9670E 01 6431E 09 lamdab LT 0 4282 phi_LT 0 6157 9452 mu LT 0 5731E 01 kLT 0 9580 4810 phi_y 0 6634 chi_y 0 8925 9532 phi_z 1 139 chi_z 0 5676 1 450 mu y 0 5291 ky 1 246 1 450 mu z 1 048 kz 1 500 Member name Cross Se
131. from centroid Static area moment about local y axis Static area moment about local z axis New value of property It is possible to tag automatically modify the box shaped cross sections that shall use design wall thickness 0 93 times the nominal wall thickness This is required in AISC LRFD for profiles manufactured accord ing to ASTM A500 To set this tag the section DESCR text must start with ASTM HSS When this option is used the cross section geometry and stiffness properties are automatically updated Hence the new values will always be used e g when printing section geometry printing section stiffness properties printing stresses and calculating usage factors also for other codes of practice than AISC LRFD If the section wall thickness has been modified in the preprocessor modelling tool or manually modified in Framework do not use this feature See also CREATE SECTION ASSIGN SECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION PROPI CHANGE SECTION PROPI ERTY MYSEC_1 AREA 1 123E 3 ERTY SCT1 DESCRIPTION ASTM HSS example SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 105 CHANGE HOTSPOTS CODE CHECK hot COORDINATES hot x coo y coo HOTSPOTS section name descr FATIGUE CHECK hot SHEAR COMBINATION hot COMBINATION RULE 1 COMBINATION RULE 2 COMBINATION RULE 3 COMBIN
132. has two states On and Off One examples is given in the Set Plot box where the Colour button is Off Click on the button or on the corresponding label to switch the status of the button A Radio box is a collection of togglebuttons where only one of the buttons can be active at any one time All buttons are visible on the screen simultaneously An example is the Members buttons the Select Member box Click on a button or on the corresponding label to select that button An Option menu is similar to a radio box in that it presents a number of alternatives of which only one is active at any one time It is however operated differently Click on the menu not the corresponding label to bring up the list of alternatives Then click on an alternative to select it Alternatively click on the menu and hold the button down then move the mouse pointer through the menu to the selected value and then release the mouse button Page size menu in the Set Plot box is an example of an option menu SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 19 A Scrollable list is a list of alternatives that is presented in a scrollable box Such a menu is used in order to preserve space or because the items in the list cannot be predicted before the menu is used Use the scroll bar to manoeuvre through the list and select a value by clicking on it Only one value can be selected at any one time The Format list in the Set Plot box is an example of a scrollable l
133. individual member but does provide a means to ensure that the total tower loading is reasonable The accurate calculation of the drag coefficient correction factor requires the user to run a number of static load cases in Wajac at varying wind speeds to obtain the associated base shears SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 223 EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS EQUAL FACTORS 1 0 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS VARIABEL FACTORS ONLY 1 00 0 90 0 80 0 75 0 70 1 01 0 91 0 81 0 76 0 71 1 02 0 92 0 82 0 77 0 72 1 03 0 93 0 83 0 78 0 73 1 04 0 94 0 84 0 79 0 74 1 05 0 95 0 85 0 80 0 75 Framework 5 224 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN DAMAGE BENT CAN DAMAGE ON OFF PURPOSE To switch OFF ON damage calculation of bent cans PARAMETERS ON OFF NOTES None EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE a Switch on default Switch off BENT CAN DAMAG E OFF SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 225 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX PARAMETERS VORTEX PARAMETERS denair kinvis addmas_ strhal transra turbin youngs denstl thcoat dencoat scfmdl PURPOSE To define additional parameters for vortex shedding induced fatigue damage calculation The parameters relate to physical proper
134. is defined as that which will cause reso nant vortex shedding If the vortex shedding frequency is sufficiently removed from the natural frequency of transverse oscillations of the brace there will not be any resonance and the amplitude will be neglected If the ratio of the two frequencies is close to unity the amplitude of oscillations will be significant that is high stress levels and hence structural fatigue will be caused Wind velocities in the range of 60 to 140 per cent of the critical vortex shedding velocity will excite oscillations that cause damage Velocities outside this range is ignored For each brace member the wind velocities that occur throughout the year are resolved into normal compo nents This is done by decomposing the statistical data on wind speeds directions and the portion of the year that such winds occur into discrete ranges at constant speeds The effect of each wind range and its associ ated velocity is then considered in isolation The total damage induced by each wind speed range from each direction is then summed to give the total structural damage The amplitudes of response at the resonant vortex shedding frequency is calculated see Section 9 in 15 The amplitude of the vibrations is determined as a factor of the resonant amplitude From the displacement amplitude and the mode shape the brace section properties are used to calculate the member stresses at the two ends The raw member stresses are then factore
135. is followed by three selections of either of commands B and C as indi cated by 3 For example A B B B or A B BC or A C BC etc B A 3 C In the example below the three dots in the left most column indicate that the command sequence is a contin uation of a preceding command sequence The single asterisk indicate that B and C may be given any number of times Conclude this sequence by the command END The three dots in the right most column indicate that the command sequence is to be continued by another command sequence B A C END In the example below command A is followed by any number of repetitions of either of the sequences B D and C D Note that a pair of braces is used here merely to define a sequence that may be repeated The braces are not commands themselves B A D y CP p Framework SESAM 5 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The characters A B C and D in the examples above represent parameters being COMMANDS written in upper case and numbers written in lower case All numbers may be entered as real or integer values Brackets are used to enclose optional parameters Note A parameter followed by a means that a selection of one or more numerical values names or text strings shall be done from a list of items Note The command END is generally used to end repetitive entering of data Using double dot rather th
136. joint configuration at joint 2 Framework SESAM 3 18 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ab Dca 4 0 Tca 0 040 Dsb 2 0 Tsb 0 020 Dch 3 0 Tch 0 030 Dbr 1 5 Tbr 0 015 where Dch Tca nominal diameter and wall thickness of the jacket leg 7 Dbr Tbr nominal diameter and wall thickness of the brace member je Dea Tca diameter and wall thickness of the CAN section Dsb Tsb diameter and wall thickness of the STUB section Figure 3 5 Detail joint configuration at joint Before this CAN section is assigned it must be created using the command CREATE SECTION CAN4000 Can section PIPE 4 0 0 04 A material with yield strength of 400 x 10 N m is also created in order that is assigned to the CAN section This is alone using the following command CREATE MATERIAL MAT400 Can material 2 1E 11 400 E 6 7850 0 3 0 0 0 0 To assign the CAN section at joint 2 use the following command ASSIGN CAN JOINT 2 CAN4000 MAT400 0 0 0 0 where CAN4000 is the CAN section name MAT400 is the CAN section material The effect of the CAN assignment is that the CHORD and ALIGNED chord at joint 2 inherit the CAN sec tion properties at that joint To confirm this the following command is used PRINT CHORD AND BRACE ONLY 2 which shows SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 19 Joint Member Type Diameter Thick Yield Chord Can Stub Length 2 2 CHORD 4 000E 00 4 00E 02 4
137. k k kK k KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FRAMEWORK E Postprocessing of Frame Structures x KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Marketing and Support by DNV Software Program id 2 3 0201 Computer 586 Release date 14 MAR 2008 Impl update Access time 17 MAR 2008 10 12 00 Operating system Win NT 5 1 2600 User id aarn CPU id 1981837519 Installation DNVS OSLDP4242 zj lt Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK PRINT OF WIND FATIGUE DIAGOSTICS RUN NAME UMCASE RUN DESCRIPTION None RESULTS INTERFACE FILE WDR1 SIN PROGRAM ID RELEASE DATE FRAMEWORK 3 5 01 14 MAR 2008 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK NO OF MODES RANGING FRO PLAN TO PLAN JOINT NUMBER IS OTHER END NODE IS RANGE NODE IS nt 201 Pln 1 nt 201 Pln 2 nt 201 Pln 3 nt 202 Pln 1 nt 203 Pln 1 nt 203 Pln 2 nt 203 Pln 3 nt 204 Pln 2 nies 205 Pln 1 nt 205 Pln 2 nt 205 Pln 3 nt 206 Pln 3 nt 301 Pln 1 dt 2 chord eleme Bre 2 Bre Bre 28 Bre Bre 26 Bre Bre 22 C Bre Bre 2 c Bre 2 Bre Bre 2c Bre Bre 2 Bre Bre age Bre Bre 2 0 Bre 246 Bre Bre E Bre Bre a ARTA A F HATA ADP RPP OR ADP A A ORD A A TO GAA
138. limit COLOR SEVEN color limit COLOR EIGHT color limit COLOR NINE color COLOR LEVELS ACTIVE numlev COLOR LINE WIDTH linwidth UPPER LEFT LEGEND IN CORNER AAA LOWER RIGHT PURPOSE Define settings used in connection with the display command PARAMETERS SESAM Program version 3 5 LOADCASE NAME ON OFF How to handle the loadcase name in parentheses behind the us age factor when displaying code check results for worst load case Default ON Switch option ON Switch option OFF SESAM Program version 3 5 SPLIT TENSION LABEL LABEL ALIGNMENT SHOW VALUES COLOR CODING COLOR ONE color limit COLOR TWO COLOR THREE COLOR FOUR COLOR FIVE COLOR SIX COLOR SEVEN COLOR EIGHT Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 199 The usage factor and governing loadcase are split and presented with usage factor above member line and governing loadcase below member line How to handle the Tens label on stability code check result display Default ON Labels are drawn alongside the members Default OFF Define if result values shall be shown when colour coding is switched on Default ON Controls use of extended color coding when displaying results from code checking and fatigue calculations i e when using the commands DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS and DISPLAY FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS Default OFF Define the colour and limit value for 1st colour level Se notes for defaults Colour to be used Available co
139. member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfac Total usage factor fy aterial yield strength Gamma m aterial factor Kly Effective length factor buckling length in y direction Klz Effective length factor buckling length in z direction fcle Characteristic elastic local buckling strength fhe Elastic hoop buckling strength spsd Design hoop stress due to hydrostatic pressure Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name EleNum Element number UsfaN Usage factor due to axial force Nsd Design axial force stress when hydrostatic pressure fe Characteristic axial compressive strength fcl Characteristic local buckling strength Ney Euler buckl strength y direction stress when hydr pressure Nez Euler buckl strength z direction stress when hydr pressure Nrd Design axial resitance stress when hydrostatic pressure fh Characteristic hoop buckling stress UsfaM Usage factor due to bending moment ysd Design bending moment about y axis stress when hydr pressure zSd Design bending moment about z axis stress when hydr pressure Cmy oment reduction factor about y axis Cmz oment reduction factor about z axis fm Characteristic bending strength Mrd Design bending resitance stress when hydrostatic pressure SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 31 sqsd Capped end design axial compression stress See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table 3 9 How to perform a cone check With
140. member 18 Non tubular member The basis for which a member qualifies as a CHORD or an ALIGNED chord when the automatic feature is used is fully described in Section 2 3 4 To obtain more detail information about joint 1 the following command is used PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA 2 which shows Joint psi 2 Member 1 Status CHORD Diameter 3 000E 00 Thickness 3 000E 02 Yield 2 000E 08 No of braces 3 SESAM Program version 3 5 Member Status Member Status Member Status Member Status 20 DEC 2007 13 BRACI za Diameter Thickness Yield seb sie velco Joint type CAD vido Chord angle Brace Chord dia I O angle Seredi Chord member Diameter Thickness Yield ws 0ess ead 7 BRACI Gl Diameter Thickness Yielg as Joint type GAP Cone aa Chord angle Brace Chord dia I O angle Chord member Diameter Thickness Yield veria 10 BRACE Diameter Thickness Yield rapora Joint type GAPS fee hee here het Chord angle Brace Chord dia I O angle Chord member Diameter Thickness Yield ea sat 2 ALIGN Diameter Thickness VEEL o es ered No of braces I t oo No t o m o Z a ea o o l o N Ae l o N Ae e l o N wi m m
141. member code check run spring stiffnesses and buckling factors for each element being part of a member will be written to a separate file The files will be named to identify the different runs according to the naming convention run nameBUCK TMP where run name is the name specified when performing the code check Web and flange classification In connection with code check according to API AISC LRFD member yield stability combined yield and stability it is possible to get dump of data giving information about flange and web classification used for cross sections of type I H Box and Channel For each member each load case and each check position the following data is presented FLclass Classification of flange FLwtr Actual width thickness ratio for flange FLlam_r Lambda_p compact for flange FLlam_p Lambda r non compact for flange Webclass Classification of web Webwtr Actual height thickness ratio for web Weblam_r Lambda_p compact for web Weblam_p Lambda_r non compact for web The dump files will be named to identify the different runs according to the following naming convention run nameBUCK TMP Framework SESAM 5 146 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 For box sections these data will be given twice for each position This because bending moment capacity with respect to the weak axis are calculated separately using webs as flanges and flanges as webs When running the combined yield and stabi
142. member is in compression external hydrostatic pressure Hyd hydrostatic pressure check is governing eq 6 15 THA hydrostatic pressure check is governing eq 6 41 method A member in tension e CHA hydrostatic pressure check is governing eq 6 41 method A member in compression e CHB hydrostatic pressure check is governing eq 6 41 method B member in compression e S B interaction shear bending moment governing SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 5 SBT interaction shear bending moment torsion moment governing When the usage factor is above unity the following texts will appear instead of the above texts Fai Unity check above 1 0 but less than 998 0 Thk t lt 6 mm Usfact 999 0 e D t D t 120 Usfact 998 0 e Euler Euler stress exceeded Usfact 997 0 see below For members in compression which exceeds the Euler buckling strength the total usage factor is set to 997 0 and the usage factors for the axial part and bending moment part are set to 0 0 For members in tension the Cm factors are set to 1 0 in the print and the Euler capacity is reported as if the member is in compression Cm and Euler capacity not used in the calculations See also command DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON OFF Notes comments Section 6 3 6 2 Ring stiffener design is not covered in the code check In the code checking a user given buckling length will be limit
143. module The files must be generated in advance of the wind fatigue analysis see Section 3 21 The Ln FEM file contains the static wind loads Wind parameters and other direct input are entered by the commands of Framework see Chapter 5 When the RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECK command is executed a control of input is performed before the fatigue analysis is started If input errors exist the execution is stopped and messages printed to the screen Output The wind fatigue module produces tabulated prints of the fatigue damage results The results are printed to the lt Run gt Framework lis file where the prefix Run is the run name entered by the user to the RUN com mand For a series of fatigue runs executed in sequence the output is printed to the same file if the run name is the same for all runs For different run names the results are printed to different files The compressed output contains one line of print for each chord brace intersection and bent can brace included in the fatigue analysis The fatigue damage is printed for all eight inspection points around the weld for the chord side and the brace side Fatigue damages are reported for each wind direction and in sum for all wind directions Buffeting damages and vortex shedding induced damages are reported separately and in sum Vortex shedding damages are reported for the member ends as well as the point of highest curvature along the member span The twenty largest damages are printed i
144. oO oo o o O LO O DO 0 Oe 100 O 10D O E OD O o oO o oO o o o o 00 co co co y y y y y y y y f y y f y y y y y y y y I I I I I I I I I I I HoH Or FN FH DODO MHAN TDA SF TO TOM ODN Ow F amp F da dA AAN A AAN NN H NA NMM O O 1010 0 O 10 10 10 OD O CO HB YY AD OD YS YS AO O 1 A 1 A 1 A 1 A ON 1 A 1 A 1 A HAAN N TH ANN DH DTN NON MH DADA N NN OM Ss LO Ho aA A NNNN 0 0000 00 00 TFN 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 WH SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 gt AB 6110 5 18000 000000 18000 000000 42000 000000 6 6120 14 18000 000000 18000 000000 42000 000000 6 6210 21 18000 000000 18000 000000 42000 000000 6 6220 31 18000 000000 18000 000000 42000 000000 6 7110 6 18000 000000 18000 000000 51000 000000 6 7120 15 18000 000000 18000 000000 51000 000000 6 7210 22 18000 000000 18000 000000 51000 000000 6 7220 32 18000 000000 18000 000000 51000 000000 6 8110 7 18000 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 8115 9 0 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 8120 16 18000 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 8210 23 18000 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 8215 26 0 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 8220 33 18000 000000 18000 000000 60000 000000 6 BASIC ELEMENTS EXT INT EL MAT
145. of practice SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE API AISC WSD To perform a yield check for all members the following command is used RUN YIELD CHECK RUN1 Yield check ALL STATIC Usage factors computed by the check may be displayed DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN1 WORST LOADCASE MAX USAGE FACTOR 1 0 Results may be printed either on the screen or on a file To direct all output to a file and print in landscape use the following commands S S T PRINT DESTINATION FILE T PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPI a E El To print for each member the highest usage factor even though only one loadcase has been checked use the following command eS PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN1 WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 0 Example results obtained from a yield check are shown in Appendix A The notation used in the heading from an AISC API WSD check is shown below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check UsfNorm Usage factor due to acting normal stress UsfSher Usage factor due to acting shear stress Us Comb Usage factor due to combined stress general sections only fa Acting axial stress foy Acting bending stress about y axis foz Acting bending stress about
146. seal 42E 4 18 58 Ld 96 09 96 O9F4 E 07 E 07 E 05 E 07 E 05 E 06 E 05 53 34E 58E 44E 68E4 96E4 58E 22E 58E E 09 09 09 08 09 08 09 3 62E 09 MANUAL 9 35E 08 3 63E 09 MANUAL 3 55E 08 3 69E 09 MANUAL 1 41E 08 2 20E 09 MANUAL 1 88E 08 2 20E 09 MANUAL 90 000 0 00E 00 les 90 000 0 00 7 224 80 465 0 00 125 E 00 E 00 352 875 90 000 0 00 E 00 352 875 90 000 0 00 E 00 11 Lal s463 11 LI 463 EZ 463 712 712 712 712 337 1337 588 331 337 588 991 996 999 998 999 000 999 000 969 953 978 969 A953 978 60 438 E 03 03 leal 438 02 03 al ira 438 02 03 ira ira E 02 E 03 A8 Results from NPD NS code checks KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK xk xk xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KKK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK xk xk kk xk xk xk XK x k xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK kK xk xk
147. selection until the status is changed ONLY lt text gt Set the current selection to the item s matching lt text gt Set the default status to IN CLUDE Any items specified after this will be included in the selection until the status is changed EXCLUDE lt text gt Exclude the item s matching lt text gt from the selection Set the default status to EXCLUDE Any items specified after this will be excluded from the selection until the status is changed lt text gt Include or exclude the items matching lt text gt depending on the default status The initial default status is INCLUDE In the case of a selection of numerical values or of a selection between names which can be integer val ues the lt text gt can be substituted with the interval expression GROUP lt from gt lt to gt lt step gt which expands to the values lt from gt lt from gt lt step gt lt from gt 2 lt step gt up to but not exceeding lt to gt When a default selection is being presented or if the left parentheses has been typed as input Framework presents the right parenthesis as default SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 13 A single question mark will show all items in the list listing the selected items in parenthesis Prefixing the question mark with a text lt text gt will show all items in the list matching lt text gt Examples PRINT SN CURVE will print all SN CURVES PRINT SEC
148. sn name Name of SN curve to be changed data See CREATE SN CURVE NOTES See also ASSIGN SN CURVE CREATE SN CURVI PRINT SN CURVE Framework 5 107 Framework 5 108 20 DEC 2007 CHANGE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION SESAM Program version 3 5 WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION name text COSINE POWER power USER DEFINED wave dir weight PURPOSE To modify a wave spreading function PARAMETERS name text COSINE POWER power USER DEFINED wave dir weight NOTES Name of wave spreading function Text associated with the spreading function The spreading function is represented by a cosine function Power of the cosine function The spreading function shall be user defined Wave direction relative to the main wave direction Weight associated with wave direction The sum of weights must be 1 0 See also ASSIGN WAV CR E SPR EADING FUNC EATI E WAV E SPR EADING FUNC EXAMPLES CHANGI E WAV E SPR TION TION EADING FUNCTION COS2 Analytical cos 2 COSINE 2 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 109 CHANGE WAVE STATISTICS ALL PARAM SCATTER SCATTER DIAGRAM WAVE STATISTICS name text ISSC SCATTER DIAGRAM NORDENSTROM parameters with the subsequent input data for ALL PARAM SCATTER OCHI HUBBLE Hss T
149. summed over all wave directions Earthquake analysis Maximum number of mode shapes Wind fatigue analysis Maximum number of wind directions in a fatigue analysis Maximum number of static wind load cases Maximum number of eigenmodes Maximum number of wind speed Maximum number of analysis planes Maximum number of wind probabilities and drag correction factors per wind direction Maximum number of fixity steps in vortex shedding fatigue calculation 4 4 Details on line mode syntax SESAM Program version 3 5 2000 80 1500 1500 50 36 36 36 60 150 72 625 7500 200 The line mode environment in Framework is very powerful It has many features and provides a great flexi bility to the user This section describes the facilities one by one Even when running graphics mode the line mode environment is available through the command input line SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 9 There are two modes of operation inside the line mode environment called command mode and program ming mode Command mode is the commonly used mode it is used to give commands to Framework A new input line always starts in command mode To switch to from programming mode inside an input line type the dollar sign Programming mode is used basically to calculate numerical values These values can then be used in a com mand if desired or they can be viewed as results Programming mode will have li
150. the LLOOYD and ORIGINAL SCF calculation schemes The value is not used if SCF data are as signed by the user Framework READ option in command ASSIGN WIND FA TIGUE JOINT SCF Default 30 0 angtol Angular tolerance in degrees used to determine whether a given tubular element is within an analysis plane or not Default 15 0 damlim Lower limit of printed damage values in the damage result table All damage above the limit are printed default 1 0E 10 epsfre Lmit value of mimimum wind force relative to maximum wind force to account for in the wind buffeting fatigue calculation default 1 0E 5 Valid range 0 0 lt eps fre lt 1 0 epscoh Lmit value on coherence terms to account for in the wind buffeting fatigue calcu lation default 1 0E 3 Valid range 0 0 lt epcoh lt 1 0 NOTES The relative value of the wind force components relative to the maximum component is calculated and com pared to the limit parameter epsfrc All components with relative values equal to or larger than epsfrc are accounted for in the fatigue calculation Framework SESAM 5 216 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The coherence terms that are accounted for is given by coh gt epscoh where coh is value from the coherence model applied Available coherence models are describe in Sec 2 1 4 The coherence is a function of distance from the current point wind velocity and frequency At the current point the coherence is coh 1 0 The coherence chan
151. the present command must be executed In graphic mode wind directions and water depths are selected from given lists in the dia log box EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS ONLY 0 0 30 0 60 0 90 0 120 0 150 0 0 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 219 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND SPEEDS WIND SPEEDS ONLY speed PURPOSE To define the hourly mean wind speeds to be included in the wind fatigue calculation They correspond to wind speed values at a height of 10 m above the ground or sea level The wind speeds apply for all mean wind directions included in the wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS ONLY Mandatory attribute Mandatory parentheses speed Mean wind speed Enter maximum 12 speeds EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND SPEEDS ONLY 10 0 15 0 20 0 25 0 30 0 Framework SESAM 5 220 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES EQUAL PROBABILITIES VARIABEL PROBABILITIES WIND PROBABILITIES prob ONLY prob 1 1 prob ij prob ndir nspd PURPOSE To define annual probability distribution associated with specified wind speeds and wind directions The probability distribution describes the ratio or percentage of time a certain wind speed is likely to occur PARAMETERS EQUAL PROBABILITIES The annual probabilities ar
152. the run name entered to the RUN command by the user name inp Files Containing commands and input data for Wajac and Sestra Journal files for Preframe and Framework containing commands and data for the programs These files may be established by the user or they names may be generated by the programs by entering data in the graphic user interface mode name lis Files containing summary of results from Wajac and Sestra The name may be a user defined name 3 21 2 Modelling of the structure The model must consist of 2 nodes 3D beam elements Wind fatigue is performed only for beam elements with uniform tubular pipe sections however static wind load effect is accounted for for all 2 nodes 3D beam elements in the model which includes beams with non pipe sections and non structural beams The static wind loads are established by Wajac Node and element numbers may be in arbitrary order The structure may be fixed to the ground or supported by spring to ground elements The model may be established by using Preframe Prefem or a program that generate a Tn FEM file 3 21 3 Generation of wind loads The wind loads may be generated by Wajac Wajac read the Tn FEM model file and prints results to the Ln FEM and Sn FEM files The Ln FEM file contains the wind loads distributed element pressures SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 49 The analysis data controlling the Wajac analysis is given in the Waja
153. thickness are not changed EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION 7 5 45 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION CURRENT 4 70 0 8 0 05 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 91 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY VORTEX FIXITY MEMBER ENDS ONLY nod1 nod2 steps minfix1 maxfix1 minfix2 maxfix2 PURPOSE To assign non default member end fixities for individual braces for use in vortex shedding induced fatigue calculations PARAMETERS MEMBER ENDS Member end fixity data ONLY Mandatory attribute O Mandatory parentheses nod1 Node number of fixity end 1 of the brace nod2 Node number of fixity end 2 of the brace steps The number of fixity values to be investigated including the two extreme values Valid value range 1 to 5 minfix 1 Lower bound fixity at nod1 Valid value 1 0 or range 0 0 to 1 0 maxfix1 Upper bound fixity at nod1 Valid value 1 0 or range 0 0 to 1 0 minfix2 Lower bound fixity at nod2 Valid value 1 0 or range 0 0 to 1 0 maxfix2 Upper bound fixity at nod2 Valid value 1 0 or range 0 0 to 1 0 NOTES Repeat the command as many times as is necessary for the members that are studied to override the default values defined by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER END FIXITIES The user supplied data are checked for each member to be analysed If both nodes of the member
154. to stiffener default 0 0 The user specifies that the global default SCF values shall be applied The user specifies all SCF values The same values applies to all hotspots 3 SCF values shall be given The SCF distribution is double symmetric about the in plane bending axis and about the out of plane bending axis 3 hotspots with 3 SCF values each must be specified The SCF distribution is symmetric about the out of plane bending axis The 5 re quired hotspots for a pipe are numbered 1 4 7 19 22 This option may only be used for members with pipe section The SCF distribution has no symmetry The user must specify SCF values for all active hotspots For a pipe section the 8 required hotspots are numbered 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 SCF for axial force SCF for in plane bending SCF for out of plane bending SCF for axial force at crown SCF for axial force at saddle Hot spot identification When giving position names defining where to apply the SCF rule use the input syntax as shown in the example at the end of this command description Hence enclose the positions in parentheses and start with ONLY inside the parentheses to avoid any misunderstandings regarding where to apply the SCFs The avail able positions i e the program generated position names can be listed by use of the command PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 41 When assigning SCFs with specificat
155. used for the correlation coefficient When the correlation coefficient is less than 0 1 the cross modal terms are ignored in the analysis e Response spectra may be scaled for each motion component The factors will scale the spectral ordinates for all modes i e frequencies for which the spectral ordinates were originally defined Modal damping may be constant or frequency dependent Results from an earthquake analysis may be code checked and the following restrictions must be noted Only members with double symmetric sections can be code checked See also Table 2 2 for available sections Only earthquake checks producing member FORCES can be code checked Earthquake checks producing joint displacements velocities and accelerations or member stresses CAN NOT be code checked Earthquake mode shapes CANNOT be code checked An earthquake result can be combined with a single static load case or as part of a combination of several static load cases For more comments on load combinations see Section 2 2 If an earthquake load case is to be combined with a static load case then Prepost must first be used to MERGE the Results Interface Files produced by the static and eigenvalue analyses The order of merging is not important The load case combinations in Framework are performed as follows For yield and punching shear code checks The sign of each normal and shear force component for each member produced for the eart
156. way in which the gusts are spatially correlated A set of wind states may be formed by taking wind measurements over a period of one year to show the number of hours per year the hourly mean wind is blowing for each speed and direction The measurements are normally taken at 10m above ground or sea level For each of these three parameterized gust spectra are calculated and a resultant damage assessment made The total annual damage is obtained by adding these damage assessments in proportion to the fraction of a year in which they are generated Framework SESAM 2 16 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Wind spectra and coherence models The cross power spectrum S r f of the wind may be approximated by a frequency dependent part S f termed spectral density or wind spectrum and a spacial dependent part coh r s f termed wind coherence S r s f SA e coh s f The wind coherence describes the cross correlation coefficients between the spectral densities of two points r s in space and is a function of the separation of the points Five wind spectra and three coherence models are available in Framework HARRIS DAVENPORT and NPD Fr ya in Ref 24 spectra representing gust components in the mean wind direction e PANOFSKY LATERAL spectrum representing gust components lateral across to the mean wind e PANOSFY VERTICAL spectrum representing gust components vertical across to the mean wind e GENERAL GUSTO and NPD Fr ya in Re
157. weights in order to generate the modulus of the stress transfer function for each of the wave directions The wave spectrum corresponding to Hs and Tz is multiplied by the modulus of the hotspot stress trans fer function for each of the wave directions in order to provide the hotspot stress response spectrum e Partial damage is calculated for each sea state and wave direction using the SN curve e Partial damages are weighted over the sea states and wave directions in order to assess the total damage All data mandatory and optional used in the stochastic fatigue analysis are shown in Table 2 8 and are described in Section 2 3 35 Usually the procedure adopted for a stochastic fatigue analysis is as follows e Definition of fatigue constants target fatigue life global SCFs etc Assignment of CHORD members e Modelling of local details assignment of CAN and STUB sections etc e Assignment of joint type and joint gap overlap data Assignment of SCFs Assignment of SN curve e Assignment of seastate data Execution of fatigue analysis e Printing of results With joint type set to LOADPATH the brace type and hence the SCFs will be calculated for each har monic wave waves of unit amplitude with different frequencies and directions used to obtain the stress transfer functions for the selected members at the investigated positions and hotspots For joint type LOADPATH used in combination with parametric SCFs t
158. 0 00 0 00 7 00 1 00 0 00 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 13 1 00 0 00 1 00 16 0 00 0 00 0 00 19 00 1 00 0 00 22 0 00 0 00 0 00 o o o Assign SN CURV Gl o ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33215 CONNEC T LOCAL BOTH SID LOCAL BOTH SID EJ u and SCFs for element 33215 PTED TO MEMBER 332 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33215 CONNECTED TO MEMBE ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 33215 CONNECTED 1 Gl vuv 15 USE N ER 33215 X O l E ES Ww Ga Assign SN CURVE and SCFs for element 33415 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33415 CONNEC T ED TO MEMBER 334 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33415 CONNECTED TO MEMBE ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 33415 CONNECTED 1 ASSIGN JOINT GAP 33415 CONNECTED TO ME Bw tz PTO MEMB ER 33415 1 Ww 1 33215 None PA 15 USI 33415 None PA R 33415 KTT ira I x RAM Framework A 37 ETRIC WORDSWORTH ETRIC KUANG Framework A 38 E Assign SN CURVE and SCFs for eleme ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 35415 CONN ECT ASSIGN SCF JOINT 35415 CONN CI CT ASSIGN JOINT TYPE 35415 CONNECT ASSIGN JOINT GAP 35415 CONN CI CT o o o fine the target fatigue life o EFINE o o Perform fatigue chec wn o
159. 00 100 553 DeL 501 488 481 452 06 73E4 91 229 10 Al 06 09 37 92 78 50 68E4 E 06 E 06 E 04 E 07 E 05 E 06 E 05 E 07 E 04 E 06 E 06 08 66 12 793 88 08 43 05 38 91 48 18E4 E 09 E 09 E 08 E 09 E 08 E 09 E 08 E 09 E 09 E 09 E 08 1 68E 09 MANUAL 9 08E 08 2 14E 09 MANUAL 1 51E 09 3 44E 09 MANUAL 3 07E 08 1 68E 09 MANUAL 1 80E 09 4 41E 09 MANUAL 4 60E 2 62E4 08 MANUAL 3 405 5 605 08 09 MANUAL 90 9 00E4 0 00E 392 9 00E4 0 00E 270 9 00E4 0 00E 350 4 73E4 0 00E4 T o fay T o O T o E T o o T o p T Cs o T o fay T o EX T o fay T e O T o E 20 16 21 20 16 21 20 T6 21 917 842 50 917 84 o N 392 526 517 500 917 842 813 988 956 500 18 16 708 842 813 988 956 989 984 993 000 000 000 893 839 925 OOF OOF OOF 60F4 N Nh WO N N N W N N N wW N A9 Results from deterministic fatigue analysis KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK
160. 000 000 OE 0 000 000 OE 0 000 000 OE 0 000 OE 0 22 22 22 18 22 22 18 22 22 18 400 22 18 400 683 400 400 683 400 400 683 400 400 683 0 926 0 889 0 948 0 795 0 692 0 856 0 848 0 772 0 894 0 906 0 859 0 934 SUB PAGE Dbrace Dchord Beta Gl f T o N N N N N ND N N N N 4215 5215 5115 7210 7110 5220 5210 5120 34217 34212 55518 55212 55513 55112 77315 67210 77315 67110 55217 35220 55212 35210 55117 STO STO STO STO STO STO STO STO YE YL YL YI YL YL YT YE 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 G Fail G Fail G Fail lt 789 036 487 OTI 276 372 0 9 s172 321 726 007 059 726 001 024 720 089 223 720 038 145 720 A 92 44F4 E 06 34 LO 58 ZO 22 lt 29 22 eZ 54 18 34 18E4 01 E 04 E 06 E 05 E 06 E 04 E 06 E 04 E 06 E 05 E 07 E 05 E 06 19E 88E 19E OLE 93E4 64E 37E 18E 61E 18E4 35E4 58E 68E 58E4 76 08 09 08 09 06 09 07 09 08 E 09
161. 000 0 0 0 36000 0 SLINE B 5415 18000 0 0 0 36000 0 SLEVEL 36 5510 0 0 0 0 36000 0 o Define element connectivity ELEMENT BEAM BEAS 12110 1110 2110 23110 2110 3110 35110 3110 5110 56110 5110 6110 67110 6110 7110 78110 7110 8110 SLEG B1 12120 1120 2120 23120 2120 3120 35120 3120 5120 56120 5120 6120 67120 6120 7120 78120 7120 8120 SLINE 1 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 33115 3110 35115 3120 55112 5110 SOL Li ol lS 56115 5110 77115 7110 78112 7110 78117 7120 88112 8110 88117 8115 SLEG A2 12210 1210 23210 2210 35210 321 0 56210 5210 67210 6210 78210 7210 SLEG B2 12220 1220 23220 2220 35220 3220 56220 5220 67220 6220 78220 7220 SLINE 2 33215 3210 34212 3210 34217 3220 45212 4215 45217 4215 55212 5210 55217 5215 77215 7210 78212 7210 78217 7220 88212 8210 88217 8215 120 110 115 120 120 120 115 115 LS 120 CoO 00 0 HAND 01 01 WH Ww 221 321 521 621 T21 821 OO o E e OO O 2220 3220 5220 6220 7220 8220 3220 4215 4215 5210 5220 5215 5220 7220 8215 8215 8215 8220 20 DEC 2007 Framework A 11 Framework SESAM A 12 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Ao a H zZ GI D 33312 3210 3315 33317 3315 3110 34315 3315 4315 45315 4315 5315 34317 3110 4315 45312 4315 5
162. 00000000 T E RS AS VO AND DO TO wy KDADM H 2 noo AnDnAOCODMDMH_Q_tONNAM MN MYO 300059 H AAN AHAN T oo mM m vt ad M yi lt j LO tl FZ a o gq AMDONDAPSCMOTCCDSCPDDCG OCKrHVM TAAOCOAMOST o TLTooro220rR y 0 oo 000700 Y y wWryoow0oo El To Ost ON N te SS SS YNA Hoo A St OS i W ado H added a pas 4 4 de Z DMAHMNMNACCH DOANMEOC DOM 0ANN y UDH o NDO H Ei Mn E O tt pte ge A Men we GaSe A een Sey oe EA RIOS A Nee set Aena Tis x Q eo OD ON DER O OS SNA ES or a OOS SIO ILO OOF wo Bak N mM x mM or st St dor 00 00 g 3 NO002020 O0OoO020o0oO20200o0o29929090090990003090000 A E 0 00000005000 C OOO OG CCC oO SPCC O 2000 ry HE O E aa 0 AAA TONDN OR A y NOOO ay ro q ONO 5 i noo E AS SS E v oo mM DO lt MM oo o N lt do st 340 m zj A NOooooco PoysyoooY ooOy 2 M 22005 CO 40 o a A SB Ney OR ia Rowe e o hed De a ie LR EE eN e far ge N DO OOO NON MN O G O OO AN O OO owt O 209042292002 Z osoo05anmoZocoommaao ora nooogooyo O pa a LA A LA dq de 14 H E THAMNMNpAOTDHDANMNOODOMDA ANA AR A YN O O PUETA MMAM OODCDOMN NNOD Og NDAD RANO yO NGN ce eer mM 5 29 lt a N o 00 N H dd dd Q n ooDoOooDooo0 o oo0 o o0 0 oo0 0 v0nLvn0Lv 0o00x0 o 0 0 002000 a 0DOO0o00o0070000000 0o0 00072207 2000 a NodHurden dtd g toOoOnwaNnon AyD Nooo AAA q Nor E eee Se A A TOS MoO NNA Omi Doon MMM ANNO Y G SS mM NOD lt lt OM HH st COO a mM o dad Y A ak E NA000 0 O50000Y oo0S909 O m2 MHOC 40 Fu 2000x7 MN O0
163. 00E 10 00E 10 43E 07 35E 06 1 89E 06 T4129 90 000 8 09E 08 352 875 90 000 3 34E 08 352 875 90 000 2 00E 11 352 875 90 000 2 00E 11 352 875 90 000 3 11E 07 0 000 82 875 1 48E 07 0 000 82 875 BOTH SIDE NON SYMME YT BOTH SIDE NON SYMME Yr HORD SID ROWN SAD T RACE SID ROWN SAD RACE SID ROWN SAD T Cc C Y B C Y1 B G Y CHORD SID C ROWN SAD YT HORD SID ROWN SAD RACE SID ROWN SAD DiaBra DiaCho 5 00E4 1 605 5 00E4 1 60E4 5 00E4 1 60E4 03 E 02 E 03 E o W N FPF QQ N FP QQ N O W NY O 10 E 02 E 03 10 E 02 E 03 ThiBra ThiCho LOCAL 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 LOCAL 2 50E 01 6 00E4 WORDSWOR 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 WORDSWOR 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 WORDSWOR 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 WORDSWOR 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 KUANG 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 KUANG 2 50E 01 6 00E 01 E T o Gap LenCho 0 00EF4 3 63E 4 0 001 3 63E 4 E J J ira ti ti ThiFac FixCho O Os oD MN 2e 0 O CO O E o E gt 0 L 00 L 00 L 00 L 00 QR SCFaxC W ON NY F N oO FPF NYO 0 ONY GD ODO NY WG FP NN 971 000 500 866 800 182 Cycles SCFaxsS USE X 3 75E 08 4 950 USE X 3 75E 08 6 520
164. 0DO000 A NO0O0OS509 gt 0 qy2202 4202090 E 000000317 N N0313100000M0000 SCORN DH CCC AHPC qe H NAH H HAA yee Tel wH dq 1 ag 1 m HANANNDHCODHDNNCOQHDAANDHAHOHNMNNODWANN AW a oooocooooooooooon on v0 n O200 A Q0XXx lt 0000 cr A Sama Amok eee eae e po Po Po ep Peep eee se 0 vs O BGQMNHANADOATTAMAMNOGRNUOMARONOMNTNDPFARPAGANN MO T ones ANMONMNNHDOUOMNAMNMNDANDMNOCHADLYLADDALYNOR DOMED gt eS NN A1ADNO0Oo0ONOLDO Sn 00010 Ei LO 0 DAAMVMVTDAOONDWANADNNMNONNA 2 Or oOATTAONMNM M o Y Q araa a a e AE a te ARE a A A E at Ea e r aa DU aaa A NH L o nc o 41410 ANN aoa Ad Aga n aAa AA e a A A 335134 10 A E N a HX AN oonoonnooDoon noo ooo0omoooo o o0 vo0O E Sa DNO0ONooOw wo 0 NN00o0qwowNo0N0ow eN lO LO WM LO 0 LO z a i H noonooooconoooooco P onooooovo on o ooo a x E 0000000000000 oo oao V o 000000000109 OO w Oo E i y i y pui i A AN pa y H ea BE AHH AND AON A A AANA AANA A QAM Aa a a a Ono Ce ec OME Eto Mt Des ar Ors O Me E Oe GO OU o oe Mg E e g ona H oH ZAANANMMAADHAMMANTAANAMMMHAMANNANMD H Ama AN ANN HHOMANAHANNANNMNM MD TAOMAMNA MAND MA AA oawNn Ad Op OO oD OO oO Do OO Se SO ooo Oo SB OOO oO oO oo a oo NON A SAN ON 4140 AL YJASN MN AH ANM MNMMAM E N H 2 E El a El HASTA So O O O IIA AAN g 00H 22 o 000000000000000000000000000o00o00o00o gt lt ee NNN NN NN NNA NN N N N NA NNN NAN MM MMMM tl NN E na O gt reer TP OP rr Nee eee e
165. 0E 08 1 ALIGN 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 T3 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 F CH BR 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 10 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 7 Framework SESAM 3 16 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Figure 3 4 Position of CAN and STUB section SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 17 EXT INT EL MAT SECT SECT SECT ELEMENT LENGTH EL EL TYPE NO NO TYPE D H TH FLEXIBLE PART NODE 1 NODE 2 1 1 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 al 2 2 12 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 2 3 3 13 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 000000 3 4 4 2 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 4 5 5 14 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 5 6 6 15 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 20 000000 6 1 7 7 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 17 500000 2 5 8 8 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 12 806249 1 7 9 9 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 205467 7 5 10 10 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 907948 2 8 EI 11 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 10 206811 8 4 12 6 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 12 806249 6 7 13 5 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 205467 7 2 14 3 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 907947 5 8 15 4 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 10 206812 8 3 16 16 BEAS 3 I 2 00 5 0000000 3 9 197 17 BEAS 3 I 2 00 15 000000 9 10 18 18 BEAS 3 T 2 00 5 0000000 10 4 3 3 Howto assign CAN and STUB sections 3 3 1 CAN assignments Figure 3 4 shows the finite element model as in Figure 3 1 but in addition it highlights in heavy lines the CAN and STUB sections at the end of various members Figure 3 5 below shows as an example the detail
166. 1 Framework Postprocessor for Frame Structures ccccccsccsssesscesseeseeeseeeeceeeeeseeeseesaeceseceteeseeeses 1 1 Framework in the SESAM Systemene e aaee Eiee En EEE ENE Eae e Seoige aT 1 1 How to read this Manual td A N ideado 1 3 Framework Extensions ccccsccessesssessecesscescsencsessenseceaesnssenesuaesasesesessacsneecseesseceaeseassenasseeseesenaesens 1 3 Status List esate rade aks Deedee aoe hetn ions ieboetehe A 1 4 FEATURES OF FRAMEWORK oisssvsssetsessscesccasscscssecsssesacsscceasstesnadarsssaosecdsssesecaasenssesecens 2 1 PostproGessingscapabilitiess sci cccrscsnscncazcceasavereasiteded ltda ltd 2 1 DW Code check iaa ads 2 1 AN AC TE 2 5 213 Barthquake analysis ci ds 2 11 2 1 4 Wind fatigue analysiS porer neninn a ada a iio 2 13 Loading and load combinations cccccccessceseesecseceeceseeeseeesceseceseceeeseneceaecaaecsaeseeeseeeeaeecaeeseees 2 26 222 Calculation of joint results ci di diia 2 27 2 2 2 Calculation of members forces and moments ooooonocnocononoconononononnon nooo nonnnconn cnn nonn con nnconnnns 2 27 2 23 Calculation of Stresses ssis0ch toc2iceteted heed iia 2 28 Timp Lat ase go Pads tnt Sec chet cence eel eae aia 2 33 DI L Y Ong Ss MOGUIUS srnca nee ia E aE E EAE RAA 2 33 E Nield KSE I 0 1AA EEEE E E E T EE 2 34 23 3 Material constantis enrere a e a a a e n eee 2 34 2 3 4 CHORD and ALIGNED membes ccccccccecscessecesceeseesceesceeseceseceseesseessecnsecneeeeeeeeesaes
167. 1 16750 I 413 00 36000 000000 8220 8120 SECTIONS SECTION NUMBER 1212 SECTION TYPE I HZI HEIGHT AT END 305 000000 BT UPPER FLANGE WIDTH 305 000000 TT UPPER FLANGE THICKNESS 20 000000 TY WEB THICKNESS 24 000000 BB LOWER FLANGE WIDTH 305 000000 TB LOWER FLANGE THICKNESS 20 000000 SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION 1 000000 SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION 1 000000 SECTION NUMBER 16750 SECTION TYPE I HAL HEIGHT AT END 413 000000 BT UPPER FLANGE WIDTH 180 000000 TT UPPER FLANGE THICKNESS 16 000000 TY WEB THICKNESS 10 000000 Framework 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 R FLANGE WIDTH E THICKNESS R Y DIRECTION A 18 BB LOWE E TB LOWER FLANGE SFY SHEAR FACTO SFZ SHEAR FACTO R Z DIRECTION SECTION NUMBER 50025 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER a WALL THICKNESS SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION SECTION NUMBER 60025 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER iK WALL THICKNESS SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION SECTION NUMBER 70020 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER T WALL THICKNESS SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION SECTION NUMBER 70025 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER T WALL THICKNESS SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION SECTION N
168. 115 PIPE 3110 1 12E 04 1 78E 05 BOTH SIDE 19 LOCAL 1 000 1 000 0 000 USE X 50025 7 125 NON SYMME 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 L 000 9 21E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 1 000 1 000 3120 1 86E 04 1 07E 05 BOTH SIDE 7 LOCAL 1 000 1 000 0 000 USE X 7 125 NON SYMME 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 1 000 9 18E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 000 1 000 38215 PIPE 3210 1 51E 01 1 33E 02 CHORD SID 22 WORDSWORT 53991 2 500 2 602 USE X 50025 352 875 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 1 000 8 47E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 5 991 5 991 3210 1 97E 01 1 01E 02 BRACE SID 22 WORDSWORT 8 081 2 500 2 909 USE X 352 875 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 0 800 8 45E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 8 081 8 081 3220 1 80E 01 1 11E 02 BRACE SID 10 WORDSWORT 8 081 2 500 2 909 USE X 352 875 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 0 800 8 41E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 8 081 8 081 3220 1 34E 01 1 49E 02 CHORD SID 10 WORDSWORT 5 991 2 500 2 602 USE X 352 875 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 0 00E 00 1 000 1 000 8 44E 07 90 000 YT 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 000 5 991 55991 33415 PIPE 3220 6 06E 02 3 30E 02 CHORD SID 10 KUANG 2 500 2 500 2 571 USE X 50025 0 000 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 1 00E 00 1 000 1 000 8 17E 07 82 875 K 1 60E 03 6 00E 01 3 63E 04 1 000 2 500 2 500 3220 1 09E 01 1 83E 02 BRACE SID 10 KUANG 3 182 2 692 2 866 USE X 0 000 CROWN SAD 5 00E 02 2 50E 01 1 00E 00 1 000
169. 196 DEFINE PRESENTATION aone E E E E at 5 197 DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY suitte si 5 198 DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE poesian an td dd 5 201 DEFINE PRESENTATION PRIN T nenon an eaa Co i iea ar aaiae iii dosis dani 5 204 DEFINE PRESENTA TION RESULT verencodisconda tando sous sensuvetetestsavteivegeevbiione cuts E EET 5 205 DEFINE PRESENTATION S PRESS cisisossaziasadssenassesusayocdion bodies eschesansubeseassbedeastedgctebearsvesseatnacs 5 207 DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTION coococinccnconcononnnnoncnncnncnnnonccononncnncnnnonncnnonnnins 5 209 DEEBINE READ CONCER DS alan iria 5 211 DEFINE READ NAMED SETS s cctc cestiesssssesiesscssadssetssestescestbessetadescuvetensuesdenseestantentdeteseedgeduns 5 212 DEFINE SECTION OVERRULE a ciscctiis csisessostaesanits en anse a aaa aE a RAPAE RAEE ASS 5 213 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE inana candor A a a aS 5 214 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS c ooococconoccconocncconcnnnnonnnonncnonocnnannncnnncnnncnnccnns 5 215 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS 1 0 cee eeceescesseceeceeeeseeeeeeneeeseeees 5 217 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS coocononionioncnnnononncnncancnnconconnonncnnnnnnnnccnncnncinnins 5 218 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND SPEEDS ooconccoconoononconcnncnncnnorononncancnnc cacon non corn cnnnnn cn ncnacnn nino 5 219 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES oooconnccnoconocconncnnnnonnnnnnonnononacnncnnaconaconncnns 5 220 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS ccoocccnccconnonnononcnnanancn
170. 2 and fatigue check The element number is printed right below the Joint Po location for each result presented This indicates on which element being part of the member the check position is located Note that for code check according to NORSOK and EUROCODE NS3472 the element number will always be printed See also PRINT JOINT REACTION FORCE PRINT DISLACEMENT PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS EXAMPLES DEFINE PRESENTATION JOINT R EACTION PHASE ANGLE 90 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 207 DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS ACTIVE HOTSPOT COMPONENTS SECTION MAXTENSION STRESS MAXCOMPRESSION ALL PHASE ANGLE MAX DEFAULT FORMAT OPTIONAL PURPOSE To define global parameters to be used in connection with print of member stresses PARAMETERS COMPONENTS Alternatives regarding stresses and hotspot ACTIVE Print stresses for all active cross section hotspots HOTSPOT The default stress presentation is to print stresses at the stress point with the highest stress SECTION The maximum stress components for a static load case in the section is printed i e the stresses are not related to the printed hotspot MAXTENSION Print a stress summary only worst hotspot worst position worst loadcase search ing maximum tensile stress MAXCOMPRESSION Printa stress summary only worst hotspo
171. 2 1 84E 02 5 80E 01 9 23E 00 70020 2 85E 02 3 47E 02 3 47E 02 1 90E 02 55412 6 STO PIPE 5220 0 826 02133 3 58E 00 2 16E 02 1 82E 02 2 53E 01 70020 2 85E 02 3 47E 02 3 47E 02 1 90E 02 55112 7 STO PIPE 5110 0 824 0 125 3 83E 01 1 05E 02 2 22E 02 2 37E 01 70025 2 85E 02 3 56E 02 3 56E 02 1 90E 02 DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE STABILITY Results API AISC WSD 20th 9th Run Superelement Loadset API S JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Gl Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check UsfTot Total usage factor UsfTot UsfAx UsfMy UsfMz UsfAx Usage factor due to axial compressive stress fa Acting axial stress fby Acting bending stress about y axis fbz Acting bending stress about z axis Fey Euler buckling stress for bending about y axis Ky Effective length factor for bending about y axis Ly Buckling length for bending about y axis Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name UsfMy Usage factor due to bending about y axis Fa Allowable axial stress Fby Allowable bending stress about y axis Fbz Allowable bending stress about z axis Fez Euler buckling stress for bend
172. 2 22 3 3 8 0 0 4 6 24 9 4 5 205 302 21 2 35 35 1 4119E 02 10 3 43 7 0 0 17 9 10 1 43 5 O00 T779 100 0 31 8 0 1 11 0 100 0 31 6 205 206 31 1 80 80 1 5267E 00 100 0 18 8 0 0 14 3 82 3 4 9 0 0 18 4 24 9 4 5 0 0 3 5 20 2 Se 206 103 3 61 80 80 5 1625E 01 73 8 99 5 8 4 22 4 73 8 100 0 12 9 22 6 59 2 16 4 0 2 2 2 59 2 16 4 206 101 3 2 1 80 65 1 7388E 00 26 5 100 0 0 0 30 2 26 5 100 0 0 0 30 2 14 3 9 5 0 0 1 5 14 3 925 301 203 11 2 80 80 3 6986E 01 32 1 82 5 0 0 84 4 32 1 82 5 0 0 84 4 100 0 39 9 0 0 42 4 100 0 39 9 301 302 11 1 80 50 2 1446E 04 100 0 13 9 0 0 18 7 84 4 11 6 0 3 28 1 2548 3 4 0 0 4 8 21 5 2 8 301 30331 1 80 50 2 8823E 04 100 0 30 6 0 2 10 0 74 1 19 0 0 0 12 1 24 8 8 1 0 1 2 4 19 4 Dune 302 301 11 1 80 50 2 5545E 04 100 0 30 5 02 LOL Joel 19 6 0 0 12 2 24 7 8 1 0 1 2509 1946 543 302 205 2 1 2 35 35 1 0589EF 02 31 8 31 6 0 0 8238 3 LTL 31 5 0 0 82 8 100 0 14 6 0 0 43 0 100 0 14 5 302 30321 1 80 50 2 4766E 04 100 0 13 8 0 0 19 0 82 9 11 3 0 3 29 3 259 3 4 0 0 4 9 21 1 2 7 303 302 2 11 80 50 2 6766E 04 100 0 32 6 012 9 2 71 9 20 2 Ova 11 5 241 8 81 0 1 2 2 19 0 eres 303 201 3 2 1 80 80 5 6636E 01 29 1 100 0 0 0 30 9 29 1 100 0 0 0 30 9 86 8 51 7 0 0 8 0 86 8 51 7 303 301 3 1 1 80 50 2 0866E 04 100 0 13 2 0 0 18 6 81 3 10 7 0 4 30 2 26 3 32 0 0 4 8 21 1 2 6 20 WORST TOTAL VORTEX INDUCED AND BUFFETING MEMBER END DAMAGES ALL WIND DIRECTIONS PRINT OF DAMAGE gt 1 000E 15 N NPPS F F O O LOOSI I I lt RELATIVE DAMAGES AROUND THE WE
173. 2 34 Dedede RAN a a a E NENE 2 36 2 3 0 SSO BS A A A A 2 37 2 3 7 Joint Gap and Joint overlap cecceceecceescesceesceeeceeceeeeeeeeesaecaaenseceeeeeseeeseeeaeceeeeeeeseeesaees 2 38 23 8 Jomt O ER 2 39 2 3 9 Positions tor codo Checkiscc ccccsccscscstessecedsbsschantadaskelsdeckecvsacsctetsesaes ea ran 2 40 2 3107 Local coordinate Systemerne i a iA cackdadeseddadevadeapersiaeenntoags 2 41 2 3 11 Member buckling lengths cc ceccccceeseeesesseesseceeceeeceseecssensecnseceseseneecaecsaeceseseeeeereesaes 2 42 23 12 Effective length factors cnica a i a a a a a 2 42 2 3 13 Unsupported flange length eee cceccseesseeseceseceseeeseeesecaeceseseeeeesecsaecsaececeeeeeeeeeeeesaes 2 44 2 3 14 Fabrication Method o oo cccccsesssscccscsssssscescccsessssscecessessessesseescesssssessesceseessesseseesenaes 2 45 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 ZI ND BUCIMIMN CULV E AAA ede eed candies RARA AAA 2 45 2 316 Lateral buckling factor aiii a vee 2 46 2 3 17 Moment reduction factors ccececcesccscsssesseeseesecscesceeseeseeeeceacaesaeeaeseeceaeeaecaeeensereesecaeeaee 2 46 ZO STE PACMAN sai Dees 2 47 2 3 19 Sea water density and acceleration due to graVitY oooocoononicnnonnconnconnonnncnnncan nono nonnnnnnannss 2 47 ZIDO VE Kaa C O1 a ia A neces os Aesadeeaee teen aes 2 48 2321 Wave TT i A ON 2 48 IDR IA lem ote ee 26204 os feces at Dass vet Costes Sons ch Sunct coe deca da dicate vag ote soap teed S 2 48 BID Pl A A iia 2 48 2
174. 2 only case where m n is greater than the utilisation given from expression my m5 RM A_ Resistance of cross section Reduced bending Moment capacity due to shear Axial force Class 3 and 4 only MS A Resistance of cross section Bending Moment Shear Axial force Class 1 and 2 only Shea Resistance of cross section Shear force Stab Stability check not a lateral buckling case or lateral buckling not governing StaL Stability check inclusive lateral buckling Lbck Lateral buckling axial tension Compressive stress from bending moment is larger than tension stress from 0 8 axial force c Outcome message field For some conditions the UsfTot is given a large value to indicate that a special situation has occurred Note that in such cases the UsfAx UsfMy and UsfMz show normal values When Euler axial load is exceeded UsfTot 997 and the outcome column shows Euler For slender members the usage factor is calculated and reported neglecting the slenderness requirement The outcome column however will indicate a slender member To activate the program to report a usage factor equal to 995 for such conditions the following command must be executed prior to the run command DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON UsfTot 995 The profile is slender i e slenderness is greater than 250 The three first characters in the outcome column shows Sl In general for utilizations above 1 0 the three
175. 20 0 END END ELEMENT BEAM BEAS 1 101 201 2 102 203 3 103 205 4 101 202 5 102 202 6 102 204 7 103 204 8 103 206 9 101 206 10 201 202 TL 202 203 12 203 204 13 204 205 14 205 206 15 206 201 16 201 301 17 203 302 18 205 303 19 203 301 20 205 302 21 201 303 22 301 302 23 302 303 24 303 301 END END BOUNDARY FIXED FIXED FIXED FIXED FIXED FIXED GLOBAL 101 102 103 NO PROPERTY MATERIAL 1 LINEAR ELASTIC 2 0E11 0 3 7846 8 0 0 0 12E 04 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 71 END PROPERTY SECTION 1 PIPE 0 4 0 015 1 0 1 0 2 PIPE 0 2 0 012 1 0 1 0 END PROPERTY CONNECT MATERIAL 1 ALL END SECTION 1 1 2 3 16 17 18 NO 245 67 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 19 20 21 22 23 24 NO END END A12 Wajac data file for wind load WAJACTITL Framework Wind Test example TITL STATIC WIND LOADS FOR INPUT TO FRAMEWORK WIND TITL TUTORIAL EXAMPLE FOR A 3 LEG FRAME C Prefix for Input Interfile Generatio C PREFIX C FMOD W E Prefix for Wind load Interfile Generation C PREFIX FORM FWAVE W FORMATTED Identify the model for which loads will be calculated MODE le nig C Units and constant definitions C OPT GRAVITY RO VISC ROAIR VISCAIR CONS 1 225 1 5E 5 C Dataset GEOM GEOM G Mudline elevation Cc Z MUDP 10 0 C Dataset HYDR HYDR E Air drag co
176. 210 59312 5210 5315 55317 5315 5110 77315 7210 7110 78315 7210 8110 88315 8210 8110 SLINE B 33415 3220 3120 35415 3220 5120 55412 5220 5415 55417 5415 5120 77415 7220 7120 78415 7120 8220 88415 8220 8120 SLEVEL 36 55511 5115 5415 55513 5115 5510 55512 5315 5510 55517 5510 5415 55518 5510 5215 oO o Specify boundary conditions o BOUNDARY FIXED FIXED FIXED FREE EE GLOBAL 1110 1120 1210 1220 NO zj zj Hy o E E H ve zj o Specify material properties o PROPERTY MATERIAL 1 LINEAR ELASTIC 2 E05 0 25 7 7E 9 0 0 0 12E 04 SESAM Program version 3 5 o o PROPERTY S 160060 PI 50 70 70 60 14 16750 I 413 0 1212 I 305 0 305 0 20 o oP o o o PROP PROP Specify section types 14103 I Connect materials END END Connect ERTY CONN ERTY CONN 300 0 section 180 0 ECT MAT ECT SI ECTION 13505 E 1600 0 60 025 PIPE 500 0 25 0 020 PIPE 700 0 20 025 PIPE 700 0 25 025 PIPE 600 0 25 O 0 S amp S 300 0 12220 67220 NO 160060 23110 35220 56220 NO 14103 78110 78120 78210 78220 NO 14 50 70 5 70 16 12 60 025 331 020 351 PoP rroo P 0 J 1 1 1 O 19 102 NS M0 uy 20 0 24 16 0 10 0 180 0 1 0 0 0 0 Framework 20 DEC 2007 A 13 E 1350 0 50 0 1 0 1 0 0 300 0 20
177. 256 816406 3210 5210 35220 31 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 33256 816406 3220 5220 35415 59 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 53119 117188 3220 5120 45212 38 BEAS 1 60025 PIPE 600 00 24505 054688 4215 5210 45217 39 BEAS 1 60025 PIPE 600 00 24505 054688 4215 5220 45312 52 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 23927 615234 4315 5210 45315 50 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 14865 000000 4315 5315 55112 15 BEAS 1 70025 PIPE 700 00 18000 000000 5110 SLLS 55117 16 BEAS 1 70025 PIPE 700 00 18000 000000 5115 5120 55212 40 BEAS 1 70025 PIPE 700 00 18000 000000 5210 5215 55217 41 BEAS 1 70025 PIPE 700 00 18000 000000 9215 5220 55312 53 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5210 S315 55317 54 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5315 5110 55412 60 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5220 5415 55417 61 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5415 5120 55511 65 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 25991 585938 5115 5415 55512 67 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 8000 000000 5315 5510 55513 66 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5115 5510 55517 68 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 8000 000000 5510 5415 55518 69 BEAS 1 70020 PIPE 700 00 18750 000000 5510 5215 56110 4 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 6046 5110 6110 56115 17 BEAS 1 70025 PIPE 700 00 36504 281250 5110 6120 56120 10 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 6046 693359 5120 6120 56210 26 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 6046693359 5210 6210 56220 32 BEAS 1 160060 PIPE 1600 00 6046 693359 5220 6220 67110 5 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350 00 9000 000000 6110 7110 67120 11 BEAS 1 135050 PIPE 1350
178. 3 24 Individual Wave datas ccstevscestercen lili INR ARAS lc 2 48 PS AS ON 2 49 2 3 26 Wave spreading function ooooioccionnoonconnnonnconcconocononanonnn non nono nono nono no nn ronn con ron rr n ro nnrran rca nano 2 49 2327 ES AS AT 2 50 2 3 28 Wave direction probability rer eeen r a E A EAE E S 2 51 23 29 A O RN 2 51 23 30 SN CUN Eene ale E E E R RT dee at date ote was add eet eens eee Meee 2 52 2 3 31 Minimum stress concentration factors SCF cccccsccssesssesseceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeceenaeenes 2 53 2 3 32 Global stress concentration factors SCF ccccccescesseessecseeseceeeceseeeseenseceseseeeeaecnaeeneenes 2 53 2 3 33 Local stress concentration factors SCF c cccccessessesteceseceeeeeeeeeeecaeeceseeeeeeeeeeseecaeeneenes 2 54 2 3 34 Parametric stress concentration factors cccccceessessecseceeeceeecescececeseceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeaes 2 56 2 3 35 Mandatory and optional input data ccccccccsccesseeseeeceeseceeeeeeeeesecsseseceeeesseeeseeeeeneeeaes 2 57 USER S GUIDE TO FRAMEWORK esssessseessooesoesssesssecesoossoosssossssesssoessoossoossssesssessossso 3 1 Getting Started Graphical User Interface and Reading a Model 0 0 eceeeeceeceeseeceeeeeeeceeeeseeaeens 3 1 3 1 1 Presenta display of the Model ce eecccsecsecsseeteceseeeseeesecaeceseeeeeeeeeesaecaaeceseeseeeseeeseseaeens 3 7 Howto assign CHORDS aii 3 11 3 2 1 Automatic assignment of CHORD and BRACES oonooncoccconconoconocononanonannon cono nocononor
179. 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 299 PRINT WIND FATIGUE SELECT MEMBERS SELECT JOINTS ALL SELECT WIND DIRECTIONS SELECT EIGENMODES SELECT STATIC LOAD CASES JOINT COORDINATES MEMBER DATA WIND PARAMETERS VORTEX WIND PARAMETERS OFF SN CURVES STRESS CONCENTRATION FACTORS EIGEN VALUES AND EIGENMODES EIGENMODE ELEMENT FORCES STATIC WIND LOAD CASES STATIC ELEMENT FORCES STATIC NODAL POINT WIND LOADS SUM OF STATIC LOADS RUN SCENARIO NO value WIND FATIGUE INPUT ON PURPOSE To print input data for wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS SELECT MEMBERS Select members for print SELECT JOINTS Select joints for print SELECT WIND DIRECTIONS Select wind directions for print SELECT EIGENMODES Select eigenmodes for print SELECT STATIC LOAD CASES Select static load cases for print ALL All members joints wind directions eigenmodes and static load cases are printed Framework SESAM 5 300 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 NO Select individual member joint wind direction eigenmode and static load case for print value Member joint wind direction eigenmode or static load case to be printed JOINT COORDINATES Turn print of joint coordinates ON OFF MEMBER DATA Turn print of member data ON OFF WIND PARAMETERS Turn print of wind parameters ON OFF VORTEX WIND PARAMETERS Turn print of vortex wind parameters ON OFF
180. 3 even if class 4 is indicated in the print Le Aeff and Weff similar to class 3 section properties A and We A reduced yield stress is used in the check to account for torsion stress i e fy fy 31 where t is the shear stress caused by torsion moment Print of results The nomenclature used in the print is as follows Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Condition not in use for this code of practice Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 17 Outcome Outcome message from the code check UsfTot Total usage factor UsfTot UsfAx UsfMy UsfMz UsfAx Usage factor due to axial stress N Acting axial force Ndy Nkdy Axial buckling force capacity about y axis y ky Design bending moment used for bending about y axis dy oment capacity for bending about y axis Ky Effective length factor for bending about y axis Ly Buckling length for bending about y axis Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name EleNum Element number UsfMy Usage factor due to bending about y axis Fy Yield strength Ndz Nkdz Axial buckling force capacity about z axis Z kZ Design bending moment used for bending about z axis dz oment capacity for bending about z axis Kz Effective length factor for bending about z axis Lz Buckling length for bending about z axis Us fMz Usage factor due to bending about z
181. 313 RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECK WIND FATIGUE CHECK run name run text PURPOSE To perform a wind fatigue calculation run PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with the run NOTES When the run command is executed a test of the input is performed All relevant commands related to wind fatigue calculation must have been accessed before the run is being started Otherwise or if input errors have been detected the run is stopped and a message is printed to the screen EXAMPLES RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECK FTOW1 Fatigue check of flare tower Framework 5 314 SELECT SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CODE OF PRACTICE EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE FATIGUE CHECK TYPE JOINTS SELECT LOAD CASE subcommands data LOAD SET MEMBERS MODE SHAPE SET PURPOSE To perform a selection PARAMETERS CODE OF PRACTICE EARTHQUAKE CHECK FATIGUE CHECK TY PE JOINTS LOAD CASE LOAD SET MEMBERS MODE SHAPE SET NOTES To select a code of practice To select the modal combination rule and type of output from an earthquake analysis To select the type of fatigue check To select joints To select load cases To select a load set To select members To select modeshapes To select named sets of joints or members The command SELECT SET will differ between motif mode and line mode execution of
182. 380 0 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 33 SELECT JOINT ONLY 7 8 ASSIGN CAN JOINT CURRENT STB2000 MAT380 0 0 0 0 Assign joint type to be determined from loadpath ASSIGN JOINT TYPE ALL ALL LOADPATH Assign a gap of 50 mm approx 2 inches for all braces at all joints in lieu of more accurate computation ASSIGN JOINT GAP ALL ALL 0 05 To check joint punch data the following command is used PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA ONLY 2 5 7 8 To perform the punch check the following command is used RUN PUNCH CHECK RUN3 Punch check ONLY 2 5 7 8 STATIC Results may be presented as annotations on a display of the model DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN3 WORST LOADCASE MAX USAGE FACTOR 1 0 Results may be printed either on the screen or on a file To direct all output to a file and print in landscape use the following commands S S T PRINT DESTINATION FILE T PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPI a E To print for each joint the brace with the highest usage factor even though only one has been checked use the following command PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN3 WORST LOADCASE ABOVE 7 o Example results obtained from a punch check are shown in Appendix A The notation used in the heading from an AISC API WSD check is shown below NOMENCLATURE Joint Name of
183. 5 WIND 3 30 60 0 10 0 125 WIND 4 30 90 0 10 OZ WIND 5 30 120 0 10 0 125 WIND 6 30 150 1 0 10 0 125 WIND 7 30 180 1 0 10 0 125 Deterministic load calculation C OPT ISEA THEO HEIGHT PERIOD PH10 TO STEP NSTEP SEA fz O SEA Des 9 SEA de 97 SEA 4 Di SEA Os 9 SEA Os 9 SEA Te 9 C Additional data for deterministic load calculation C ISEA BETA WKFC CTNO CBFC CSTR LOAD DLOA WID WIMET SEAOPT Li sts des Ts SEAOPT Lis 2 SEAOPT 3h 3 SEAOPT 4 E 4 SEAOPT De Dis SEAOPT 6 6 SEAOPT T 6 END 3 21 4 Calculation of element forces from wind loading A static analysis by Sestra using the wind loads calculated by Wajac is carried out to calculate the element forces generated by the gust wind loading Sestra reads the Ln FEM and Sn FEM output files from Wajac and the model file Tn FEM Analysis control data for the static Sestra analysis may be as follows COMM Static analysis with superelement 1 Framework SESAM 3 52 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 COMM CHECK ANTP MOLO STIF RTOP LBCK PILE CSING SIGM CMAS 0 1 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 RNA NORSAM LNA FORMATTED CO INAM ETOP ile CO RTRAC PRNT STOR EQUI SEL1 SEL2 SEL3 RETR 3 3 gi 0 O 0 0 0 0 CO ISEL1 ISEL2 ISEL3 RSEL ae 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z By the RNAM LNAM and INAM commands prefixes of the Results Interface File Rn SIN the Loads Interface Fi
184. 5 289 PRINESN CURVE 05055 th is Sots Fact sat EES E S vasa eE EEA E e A AEE E EEE 5 290 PRINTS TRES Septier ani een lid Das a ana dos S ekta 5 291 PRINT SUPERELEMENT suis palenth oft disasalsecoseltivas coabesactuesuashanstdatossdatesneseees 5 292 PRINT SUPPORT REAG TIONS 33 iia n nan R AE E E E E EAA 5 293 PRINEVEBOCIHEY raid A R E E E EE 5 294 PRINT WAVE DIRECTIONS 3na eine E a a E A AE 5 295 PRINT WAVESLOAD FA CTORS e r E aa a a e iii 5 296 PRINT WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION ccc ceeneceeeseeescescesecaesaeeeeseseeaesaeeeeeeseeeagen 5 297 PRINT WAY BS PATIS TICS iii da dit ia talar 5 298 PRINT WIND FA TIG UE ciedad did a a dnde Gans 5 299 A tesscetsesu ues E S S EE E E E E E T 5 302 RUN CONE CHEGK os sicsoosstin orton rinden e lays E aa aTa E AEn tendons 5 303 RUN EAR THQUAKE CHECK neare an aAA EAA AaS A Na 5 304 RUN FATIGUE CHECK sidad dai ai e aira 5 306 RUN HY DROSTATIC CHEGK cocos ida did 5 307 RUN MEMBER CHECK ii Gene E EE EEEE EE R EA AA E RE 5 308 RUN PUNCH CHECK caida idas 5 309 RUN REDESIGN suso tt a E ei A A EAA AS 5 310 RUNSTABILITY CHECK upie E e E E EE Ee EEE NN E EE ENEE E A S 5 311 RUN YIELD CHECK rir a EA T E E 5 312 RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECKRK iiie ai aoho aaa a A a E a ER EAR E RSS 5 313 SELECT T A E E E E 5 314 SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE narinaa pe nedare sakea aeia p hatina Taai aaeei ioan 5 315 SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK lt IXPE sc ccsssisnssaseasosteinaciteitasassteanelensnasiaesunessdveasceuveactespenenta 5 317 SELE
185. 5 CONNECTED TO MEMB EX R 35415 KTK ASSIGN JOINT GAP 35415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 35415 1 oP oP o oO fine the target fatigue life o DEFIN CJ FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIF CJ 20 0 o o Perform fatigue check o RUN FATIGUE CHECK DETFAT DETERMINISTIC FATIGUE ANALYSIS ALL ONLY 33115 33215 33415 35415 o oO Print the results ep Ed ET PRINT DESTINATION FILI ti TJ ep Gl ET PRINT FILE X108B DETFAT ep Gl ET PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAP Gl o PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS DETFAT 7 SELECTED MEMBERS CURRENT FULL ABOVE o T o o o End of fatigue checks o T o Exit FRAMEWORK by command FILE EXIT o Framework SESAM A 34 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A6 Framework journal file for stochastic fatigue oP o X108C This is the FRAMEWORK journal file for a stochastic fatigue o o o Local and parametric SCFs are used o o Only a subset of elements are checked o oP Remember that working units are Newtons and mm oP oP In this example no CAN or STUB sections are used For all calculations o nominal section properties are used o o o o Let us start by opening a Results Inte
186. 9 OO 0 00 OO OOOO 10 0 09 0 0000 00 10 60 x 1 A NNN NN NN NA NN ANN N NAN NM MMMM MMMM r fy I E E ht 72 aa pol 0 O or gt OLOT gt WELD S AROUND THE par DAMAGE RELATIVE lt Chordside points I Side 2 Braceside points lt gt Side 1 lt DASD X X DANAMATANAMNNNANMNARDADAONDOHUMNNH TN ANDONOW omne HMA OEO AAHON NOAOA N M AONAN AN A MAN OH SE mM lt mM lt 1 4 st st dd 0 00 00 00 200 00 00 0 00 O OOO OO 0 0 00 Ou 0 10 0 Oo oO0O0OOOO0OO0OO0OO0OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO0OOoOOoOOoOOoOOoOOoOOoOOoOoOo Oo OVINA S0VO SORIA OOO SOLO DAR aA oo ADA CUODMDADADHNTONAVNANTAHAMNVYMA DHAAHATATA AANA oo mM M lt Y A mM H mM ri LO mmMmoonMnonvoodoMaoVWDT VAD VDVOAqooooormMmovvrowtonovrosd OOrcdcDOR DCCC OR DODO DAO ADA AOR OR OW HOO A T O ONT OAN N TOCCOA NooyFyornno rs towrwrwos Il gt A S A a 14 y 4 4 l TO HMAAMNMN NH DHANMNTAOTDONDYOMNN q 1 NoOoOoODNON ll Corsets ANDMNAADADONNODADANMMHOCNANANAMANO 4 Q pe fo mM lt mM lt do d lt lt 4 A El NO0oo0o0o 0o0o ooo ODO OD 0000070000 ooo noOoOoO0o0 0000000007
187. 9o0NONowm omo o n0o0007y00o0ooooo gq Si Sto 2 loo Sisi Hooo o H om H v v NN NN ae rNOUDKDOC q1 1 w0o noo a Il a Om QYREPDOMGVH HAR nDO Oon YL er ee ee a ee RO O Il p Oe sah et NBT ahs UES TBE ly lea o Vi ONTO es Pag 5 aR aArArANMDMRONNHTHMNADN o v aS in DNA PWD DW WWAF qu N H N 4 ANA AN A H o e La ie 1 1 ON 1 1 4 iq gp Now O d NNSCONDSCDAYMNNNNDOW a ONNDonRCWODCPONHYGwoPCePOoc 2 a T A A A E CO A oO Le Tae E E AE UR T ig A ite NTN ge NMOOTODDOAYNAORNO H Lo do 2000o020Xo0 o2oo N oow O 4 FO tO OO tr aa Do A 0000027 225700 A A el oO n 5 dda iaa E a DONIOO0RNA OD0mM0Oow Y N g ES YNANPODOSIOoOooO q NDAMNAHDANDZDOANNRARAMD E 9 TH onrtroNnooOonNnoo OAD nN ueo o NN 410 A OANA O 8 Hoca NN L AAIODOONAO es ry da O oe Be ate en ee A AS A N to ee Se eae e CPCOH OND DOOCOOCOH SO 5 SGo On H OO AO y e ANa o O oO oN in tO NY st co LO e H El o HU aa pd wH HADANNYNrTRP ONTO OME M A cp N 00 ao o 000Dd0 oa in om a oy HAMNEN DAD RISOUL De EO O e EATS E EE o E YUH 2 NAAA N SAN SILO AN A 4 2 a D HM NAM A En N E lt O y IDOOO0OROO0OOOoOoOooo H l AOoqXZTONLYDOCOMA7DMCOR RS a a o E I Or ee ie ASO Wha ON Oe Tet gery Ae Fl eg E A aA tS XAHAHONOOR 20 2000000 O Vv 2arRooor 1000 D DAAN DMO amo 0 N o0o0o0ooo so fx o GTAONMNADS ON Ho dq fodder A A do H wOoOAHANHNKrEON WIN IN 0 Q E Con onnnotnwornr wDDVoNO gt o ooooo T o oonooooOooooo ooo ooooooooooooo LA O a Te he E a g t 1 tt d 4 TN
188. ABS n CP free corrosion named ABS n FC and in air named ABS n A n curve name DOE in air Curves in air named DOE n n curve name The library SN curves are in the fatigue calculations converted from SI base units to current model units based on the assumption that the Young s modulus of the material corresponds to steel with E 2 1 x 10 N m The user defined SN curve requires the definition of slopes and intersection points A maximum of three slopes and two intersection points may be specified A consistent set of units model units must be used SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 53 The Marshall reduction factor is used to modify the BRACE side SCFs of T Y K KTK KTT joints This factor will only be used if specified by tubular members For more information on this please consult the Framework Theory Manual 10 section 7 2 4 It is possible to incorporate thickness effects in the SN curve by factoring the hotspot stresses Note that the predefined NORSOK DOE ABS and HSE curves have thickness correction as part of their definition For more information on this please consult the Framework Theory Manual 10 section 7 2 6 The definition of SN curve is OPTIONAL for deterministic and stochastic fatigue calculations 2 3 31 Minimum stress concentration factors SCF The MINIMUM SCFs are used for a fatigue analysis if and only if stress concentration factors are calcu lated by the
189. ACTIVE SETTINGS CHORD AND BRACE CODE CHECK RESULTS CODE OF PRACTICE DATABASE HISTORY DEFLECTION DISPLACEMENT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS FATIGUE CHECK TY PE FORCE HYDROSTATIC DATA JOINT LOAD CASE LOAD SET LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS MATERIAL MEMBER MODE SHAPE MODAL MASS RUN SECTION SN CURVE STRESS SUPERELEMENT SUPPORT REACTIONS VELOCITY WAVE DIRECTIONS WAVE LOAD FACTOR WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS WIND FATIGUE subcommands data Framework 5 255 Framework 5 256 PURPOSE To print data and results PARAMETERS ACCELERATION ACTIVE SETTINGS CHORD AND BRACE CODE CHECK RESULTS CODE OF PRACTICE DATABASE HISTORY DEFLECTION DISPLACEMENT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS FATIGUE CHECK TYPE FORCE HYDROSTATIC DATA JOINT LOAD CASE LOAD SET LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS MATERIAL MEMBER MODE SHAPE MODAL MASS RUN SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 To print joint accelerations To print active settings for various option switches To print chord and brace data for selected joints To print results from a code check run To print the current code of practice To print the database history To print th
190. AJAC User Manual respec tively The last two parameters of the WIND command may be omitted if the default wind profile IFORM 0 is applied An arbitrary number of WIND commands may be given A minimum of one WIND command must be given if wind loads are to be evaluated By default the air drag coefficients are assumed to be a known func tion of the Reynolds number Optionally the drag coefficients may be specified as a function of the Rey nolds number by the CDWR command or for specified members by CDWN Information given on CDWN will supersede specifications by CDWR Wind loads are calculated when the deterministic load calculation command SEA is used This is done by connecting each SEA command with one of the WIND commands specified similarly to CRNT To do this one has to use var 2 of SEA given above Only the first two parameters ISEA and THEO are required for wind load calculations The index ISEA refer to additional data specified on the SEAOPT command and THEO identify the wave theory to be used which has the value 9 0 for wind load calculations Framework SESAM 3 50 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Reference to the WIND command is given on SEAOPT command by the WID parameter Relevant param eters for wind load calculations are seastate index ISEA stretching of the wind profile index CSTR load calculation index LOAD wind profile index WID wind load calculation method index WIMET For wind load calculati
191. AR ON but only perform shear check COMBINED ON but only perform the axial bending moment check Stability capacity check This command is used to select how to handle the buckling resistance check The options are ON perform the stability checks default OFF skip the stability checks Classification of cross sections ref EC3 sect 5 3 table 5 3 1 NS sect 12 1 table 7 Framework SESAM B 14 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The cross sections are classified for web and flange at each check position and for each loadcase investi gated When calculating the yield stress ratio e defined by sqrt 235 fy the yield stress fy is converted from current unit into N mm by a factor 2 1 10 E where E is the Young s modulus in current units Classification of cross section for use in the stability check is based on maximum bending moments along the member length However in cases where the bending moment at midspan has opposite sign compared to the maximum bending moment and is larger than 50 of the maximum bending moment the classification based on bending moments at midspan is used For cross sections classified in class 1 and 2 the plastic section modulus is used even if the linear elastic analysis shows that the extreme fibre in the cross section has not reached yielding It is also possibility to lock to elastic section capacity Hence the sections will always be classified in class 3 or 4 This feature is controlled by u
192. AS ECK WD None cJ 1 6 201 206 1 3 2 ON HL FI Framework A 78 A 15 20 DEC 2007 Results from wind fatigue SESAM Program version 3 5 KKKKKK KKKKKK KkKKKKK KKKKKK Kk KKK KKKK KaKKKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKKKKKKK KKK KKKKK KaKKKKKKKKKKKK k k k k xk xk xk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kok AK k k kkkkxkxk kxxk KKKKKKKKKK KKKKKKK KaKKKKKKKK k k k k k k KKKKKKK KKKKKKKKK KKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKK k k k k k k k k k k KR k k k k k k k k k k kk kxk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k KXKXKXKXkKXXkk KKK KKKKK KKKKKKKK KaKKKKKKKK xk k k k k KKKKKK KKKKKK KkKKKKK KKKKKK KK KE k k k k KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FRAMEWORK x Postprocessing of Frame Structures K KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Marketing and Support by DNV Software Program id 325 01 Computer 586 Release date 14 MAR 2008 Impl update Access time 17 MAR 2008 10 12 00 Operating system Win NT 5 1 2600 User id AARN CPU id 1981837519 Installation DNVS OSLDP4242 Copyright DI ET NORSKE VERITAS AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK PRINT OF WIND FATIGUE RESULTS RUN NAME UMCASE RUN DESCRIPTION None RESULTS INTERFACE FILE WDR1 SIN PROGRAM ID RELEAS
193. ASE FULL ABOV 0 0 Example results obtained from a stability check are shown in Appendix A The notation used in the heading from a NORSOK check is shown below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfact ax usage factor of cone and cylinder side fy aterial yield strength Gamma m aterial factor sequSd Equivalent design axial stress within the conical transition Framework SESAM 3 32 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 sacSd Design axial stress at the section within the cone smcSd Design bending stress at the section within the cone fee Local buckling strength of conical transition shSd Design hoop stress due to external hydrostatic pressure Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name Usfcon Usage factor cone side Dj Cylinder diameter at junction Ed Cone wall thickness satSd Design axial stress in tubular section at junction smlcSd Local design bending stress at the tubular side of junction shcSd Design hoop stress due to unbalanced radial line force fcj Characteristic axial local compressive strength shjSd Net design hoop stress Usfcyl Usage factor cylinder side alpha Angle deg between cylinder and cone t Tubular wall thickness smtSd Design bending stress in tubular section a
194. ATION RULE 4 PURPOSE To change the stress point or hotspot assignments to a cross section Hotspot is normally associated with fatigue analysis while stress point is associated with code checking PARAMETERS section name descr CODE CHECK COORDINATES FATIGUE CHECK SHEAR COMBINATION hot X COO y coo COMINATION RULE 1 COMINATION RULE 2 COMINATION RULE 3 COMINATION RULE 4 Name of section to be changed Descriptive text Stress points for code check are to be changed Redefine coordinate of hotspot GENERAL profile only Hotspots for fatigue check are to be changed Define shear stress combination rule to be used GENERAL profile only Selection of stress point or hotspot name s See Figure 2 2 and Figure 2 3 for naming convention X coordinate of hotspot GENERAL profile only Y coordinate of hotspot GENERAL profile only Use combination rule 1 Use combination rule 2 Use combination rule 3 Use combination rule 4 Framework SESAM 5 106 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 NOTES The shear combination rules are described in detail in the Theoretical Manual section 3 6 5 The default combination rule is 1 See also CREATE SECTION PRINT SECTION SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CHANGE SN CURVE SN CURVE sn name data PURPOSE To change the properties of an SN curve PARAMETERS
195. B 20 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Plastic section modulus scaling factor about Z axis 1 for class 1 and 2 We Wp for class 3 Weff Wp for class 4 Plastic section modulus about Z axis Normalised axial force Normalised bending moment about Y axis Normalised bending moment about Z axis Elastic critical moment for lateral torsional buckling non dimentional slenderness for lateral torsional buckling D y for lateral torsional buckling XLr reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling 11 y for lateral torsional buckling k r for lateral torsional buckling non dimentional slenderness about Y axis for buckling about Y axis Xy reduction factor for buckling about Y axis non dimentional slenderness about Z axis Dd for buckling about Z axis Xz reduction factor for buckling about Z axis Equivalent uniform moment factor about Y axis Hy for buckling about Y axis Bending moment correction factor for buckling about Y axis Equivalent uniform moment factor about Y axis u for buckling about Z axis Bending moment correction factor for buckling about Z axis SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 21 B3 Automatic buckling factor calculations This part is currently only available in separate documentation Framework SESAM B 22 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 REFERENCES 1 REFERENCES 1 API Recommended Practise for Planning Designing and Cons
196. BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 907947 5 8 15 4 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 10 206812 8 3 16 16 BEAS 3 I 2 00 5 0000000 3 9 T7 17 BEAS 3 I 2 00 15 000000 9 10 18 18 BEAS 3 T 2 00 5 0000000 10 4 Before activating the Framework program you should provide or locate a SESAM Results Interface file in direct access Norsam format SIN If you have a Results files in Formatted SIF or Unformatted format SIU then use Prepost to establish a SIN file Framework is started from the SESAM Manager by clicking Result Frame FRAMEWORK See also Chapter 4 regarding different ways to start Framework Unix only Establish a new database without using any predefined command input file Framework SESAM 3 4 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Frame Postprocessing x Program used FRAMEWORK Database status New v Input mode Windows v Command input file fone M Cancel Figure 3 2 The Frame Postprocessing start up menu When Framework has started do as explained in step 1 Figure 3 3 i e OPEN the results file and TRANS FER the model superelement data into the Framework model By pushing the button on top of the main window the window will expand to also show available menu alternatives on the right hand side and open a command line input field at the bottom see below Menu selections can then be activated by picking from the right hand side menu or typing directly into the command line input field This way of giving user input may be comb
197. BUCKLIN G CURVE Z BUCKLIN G LENGTH FABRICATION FLOODIN G STATUS KY subcommands data KZ LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION STIFFENER SPACING UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH PURPOSE To assign stability data which are effective primarily for stability check calculations All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail PARAMETERS sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Y BUCKLING CURVE Z BUCKLING LENGTH FABRICATION FLOODING STATUS KY KZ Select members for which to assign stability data For valid al ternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS To assign a Buckling curve for buckling about a member s local y axis in the local z x plane To assign a Buckling curve for buckling about a member s local z axis in the local x y plane To assign the buckling length for buckling about a member s local y and z axes in the local z x and x y planes To assign the method used during fabrication of the member To assign flooding status for tubular members To assign an effective length factor for buckling in a member s local x z plane i e about local y axis To assign an effective length factor for buckling in a member s local x y plane i e about local z axis SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 47 LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR To a
198. CHECK COC DIS COC with displacement spectrum in X direction X ALL CURRENT 8 The results from the analysis are stored as loadcase CQC_DIS To print the resulting member stresses for all members the following command must be issued SE SET PRINT F SE P T PRINT DI RINT STRESS FULL NOR ESTINATION FILE ILE MY FILI T PRINT PAGE LANDSCAPE gt ES AL STRESS ALL CQC DIS 3 14 How to perform a joint redesign Framework has an option for a simple joint redesign computation based on a punch check run The cross section assignments of the CHORD CAN section assignment in the database will be modified A summary of the redesign process is printed on the screen during the redesign run Example RUN REDESIGN PUNCH1 1 0 o 6 sect mat 30 33 36 RESIZE errer SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 41 In this case the run name is PUNCH1 the target usage factor is 1 0 and cross sections 30 33 and 36 will be tried in conjunction with material 1 Note the following The cross section and material assignments to be tested must be given in order of increasing strength Only the RESIZE option is available at a later stage an OPTIMISE option will be considered for implemen tation The lengths of the cans that are assigned to the chord members is an initial guess and must be verified by the user 3 15 How to perform member redesign Framew
199. CK OFF Framework SESAM 5 186 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value PURPOSE To define the factor which multiplied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter PARAMETERS value The unit length multiplier to be used NOTES The unit length factor is used in connection with geometric requirements e g to verify that the tubular to be checked has a wall thickness greater or equal to 6 mm when using NORSOK code of practice The value to be used is the factor which multiplied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter E g if the unit length used is millimetres gt value 1000 0 See also RUN MEMBER CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER UNIT LENGTH FACTOR 1000 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 187 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK ON VON MISES CHECK OFF ONLY PURPOSE To define how the von Mises stress check criteria is handled in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice PARAMETERS ON Include a von Mises stress check at each check position OFF Skip the von Mises check ONLY Do the check based on von Mises check only skip other checks NOTES The von Mises stress check is based on a linear elastic analysis and use of elastic sectio
200. COORDINATE SYSTEM MATERIAL POSITIONS SCF SECTION SN CURVE STABILITY STUB THICKNESS CORRECTION WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY To assign deassign a CAN section to one or more chord mem bers To assign CHORD amp BRACE members at tubular connections To assign earthquake damping functions To assign earthquake response spectra To assign fatigue initial part damage To assign fatigue damage safety factor To assign deterministic wave data To assign joint chord length to be used in parametric SCF cal culations To assign gap at the end of a brace member To assign an overlap at the end of a brace member To assign ring stiffener to the end of a brace To assign joint type at the end of a brace member To assign data related to a loadcase To assign a local coordinate system to selected members To assign a material to selected members To assign code check positions to selected members To assign stress concentration factors to selected members To assign a section to selected members To assign SN curves to selected members To assign stability data to selected members To assign deassign a stub section to one or more braces To assign thickness correction to a SN curve To assign the probability of a wave direction SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 5 WAVE LOAD FACTOR To assign wave load factor DAF to wave direction WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE To assign wave spectrum shape to wave statistics
201. CT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE eccooocnu onconisonconiinncola suo a ea raiar a a A a T a 5 318 SELECT JOINTS ie aanere aE e e a aae aa a a iaa eaaa EE AEAEE SATa 5 319 SELECT EOAD CA SE arni asesinas ria e a AE E E E R 5 322 SEBECTLOADS EL E AE E E a a E bis 5 323 SELECT MEMBERS patien iaa ina a ER EEE OE EA A ENA 5 324 SELECTA MODE SHAPE cuidada id A Ai 5 327 SELECT SE Tri ada ita is 5 328 ORO NN 5 329 SET COMPANY NAME 0 c 2i0 035 donassadeun sidra basset e aeae a A OA ea EES ARAE EEE TEDA i 5 330 SET DISPLAY opion aa a a a a a a E AA E E A SE 5 331 SET DISPLAY CO OUR uta Aces 5 332 SET DISPLAY DESTINATION arininata eaae ae aaia ea Eaa ia a aaea esia aea 5 333 SETDISPLAY DEVICE orse ta ritor a RAEE a a EERO T 5 334 SET DISPLAY WORKSTATION WINDOW oooconccccncccconconononinnconcnnccnconnonnnnnnnnnonncnno nac nn nrnncnnannos 5 335 SET DRAWING aia 5 336 SET DRAWING CHARACTER TYPE orende E ST 5 337 SET DRAWING FONT SIZE is cocida lio dadas reli 5 338 SET DRAWING FONETYPE curras 5 339 SET DRAWING FRAME conri id dt a A E da 5 340 SET DRA WING GRID siii iii andado Lali it S e 5 341 SET GRAPH its da Lata aa 5 342 SET GRAPH LINE OPTIONS vai sscsix sctesetsadnete yodaitn coloco eaae a eos this aaa ea O iaa TEE EER EEEa 5 343 SET GRAPH XAXIS ATTRIBUTES 1 ccc eescesecseeseeeeeesecnecsaeeaseasesecacsaecaesaeeereeaeeaes 5 344 SET GRAPH YAXIS ATTRIBUTES aate aa an a aa E a E ae a PNE NE ENE 5 345 SET PLOT erer aa tas aaa a aTa a aaa aana aae a did 5 346 SE
202. CTION MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION frac PURPOSE Define the fraction of chord can diameter to be used as maximum search distance along chord and aligned chord when merging joints PARAMETERS frac Fraction of section diameter to be used NOTES Default value is 2 0 See also CREATE JOINT EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION 1 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 169 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH length PURPOSE Define the length to be used as minimum free can length when assigning can section in a tubular joint PARAMETERS length Free can length to be used NOTES Default value is 0 0 The can length specifies the minimum free length of the can from the outermost brace weld toe These values must be defined by the user in units consistent with the model length unit See also ASSIGN CAN EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH 0 3 Framework SESAM 5 170 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH length PURPOSE Define the length to be used as minimum free stub length when assigning stub section to braces in a tubular joint PARAMETERS length Free stub length to be used NOTES Default value is 0 0
203. Change Create Delete Define Display Plot Print Aun Select Set View Help HEA Proceed as follows Read a Results Interface File First use FILE OPEN and then FILE TRANSFER Proceed with your task Graphics Device WINDOWS Code of practice API AISC WSD Fatigue check Figure 4 2 The main window Pulldown menus These are pulled down from the items in the main menu They are activated by clicking on an item in the main menu with the left mouse button or by holding the left mouse button down on an item in the main menu Similarly some of the items in a pulldown menu may have a submenu sliding sideways from the parent menu To select an item in a pulldown menu click on it or drag the mouse pointer to the item and release the button Dialog boxes Much of the user interaction will happen through dialog boxes Those items in the pull down menus that have three dots following the item label all open a dialog box when selected The dia log box is described more fully in Section 4 5 Print window After the first Print command has been issued a print window will pop up This is a scrol lable window that contains all the output from the Print command that is directed to the screen The window has a limited buffer so if a single print command generates excessive amounts of print some of it may disappear out of the top of the window The print window may be iconised separately from the main window It is possible to print inside an
204. DCASE Worst load case within run for each member MAX USAGE FACTOR Present only the maximum UF along the member EACH POSITION Present the UF calculated at each check position ABOVE Present usage factors above the given limit BELOW Present usage factors below the given limit BETWEEN Present usage factors between the given limits limit limit limit2 Limit usage factor for display of numerical values on members NOTES For alternative ABOVE and BELOW If the value of usage factor is greater than 1 0 the member will be shown in red colour If it is in between limit and 1 0 it will be yellow otherwise it will be green Default limit is 0 8 for ABOVE and 0 5 for BELOW For alternative BETWEEN If the value of usage factor is greater than limit2 the member will be shown in red colour If it is in between limit and limit2 it will be yellow otherwise it will be green Default limits are 0 5 and 0 8 It is also possible to use more than just three colours when displaying the results See the command DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY Framework SESAM 5 234 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 When EACH POSITION is used in combination with WORST LOADCASE the maximum usage factor at each position searching the investigated loadcases are given For couples of check positions defined closer to each other than 0 05 times the member length only the highest usage factor of the two is reported The EACH POSITION option is not valid when displaying results
205. DD A A DO ee oO EF nds races nds nds ord nds nds ord nds nds ord nds nds ord nds 201 201 201 ele 201 201 20 203 meet me me me me races mee nds nds ord nds nds races nds nds ord nds nds ord nds ord nds nds ord nds nds 203 203 eleme 204 204 20 20 el 20 20 el 2 ele 206 206 ele 301 301 me me me me n n n n n n n n nts a nts 20 30 nd 202 at 101 301 ts and 206 303 ts and 101 102 ts and 202 the ts a 206 ts and 103 101 nd 203 302 OrFRWEFR N 3 1 braces meet at 2 2 2 jo S the joi S S b S S b S S b S S b S i S S b S S b S b S S b S S Ncrv DOE nt within Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOI Ncrv DOI races mee Ncrv DOI Ncrv DOI races mee Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOE nt within E a EB FE E T E Nerv DOE Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE nt within Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE races mee Ncrv DOE Ncrv DOE E H a H a A e H races meet e 4 the at the joint wi TP 3nt Se analysis pl BentCan Sc BentCan Sc the joint w K jnt Sc
206. E PEEDS WIND uN FU E a J 10 pp ol 20 25y 30 10 15 20 25 30 10 LD 20 25 30 10 LOs 20 25s 30 10 15 20 25 30 10 15 20 N al 0 00 OO O 0 00 0 00 0 0 1070 0500 0 OO Or Or O r 0 0 0 0 oOoOoO0DODOOO0OO0OO00O0O0O0O0OOO0O0OO0O0O0OO0O0O0O0O0O0O0O00O00O00O0Oo0o0Oo0oO0OooOo oOoOoO0DOD0DO0OO0OO0OO00O00O00O0O0O0OO0O0O0O0O0O0OO0O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O00O00o00o00o0o00o0oO0ooOo 00 0100 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 0 OV OO OO OO 0 0 070 070 30 301 302 303 205 FOR VORTEX SH WIND PROBABILITY 30 N ol 20 NN WR FP O O U1 O 01 ds F t O O U N o O 100 0 00 O O 0 00 00 O 070 00 0 0 0 O 0 a a o NNUNNDNDNDNDNDt Or Ol OOOO DD O hip ou o oOoOoO0DOO0OO0OO00O00O00O00O0O0O0O0OO0O0O0O0O0OO0O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O0O00O00O00O0oOo0oOo0oO0ooOo Ww Oy O 220 210 110 100 00 00 0 O 0 00 O Or 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 O S 0 000 OO 0 0 E ANALYSIS PLANES EDDING FATIGUI RENCE 0 in limit SESAM Program version 3 5 E 15 E 04 E 04 DRAG COEFF CORRECTION FACTORS 000 900 800 750 700 010 910 810 760 710 020 920 820 770 720 030 930 830 780 730 040 940 840 790 740 050 950 850 800 750 O OOO Ee 10 10 01 00 0 0 R2 0O 00 0 160 10 100 1P 0 0 00 E kg m3 KINEMATIC VISCOSITY OF AIR
207. E COMMENTARY sel mem NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION PURPOSE Option regarding use of the Commentary in NORSOK standard section Comm 6 3 3 Axial compression PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned stiffener spacing For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE COMMENTARY Disregard the commentary part INCLUDE COMMENTARY Use the commentary part Default NOTES According to the NORSOK standard section Comm 6 3 3 Axial compression members with two or more different cross sections can calculate the design compressive resistance Nc Rd as given in equations 12 1 and 12 2 This stability parameter has been introduced to make it possible to switch off using this part of NORSOK i e calculating the characteristic axial compressive strength as given in NORSOK section 6 3 3 using the characteristic local buckling strength corresponding to the cross section defined at each code check position See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ALL NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION EXCLUDE COMMENTARY Framework SESAM 5 62 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem STIFFENER SPACING LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS Lh sel mem STIFFENER SPACING PURPOSE To assign the stiffener spacing to selected members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned stiffener spacing For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS
208. E DATE FRAMEWORK 3 5 01 14 MAR 2008 KKKKKKKKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KK KKKKKKKKKKK KK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK RUN SCENARIO ANALYSIS CASE MULTI BRACE FATIGUE CHECK FIRST WIND DIRECTION 1 LAST WIND DIRECTION 6 FIRST NODE CHECKED 201 LAST NODE CHECKED 303 FIRST ANALYSIS PLANE 1 LAST ANALYSIS PLANE 3 NUMBER OF EIGENMODES 2 SHOW PROGRESS OF EXECUTION ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 79 WIND LOAD MODELLING WIND LOAD TYPE WIND BUFFETING AND VORTEX SHEDDING WIND BAND EFFECT BROAD AND NARROW WIND PROFILE API WIND PROFILE TYPE READ FROM SIN FILE GUST COMPONENTS CONSIDERED ALL ALONG ACROSS WIND COMPONENTS WIND SPECTRA ALONG TO WIND DIRECTION DAVENPORT ACROSS TO WIND DIRECTION PANOFSKY LATERAL PANOFSKY VERTICAL INPUT DATA PARAMETERS READ FROM SIN FILE WATER DEPTH WD 10 0 Z COORDINATE OF MUDLINE ZMUD 10 0 Z COORDINATE OF STILL WATER LEVEL GROUND 0 0 ZO ZMUD WD WIND DIRECTIONS RELATIVE TO GLOBAL X AXIS DIR ANGLE 1 0 0 2 30 0 3 60 0 4 90 0 5 120 0 6 150 0 MEAN WIND VELOCITY 30 0 MEAN WIND VELOCITY LEVEL 10 0 HEIGHT EXPONENT API WIND PRO
209. E DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES lowdeff updeff nstep PURPOSE To define default lower and upper bound end fixities of all members and the number of fixity steps The data are of relevance only when vortex shedding induced fatigue damage calculation is to be executed PARAMETERS lowdeff Lower bound fixity Range of valid value 0 0 to 1 0 Default 0 3 updeff Upper bound fixity Range of valid value 0 0 to 1 0 Default 0 3 nsteps Number of fixity values to be investigated including the lower and upper bound values Range of valid value 1 to 5 Default 1 EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES 0 2 0 8 5 Framework 5 228 DELETE SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 MATERIAL SECTION CODE CHECK RESULTS FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION name DELETE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS SN CURVE RING STIFFENER select WIND FATIGUE PURPOSE To delete data from database PARAMETERS MATERIAL SECTION CODE CHECK RESULTS FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS SN CURVE RING STIFFENER The command will delete a material from the database The command will delete a section from the database The command will delete a code check run from
210. ECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EXAMPLES RUN HYDROSTATIC CHECK HYDROCHK Check all members ALL ALL Framework SESAM 5 308 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RUN MEMBER CHECK MEMBER CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a member combined yield and stability check according to the pre selected code of practice The member check is available for codes of practice NORSOK API AISC WSD and LRFD and EUROCODE NS3472 release 3 PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel mem Members to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEM BERS sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES For API AISC WSD and LRFD this MEMBER CHECK will run the three check types yield stability and hydrostatic in sequence and report the governing usage factor UF The outcome column on the print will indicate which case that is governing by showing Yld Stab or Hydr For utilisations above 1 0 the three first characters in the outcome column shows Fa to indicate failure With this combined check used on API AISC the heading on the print of results must show different type of data dependent of governing check and member cross section type Hence note that numbers set to zero nor mally means that data is not calculated or not in use for governing check t
211. EIGENMODES ALL ELECT STATIC LOAD CASES ALL OINT COORDINATES ON ER DATA OFF 7 Z FU C E El Z FU c E El Z FU C E El Z FU C E El Z rot c Ej ES tU 7 Z U C AWC SEUNHRNHANYN PRINT WIND FATIGU NPUT WIND PARAMETERS OFF PRINT WIND FATIGU NPUT VORTEX WIND PARAMETERS OFF PRINT WIND FATIGU N CURVES ON PRINT WIND FATIGU NPUT STRESS CONCENTRATION FACTORS OFF PRINT WIND FATIGU NPUT EIGENVALUES AND EIGENMODES ON PRINT WIND FATIGU NPUT EIGENMODE ELEMENT FORCES OFF Zz U C qJ n bf El D 3 PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PIC WIND LOAD CASES ON TIC ELEMENT FORCES OFF STATIC NODAL POINT WIND LOADS OFF SUM OF STATIC WIND LOADS OFF RUN SCENARIO ON ea Zz U C qJ u qJ D 3 AA to Hut EE 7 Wg da 500005040400 d d a A a d d d a a a d Er EA tA A ee e E ee e a Z U pa 3 Z FU C E El RUN WIND FATIGUE command Execution of the wind fatigue analysis is initiated by RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECK A check of the input is performed before the analysis is started All relevant input data groups related to wind fatigue items of the ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE CREATE WIND FATIGUE and DEFINE WIND FATIGUE commands SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 59
212. EL FACTORS DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS fact ONLY fact 1 1 fact ij fact ndir nspd PURPOSE To defines drag coefficient correction factors associated with specified wind speeds and wind directions These are factors applied to the member drag coefficients for each associated wind speed PARAMETERS EQUAL FACTORS The drag coefficient correction factors are equal for all wind speeds and all wind directions fact Drag coefficient correction factor VARIABEL FACTORS The drag coefficient correction factors vary with wind speed and for wind direction ONLY Mandatory attribute Mandatory parentheses fact i j Drag coefficient correction factor associated with wind speed j in wind direction 1 nspd factors must be repeated ndir times where nspd is the number of wind speeds and ndir is the number of wind directions that is requested NOTES The load attracted by any member at any wind speed is based on the reference loads for the reference wind profiles defined in Wajac Essentially Member load due to current wind speed _ Current wind speed at member Member load in Wajac Wajac wind speed at member However to take account of variations in drag coefficients with changing Reynolds number a drag coeffi cient correction factor for the whole structure at the wind speed is introduced This does not accurately por tray the drag coefficient of an
213. ENTATION STRESS COMPONENTS ACTIVE SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTION SUPPORT REACTION PURPOSE To define global parameters to be used in connection with print of support reactions PARAMETERS SUMMARY ON OFF COMPONENT FX FY FZ MX MY MZ SEARCH SUMMARY ON OFF COMPONENT FX FY FZ MX MY MZ SEARCH ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM PHASE ANGLE Alternatives regarding summary option MAX ALL Switch on the summary option Framework 5 209 Switch off the summary option Default option Select force bending moment component to scan Force in X direction Default option Force in Y direction Force in Z direction Moment about X axis Moment about Y axis Moment about Z axis Define search alternative Framework SESAM 5 210 DEC Programmversion 3 5 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM Search for absolute maximum value of selected component Default option MAXIMUM Search for maximum value of selected component MINIMUM Search for minimum value of selected component PHASE ANGLE How to handle print of forces for complex load cases MAX Print for max response only Default option ALL Print for all predefined report phase angles The phase angles are defined through DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE NOTES When used in connection with PRINT S
214. ERS SECTION CAPACITY CHECK option DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK option Unit length factor The unit length factor is used in connection with geometric properties for automatic determination of buck ling curves The code check is based on the SI unit Meter The value to be used is the factor which multi plied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter E g if the unit length used is millimetres gt value 1000 0 Material factor Defines the material factor partial safety factor yy1 Ymo defined in the standards Note that the default value is 1 15 due to other available code checks in Framework and hence the following command should normally be used DEFINE CONSTANTS MATERIAL FACTOR 1 10 von Mises check ref NS sect 12 2 2 This command is used to select how the von Mises stress check criteria is handled The options are ON include a von Mises stress check at each check position default OFF skip the von Mises check ONLY do the check based on von Mises check only skip other checks The von Mises stress check is based on a linear elastic analysis and use of elastic section modulus Section capacity check This command is used to select how to handle the resistance of cross section checks The options are ON perform shear check and the axial bending moment check default OFF skip the section capacity checks SHE
215. EXAMPLES PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES ONLY 2 ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 279 PRINT JOINT REACTION FORCES BRIEF GLOBAL REACTION FORCES sel jnt sel lcs FULL LOCAL TOTAL XO YO IZO Xx Yx Zx Xz Yz Zz PURPOSE To print a table of joint reaction forces Forces and moments for two node beam elements and two node spring elements connected to selected joints are included PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS sel lcs Load cases for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SE LECT LOAD CASE BRIEF The BRIEF table contain sum of forces for each joint and loadcase in addition to the Total sum FULL The FULL table contain the forces from each member in the common coordinate system in addition to the contents of the BRIEF table TOTAL In the TOTAL sum table moments around the axes of the common coordinate sys tem is accumulated from each contributing joint GLOBAL Use the GLOBAL coordinate system as reference system when printing reaction forces LOCAL Use a user defined LOCAL coordinate systems reference system when printing re action forces XO YO ZO Coordinate for origin in local coordinate system Xx Yx Zx A vector in the local coordinate system pointing in global X direction Xz Yz Zz A vector in the local
216. FILE 125 GUST FACTOR API WIND PROFILE 1 0 ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY g 9 81 UNIT LENGTH ADJUSTMENT FACTOR 9 81 g 1 0 DIRECT INPUT PARAMETERS DAMAGE CALCULATION OF BENT CAN JOINTS ON COHERENCE FUNCTION CONSTANT 8 0 GENERAL COHERENCE FUNCTION Cx Cy Cz ALONG DIR 0 0 8 0 8 0 GENERAL COHERENCE FUNCTION Cx Cy Cz LATERAL DIR 0 0 6 0 6 0 GENERAL COHERENCE FUNCTION Cx Cy Cz VERTICAL DIR 0 0 6 0 6 0 CURRENT COHERENCE FUNCTION GUSTO GROUND ROUGNESS COEFFICIENT 1 5E 02 TURBULENCE LENGTH SCALE DAVENPORT SPEC 1200 0 TURBULENCE LENGTH SCALE HARRIS SPECTRUM 1800 0 DEFAULT SN CURVE DOE T MINIMUM PARAMETRIC SCFS ZO Zo 230 DEFAULT GLOBAL SCFS 1 0 1 0 1 0 DEFAULT SCF SCHEME EFTHYMIOU New default overrules previously assigned SCFs DAMPING RATIO 1 0E 02 CHORD LENGTH DIAMETER RATIO L D 30 0 Framework A 80 ANGULAR TOLERANC 20 DEC 2007 E ANALYSIS PLANES DEG LIMIT FOR PRINTING DAMAGE VALU MIN WIND FORCE LIMIT VALUE ON COHERENCE EFFEC NO COHERENCE NUMBER OF WIN DIR WIN NO SPEE zZ O DVD 0o00o00o0odm0an 10 UU ds PRP ds BPWWWWWNHNNNNNE FF FE Ns WNFOBRWNERFOBPWBNHRP UO BPWNPF OB WBNHEF OB WN E NODES DEFINING THI 101 102 103 201 Ss 0 N E INPUT PARAMET ES USED RELATIVE DS D D 203 205 201 203 ERS DENSITY OF AI R TO MAX m PRR PR ooo 1 0 FULL COH
217. FORMED rel fac CUBIC SHAPE loadcase phase angle OVERLAY ABSOLUTE abs fac LINEAR PURPOSE Present deformed shape plot PARAMETERS DEFORMED Only the deformed shape is shown OVERLAY Both the original shape and the deformed shape is shown load case Load case selected rel fac Relative scale factor multiplied with computed default ABSOLUTE Absolute scale factor follows abs fac Absolute scale factor multiplied with absolute force moment values phase angle Phase angle for the selected load case The value used has no effect on static qua si static load cases CUBIC with cubic shape functions LINEAR Display shape with linear shape functions NOTES The use of an ABSOLUTE scale factor should be done after the default value is known is printed as A fac tor at the top of a display EXAMPLES DISPLAY SHAPE DEFORMED 1 0 0 1 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 245 DISPLAY SN CURVE SN CURVE name PURPOSE Present one or more SN curves PARAMETERS name Name of SN curves selected NOTES The SN curves will always be shown in log log scale The library curves use the units Newton and meter and should only be displayed together with user defined curves having the same units EXAMPLES DISPLAY SN CURVE DNV X Framework SESAM 5 246 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DISPLAY STABILITY BUCKLING LENGTH Y BUCKLING LENGTH Z BUCKLING FACTOR Y STABI
218. GN LOAD CASE STATIC CONDITION STORM 3 5 3 The loads for deterministic fatigue analysis The loads applied to the jacket model shown in Figure 3 4 are deterministic wave loads calculated by the hydrodynamic SESAM program Wajac 11 In Wajac the following data were specified Water depth 25 0 m sea water density 1025 Kg m Normal drag coefficient 1 0 Inertia coefficient 2 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 The waves considered are shown in Table 3 2 Table 3 2 Height m Period s Direction deg 4 0 8 0 0 0 3 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 8 0 45 0 5 0 7 0 45 0 6 0 9 0 90 0 5 0 8 0 90 0 4 0 7 0 90 0 3 0 6 0 90 0 2 0 5 0 90 0 3 5 4 The loads for stochastic fatigue analysis Framework 3 25 The loads applied to the jacket model shown in Figure 3 4 are stochastic wave loads calculated by the hydrodynamic SESAM program Wajac 11 A statistical linearisation for the drag forces was deployed using a JONSWAP wave spectrum In Wajac the following data were specified Water depth 25 0m Sea water density 1025 Kg m Normal drag coefficient 1 0 Inertia coefficient 2 0 Wave spectrum JONSWAP with Hs 7 0 and Tz 8 0 sec Wave directions 0 45 and 90 degrees with respect to the global X axis The wave periods considered are shown in Table 3 3 Table 3 3 Period s Frequency rad sec 6 28 1 000 13 34 0 471 20 40 0 308 Framework SESAM
219. GOG a G OG a OG OO LO x Go tte Og ROE ag Dee he A a hase Sou wet tal Agee ey et cert O AN yes hee a TO o00o0o00000020000000000000000 I E El oO S Y NNA HOCONTOAATN 300x300 31000100305 xn 2 ae NMNDSCOHHFOG ANG DCONMNDOANAANOHO o o H LO a m a a Ln G S A Ln HOoOmntA AROANO0YI4100O0OO UNO Yo YAY aL O A A A IS GS doe RON A A gt x El fH O Onan mr GO Onn YT TMA mMN TOATADET VORP CL OD o oO o 1 oo HONNO ONNYO tor a e SF st o a g v aod H ar H 58 L A 0O0ANO0OO0O00O0 14414400 0541480719 gt c400707ee0 1 010 a a a 1 A E O E E e A O O GR A l NMMNOOCONNDOTNDOhMPOANOMHANMNOHAUML A fy H oe e o o o O SS dod H H mA El H E E MO OO O O OOO Lc CCAP PAP eCeae Ceo eo v El l Z m ooo ooooo 000002000000000 a Zl A fa Q ql fay aa a i 4 ce ONTARIO NO NO GOAN OSCSOMANALWNMOM a l v g OM WL Ww SN SHS oO nun OHOH LO ont oO SN o o m p ni O A a o O oo S E Hl 4 o ba bai dad Z n Il A Q H ay MOD DADADqD DODA DOO YWHCPCWDDHDATDTDVGCOMTO YO ES I o oO Gey oh tage A eek E ee re ee at O E OR E tes tee ok aie ql 0051203133229 9410 1N 000 400mo ZI 9O H oO o ONNO ONNO2 OS CO wy oO O o Ll m E dd 1 1 dq 1 od 1 w Z Hoot y THN OCC HHA N1007 704914010 06c lt 4004104001L 1 O ee N O ETA A A o A A A A te Men oes r Gl la MMOOONHNNDAOTNDDOFPOANOMNAMNDHAUWUMNL E zZ O ooo o o o oO MS dod ad H a x El aa S l E E nooo oocoooo 00000 00 0 0 L00 00 pal cae E v SOGO OO O ona O Oa O O G OO OOOO O O ODLO O A nl Q Z I
220. GUE SAFETY FACTOR _ safac DEFAULT FABRICATION TOLERANCE fabtol AXIAL MINIMUM SCF SCFax min IN PLANE MINIMUM SCF SCFipb min COSES OUT OF PLANE MINIMUM SCFopb min AXIAL GLOBAL SCF SCFax glo IN PLANE GLOBAL SCF SCFipb glo OUT OF PLANE GLOBAL SCFopb glo IN PLANE FACTOR FACinp OUT OF PLANE FACTOR FACopb MARSHALL REDUCTION qrmin GLOBAL FATIGUE PART DAMAGE damage ACCUMULATE FATIGUE RUN run name PURPOSE Define global constants used when doing a fatigue analysis PARAMETERS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE year FATIGUE EXPOSURE TIME duration DEFAULT SN CURVE sn Curve DEFAULT FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR Target fatigue life in years see note below Number of years default value 20 0 Fatigue exposure time see note below Give duration default 1 Default SN curve assigned to all members Must be issued pri or to the FILE TRANSFER command Curve name default DNV X Fatigue safety design factor Must be issued prior to the FILE TRANSFER command SESAM Program version 3 5 safac DEFAULT FABRICATION TOLERANCE fabtol AXIAL MINIMUM SCF SCFax min IN PLANE MINIMUM SCF SCFipb min OUT OF PLANE MINIMUM SCFopb min AXIAL GLOBAL SCF SCFax glo IN PLANE GLOBAL SCF SCFipb glo OUT OF PLANE GLOBAL SCFopb glo IN PLANE FACTOR FACinp OUT OF PLANE FACTOR FACopb MARSHALL REDUCTION qrmin GLOBAL FATIGUE PART DAMAGE damage Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 151 Give the fatigue safety des
221. HANDOTAO o 2 A COR Ce SP OR E E O Re escent eyes ae H CDDNDTHODODHOHNHOMONDOD A Ue Sed ee We ee Od a fod dd YANN AAA AAA ANN A o SEE ONO OY CONOS Os a g2 DEPESOMNDADOGHDM TAANANGCOTARO gt A A E A e Y A er Tove ao a O RV a or e 28 NOO0ONNANR Oo0Oo oO 4 o gt o 5 SONH DG NOMHAMNANROWUR O E T jhe Pel Foren te do ae NO Ee g n o0oooo ArrFrwanranroaorwod a O dodo H y LO ALO SS A O g ReRRMNNOMNTHOCORMNMDOHNNR E El e E A O O S E SN la O owo tIMOn ANADO NOON Nng todd Bet AG boos eo Sy SA SCN tot E E H E N AE z NOEGDDOPOSVDODNNNDCCODNQNOR O E Oh SS SS Se a 0000050000000 TANTS AN al y o LO A 19 AA O ON NO a NCADMDMNRONDMNNAAHDONUOR Ri a E E Eo QU oe a es a a ae E d DIN DODNDANATHTAIMOW WON OM o d MYrMHAHMOMS 1M NO H 2 ea ea SGOnnde td AdAananntna E l O CGO M 0 00 10 00 O Se a 4 YOYOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoOOom rr El E NEC EI A A E E A o uu0D0O0Oo0oOo0Oo0Oo0Oo0o0ooooo aa oooooo oo D ooo0o000000000L oe MIO SOS Ir Or OO A DODOO 9 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 00 N i b o A aa e SS A SS SR A e eet T OAN IO LO sts st OS SEO st Q moooeooNCan Y Y Y Y Y SS LN LO LO 10 NA T Pe SFTS SRR bebe RN SS es el E E E E ES El a ie E a E g A AAAA o NDNONODr WOOHODDNADAAHDAONrFOCO O Le O rl CONN ASADA ACDONOHNWTAN O N NS AaNOMOMDNONOYATO SS 4 moARrPNNDWAHYMAMNANAN TAA aOWOMr H SAA SO SE OM EY ORO gq CONMMNMAEFNTFMNODNDOHD OCHO AAP AONNNONA ft A l Ar ATA AV AS AAA NANA A AO O SH op El y g 2 NUHA 1 za o GE sam DESE z
222. IGN STUB JOINT 100 STUB100 MAT1 1 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 67 ASSIGN STUB NONE NONE joint brace PURPOSE To remove a STUB section from a specific joint PARAMETERS joint brace NOTES See also Name of joint where a STUB section is to be removed Name of brace for which to remove the STUB section Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS ASSIGN STUB JOINT ASSIGN STUB BRACE ASSIGN CHORD PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASSIGN STUB NONE 2000 Framework SESAM 5 68 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION NONE THICKNESS CORRECTION name STANDARD T CURVE tref ARBITRARY tref tcut texp PURPOSE To assign thickness correction to a SN curve PARAMETERS name SN curve name NONE No thickness correction applies STANDARD T CURVE Standard T curve tcut tref texp 0 25 The reference thick ness may e g be 0 032 metres but must be given in current con sistent units ARBITRARY User specifies all the parameters used in the thickness correc tion formula tref Reference thickness for which the SN curve is valid without correction tcut Cut off thickness If the actual thickness is smaller the cut off thickness is applied in the formula below texp Exponent
223. IGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURR 4 18 4 18 2 61 5 81 JOINT SCF READ CURR 25593 2693 2 39 35 13 CURRENT E Z El E Z El EMBERS OINTS INCLUDE EXCLUDE 205 CURRENT EMBERS zj ES El Q ZE ZOGOGQ CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE CROWN SADDLE SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE IND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURR EXCLUDE T3 E Z El 6 99 6 99 3 30 8 41 JOINT SCF READ CURR 5 66 5 66 2 85 6 33 CURRENT E Z J SELECT MEMBERS CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGU CROWN SADDLE SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE EXCLUDE 14 JOINT SCF READ CURR 8 08 11 53 3 30 8 26 JOINT SCF READ CURR 4 18 8 98 2 85 6 22 CURRENT E Z J CJ E Z J SELECT MEMBERS CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE INCLUDE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE 20 JOINT SCF READ CURR 3 69 34 09 2 09 9 20 JOINT SCF READ CURR E Z 3 J E Z El CROWN SADDLE 2 54 2 54 3 34 3 91 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 206 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 9 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE CROWN SADDLE SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDI 4 32 4 32 2 67 5 92 JOINT SCF READ CURRENT 2 062 262 2236 3220 CURRENT
224. IGUE DUMP Framework 5 153 FILE NAME name available when deterministic HOTSPOT STRESS RANGE status DAMAGE PER DIRECTION status DAMAGE PER HOTSPOT status STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION status available when stochastic FATIGUE DUMP HOTSPOT STRESS TRANSFER FUNCTION status MOMENTS OF RESPONSE SPECTRUM status DAMAGE PER SEASTATE status DAMAGE PER DIRECTION status DAMAGE PER HOTSPOT status EXCEEDENCE PROBABILITY status nlev STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION status nlev PURPOSE To define if and which intermediate results from fatigue damage calculations that shall be written to separate file PARAMETERS FILE NAME name HOTSPOT STRESS RANGE DAMAGE PER DIRECTION DAMAGE PER HOTSPOT STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION HOTSPOT STRESS TRANSFER FUNCTION MOMENTS OF RESPONSE SPECTRUM DAMAGE PER SEASTATE Define dump file name The file name to be used Default file name is FRAMEWORK Print of hot spot stress range Print of damage per wave direction Print of damage per hotspot checked Print of stress range distributions Print the hot spot stress transfer functions Print the moments of response spectrum Print damage per seastate Framework SESAM 5 154 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 EXCEEDENCE PROBABILITY Print the probability of exceedance of hot spot stress levels status Print status ON OFF nlev Number of levels fo
225. ION FIL l PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAP J X108A API Y CJ FU RINT CODE CHECK RESULTS API Y WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 7 T T Stability check Assign effective length factors Ky amp Kz Use Ky 0 8 ll Oy Use Kz ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KY 0 8 ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KZ 1 6 Moment amplification factors will be used according to API equation b ASSIGN STABILITY ALL MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR API B If you want to s some member stability data then issue the following command PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA lt select members gt Code check all L members for stability RUN STABILITY CHECK API S API Stability for all members ALL ALL SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 25 Ao o o o file Ao SET PRINT o FILI PRINT CODE CH Framework Print results for the worst loadcase for each member which exceeds a usage factor of 0 7 Print the stability check results on a diffferent E X108A API S ECK RESULTS API S WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 7 7 o o Punching shear check o o o oP o o by FRAMI o o oP command o oO T All BRACE members at all joints will be checked At this stage CHORD amp BRACES have been automatically been determined EWORK If you want to see some joint punch data then issue the followin
226. IONS Instruct the program to assign options for print of hotspot stresses and stress spectrum data Framework 5 78 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING VORTEX SHEDDING BROAD AND NARROW WIND TYPE NARROW WIND BUFFETING AND VORTEX SHEDDING BROAD PURPOSE To assign wind load type to be used in evaluation of wind fatigue damage PARAMETERS WIND BUFFETING VORTEX SHEDDING WIND BUFFETING AND VORTEX SHEDDING BROAD AND NARROW NARROW Calculate the fatigue damage for gust induced wind buffeting default Calculate the fatigue damage for vortex shedding induced wind effects The wind band effect parameter controls the con sideration of the vortex shedding induced ampli tudes of vibration Calculate the fatigue damage for gust induced wind buffeting and vortex shedding induced wind effects Consider vortex shedding induced fatigue damage to be caused by a combination of broad and nar row wind band effects For each wind speed used in the damage evalua tion the vibration amplitude will be calculated for both broad and narrow wind band effects The larger of the two amplitudes will be used in the damage calculation Any normal component of the wind that causes a narrow band response will cause a flag to be printed showing that this has oc curred Consider the fatigue damage to solely be caused by a narrow wind band ef
227. IS2 DISCRETIZED COS 2 Assign the wave spreading function EADING FUNCTION SCATTER DIS2 ALL trum for all seastates ER PIERSON MOSKOWITZ ALL Assign scatter diagrams for each of the main wave directions Framework SESAM A 36 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Ao ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS LOOP SSS Dir Name 45 SCATT Gl 0 SCATTI Gl 45 SCATTE 90 SCATTI El YA N N Xx DBD 135 SCATTI CJ o Assign the probability of ocurrence for each of the main wave directions ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY LOOP SSS Dir Prob 45 0 0 0 0 9 45 0 0 90 0 1 135 0 0 END Ao oP oP oP Create a modified SN curve Ao CREATE SN CURVI J USE X USER User defined X test curve 4 1 34 0 8 301 HORISONTAL TAIL o o o T Assign SN CURVE for element 33115 oP ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33115 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33115 USE X T T Assign LOCAL SCF s for elements 33115 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 ONLY 3110 NON SYMMETRIC 66 Hot Ax Ipb Opb ee 00 0 00 1 00 4 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 00 1 00 0 00 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 13 1 00 0 00 1 00 16 0 00 0 00 0 00 19 00 1 00 0 00 22 0 00 0 00 0 00 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 ONLY 3120 NON SYMMETRIC 66 Hot Ax Ipb Opb 1 00 0 00 1 00 4 0 00
228. ITH SLOPE slope MANUAL delta Signifies that SCFs shall be defined at a member Members where SCF definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Select fatigue check positions to which the SCFs shall be applied See command ASSIGN POSITION sel mem FATIGUE CHECK regarding defining positions A descriptive text The user specifies that butt weld SCF shall be applied formulae according to NORSOK The user specifies butt weld with fabricated slope See NORSOK figure C 2 11 DNV RP C203 figure 3 8 Slope to be used default 4 for slope 4 1 The user specifies butt weld with manually given length and eccentricity See NORSOK figure C 2 12 DNV RP C203 figure 3 9 Eccentricity delta value to be used default 0 0 Framework 5 40 length CONE TRANSITION OUTSIDE INSIDE MAXIMUM area location GLOBAL LOCAL UNIFORM BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC NON SYMMETRIC scf_ax scf _ipb scf opb scf axc scf axs hot NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Length L over which eccentricity is distributed default 0 0 The user specifies that SCF at conical transition shall be applied formulae accord ing to NORSOK DNV RP C203 To calculate SCF on the outside To calculate SCF on the inside To use maximum value of inside and outside SCFs Area Ar of ring stiffener without effective shell default 0 0 Distance delta from intersection line
229. ITY CHECK COMBINED SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 185 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK ON STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK OFF AUTO PURPOSE To define how the buckling check criteria is handled in connection with the EJROCODE NS3472 code of practice PARAMETERS ON Include the buckling check Default setting OFF Skip the buckling check AUTO When set to AUTOmatic the code check will automatically skip the lateral buck ling capacity check and axial buckling capacity check for beams having small slen derness values See notes NOTES When the DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK is set to ONLY the settings for the above switch is neglected When set to AUTOmatic the code check will automatically skip the lateral buckling capacity check and axial buckling capacity check for beams having small slenderness values The axial compression buckling check is omitted when the non dimensional slenderness for both local y and z axes are less than 0 2 The lateral buckling check is omitted when the non dimensional slenderness for lateral buckling is less than 0 4 See also RUN MEMBER CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS SECTION CAPACITY CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER STABILITY CAPACITY CHE
230. K 3nt Se the joint w K 3nt Se K jnt Sc the joint w K jnt Sc K jnt Sc the joint w T Jnt Sc analysis pl BentCan Sc BentCan Sc the joint w K jnt Sc K jnt Sc analysis pl BentCan Sc BentCan Sc the joint w K 3nt Se K jnt Sc the joint w Te Sanit Se the joint w K jnt Se K jnt Sc the joint w K jnt Sc K 3nt Se hhh YM FH Rth FH Ph Fh Ph Ph Ph Fh DS Fy FH 0D FH Fh P Fh H h h P Hi FH Hi Fh Fh P thin RD N N thin RD RD thin RD RD thin RD RD thin RD m m e thin RD RD ne BE BEN thi RD RD thin RD thin RD RD thin EFT EFT D the analysis plane evaluated as T joint LOCAL 8 09 4418 3 32 2685 LL55 9 05 No chord Connection treated as Bent Can TCAN 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 TCAN 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 the analysis plane K joint tried LOCAL 295 S66 de dd 285 6295 5 66 LOCAL 3 48 2265 22 16 3 30 32578 22 65 the analysis plane K joint tried LOCAL 4 21 2 56 2 64 2 38 4 21 2 56 LOCAL 4 21 2 56 2 64 2 38 4 21 2 56 the analysis plane K joint tried LOCAL 6297 5 660 3 31 2 89 1697 3 06 LOCAL SEUL 22 60 ILLAS 9 8 32 B22 GO the analysis plane evaluated as T joint LOCAL 3 00 3 00 4 24 4 24 3 00 3 00 No chord Connection treated as Bent Can TCAN 520 0 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 0 0 9 00 TCAN 9 00 3000 S200 00 01 53100 09 00 the ana
231. KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK xk xk xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KKK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK xk xk kk xk xk xk XK x k xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK kK xk xk xk xk xk xk KKK KK KK KK kxk KKK KK xk xk xk xk KK i Postprocessing of Frame Structures AR xk xk xk xk AS AS Marketing and Support by DNV Sesam Program id 2 8 01 Computer 52586 Release date 28 MAR 2001 Impl update E Access time 28 MAR 2001 15 02 06 Operating system Win NT 4 0 1381 User id FRMW CPU id 1053416358 Installation DNVS OSLPCN20 Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS SESAM AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE DETFAT JACKET WAVE LOADS Run Superelement Loadset DETERMINISTIC fatigue check results Priority Selected Members Usage factor Above 0 00 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Damage Accumulated damage Life Fatigue life WeldSide Side o
232. Kuang Wordsworth which in some cases may differ from joint classifications and SCF values generated by the wind fatigue module If the parametric SCFs are less than the minimum parametric SCF values see com mand DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS the minimum values are applied By the Read Local and Read Global options command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF the user may override selected SCF values assigned by Framework or enter all SCFs values No minimum SCF val SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 23 ues are applied to these options However a message is printed to the Dlagnostics file if SCFs are zero Default global SCFs are entered by the command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS The default parametric SCF scheme see command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS are applied to all joint brace connections which have no assigned SCFs Default SCF schemes are Efthymiou and Lloyd s Register Bent can SCFs are assigned by the command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF No parametric SCF schemes are applied for bent cans Bent cans which have no user assigned SCFs take the default global SCF values No minimum SCF values are applied to bent cans Distribution of the HSSs around the weld is found on basis of the SCFs under loading produced by a mean wind state static loading When a tower is subject to wind buffeting 1 e dynamic eddy loading the maxi mum HSS at a joint for each mode of response is assumed to occur in the same pla
233. L 7550 HPGL 7470 WINDOWS PRINTER CGM BINARY FORMAT PURPOSE To set the type of plot file format to be used in subsequent PLOT commands PARAMETERS SESAM NEUTRAL SESAM Neutral format This is the default format POSTSCRIPT PostScript format PostScript is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Note that this requires access to a printer that accepts PostScript files HPGL 7550 HP 7550 plotter file format HPGL 2 HP GL 2 plotter file format WINDOWS PRINTER Send plot directly to the default printer defined in Windows CGM BINARY CGM binary plot file format NOTES The actual list of available devices depend on the installation Some but not necessarily all may be availa ble SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 349 SET PLOT FILE FILE prefix name PURPOSE To set the prefix and name of the plot file to be used in subsequent PLOT commands Previous plot file if any will be closed PARAMETERS prefix Prefix of the plot file name Name of the plot file Framework 5 350 20 DEC 2007 SET PLOT PAGE SIZE Al A2 PAGE SIZE A3 A4 AS PURPOSE Set the size of the plot written to the plot file PARAMETERS Al A2 A3 A4 A5 Paper size NOTES Default size is A4 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 SET PRINT Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 351 DESTINATION FILE
234. LD gt D DASD X X lt Side 1 Chordside points gt lt Side 2 Braceside points E ENNE 1 2 1 2 E S DAMAGE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 206 101 32 1 80 65 1 7388E 00 26 5 100 0 0 0 30 2 26 5 100 0 0 0 30 2 14 3 975 0 0 1 5 14 3 SERS 201 206 3 5 1 80 80 1 6729E 00 90 4 16 0 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 0 0 16 2 22 4 3 8 0 0 4 6 25 1 4 5 203 202 15 1 80 80 1 6145E 00 90 0 15 9 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 0 0 16 1 22 2 308 0 0 4 6 25 0 4 5 205 204 2 5 1 80 80 1 5729E 00 90 4 15 9 0 0 18 7 100 0 18 6 OO 1642 222 63 3 8 0 0 4 6 24 9 4 5 204 102 2 8 1 80 65 1 5492E 00 31 4 35 8 0 0 100 0 31 4 35 8 04 0 TOO0 2700 29 0 0 9 4 17 0 2 9 205 206 3 11 80 80 1 5267E 00 100 0 18 8 0 0 14 3 82 3 14 9 0 0 18 4 24 9 4 5 0 0 3 5 20 2 3 201 202 1 1 1 80 80 1 5236E 00 100 0 18 8 0 0 14 2 81 9 14 7 0 0 18 3 25 0 4 5 0 0 35a 20 2 36 A Ww H gt D H e H H DANANNNAINENAHFPWNHKROWONTCWOO OW O COCO OOO OC OOO OC OOOO OC OOOO OCC OOo NOONVNO0OOOO0OrPO0O0O _ 00000000000000o0o0o0o SS O JRP00 pa OWBP OO 00 J Hs YY N OOO UY YH lO W l l vV O 0 o 0 0 O0 oO 00 00 00 ds Hs BO O O U1 FPO WWW FE 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 20 WOWrF OArFPWA WENN qq 103 102 101 303 201 103 301 203 30 301 302 103 204 Ww 1 80 1 80 L 80 1 80 L 80 1 80 1 80 1 80 1 80 L 65 NOrRPWNnhNRRRPWWWwoeH er Dd POoaAOOAAaArFrRrRE DNF AO A ds 80 80
235. LENGTH WATER PLANE PURPOSE To define data necessary for a hydrostatic collapse check PARAMETERS GRAVITY Define acceleration due to gravity WATER DEPTH Define water depth WATER DENSITY Define sea water density WAVE HEIGHT Define wave height WAVE LENGTH Define wave length WATER PLANE Define orientation of water plane All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 160 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA GRAVITY GRAVITY g PURPOSE To define the acceleration due to gravity PARAMETERS g Acceleration due to gravity NOTES Default value is 9 81 m s To be upward compatible with future versions of the program it is recommended to use the DEFINE CON STANTS GRAVITY command See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA GRAVITY 32 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DEPTH WATER DEPTH depth PURPOSE To define the water depth PARAMETERS depth Water depth NOTES Default value is 0 See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DEPTH 100 0 5 161 Framework 5 162 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DENSITY WATER DENSITY rho PURPOSE To define the water density PARAME
236. LIFIED ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 205 DEFINE PRESENTATION RESULT JOINT REACTION PHASE ANGLE value MAXCOMP PRINT MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT OFF TOTAL ALL PRINT MEMBER RESULT SELECTED RESULT ALL POSITIONS PRINT MEMBER SUMMARY MAX PER ELEMENT OFF ON PRINT ELEMENT NUMBER OFF JOINTWISE SUPPORT REACTIONS LOADCASEWISE PURPOSE To define global parameters to be used in connection with analyses check results presentation PARAMETERS JOINT REACTION PHASE ANGLE Specify the phase to be used when printing joint reactions for complex results value Phase angle in degrees PRINT MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT Print alternatives when printing joint displacements MAXCOMP The maximum displacement rotation in each direction will be printed independent of loadcase The text MAXCOMP will be printed instead of the loadcase name TOTAL Print the displacements for the loadcase giving maximum dis placement OFF Use the default presentation PRINT MEMBER RESULT Print options in connection with print of results from member code check ALL To print results for all members checked when using the print alternative MEMBERS AND WORST LOADCASE Framework SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 5 206 SELECTED PRINT MEMBER SUMMARY ALL POSITIONS MAX PER ELEMENT PRINT ELEMENT NUMBER ON OFF SUPPORT REACTIONS JOINTWISE LOADCASEWI
237. LITY status BUCKLING FACTOR Z BUCKLING CURVE Y BUCKLING CURVE Z PURPOSE Turns display of labels showing buckling parameters on off PARAMETERS BUCKLING LENGTH Y Label the assigned buckling length about local y axis BUCKLING LENGTH Z Label the assigned buckling length about local z axis BUCKLING FACTOR Y Label the assigned buckling factor about local y axis BUCKLING FACTOR Z Label the assigned buckling factor about local z axis BUCKLING CURVE Y Label the assigned buckling curve about local y axis BUCKLING CURVE Z Label the assigned buckling curve about local z axis status Turn label ON or OFF NOTES Not more than two parameters can be switched on simultaneously EXAMPLES DISPLAY STABILITY BUCKLING LENGTH Y ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DISPLAY SUPERELEMENT SUPERELEMENT PURPOSE Displays the finite element model for the current superelement PARAMETERS None NOTES See also PRINT SUPERELEMENT EXAMPLES DISPLAY SUPERELEMENT 5 247 Framework SESAM 5 248 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 FILE OPEN TRANSFER INTERROGATE EXIT FILE PURPOSE To open a Results Interface File transfer the geometry of a superelement to the Framework database or to exit the program PARAMETERS OPEN To open a Results Interface File TRANSFER To transfe
238. MEMBERS EXCLUDE ALL SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 10 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 8 09 11 55 3 31 8 32 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 4 18 9 205 2 285 6 2 7 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 15 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 6 95 6 95 3 31 8 55 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 5 66 5 66 2 85 6 44 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 21 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 3 78 3 78 2 16 5 41 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 2 65 2 65 3 30 4 08 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 202 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 4 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 4 21 4 21 2 64 5 86 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 2 56 2 56 2 38 3 16 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 4 21 4 21 2 64 5 86 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 2 56 2 56 2 38 3 16 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 203 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 11 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 6 97 6 97 3 31 8 49 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT CROWN SADDLE 5 66 5 66 2 85 6 39 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 12 ASSIGN WIND
239. METERS joint Name of joint that will be assigned the CAN section sec name Name of CAN section Note that this must be a tubular section mat name Material name to be assigned to the CAN section cho len Length of CAN section on the CHORD member alg len Length of CAN section on the ALIGNED CHORD member give 0 0 if none AUTOMATIC Calculate automatically in accordance with the guidelines for joint design as given in API NPD NORSOK NOTES The CHORD and ALIGNED member CAN lengths are used for material take off and for code checks if checking more than 3 positions along the member default is only both ends and mid point The given length must be less or equal to half the element length See also ASSIGN CAN NONE ASSIGN CAN CHORD DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASSIGN CAN JOINT 100 CAN100 MAT1 AUTOMATIC 1 2 Framework SESAM 5 8 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN CAN CHORD can len CHORD joint chord sec name mat name AUTOMATIC PURPOSE To assign a CAN section at a specific end of a CHORD member PARAMETERS joint Name of joint identifying the CHORD end where the CAN section shall be as signed chord CHORD or ALIGNED CHORD member name to be assigned the CAN section sec name Name of CAN section Note that this must be a tubular section mat name Material name to be assigned to the CAN section can len Leng
240. METERS pick from Pick using mouse or cross hair a point on the screen to define the from position pick_to Pick using mouse or cross hair a point on the screen to define the to position NOTES See also DISPLAY VIEW ZOOM VIEW FRAME Framework SESAM 5 362 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 VIEW POSITION POSITION x model y model z model PURPOSE Define the view angles by specifying a point in space The imaginary line from this point towards the origin of the model s coordinate system defines the direction of the user s observation Note that this command is independent of any previously entered rotations and can therefore be used to reset the viewing direction PARAMETERS x model x coordinate in the model s coordinate system y model y coordinate in the model s coordinate system z model y coordinate in the model s coordinate system NOTES See also DISPLAY VIEW ROTATE VIEW FRAME SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 363 VIEW ROTATE TO angle x angle y angle z UP angle x screen DOWN angle x screen LEFT angle y screen ROTATE RIGHT angle y screen CLOCKWISE angle z screen X AXIS angle x model Y AXIS angle y model Z AXIS angle z model PURPOSE Rotate view by specifying rotation angles Note that this command operates in two basic modes screen mode and sp
241. N m The yield strength of each material may be changed Some preprocessors e g Genie writes the material yield stress to the material definition card MISOSEL on the SESAM Interface File When the material yield stress is available Framework will use this information 2 3 3 Material constant The material constant accounts for material deficiencies The yield stresses is reduced by dividing by this constant By default this is set to 1 15 The material constant applies to the NPD NS3472 NORSOK and EUROCODE NS3472 code checks 2 3 4 CHORD and ALIGNED members CHORD members in Framework are assigned at joints with several tubular members Once a CHORD member is assigned at a joint then all other tubular members except the ALIGNED member connected to that joint will be considered as BRACE members the exception to this is when a LOCAL CHORD assign ment is used see later Note that no command exists in Framework to explicitly define BRACE members A BRACE member is always identified by its corresponding CHORD It is possible that a member is a CHORD at one end while a BRACE at the other or a CHORD at both ends or a BRACE at both ends CHORD and ALIGNED members at a joint are automatically determined by the program and may also be explicitly defined by the user The use of CHORD and ALIGNED members is only applicable for tubular members If both tubular and non tubular members are connected at a joint then all non tubular members will be d
242. NANO SN OMM MD AN AOD DYTDNAADTHDONODMNMNO HAD OFMNNTHOAHADNMNNCHOMNL WH A TOHAMOYOMONMNTFHWYOTODOAM d do Y An DPDOOMAOFPHANTOANNOTO T ONMAONMNNDMNDOMNANDAM SO odJdo0oonxno roooooooo OR 404000 H1O0ORPIOOwo0o DN SS NN NN CTANRPODNNOH DN FAHOHO O OOonrnvoorntynrnMnOWVOH WD GHrtTNNOAMNNWOMTAM n DILO MOMIAS H y O Y N Ca H p nwo dws wo No al NOTTOOMNHMNAMNDAAME MM a DO NoOR AIR wW0OO 0 0 oo 71M S M0OoLDNSNooOLDOH O KH Aia 0200300010 10000 lt P Oo oO T N NAN H IAN A ANN NAN O Nora NA Dow ooN ll oO H dw DONOADAPODDADR MOH l A TIN DHNWOFTNDONDDCC AD yr V NMNTHANONRNONAODMA Y a S 4140 Y AHA Ar Y DANooHd OAOA ooo Y NN N N 5 o OF a doo H 0 pur HE y COOH CONTA DOANDOCAORNO M NOSOS2NAANO0NDo0 o ios oo0omo71 oooooooj o ma e eare E Ee E C EEE ECES oo o TN tO lt 00 buey TS deo al ES al ANMNMAMNAN DMD ADATADHD OFM As NO QaoPONNMNDOAR yp DOQQ yO A a Taso ee tae hg Ja age E oat Vie aS Z A O Pee Saa e a A a he DANRONq 0ONNnanio mn 5 uv SA 47 RON GS YOoTQ AM YN aN Q aw A AA30m ast atNA TON yodo Y x AQCgopnTADEONDCOA GAOT R A ue ee O ten T A eee ON T E Dm OS t M4 TO Hs LO N Y HNS o N 4 N d st Y x mM k AN INN NANNAN H ATOAN O SUN qv aa ented hr ODO 2 FN DMN GA CS A Wee Ni Se Be se Pee a gee flat ta nae ca ig ON a htc oe Ge ae e mowt9r mM oaNWFTANTOCONTNM Day YY o O OMNnR WoO on Y ni dad Ny NAAN POE Iua Uda AN Pou a WM ax gt amoOnd COOMA DAH OTOH HI El Lo 7 lt 2o ooN
243. NL where prefix is the user defined print file prefix Use command SET PRINT FILE prefix name 3 18 How to create a hidden surface display Display the model with a hidden surface plot requires X windows screen or PostScript hardcopy device DISPLAY MEMBER DISPLAY PRESENTATION HIDDEN 1 0 Framework SESAM 3 44 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The output from this command looks as shown below SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 G 28 MAR 2004 14 55 Mode L DEMO Selected Members SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 45 3 19 How to create a deformed shape display Display the deformed shape for load combination STATIC DISPLAY SHAPE OVERLAY STATIC 1 0 0 0 LINEAR The output from this command looks as shown below SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 G 1 28 MAR 2004 14 55 Mode L DEMO Shape Over lay Loadcase STATIC A Factor 7 924E 03 Framework SESAM 3 46 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 3 20 How to create a force moment diagram display Diagrams of member forces moments may be displayed for load cases or load combinations created in Framework Display the bending moment MY for load combination STATIC DISPLAY DIAGRAM STATIC MY 1 0 The output from this command looks as shown below SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 G 1 28 MAR 2001 44 55 Mode L DEMO Loadcase STATIC Diagram MY A Factor 3 082E G5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 47 3 21
244. NT CODE CHECK RESULTS RUNO1 MEMBER AND WORST LOADCASE SUMMARY ABOVE 0 5 Framework SESAM 5 264 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT CODE OF PRACTICE CODE OF PRACTICE PURPOSE To print the current code of practice which will be used when a yield stability punch or hydrostatic check run is performed PARAMETERS None NOTES See also SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EXAMPLES PRINT CODE OF PRACTICE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 265 PRINT DEFLECTION CODE CHECK POSITIONS TOTAL GLOBAL DEFLECTION RIGID at EVEN DISTRIBUTED number LOCAL RELATIVE sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To calculate and print member deflections for selected members and loadcases The deflections are basically the same as the nodal displacements but seen from the perspective of the members rather than the nodes TOTAL deflection is found by quadratic interpolation between the end joint displacements RIGID deflection constitute a straight line between the displaced end joints i e no bending stresses e RELATIVE deflection is the deformation yielding the bending stresses PARAMETERS CODE CHECK POSITIONS EVEN DISTRIBUTED number TOTAL RIGID RELATIVE GLOBAL LOCAL sel mem sel lcs The deflections in the code check positions are printed The deflections in a number of eve
245. NTS or Framework SESAM B 16 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH value where value length of member between points with lateral restraint adjusted for end rotation The correction factor C factor depending on the loading is given by ASSIGN STABILITY LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR AUTO or ASSIGN STABILITY LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR value where value Cl to be used The C factor calculated when using the AUTO option is C 1 88 1 40y 0 52y which assumes a lin ear moment distribution along the member The following limitations occur in the current implementation regarding elastic critical moment for lateral torsional buckling e Itis k L that is given through ASSIGN STABILITY UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH hence no fixity fork support is assumed at both ends and no special provision is made for end warping fix ity hence k k 1 0 e Also Z Zj 0 0 is assumed i e C2 and C3 not used Please note the following e Channel profiles are only calculated as class 3 sections e General profiles are only calculated as class 3 sections e For box profiles a reduced yield stress is used in the check to account for torsion stress i e fy fy 312 05 where t is the shear stress caused by torsion moment based on average shear flow in section e Pipe tubular profiles are calculated according to class
246. Number of joint brace assignments 10 Number of joints with aligned members 0 Number of joints with no assignments 2 Transferring Structural Concepts Please Wait No Member Concepts Transferred No Cones Transferred No Stubs Transferred No Cans Transferred No Pile Concepts Transferred Transferring Named Sets Please Wait No Sets Transferred Transfer of Superelement Geometry Completed Your current superelement is DEMO Transferring Loadcases Please wait Number of Loadcases Transferred 3 You may NOT perform a fatigue analysis Fatigue check type is set to NONE Your current Lloadset AS se toais 6 ew wei eos STATIC LOADS IMPORTANT INFORMATION Each material transferred has been assigned a default yield Therefore you may find the following two commands very useful PRINT MATERIAL PROPERTY The means all materials CHANGE MATERIAL PROPERTY lt mat name gt YIELD STRENGTH CJ For other defaults use PRINT MEMBER amp PRINT JOINT commands SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 7 Framework reads any member concept information defined on the Results Interface File and creates the member definitions when establishing the Framework model file Definitions of can stub and conical mem ber segments are also read from the Results Interface File The member concept definitio
247. ON UNSTIFFENED SADDLE SCF OVERRULE ON AXIAL USE MAXIMUM E PARAMETRIC SCF on CHORD BRACE SEPARATE a OFF INFLUENCE FUNCTION METHOD B C default PURPOSE To define how to calculate parametric SCFs and SCF ratios for ring stiffeners regarding limitation given in the formulas Framework 5 192 PARAMETERS LIMITATION METHOD SCF ACTUAL LIMITS MAXIMUM RING STIFFENER GEOMETRY NEGLECT RING STIFFENER PARAMETER ACTIVE BRACE FOOTPRINT value UNSTIFFENED SADDLE SCF ON OVERRULE AXIAL USE MAXIMUM OFF CHORD BRACE SEPARATE CHORD AXIAL CROWN value CHORD AXIAL SADDLE CHORD IPB CROWN SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 How to handle SCF calculation regarding geometric limita tions Calculate based on actual geometry and neglect limits Calculate based on limits when outside limits Calculate both alternatives and use maximum values default How to handle SCF ratio calculation regarding geometric limi tations in ring stiffeners Ring stiffeners neglected will give SCFs as ifno ring stiffeners had been assigned How to handle SCF ratio calculation regarding limitations in the chord and ring parameters i e the Riau K2 Ky and Imoq ra tios Brace footprint length percentage to be used when calculating ring separation Value in percentage to be used default value is 80 How to handle the Lloyd s Register recommendation regarding ring stiffening joints
248. OTES A member will as default have two FATIGUE CHECK positions at each member end denominated CHORD SIDE and BRACE SIDE They are both required when using parametric SCFs for brace mem bers The position names will also include the relative position along member axis i e the four default posi tions will be named CHORD SIDE 0 0000 BRACE SIDE 0 0000 BRACE SIDE 1 0000 CHORD SIDE 1 0000 The use of ABSOLUTE coordinates must only be applied to members of same length The true position names referred to in the ASSIGN SCF MEMBER and ASSIGN FATIGE PART DAM AGE MEMBER commands are merged based on the segment and absolute or relative coordinates given Example segment P1 and coord 0 3 gives the position name P1 0 3000 Absolute position coordinates are translated to relative coordinates when used in the position name Use the command PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS to list the actual position names When more than one position is given alternatives RELATIVE and ABSOLUTE the positions must be enclosed in parentheses as shown in example below See also PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS EXAMPLES ASSIGN POSITIONS ALL FATIGUE CHECK RELATIVE ONLY END1 0 0 MID 0 5 END2 1 0 ASSIGN POSITIONS ALL FATIGUE CHECK OPTIONS ON ON ON ON OFF OFF SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 35 ASSIGN SCF JOINT MEMBER SCF PURPOSE To assign SCFs S
249. PIPE ONLY Split only for members with pipe section NOTES These switches must be set prior to the FILE OPEN and FILE TRANSFER commands are executed When a beam is split each part will be given name suffix _1 2 and so on example BM121 slit into two beams gt BM121_1 and BM121 2 Note that the name is limited to 8 characters If the created name has more than 8 characters the member will be given the name Mxxxx where xxxx is the element number to the first element being part of the member Chords must be split at structural joints if incoming braces are going to be checked for punching shear capacity or fatigue damage when using parametric SCF s When a beam is split no buckling parameters will be read from the results file and hence not assigned to these members EXAMPLES DEFINE BEAM SPLIT STRUCTURE ALL JOINTS DEFINE BEAM SPLIT SECTION PIPE ONLY SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 145 DEFINE BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP ON OFF BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP PURPOSE To define if intermediate results from the automatic buckling factor calculations shall be written to separate file This switch is also used in connection with information about web and flange classification when per forming code check according to API AISC LRDF PARAMETERS ON Activate this feature OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES Automatic buckling factor calculations For each
250. PO EP 6 Oh FOE OS Oe YOR Oe FOS OSA EO FS IO Vn Os PO O O O O Du O Oe O Sai 1 97 CO 7 Cay O TOD MO O OY COMO te ye o 2 oe O OO OL O 110 OO O O O O O O O o DMO MMM HD AH O OO O 0 0 o 0 o I I I HN MDM MDH MMM 0 0 oOo Oo O O OO OOO OO OT OT OT 0 OTD OT OT TD OT i OT OT i TT DD Oo Oo O o OO OC O Oo OT OO OT 0 0 TD OD TD OTD OO i OD i TD DD Dt DS N o Oo Oo O Oo oo Oo ooo OO OT OT OT 0 OTD OT OT TD OO i 0 i TD TD TD ooOoo CO 1D GO EO OO CO 1 0 1 Oe 1D SO CO OO 1 00 Qe DO 0 10 VO 0 SO NO O OD GE O Do 10 O VO 0 gt VD O OD 10 OD O O O CO SRA De O O O MO 01 10 EG De SOS O 2O O ODO O Qe CO 10 O O 2 O 0 00 OU O 00 0 2007010 ED LE DO O aqi OO OO O CO O OD Or sO O 0 000 000 0 0 0 RR o S qo LO 10 N N N N o o Oo ON NNN o OOOO RS RR Y Y Y TMH NM NAN NAN AN o co NNN NNN NN NN AN AN N l I I I I I I I I oOo lt O O OOO OOO oO oOoOo0o OTD OT OD OT OT OTD OO i OO i DD R Dt DS A o oO O N a O aa OO OT OT OT 0 TD OT OT OT OT i OT i TD OT TD TD DO Di CO 1D O Oe 0 8 HOO Y O a 01 O 140 O YD OO O o oO OO O OOOO ooo ooo OT TD OT OT OT OT i OT i OT i OT ooo o oo lt O Oo OO O a a A OT OTD OT oo OTD OT OD i OO i TD Dt Dt DS oOo Oo Oo O OoOoO0 oO OOOO OT OOOO OT OT OT OO i OO i TD TD TD TD oo o Oo Oo CO Oo OoOooCOooCOo0o OT OT OT i 0 OT OT OT OT OO i OT i OT i TD TD TD oo oOo oOoOo oo ooooooooo oo oo o oO o
251. PRINT PAGE HEIGHT PAGE ORIENTATION SCREEN HEIGHT subcommands data PURPOSE To set print characteristics PARAMETERS DESTINATION FILE PAGE HEIGHT PAGE ORIENTATION SCREEN HEIGHT Set the print destination to screen or print file Set the prefix and name of the print file Set the number of lines between page breaks for the print file Set the page orientation for the print file Set number of lines in one screen page All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 352 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET PRINT DESTINATION SCREEN DESTINATION FILE CSV FILE PURPOSE To set the print destination to screen or print file ordinary text file or comma separated values file PARAMETERS SCREEN Direct print to the screen FILE Direct print to the print file CSV FILE Direct print to the comma separated values print file NOTES The CSV FILE option gives the same print as the FILE destination option but a semicolon is inserted as delimiter between each column in the print table The print will contain the print introduction page and page break inclusive table nomenclature at top of each print table It is therefore recommended to print each wanted data table to separate files and remove additional information above the table prior to e g importing the table data into Microsoft Excel Th
252. Panofsky v and Panofsky w wind spectra are used for the three directions respectively A maximum of six wind directions may be considered in a fatigue analysis Fatigue damage results are reported for each individual wind direction and for the added sum of damage for all wind directions One line of print is produced for each brace end of the joints considered in the analysis Damages are reported for the eight inspection points around the chord brace intersection see Figure 5 5 at the chord and brace sides of the intersection If vortex shedding induced fatigue is investigated damage is also calculated for the point of maximum curvature along a member and reported as member centre damage Buffeting and vortex shedding induced damages are reported separately and by sum The wind buffeting fatigue calculation is very time consuming The calculation process includes integra tions of the wind spectra which contain loops over the square of the number of translational degrees of free dom in the structure These loops are again inner loops of loops over the number of wind directions wind speeds joints analysis planes braces hotspots wind spectra wind states static load cases and eigenmodes The execution time increases rapidly with the size of the model and the number of joints wind directions eigenmodes and analysis planes included in the fatigue run Care should therefore be taken in specifying too many joints wind directions analysis pla
253. Program version 3 5 DPTH 43500 CRNT 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 CRNT 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20000 1 0 1 0 CRNT 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60000 Sa 1 0 SEA 50 2307500 1545 60 0 5 0 24 0 0 END WAJAC TITL DETERMINISTC FATIGUE ANALYSIS TITL TUTORIAL EXAMPLE FOR A 4 LEG JACKET MODE I BA CONS 142 9806 6 1 025E 9 HYDR COEF 0 100000 T40 2 0 LOAD DPTH 43500 SEA 1 1 4000 8 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 0 0 SEA 1 1 3000 5 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 0 0 SEA 1 1 6000 8 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 45 0 SEA 5000 7 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 45 0 SEA 1 1 6000 9 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 90 0 SEA 1 1 5000 8 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 90 0 SEA 1 1 4000 7 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 90 0 SEA 1 1 3000 6 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 90 0 SEA 1 1 2000 5 0 0 0 0 0 45 0 8 0 90 0 END WAJAC TITL SPECTRAL FATIGUE ANALYSIS TITL TUTORIAL EXAMPLE FOR A 4 LEG JACKET MODE diss To CONS 1 0 9806 6 1 025E 9 HYDR COEF 0 100000 0 7 2 0 LOAD DETH 43500 SEAFRQ 2 45 SESAM Framework Program versi n 3 5 DEC gt OAA SEAFRO 2 0 SEAFRO 2 45 SEAFRO 2 90 SEAFRO 2 135 FRO 4 FRO 2 0 3 0 5 0 12 5 AMP 500 1000 2300 8500 END A3 Sestra data file Sestra data file for the analysis of the design wave Results file name is DESR1 SIU CMAS 0 ITOP 1 RETR 3 RNAM DES Z Sestra data file for the analysis of the deterministic
254. QUX 20 DEC 2007 Check X direction X ALL ALL Framework 5 305 Framework SESAM 5 306 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RUN FATIGUE CHECK FATIGUE CHECK run name run text ALL sel mem PURPOSE To perform a member fatigue check according to the pre selected type i e deterministic or stochastic PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run ALL Wave directions to be checked sel mem Member to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS NOTES See also PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS EXAMPLES RUN FATIGUE CHECK RUNFAT1 Check member 1009 ALL 1009 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 307 RUN HYDROSTATIC CHECK HYDROSTATIC CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a member hydrostatic check according to the pre selected code of practice PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel mem Members to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBER sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES The hydrostatic check is only relevant for tubular members checked according to API AISC WSD and API AISC LRFD See also PRINT CODE CH
255. REATE WAVE STATISTICS EXAMPLES ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS 0 SCATTERA Framework 5 76 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND SPECTRUM COHERENCE MODEL SN CURVE JOINT SCF BENT CAN SCF VORTEX DIMENSION VORTEX FIXITY RUN SCENARIO STRESS PRINT OPTIONS PURPOSE To assign data for wind fatigue calculation All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail PARAMETERS WIND TYPE WIND SPECTRUM COHERENCE MODEL SN CURVE JOINT SCF BENT CAN SCF VORTEX DIMENSION VORTEX FIXITY RUN SCENARIO Instruct the program to assign a wind load type Instruct the program to assign a wind spectrum Instruct the program to assign a wind coherence model Instruct the program to assign SN curves to joint brace connec tions and bent can joints Instruct the program to assign stress concentration factors to the joints Instruct the program to assign stress concentration factors to bent can joints Instruct the program to assign length diameter and thickness of members for use in vortex shedding calculations Instruct the program to assign member end fixity values to be used in vortex shedding calculations Instruct the program to assign run parameters for wind fatigue calculations SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 77 STRESS PRINT OPT
256. RROW Framework 5 80 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND SPECTRUM WIND SPECTRUM DAVENPORT HARRIS ON ON OFF OFF NPD PURPOSE To assign wind spectra for the wind fatigue analysis In mean wind direction one of the three spectra must be selected Harris Davenport or NPD The Panofsky spectra are applied for wind gust components lateral across and vertical across to the mean wind direction Wind gust components in the across directions may selected to be included or not in the fatigue analysis PARAMETERS HARRIS DAVENPORT NPD ON OFF ON OFF EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FA1 ASSIGN WIND FA IGUE IGUE ASSIGN WIND FA1 IGUE Apply the Harris wind spectrum for gust components in mean wind direction Apply the Davenport wind spectrum for gust components in mean wind direction Default Apply the NPD Norwegian Petroleum Directorate wind spectrum for gust com ponents in mean wind direction In Ref 24 Clause 2 3 4 the NPD spectrum is called the Fr ya wind spectrum Turn wind gust components lateral across to the mean wind direction ON OFF Panofsky lateral spectrum is applied when turned on Turn wind gust components vertical across to the mean wind direction ON OFF Panofsky vertical spectrum is applied when turned on WIND SPECTRUM HARRIS ON ON WIND SPECTRUM DAVENPORT ON ON WIND SPECTRUM NPD OFF ON
257. S name Section name text Text associated with section BOX Section is of a box profile hz Height of section bt Width of section tf Flange thickness tw Web thickness NOTES Framework 5 127 It is possible to tag automatically modify the box shaped cross sections that shall use design wall thickness 0 93 times the nominal wall thickness This is required in AISC LRFD for profiles manufactured accord ing to ASTM A500 To set this tag the section description text must start with ASTM HSS The nominal thicknesses shall be given as input When this option is used the cross section geometry and stiffness prop erties are automatically updated Hence the new values will always be used e g when printing section geometry printing section stiffness properties printing stresses and calculating usage factors also for other codes of practice than AISC LRFD If the section wall thickness has been modified in the preprocessor modelling tool or manually modified in Framework do not use this feature See also ASSIGN Sl PRINT S ECTION ECTION EXAMPLES CREAT E S ECT CREAT E S TION BX400100 hz 400 bt 100 BOX 0 4 0 1 0 025 0 025 ECI TION HSSBOX ASTM HSS example BOX 300 200 10 10 Framework 5 128 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SECTION name text BAR name text BAR hz bt bb PURPOSE To create a section with a massive bar pr
258. S AXIAL GLOBAL SCF 5 0 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE GLOBAL SCF 5 0 Framework SESAM 3 38 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE GLOBAL 5 0 where a value of 5 0 is assigned for the SCFs associated with axial stresses and in plane and out of plane bending stresses To perform a stochastic fatigue analysis calculating the fatigue damage for one year the following com mand is used DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE 1 0 RUN FATIGUE CHECK STOFAT STOCHASTIC FATIGUE ANALYSIS ALL ONLY 8 11 12 15 16 To print the results for the members checked with a usage factor of 0 03 or greater the following command is used PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS STOFAT SELECTED MEMBERS CURRENT FULL ABOVE 0 03 The results obtained from the stochastic fatigue analysis are shown in Appendix A The notation used for the output is explained below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Damage Accumulated damage Life Fatigue life WeldSid Side of weld Hot Hotspot stress point with maximum damage SCFrule Method used for SCF calculation SCFax SCF for axial force SCFipb SCF for in plane bending SCFopb SCF for out of plane bending SNcurve SN curve nam
259. SE NOTES To limit the print to current selected members when using the print alternative MEMBERS AND WORST LOADCASE Print options in connection with print of results from member code check currently through member check only To print the maximum utilisation at each code check position for selected members and load cases combinations I e utili sation from different load cases will be printed for the different positions To print the maximum utilisation among the code check posi tions within each elements being part of a member The posi tion element with the highest utilisation factor is printed first Add element numbers to the print from code check according to API AISC and old NPD NS3472 and fatigue check Switch ON or OFF default is OFF Switch used in connection with print of support reactions The support reactions shall be sorted by joint The support reactions shall be sorted by loadcase incl print of loadsum for each loadcase This is the default setting The PRINT MEMBER RESULT definition will effect the outcome of the PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS command when using the print alternative MEMBERS AND WORST LOADCASE The PRINT MEMBER SUMMARY definition will effect the outcome of the PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS command when using the print alternative SELECTED MEMBERS AND LOADCASES The PRINT ELEMENT NUMBER adds element numbers to the print from code check according to API AISC and old NPD NS347
260. SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 81 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE MODEL GENERAL COHERENCE MODEL GUSTO NPD PURPOSE To assign wind coherence model for the wind fatigue analysis PARAMETERS GENERAL Apply the GENERAL coherence model for the wind fatigue analysis GUSTO Apply the GUSTO coherence model for the wind fatigue analysis NPD Apply the NPD coherence model for the wind fatigue analysis NOTES The equations of the coherence models are outlined i Section 2 1 4 Posiible combinations of wind spectrum and coherence model are given in the table below The wind spec trum is assigned by the command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND SPECTRUM Possible combinations of wind spectrum and coherence model Coherence options Wind spectrum Wand 1 2 3 4 component General Gusto Gusto NPD Harris u Yes Yes Yes Davenport u Yes Yes Yes NPD u Yes Panofsky lateral v Yes Yes Yes Panofsky vertical w Yes Yes Yes One user defined constant is required for the Gusto coherence models The constant is entered by the com mand DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS The General coherence model contains 9 coefficients entered by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS Coherence in mean wind direction is affected by coefficients 1 3 coher ence lateral to the mean wind direction is affected by coefficients 4 6 and coherence vertical to the mean wind direct
261. SIN the wind fatigue module also reads the Ln FEM file otherwise not Analysis control data must be prepared before the wind fatigue analysis can be executed Framework must be started and the input entered either by reading a journal file where data have been prepared in advance or using the menus and dialog boxes of the graphic user interface A combination where input read file is mod ified and extended in the graphic mode is also possible Note that the wind fatigue module cannot utilise member concept names only element numbers can be used To avoid this limitation the command DEFINE READ CONCEPTS OFF may be applied When set to OFF member information and member attribute data defined on the concept data cards in the result file will not be transferred when the model is established The command must be set prior to opening and trans ferring model and results from the result file i e prior to the FILE OPEN command FILE command Prefix and name of the database file must be specified when starting Framework The data base file is opened by the FILE OPEN command and transferred to Framework by the FILE TRANSFER command FILE OPEN SIN DIRECT ACCESS R1 FILE TRANSFER 1 JACKET LOADS None Framework contains a wide range of features that are not relevant for wind fatigue calculations The TASK WIND FATIGUE CHECK command available in the graphic mode makes only commands relevant for wind fatigue calculations visible a
262. SOK C or NORSOK B C Ifa non supported method is selected e g API A the Cm value is set to 1 0 Material factor The default material factor ym used by Framework is 1 15 According to section 6 3 7 in the NORSOK standard the material factor is dependent of the stress level and geometric conditions For some design conditions e g accidental limit state or lifting analysis it must be possible to specify the material factor to be used By changing the default material factor DEFINE CONSTANTS MATERIAL FACTOR mat fac tor the specified material factor will be used and section 6 3 7 will be neglected For the following design resistances a material factor of 1 15 is used unless the material factor is specified by the user Nira Axial tension section 6 3 2 Vq Beam shear force section 6 3 5 Mr Ra Torsional moment section 6 3 5 However the material factor presented in the print is the material factor calculated according to section 6 3 7 unless the material factor is specified by the user The check performed to evaluate if the user has given a material factor different from the default value is to check if the material factor differs from 1 15 by more than 0 0001 Hence for a case where a user given material factor of 1 15 shall be used i e no automatic calculation the user must specify a material factor equal to e g 1 1502 Members with two or more cross sections Framework SESAM B 4 20 DEC 2007 Program ve
263. STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING LENGTH AUTOMATIC LATERAL SUPPORT AUTO LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS MANUAL Ly Lz sel mem BUCKLING LENGTH PURPOSE To assign the buckling length of one or more members for buckling about the local y and z axes in the local z x and x y planes PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned buckling lengths For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS AUTOMATIC Perform an automatic buckling length calculation of tubular members in NORSOK and API member and stability code checks LATERAL SUPPORT AUTO Perform an automatic buckling length calculation of tubular members in NORSOK and API member and stability code checks with lateral spring stiffness at start and end of member set to 1 0 LENGTH BETWEEN JOINTS The length between joints shall be used for the computation of both buckling lengths MANUAL Buckling lengths shall be user specified Ly Buckling length for buckling in the member s local x z plane Lz Buckling length for buckling in the member s local x y plane NOTES By default the buckling length of each member is computed as its length between joints The automatic buckling length option calculates buckling factors for each element which is part of the mem ber In the code check the critical axial capacity is calculated for each code check position using the buck ling factors for the element corresponding to the check position The effective lengt
264. Section 3 2 for an illustrated example Framework SESAM 2 36 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Node of Finite Element model ALIGNED chord gt lt BRACE members CHORD gt Solid lines outline the real structure Dashed lines outline the FiniteElement model Figure 2 5 CHORD ALIGNED and BRACE members 2 3 5 CANS A CAN section which is tubular is identified by a section name This CAN section may be assigned either to a joint of the structural model or it may be assigned directly to the chord or the aligned chord member Ifa CAN section is assigned at a joint then the CHORD and the ALIGNED chord if any at that joint auto matically inherit the CAN section geometry In order for a CAN section to be assigned directly or indirectly to a member CHORD or ALIGNED chord it is required that the diameter of the CAN section is not less than the nominal diameter of the mem ber Figure 2 6 below shows a typical joint and illustrates the concept of CANS CAN sections defined as conceptual information on the Results File will be read by Framework SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 37 See Section 3 3 for an illustrated example O Node of Finite Element model ALIGNED chord gt ALIGNED CHORD CAN length CAN section gt CHORD CAN length l AC A i STUB length CHORD gt Solid lines outline the real structure a Dashe
265. Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfact ax usage factor of cone and cylinder side fy aterial yield strength Gamma m aterial factor sequSd Equivalent design axial stress within the conical transition sacSd Design axial stress at the section within the cone smcSd Design bending stress at the section within the cone fee Local buckling strength of conical transition shSd Design hoop stress due to external hydrostatic pressure Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name Usfcon Usage factor cone side Dj Cylinder diameter at junction t Tubular wall thickness satSd Design axial stress in tubular section at junction smlcSd Local design bending stress at the tubular side of junction shcSd Design hoop stress due to unbalanced radial line force fej Characteristic axial local compressive strength shjSd Net design hoop stress Usfcyl Usage factor cylinder side alpha Angle deg between cylinder and cone te Cone wall thickness smtSd Design bending stress in tubular section at junction smltSd Local design bending stress at the cone side of junction stotSd Resulting total design stress in axial direction SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 11 fh Characteristic hoop buckling strength Fatigue Limit States SN curves The SN curves defined in NORSOK N 004 ANNEX C ref the 1998 release moved to DNV RP C203 sec tion 2 4 for use in s
266. T PEOL COLOUR cestos cdlshe petedeateives stelvaaatedd otdapeesedataanedebensceneness 5 347 SET PLOT FORMA Tar A a cialis 5 348 SETUREOTIBUEE ati A A dada 5 349 SET PLOT PAGESSIZE vilo aii aia 5 350 SE TPRIN Dante aora ca carve cuba toute ety a aos 5 351 SET PRINT DESTINATION tt ld tits 5 352 SET PREND FEILE canti ita 5 353 SELPRINTPAGESHEIGHT heheee aae aas Eee AEE AEEA loose tuptes a aa ciar 5 354 SET PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION o oo ec cccceescesceseesecseeceseecesecnecsaeeaseaeeseceaeaeaesaeeeeseeeeas 5 355 SETPRINT SCREEN HEIGHT prisoten tiranan n a na R E yoediongedud velaguacediat sete iiS 5 356 SADO ROIU HN A A A E ET E T 5 357 VIEWFRAME id 5 360 VIEW PAN rd A AA AAA 5 361 NTEWPOSIIION AS iS oa 5 362 VIEW ROTA TE aria A A RN 5 363 VIEWZOOM oeoa e cab we OUT oi aa 5 365 A A O do pen taeda naa ACG aU I 5 366 MEW AVEO Oi pon AEA 5 367 APPENDIX A TUTORIAL EXAMPLES ononccococcoonoccoonncconnnccoconccccnconcnnccncncocccnnccocononococonoss A 1 A 1 Preframe Journal file and model description example l ooonnonicnnnconnnnoocnocnnonnconoconocononanonannon ccoo nooo A 9 A2 Wajac data files for deterministic and stochastic wave loads oooooonncnncinccnnnconconconcnncnnnncnncnncnnnons A 19 Av 3 Sestra data RN A 21 A4 Framework journal file for code checks 0 ccecccecseesseesseeseceeceseeeeeeseecssenseeeeeeeseeeaeceaeeneeeeeeeseeaaes A 22 A5 Framework journal file for deterministic fatigU ooonccnionnnonionnonnconnconnconoconnon
267. TERS rho Water density NOTES Default value is 1025 Kg m See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DENSITY 1025E 9 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 163 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE HEIGHT WAVE HEIGHT wave height PURPOSE To define the wave height If this is defined the hydrostatic pressure shall include corrections due to the wave elevation PARAMETERS wave height Wave height NOTES Default value is 0 See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE HEIGHT 15 5 Framework SESAM 5 164 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE LENGTH WAVE LENGTH wave length PURPOSE To define the wave length If this is defined the hydrostatic pressure shall include corrections due to the wave elevation PARAMETERS wave length Wave length NOTES Default value is 0 See also PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE LENGTH 400 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 165 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER PLANE WATER PLANE X AXIS UP Y AXIS coord DOWN Z AXIS ARBIDTRARY x1 yl zl x2 y2 z2 x3 y3 z3 NONE PURPOSE To define the orientation of the water plane
268. TION EXCLUDE 1 will print all sections except those with name starting with 1 4 4 8 Entering a vector or matrix of values The syntax for entering a vector or matrix of values is an extension of the syntax for selecting values from a list In this case there is no fixed list to select from Instead the items are inserted and manipulated as the vector matrix is entered The term vector is used for the case where the input is one dimensional An example of this is entering parameter values in the DEFINE CONSTANT PHASE ANGLE command The term matrix is used for the case where the input is multidimensional An example of this is the input of local stress concentration factors Like a vector is built up from single items a matrix is built from rows There cannot be an unequal number of items in two different columns of a matrix The input of a vector matrix is consists of one or more operations If more than one operation is required as it most likely will be they must be enclosed in parentheses The syntax of one operation is lt row gt refers to a single value in a vector or to a row in a matrix INCLUDE lt row gt Include the specified lt row gt as the last row Set the default sta tus to INCLUDE Until the status is changed rows that are en tered will be added at the end EXCLUDE lt row gt Exclude the specified lt row gt Set the default status to EX CLUDE The next row s that are entered will also be exc
269. TSPOTS asiu e dd daa aaa ideal 5 158 DEFINE HY DROSTATIC DATA esecnicni iia id dt aida ci cece 5 159 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA GRAVITY concccccnnncccccnononoconannnononnncononnnnccnonanoconnnnccnnnnononannnnoos 5 160 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DEPTH c ccococccccnnononononnncnnnnnnncnnonanononnanononnnononannonoos 5 161 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER DENSITY conocccnnnnncccconnncnnonnonocnonnnccnnnonoconnnanonannnnoos 5 162 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE HEIGHT c oooocccccnonononononnncnnonncnccnonnnccnnnonocnnnnoconannnnoos 5 163 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WAVE LENGTH coooooccccncononononnncccnnnnacononnonoconnonononnanccnannnnons 5 164 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA WATER PLANE ccooooccccoconnncnonnncnnnnnonocnonanoconnonocnnnnanonannnnoos 5 165 DEFINE JOINT PARAME TER cccccccssscccessscccssssececessececessececessececssseescsssescssssecesenseescenseeees 5 166 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER CAN DIAMETER FRACTION c ccococoocnncnconannnnnnecinonanannnnenin ns 5 167 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION ococccconccnnnnnnnnnnccnonananononesos 5 168 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH neseser 5 169 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH ccccccnnnnnnononinnnnaninnnnincns 5 170 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP LENGTH coococcconcnncninnnnccnonnncononnncononanocinnnacos 5 171 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP RESET c ocoooocccnconnnononnonononnnncconnonccnonanocinnonoos 5 172 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER STUB DIAMETER FRACTION cooocccoconcccno
270. The user specifies that the global default SCF values shall be applied LOCAL The user specifies all SCF values PARAMETRIC The user specifies the parametric formulas to be used in SCF computations SESAM Program version 3 5 BOTH SIDES CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE EFTHYMIOU LLOYDS KUANG WORDSWORTH UNIFORM CROWN SADDLE BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC NON SYMMETRIC scf_ax scf ipb scf opb scf_axc scf axs hot Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 37 The same SCF specification is applied to both chord side and brace side of the weld This option should also be applied for CHORD member or a non pipe mem ber The SCF specification is applied for the chord side of the weld The SCF specification is applied for the brace side of the weld Use the Efthymiou formulas These parametric SCFs may be applied for all joint types Use Lloyd s formulas These parametric SCFs may be applied for gap K and KT joints If applied to other joint types Efthymiou formulas will be used Use Kuang formulas These parametric SCFs may be applied for all joint types ex cept X joints Use the Wordsworth formulas These parametric SCFs may be applied for X joints only The same values applies to all hotspots 3 SCF values shall be given The SCF values are specified at the crown and saddle points Values for other hotspots are derived see Framework Theory Manual section 7 2 4 4 SCF values shall be given This option may only be used for membe
271. UMBER 135050 180 000000 16 000000 1 000000 1 000000 500 000000 25 000000 1 000000 1 000000 600 000000 25 000000 1 000000 1 000000 700 000000 20 000000 1 000000 1 000000 700 000000 25 000000 1 000000 1 000000 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 19 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER 1350 000000 E WALL THICKNESS 50 000000 SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION 1 000000 SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION 1 000000 SECTION NUMBER 160060 SECTION TYPE PIPE DY OUTER DIAMETER 1600 000000 E WALL THICKNESS 60 000000 SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION 1 000000 SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION 1 000000 SECTION NUMBER 1414103 SECTION TYPE I HZI HEIGHT AT END 300 000000 BT UPPER FLANGE WIDTH 300 000000 TT UPPER FLANGE THICKNESS 20 000000 ey WEB THICKNESS 24 000000 BB LOWER FLANGE WIDTH 300 000000 TB LOWER FLANGE THICKNESS 20 000000 SFY SHEAR FACTOR Y DIRECTION 1 000000 SFZ SHEAR FACTOR Z DIRECTION 1 000000 A2 Wajac data files for deterministic and stochastic wave loads WAJAC TITL DESIGN WAVE TO BE USED FOR CODE CHECKS TITL TUTORIAL EXAMPLE FOR A 4 LEG JACKET MODE Tr Tz CONS 1 0 9806 6 1 025E 9 HYDR COEF 0 100000 1 0 2 0 LOAD Framework SESAM A 20 20 DEC 2007
272. UPPORT REACTIONS it is possible to print support reaction forces and moments giving absolute maximum maximum or minimum value of a selected force bending moment component This max min print can only be used when printing the support reactions joint wise i e switch to DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTIONS JOINTWISE These options are control led by switches set prior to using the ordinary PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS command For complex loads the phase angle giving the max min value for selected component with corresponding values using the same phase for the other components will be printed The print heading shows the search alternatives made If the option DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTION SUMMARY is ON the PHASE ANGLE ALL option will be neglected The predefined phase angles for reporting are defined through the command DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE Combined with the setting DEFINE PRESENTATION PRINT SIMPLIFIED ON the line giving the phase angles will be skipped This is governing also when summary or ALL phase angles are switched off See also PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTIONS JOINTWISE DEFINE CONSTANTS PHSE ANGLE DEFINE PRESENTATION PRINT SIMPLIFIED ON EXAMPLES DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTION SUMMARY ON DEFINE PRESENTATION SUPPORT REACTION COMPONENT FZ SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC
273. W OPTIMIZE TARGET USAGE FACTOR value SECTION LIST list NOTES Set the option switches ON or OFF Global switch used to select the redesign mode Default OFF Switch used to select that the redesign process shall only use sections of equal type as originally assigned the member De fault ON i e do not try sections of other types Switch used to select ifthe proposed section automatically shall be assigned to the member Default OFF i e do not assign Switch used to select if the redesign process shall continue when the already assigned section satisfies the target usage fac tor Default OFF i e do not try to optimise select a smaller section if the current section is acceptable Defines the target usage factor when running redesign Default value 1 0 Give target value Define the list of sections to be used in the redesign process The section list ONLY secnaml secnam2 see notes The global REDESIGN MODE switch is the main switch used to select the redesign mode ON or OFF When switched to ON the code check runs will enter a redesign mode The code check run will then try to find the cross section based on the list of sections that will satisfy the target usage factor Framework SESAM 5 190 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A list of sections to be used in the redesign process must be defined This list must contain the sections in a prioritised order with respect to preferred sections to u
274. WIND LOADS must be applied if wind loads from others than the first six wind directions are to be consid ered in the fatigue analysis otherwise this command should not be accessed When applied the command should always follow the DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS command by which new wind directions are specified Note that this command is shown shaded and made invalid in the graphic user inter face when the static element wind loads are contained in the SIN file CREATE WIND FATIGUE STATIC WIND LOADS FEM SEQUENTIAL L1 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE command Minimum parametric and default global SCFs are defined by the command DEFINE FATIGUE CON STANTS The minimum parametric SCFs apply only to SCFs generated by parametric SCF schemes DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS AXIAL MINIMUM SCF 2 5 EFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE MINIMUM SCF 2 5 EFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE MINIMUM 2 5 EFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS AXIAL GLOBAL SCF 1 0 EFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE GLOBAL SCF 1 0 EFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE GLOBAL 1 0 UA A E E E UUUUU E The DEFINE WIND FATIGUE command contains seven data groups buffeting wind parameters wind directions wind speeds wind probabilities drag correction factors vortex wind parameters and default member fixations Buffeting wind parameters are specified by DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS The parameters are constant of coherence fun
275. X test curve 4 1 34 0 8 301 HORISONTAL TAIL o o o Assign SN CURVE for element 33115 o ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 33115 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 33115 USE X Assign LOCAL SCF s for elements 33115 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 ONLY 3110 LOCAL BOTH SIDES NON SYMMETRIC 5 Hot Ax Ipb Opb 1 00 0 00 1 00 4 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 00 1 00 0 00 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 13 1 00 0 00 1 00 16 0 00 0 00 0 00 19 00 1 00 0 00 22 0 00 0 00 0 00 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 ONLY 3120 LOCAL BOTH SIDES NON SYMMETRIC Framework SESAM A 30 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 3 Hot Ax Ipb Opb 1 00 0 00 1 00 4 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 1 00 1 00 0 00 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 13 1 00 0 00 1 00 16 0 00 0 00 0 00 19 1 00 1 00 0 00 22 0 00 0 00 0 00 Assign LOCAL SCF s for elements 56115 55112 35115 33115 55117 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 56115 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 56115 USE X ASSIGN SCF JOINT 56115 5110 LOCAL BOTH SIDES UNIFORM 6 0 6 0 6 0 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 56115 6120 LOCAL BOTH SIDES NON SYMMETRIC COE As DT 26578 0 00 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 4 85 0 00 2 57 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 4 97 2 57 0 00 22 080 00 01 0 1 4 85 0 00 2 57 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN SN CURVE JOINT 55112 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 55112 USE X ASSIGN SCF
276. XX Account XXXXX Installation XXXXXX Framework SESAM 4 4 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Special notes for this program version Graphics for VAXSTATION UIS and X WINDOW included Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS SESAM AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway where V N XY is the program version identification number DD MMM YY is the release access date HH MM SS is the time of access XXXXXX is installation and computer dependent Framework then invites the user to enter the model file name more information in Section 4 1 2 through the following prompt Database file prefix Database file name FRAMEWORK No extension should be given since this file has a pre determined extension The file name Framework i e FRAMEWORK MOD is offered as a default Database File Status OLD NEW Gl If the Framework database file already exists the default OLD should be given If this is the first session for a specific analysis the answer is YES wierd ate BEES Please Wal iii Initialising the FRAMEWORK model file H nitialisation completed correctly NEW journal file created Please proceed as follows SEDA Bikey oats ae Read a Results Interface File First use FILE OPEN and then FILE TRANSFER Step 2 aa Proceed with your task Note that the TASK command allows you to select a specific task Upon selection you will then only see the commands which are relevant
277. a 6 SH So lt 8 CHECK ANTP MOLO STIF RTOP LBCK PILE CSING SIGM 0 Ds ales 0 0 0 0 0 0 D FORMATTED L D RTRAC PRNT STOR EQUI SEL1 SEL2 SEL3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 gt lt 9 gt lt 10 gt lt 11 gt lt 12 EIGL 10 4 Is 10 lis Framework SESAM A 74 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DYMA 2 COMM lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 COMM lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 gt lt 9 gt lt 10 gt lt 11 gt lt 12 A 14 Framework journal file for wind fatigue o o o o Framework command input file Wind fatigue example o oP o o FILE OPEN SIN DIRECT ACCESS WD R1 FILE TRANSFER 1 JACKET LOADS None DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS DEFINE WIND FATIGU DEFINE WIND FATIGU DEFINE WIND FATIGU T Hw m 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 0 35 0 20 0 20 0 15 0 10 0 40 0 20 0 15 0 15 0 10 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 0 3 6 0 622 0421 0011 0 1 0 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS VARIABL 1 00 0 90 0 80 0 75 0 70 1 01 0 91 0 81 0 76 0 71 1 02 0 92 0 82 0 77 0 72 1 03 0 93 0 83 0 78 0 73 1 04 0 94 0 84 0 79 0 74
278. a in the local z direction Local y coordinate of shear centre location from centroid Local z coordinate of shear centre location from centroid Static area moment about local y axis Static area moment about local z axis Framework 5 130 PRINT SI FECTION EXAMPLES CR KAT E SI ECTION Gl Main topside beam GEN E 2 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 0 1 1 20 DEC 2007 ERAL E 2 1E 1E 5E 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 E 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 Framework 5 131 CREATE SECTION name text RING STIFFENER T name text RING STIFFENER T hz bt tf tw PURPOSE To create a T shaped ring stiffener PARAMETERS name text RING STIFFENER T hz bt tf tw NOTES See also Section name Text associated with section Stiffener height Width of flange Flange thickness Web thickness ASSIGN JOINT RING STIFFENER PRINT SECTION GEOMETRY EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION RING1 0 3x0 25x0 025 0 02 0 3 0 25 0 025 0 02 Section is of a T shaped ring stiffener RING STIFE ENI ER T Framework 5 1 32 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 CREATE SECTION name text RING STIFFENER FLAT name text RING STIFFENER FLAT hz tw PURPOSE To creat
279. aaa ew apnea 5 15 ASSIGNANDIVIDIAL WAVE ida 5 16 ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH sides 5 18 ASSIGN LIN TEA aria 5 19 ASIAN TON ESO VERLA O ao Ea 5 20 ASSIGN JOIN T RING STIFRENER doin 5 21 ASSIGN JOINT TYPE taa 5 24 ASSIGN LOA D CASE das anida 5 26 ASSIGN LOCAL COORDINATE SY STEM itiscsssstoscdsssarsttvissstectnawssobarstnessavescdsnsbnedaostesdebvenaiebas 5 27 ASSION MATERIAL ae renace iaa 5 29 ASSIGN POSTE ION SE eo 5 30 ASSIGN POSITIONS sel mem ODE C HECK adas 5 31 ASSIGN POSITIONS sel mem FATIGUE CHECK ccssssssssosssssssesossscsnsssssceasonesasersrceasensscens 5 33 O ctl O AS 5 35 ASSIGNSCE JOIN da dc 5 36 ASSIGN SCE MEMBER ie 5 39 ASENCIO NA Ra 5 43 PS SICH CURE nicas 5 44 ASSIGN STABIEIT Y RA 5 46 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Y cocococcnocicnoccnnononnnononnonncnconanncnnonacncancn nono 5 48 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Z coccococcccococconconononnnoncnnonncnconcnncnnonarncancnnons 5 50 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING LENGTH cc cceceeccseeseeecseeseceeeeceeaeeaeeeeeecaeeaeeaees 5 52 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem FABRICATION cccessssssseseceeseeeesecseeeeeaeaeesecaeeeceecaeeaeenseeeas 5 54 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem FLOODING STATUS uu ccccccesesseseeeescneeeeseeeceecseeaeeeeeecaeeneeaens 5 55 ASSIGN STABILITY Sel atin Cri A ita 5 56 ASSIGN STABILITY s l mem KZ tt adas 5 57 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR ossessi 5 58 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem MOMENT
280. absolute or relative coordinates Rela tive coordinates should be used when updating several members of different lengths SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 41 The relative coordinate system along the member has a coordinate 0 0 at first joint end 1 0 5 at midpoint and 1 0 at the second joint end 2 Finite Elements Soh Serie e 0 Relative positions j AN j A 1 EAN Te ver i O Node of Finite Element Model Figure 2 9 Member relative coordinate system When calculating section forces in an arbitrary position along a member the forces will be calculated based on the element forces at the start node of the element and the loads distributed and point loads applied to the element However the code check positions are static positions along the member i e not dynamically moving positions trying to catch up any maximum or minimum forces bending moments along the mem ber Hence more frequent positions should be assigned when this is of great importance 2 3 10 Local coordinate system By default the member local coordinate system is based on the finite element local coordinate system as established in e g Preframe Member forces are always presented in the member local coordinate system For modelling of stability check properties and presentation display and print of member forces it is possible to re assign a new member local coordinate system For tubular cross sections which have equal
281. ace mode Screen mode TO UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT amp CLOCKWISE alternatives Here all angles are relative to the screen axes which remains fixed no matter how many rotations are entered The angles should be interpreted such that it is the observer the user that revolves around a stationary model The origin of the screen axis system lies in the centre of the screen The x axis is horizontal and points from the origin towards the right hand side of the screen The y axis is vertical and points from the origin towards the top of the screen The z axis is horizontal and points from the origin and out of the screen towards the user Space mode X AXIS Y AXIS amp Z AXIS alternatives Here all angles are relative to the model axes which follow the rotations The angles should be interpreted such that it is the model coordinate system that rotates relative to the observer PARAMETERS TO angle x angle y angle z This alternative is independent of all previously entered rotations At the execution of this command the program first re initialises the ro tations such that the model and screen axes overlap Then the x y and z rotations specified by the user are applied in the same order UP angle x screen Rotate the view position angle x screen degrees UP relative to the screen x axis from the current position DOWN angle x screen Rotate the view position angle x screen degrees DOWN relative to the screen x axis from the cu
282. ads on Ships and Offshore Structures 24 DNV Det Norske Veritas RECOMMENDED PRACTICE DNV RP C205 ENVIRONMENTAL CON DITIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL LOADS April 2007
283. ained from buckling in the global X Y plane also in the member s local x y plane due to the brace configuration in the horizontal plane X Y In this case the effective length factors may be assigned say as Framework SESAM 2 44 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Ky 1 6 Kz 0 8 global Z axis system X Brace configuration B Figure 2 12 Assignment of Ky and Kz for brace configuration B The effective length factors may also be calculated automatically by the program This feature is available for tubular frames only i e typically a jacket structure The automatic buckling length calculation feature is activated in a similar way as other stability parameters The automatic buckling factor option calculates buckling factors for each element which is part of the mem ber In the code check the critical axial capacity is calculated at each code check position based on where the position is located i e at which element the check position is located The buckling parameter is calculated using an eigenvalue analysis The critical axial compressive force will be equal in every beam element which is a part of the member This is due to the fact that the member is regarded as one system hence if one single member beam element in the member reaches the critical axial force the member itself has reached the critical axial force also The effective length factors for the different beam elements are dependant of the axial load in the beam
284. ake off and for code checks if checking more than 3 positions along the member default is only both ends and mid point The stub length must be less or equal to half the element length See also ASSIGN STUB NONE ASSIGN STUB JOINT DEFINE JOINT PARAMETERS PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASSIGN STUB BRACE 100 2000 STUB100 MAT1 AUTOMATIC Framework SESAM 5 66 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STUB JOINT stb len JOINT joint sec name mat name AUTOMATIC PURPOSE To assign a STUB section at a given joint All brace members at that joint shall then be assigned the STUB properties specified subsequently PARAMETERS joint Name of joint that will be assigned the STUB section sec name Name of STUB section Note that this must be a tubular section mat name Material name to be assigned to the STUB section stb len Length of STUB section AUTOMATIC Calculate automatically in accordance with the guidelines for joint design as given in API NPD NORSOK NOTES The BRACE member STUB lengths are used for material take off and for code checks if checking more than 3 positions along the member default is only both ends and mid point The stub length must less or equal to half the element length See also ASSIGN STUB NONE ASSIGN STUB BRACE DEFINE JOINT PARAMETERS PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASS
285. al elements in order to access correct vibration mode of the brace Element dimensions may be modified by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION If only the length of an element is to be modified the original diameter and thickness are retained when 0 0 is specifying for the two parameters This command does not affect the original dimensions applied in buffet ing fatigue calculations ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION CURRENT 10 0 0 0 0 0 Member ends fixity applied in vortex induced fatigue calculations are assigned by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY Lower and upper bound values of the member ends fixity the number of fix ity steps and joint numbers of the member ends are specified The fixity values must be in the range from 0 0 pin jointed end to 1 0 fully fixed end or 1 0 Maximum of 5 fixity steps may be investigated Linear interpolations between the lower and upper bound values are used to find the fixity values of the various steps Member ends that are not assigned fixity will take default fixity specified by DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY MEMBER ENDS ONLY 203 202 5 0 1 0 95 0 1 0 95 205 302 2 0 4 0 6 0 4 0 6 Run execution parameters are assigned by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO Two run cases are possible single brace case and multi brace case The single brace case allows one joint brace connec tion one wind direction and several d
286. al file if this exists The journal file has the extension JNL The COMMAND INPUT file is used to read commands and data into Framework The usage of command input files is described in Section 4 4 The default extension of a command input file is JNL but this default is not used if another extension is specified The PRINT file is used to keep output from the PRINT command when the print destination is set to file The extension of the print file is LIS The print file name and settings is specified using the command SET PRINT It is possible to use more than one print file during the same Framework session but only one can be open at a time The PLOT file is used to keep output from the PLOT command and from the DISPLAY command when the display destination is set to file The plot file name and settings is specified using the command SET PLOT The extension of the plot file depends on the plot format used If the SESAM neutral format is used the extension is PLO Several other formats are available including Postscript with extension PS It is pos sible to use more than one plot file during the same Framework session but only one can be open at a time Framework has been designed to protect the user against loss of valuable data Thus for some of the errors that may occur Framework will close the database file before exiting the program It is however not always possible to catch a program crash and close t
287. all be written to separate file To define data used in check of conical transition To define global constant data To define if member end eccentricities shall be taken into ac count To define global fatigue data To define if intermediate results from fatigue damage calcula tions shall be written to separate file To switch between damage calculations based on closed form solution from spectral moments assuming Rayleigh distribu tion and damage calculations based on generation of stress time series by FFT from stress autospectrum i e rainflow cycle counting in time domain To define how to handle usage factors due to exceedance of ge ometric validity range To define position of hotspots centre of flange web thickness or in extreme fibre To define hydrostatic data To define joint design parameters To define naming convention to be used when establishing load case names when reading results file To define options in connection with the AISC LRFD yield and stability code check To specify change API AISC LRFD resistance factors To define parameters used in member checks To define if results from member code check calculations shall be written to separate file To define parameters used in connection with member code check redesign resize To define how to calculate parametric SCFs To define how to assign code check positions at member inter mediate joints SESAM Framework Program ver
288. alysis For ISSC scatter diagram it is T1 mean wave period that shall be given instead of Tz See also ASSIGN WAV PRINT WAV E STATISTICS E STATISTICS EXAMPLES CR EAT E WAVI E STATISTICS WS1 Scatter diagram for SESAM field SCATTER PROBABILITY 5 50 720 60051 e U w Ts 6 8 ooo O1 OF OY ooo ooo Framework SESAM 5 138 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES STATIC WIND LOADS WIND FATIGUE PURPOSE To create data for wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS ANALYSIS PLANES Creates analysis planes STATIC WIND LOADS Reads static wind loads from load result file L4 FEM This command is shaded in the graphic input mode and not applica ble when the static wind element load are contained in the re sults interface file R SIN All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 139 CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES ANALYSIS PLANES m ONLY nodl nod2 nod2 PURPOSE Defines analysis planes which are used in assessing the fatigue damage Triplets of three nodes define the analysis planes The three nodes chosen for each plane must not all be co linear A joint is defined as a planar set of members meeting at a node Out of plane members meeting at the same node are not cons
289. an DBE raz 1 H A on z odo E o o A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 H A A A A O IA A AA NOOO AMANANANM z onn OTN ANINONANANHANNMAANM AN A NLONHMN NANNA E NON INOARANAAONAANON O AM oOoO0O0O0OO0OO0OO0OOOOoOoOo Oo El Ooo00O0O0O00O0OOOOOOOOOOOoOoOoOoo Oo ANFAANMNMNMNANMNMNAAM E AANAAATANAONOANONONONNAONANN A Pp m OMNOMOUOHAAANNANMM OM E 20D 273000000900 0N 200 0 2 00s gt w N OoOoo0OO0O0OO0O0O0OoOoOoOoOo Oo A oO0O0O0O0OO0OO0OO0OO0OO0OOOOOOO0OoOoOoo Oo NNNNMNMMNMNMMMAM OM S NANNANANANANMNMNMNMNMNNAANNANAMMAMNA o N DHANDAAAAAOCAWOHNDOHONnRFNHMNR AAD A mMMOEOADNONDON AHAH OOMYOON AH OHJH NONON l wo o o LO A A 0 00 00 000 0 O Oi OO 0 00 SO OO 0 0 0 0 0 10 OoO0O0O0OO0O0O0OO0OOOoO oO oO 0Oo0OoOoOoOoOoOOoOOoOoooOoOo ONDA HOONTON TN HOUDDOYHNDANH OR AER B M mO O O CF O 5 rA OGO O O N e G G e N N OCHO T o o a Ke aa qd qd o NOCOMAAROCADOTHHOOOONnNTaOtTOatHYS A 000 419400030000 lt gt 0 lt 0Mm OoO0wO yc I O O OH H O oa Ar GO N A TO SS a st p ded H A ad ll n Y ANOS SY AHAAAOAWOoOANoOO0 TOLDO a o NMMNADNDNDANDONA COMHAOONHAOCHAHNONON 20 o o LO T ees Pas MO O GOO OT Oaea Oea SG OG STO OO
290. an END to terminate a command will depending on at which level in the command it is given save or discard the data entered Generally if the data entered up to the double dot is complete and self contained the double dot will save the data If in doubt it is always safest to leave a command by entering the required number of END commands SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 ASSIGN CAN CHORD EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE PART DAMAGE FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR INDIVIDUAL WAVE JOINT CHORD LENGTH JOINT GAP JOINT OVERLAP JOINT RING STIFFENER JOINT TYPE ASSIGN LOAD CASE LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM MATERIAL POSITIONS SCF SECTION SN CURVE STABILITY STUB THICKNESS CORRECTION WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY WAVE LOAD FACTOR WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS WIND FATIGUE subcommands data Framework 5 3 Framework 5 4 PURPOSE 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 To assign data that are related to the modelling of the structure in preparation for a postprocessing analysis PARAMETERS CAN CHORD EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE PART DAMAGE FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR INDIVIDUAL WAVE JOINECHORD LENGTH JOINT GAP JOINT OVERLAP JOINT RING STIFFENER JOINT TYPE LOAD CASE LOCAL
291. ane bending Brace side out of plane bending aa aa nun See also CREATE SECTION RINT JOINT RING STIFFENERS ISPLAY LABEL JOINT RING STIFFE ELETE RING STIFFENER EFINE PARAMETRIC SCF 7 z E W P D D D EXAMPLE ASSIGN JOINT RING STIFFENER ALL ONLY 5 2 RING1 AUTOMATIC T Framework SESAM 5 24 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN JOINT TYPE X YT KTK K JOINT TYPE brace sel jnt KTT INTERPOLATE YT X K KTK KTT GEOMETRY LOADPATH PURPOSE To assign a joint type at the end of a brace member which is required for a punch check or a fatigue check using parametric SCFs PARAMETERS brace sel jnt X YT K KTK KTT INTERPOLATE x yt k ktk ktt Brace name to be assigned the joint type Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Joints where the joint type shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS The joint type is 100 X The joint type is 100 YT The joint type is 100 K The joint type is 100 KTK The joint type is 100 KTT The joint type is a mixture of two or more joint types Percentage for joint type X Percentage for joint type YT Percentage for joint type K Percentage fo
292. are printed for the hotspot with the highest NORMAL STRESS EQUIVALENT STRESS Use DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS COMPONENTS ACTIVE to print for all active hotspots See also PRINT FORCE ASSIGN POSITIONS DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS COMPONENTS ACTIVE EXAMPLES PRINT STRESS FULL BOTH ALL ALL Framework 5 292 20 DEC 2007 PRINT SUPERELEMENT SUPERELEMENT PURPOSE To print the current superelement from which members are selected PARAMETERS None NOTES See also DISPLAY SUPERELEMENT EXAMPLES PRINT SUPERELEMENT SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 293 PRINT SUPPORT REACTIONS SUPPORT REACTIONS sel jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To print support reactions for result cases defined on the results file and load combinations created in Framework for selected joints and loadcases PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which support reactions shall be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT JOINT sel lcs Loadcases for which support reactions shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES This feature require use of Sestra version 7 5 02 or later The support reactions may be sorted by joint or sorted by loadcase incl a loadsum for each loadcase For complex load cases the print option jointwise will give the load amplitudes and
293. ary factor to the yield strength The factor to be multiplied with the allowable yield strength Loadcase description shall be given Description associated with selected loadcases This command is only effective for the API AISC WSD code checks OPERATING gives a factor of 1 0 STORM a factor 1 33 and EARTHQUAKE a factor of 1 7 See also PRINT LOAD CASE EXAMPLES ASSIGN LOAD CAS ASSIGN LOAD CASE E ALL CONDITION STORM 1 DESCRIPTION H 5 T 8 direction 0 Deg SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 27 ASSIGN LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM X AXIS DIRECTION Y AXIS DIRECTION Z AXIS DIRECTION LOCAL Y AXIS DIRECTION sel mem LOCAL Z AXIS DIRECTION CHORD PLANE Y DIRECTION dx dy dz JOINT name POINT x ly z PURPOSE To assign a local coordinate system re define direction of local y or z axis to selected members The local coordinate system is used for stability checks and results presentation This command is only able to rotate the y and z axes about the x axis The x axis is fixed along the member neutral axis PARAMETERS sel mem Y Z X AXIS DIRECTION Y AXIS DIRECTION Z AXIS DIRECTION LOCAL Y AXIS DIRECTION LOCAL Z AXIS DIRECTION CHORD PLANE DIRECTION dx dy dz Members to be assigned a new local coordinate system For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS
294. as calculated according to governing check hence the sum of UsfaN UsfaM will give the correct utilisation without taking into consideration the geometric requirements See also command DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON OFF Print of results outcome When the usage factor is above unity the following texts will appear e Fail Unity check above 1 0 but less than 994 0 e Bta lt 2 or Beta gt 1 Usfact 999 0 or 998 0 e Gam lt 10 or Gam gt 50 Usfact 997 0 or 996 0 e The lt 30 Usfact 995 0 e g D Usfact 994 0 Notes comments Framework SESAM B 8 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 When a joint is assigned joint type interpolate or loadpath the following parameters will be calculated according to the joint type percentages e Qu factor for axial load ref Table 6 3 e Cl and C2 used in A which again used in the Qf factor ref section 6 4 3 4 The total axial capacity Npg will be calculated according to the joint type percentages In addition to formulae given in the standard the axial design resistance reduction used in section 6 4 3 5 Design axial resistance for X and Y joints with joint cans is also adjusted with respect to the yield stress in can section and chord member hence equation 6 56 will be Neg 1 1 Tn Te fyn fy can Nean Rd where fyn yield strength in chord member fy can yield strength in can section Nomenclature in headi
295. at prefix Prefix of the FEM file name Name of the FEM file NOTES When the Results Interface File R SIN is opened and read by the command FILE OPEN TRANSFER the load results file is also opened and read by the program Static wind loads of the first six wind directions if at least six wind directions are defined in Wajac are read into the fatigue analysis program If these wind directions are those that shall be included in the fatigue calculation the present command needs not to be accessed If other wind directions are to be included must have been defined in Wajac they are assigned by the com mand DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS When the wind directions change the present command must be executed in order to transfer the wind loads of the requested wind directions The dialog window of the present command will immediately appear on the screen when the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS is executed Up to six wind directions may be included in a fatigue damage analysis However more than six wind direc tions may be generated by Wajac Those directions assigned by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS which may be others than the first six will be included in the wind fatigue analysis Only wind directions of same angles as those generated by Wajac can be assigned for the fatigue analysis Note that if load cases for more than one water depth are generated in Wajac only load cases of the same water depth m
296. ata ZOOM XYPAN XYZOOM PURPOSE To control the appearance of the view by specification of view angles zoom and pan PARAMETERS FRAME Perform an automatic zoom to fit the current view within the frame of the display PAN Pan shift the current view in the plane of the screen POSITION Define the view angles by specifying a point in space which together with the cen tre of the model s coordinate system defines the direction of the user s observa tion ROTATE Rotate view by specifying rotation angles ZOOM Zoom in or out XYPAN Pan shift the current view in the plane of the screen defined by relative display coordinates XYZOOM Zoom in or out defined by relative display coordinates All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 360 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 VIEW FRAME FRAME PURPOSE Perform an automatic zoom to fit the current view within the frame of the display PARAMETERS None NOTES See also DISPLAY VIEW ZOOM VIEW PAN SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 361 VIEW PAN PAN pick from pick_to PURPOSE Pan shift the current view in the plane of the screen The view is shifted by defining a vector in the plane of the screen The vector is defined by picking the from and the to positions see below PARA
297. ated on the basis of up to 10 wave heights Each of the discrete stress range values is derived by calculating the largest hotspot stress differ ence from the different wave positions Thus a maximum of 10 stresses may be calculated for each hotspot and each wave direction The long term stress range distribution is discretized into 100 blocks with each block having the same length e The average stress range for each of the 100 blocks is then calculated in order to determine the number of cycles to failure from the SN curve for each of the wave directions e Miners rule of cumulative damage is then used to sum the damage at each hotspot from each of the wave directions All data mandatory and optional used in the deterministic fatigue analysis are shown in Table 2 8 and are described in Section 2 3 35 Usually the procedure adopted for a deterministic fatigue analysis is as follows e Definition of fatigue constants target fatigue life global SCFs etc Assignment of CHORD members e Modelling of local details assignment of CAN and STUB sections etc e Assignment of joint type and joint gap overlap data e Assignment of SCFs Assignment of SN curve e Assignment of individual wave data Execution of fatigue analysis e Printing of results With joint type set to LOADPATH the brace type and hence the SCFs will be calculated for each step in each wave waves of various heights and direction used to obtain the
298. ation Framework 5 356 20 DEC 2007 SET PRINT SCREEN HEIGHT SCREEN HEIGHT n line PURPOSE To set the number of lines used in one screen page PARAMETERS n line Number of lines NOTES See also SET DISPLAY WORKSTATION WINDOW SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET TITLE TITLE text 4 PURPOSE To set the title to be used on X Y plots PARAMETERS text Give four lines defining the plot title Framework 5 357 Framework SESAM 5 358 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 TASK CODE CHECK FATIGUE CHECK EARTHQUAKE CHECK SHIP ANALYSIS WIND FATIGUE CHECK ALL TASK PURPOSE To select a specific task Upon selection ONLY the commands relevant to that task shall be visible and possible to select PARAMETERS CODE CHECK Only commands relevant to code checks shall be visible FATIGUE CHECK Only commands relevant to fatigue check shall be visible EARTHQUAKE CHECK ae commands relevant to an earthquake check shall be visi e SHIP ANALYSIS Only commands relevant to a ship analysis shall be visible WIND FATIGUE CHECK Only commands relevant to wind fatigue check shall be visible ALL All commands shall be visible independent of the task EXAMPLES TASK CODE CHECK SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 359 VIEW FRAME PAN POSITION VIEW ROTATE subcommands d
299. aviour EXTERNAL RESULT ID Create name from external load number e g result combina tion defined in Prepost LOAD CASE NAME Use load case name when available Defined on result file by use of the TDLOAD card RESULT CASE NAME Use result case name when available Defined on result file by use of the TDRESREF card NOTES This command option must be set prior to opening and transferring model and results from the result inter face file See also FILE OPEN FILE TRANSFER EXAMPLES DEFINE LOAD NAMING CONVENTION EXTERNAL RESULT ID SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 175 DEFINE LRFD CODE CHECK CRITICAL YIELD CHECK COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH YIELD LRFD CODE CHECK EXCLUDE SECTION H2 INCLUDE PURPOSE To define options in connection with the AISC LRFD yield and stability code check PARAMETERS YIELD CHECK COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CRITICAL YIELD SECTION H2 EXCLUDE INCLUDE NOTES None See also PRINT ACTIVE SETTINGS EXAMPLES DEFINE LRFD CODE CHECK YIELD CHECK COMPR Select nominal compressive strength to be used in the yield check Use critical stress according to Section E2 Use yield stress default option Select how to handle Section H2 Will have effect for members with box and general profiles only Exclude Section H2 default option Include check according to S
300. ay transferred and applied in a wind fatigue calculation run EXAMPLES CREATE WIND FATIGUE FEM SEQUENTIAL ww L1 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 141 DEFINE BEAM SPLIT BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP CONE PARAMETERS CONSTANTS ECCENTRICITY FATIGUE CONSTANTS FATIGUE DUMP FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE HOTSPOTS HYDROSTATIC DATA JOINT PARAMETERS LOAD DEFINE TRE ODE sub commands data LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP MEMBER REDESIGN PARAMETRIC SCF POSITION BOTH SIDES PREFRAME INPUT PRESENTATION READ CONCEPTS READ NAMED SETS SECTION OVERRULE WIND FATIGUE PURPOSE To define general constants fatigue data hydrostatic data and various other design options PARAMETERS Framework 5 142 BEAM SPLIT BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP CONE PARAMETERS CONSTANTS ECCENTRICITY FATIGUE CONSTANTS FATIGUE DUMP FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE HOTSPOTS HYDROSTATIC DATA JOINT PARAMETERS LOAD LRFD CODE CHECK LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP MEMBER REDESIGN PARAMETRIC SCF POSITION BOTH SIDES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 To define if how to split long beams defined on the results file To define if results from automatic buckling factor calculations sh
301. based on geometry using the command ASSIGN JOINT TYP E ALL ALL GEOM ETRY For punch checks the joint type may also be specified to be load path type dependent using the command ASSIGN JOINT TYP E ALL ALL LOADPATH The result of the assignments above may be reviewed using display features SELECT JOINT ALL DISPLAY JOINT DISPLAY LABEL JOINT TYPE ON DISPLAY LABEL CHORD AND BRACI E OFF With reference to Figure 3 4 say that it is required to specify that member 10 at joint 2 is the K part of a KT joint This may be obtained by using the classification based on joint geometry or alternatively by manual assignment using the ASSIGN JOINT TYP command E 10 2 KTK To assign a gap of 20 mm at joint 2 for brace 10 use ASSIGN JOINT GAP 10 2 0 02 The PRINT command PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA 2 shows Joint ns 2 Member Status Member Status 1 ALIGN Diameter 4 000E 00 Thickness 4 000E 02 A gisgewc3eds 4 000E 08 No of braces 0 13 BRACE Diameter 2 000E 00 Thickness 2 000E 02 Yield ba 2da inee2 3 800E 08 Joint type KTK LOAD Gap 0 000E 00 Chord angle 56 10 Brace Chord dia 0 50 I O angle not 180 00 Chord member 2 Diameter 4 000E 00 Thickness 4 000E 02 Framework SESAM 3 22 20 DEC 2007
302. bout z axis Acting shear stress Maximum acting combined stress al sections only Phase angl in degrees gener Section name Hotspot name corresponding to UsfNorm Hotspot name corresponding to UsfSher Hotspot name corresponding to UsfComb Allowable axial stress Allowable bending stress about y axis Allowable bending stress about z axis Allowable shear stress Allowable combined stress general s DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM Member LoadCase CND Type Phase SctNam YII Ru ctions only FRAMEWORK 2 8 ELD Check Results API AISC WS n API Y Priority Superelement JACKET Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 Joint Po Outcome UsfNorm UsfSher Hot Norm Hot Sher 01 28 MAR 2001 D 20th 9th Loadset WAVE LOADS UsfComb Hot Comb fa Fa fbz Fbz PAGE SUB PAGE fv Fv Fail 23 040 0 258 E 00 1 08 E 02 6 311 MaxCom FalCom E 01 16750 12 2 2 85E 02 2 04E 0 3 56E 02 90E 02 77215 11 STO I 7210 AA Baa LAX 1 306 0 008 7 63E 00 2 41E 0 3 45E 01 1 56E 00 16750 12 5 2 85E 02 2 04E 0 3 56E 02 1 90E 02 TILLS 11 STO I 7110 Raa L 1 083 0 008 8 57E 00 2 01E 01 2 32E 01 1 49E 00 16750 12 5 2 85E 02 2 04E 0 3 56E 02 1 90E 02 35115 8 STO PIPE 5110 0 996 0 049 1 25E 0
303. brace L local chord N non pipe CHORD AND BROCE display P probably a pile S support or free end The z axis indicator is positioned at one quarter of the member length measured from the member start node Hence the label will then also indicate the positive x direction of the members EXAMPLES DISPLAY LABEL MEMBER NAMES ON Framework 5 242 20 DEC 2007 DISPLAY MEMBER MEMBER PURPOSE Displays members in the current selected set PARAMETERS None NOTES See also PRINT MEMBER SELECT MEMBERS EXAMPLES DISPLAY MEMBER SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework DISPLAY PRESENTATION WIREFRAME PRESENTATION HIDDEN SURFACE resolution PURPOSE Switch between wireframe and hidden surface display PARAMETERS WIREFRAME Line display HIDDEN SURFACE Hidden surface display resolution Numerical factor defining resolution for the hidden surface display default value is 1 0 a value of 0 1 will give a coarse resolution NOTES The HIDDEN SURFACE display is only available in the DISPLAY MEMBER option The HIDDEN SURFACE display requires a high performance grayscale or colour workstation or terminal running the X windows system EXAMPLES DISPLAY PRESENTATION HIDDEN SURFACE 0 1 Framework SESAM 5 244 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DISPLAY SHAPE DE
304. brace which is classi fied as 40 YT and 60 KTK the SCFs will be SCF as YT 0 4 SCF as KTK 0 6 When selecting SCF calculations according to Efthymiou the influence function formulation may also be used For a deterministic analysis with joint type set to LOADPATH the brace type and hence the SCFs will be calculated for each step in each wave waves of various heights and direction used to obtain the stress his tory for the selected members at the investigated positions and hotspots For a stochastic analysis with joint type set to LOADPATH the brace type and hence the SCFs will be cal culated for each harmonic wave waves of unit amplitude with different frequencies and directions used to obtain the stress transfer functions for the selected members at the investigated positions and hotspots For more information on parametric SCFs see Section 2 3 34 and Framework Theory Manual 10 section 7 2 4 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 7 Forces and moments for a fatigue analysis are required to be transformed into an in plane and out of plane coordinate system This transformation is derived from the definition of CHORD and BRACE members and the local axis system for each member Another factor influencing the development of fatigue failure is the type amplitude mean level and distri bution of the applied loads The applied nominal stress history as increased locally at the hotspot generates the stressing sequen
305. c SCFs then LOCAL or parametric SCFs take the highest priority and will be used for the fatigue analysis It is possible to have different classes of SCFs assigned at the end of a member e g GLOBAL at one end and LOCAL at the other The definition of GLOBAL SCFs is OPTIONAL as shown in Table 2 8 However it is MANDATORY that either parametric or GLOBAL or LOCAL SCFs are defined for a fatigue analysis Framework SESAM 2 54 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 2 3 33 Local stress concentration factors SCF The LOCAL SCFs are only used for a fatigue analysis It defines the stress concentration factors associated with axial stress and in plane and out of plane bending stresses for a specific member If say both LOCAL and GLOBAL SCFs have been defined then the LOCAL SCFs take the highest prior ity and will be used for the fatigue analysis LOCAL SCFs may be assigned to a member with a tubular general I box channel or angle section SCFs for a tubular section are defined at pre defined points on the cross section termed hotspots Each hotspot is identified by a number The hotspot numbering system is relative to an in plane out of plane coordinate system as illustrated in Figure 2 17 For more information see Framework Theory Manual sec tions 3 7 and 7 2 4 Mo Out of plane 1 13 moment My In plane moment Section A A Figure 2 17 Hotspot numbering system for a tubular cross section For a GENERAL a
306. c input file which must have the exten sion inp e g wajac inp The input file must be prepared before the Wajac run is started A detailed descrip tion of the Wajac input is given in the Wajac User Manual Relevant input for wind load generation is however explained below Data for wind load calculations are specified by the commands WIND SEA and SEAOPT which are man datory and optionally by the commands CDWN CDWR and CONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WIND WID VEL ANGLE GUSTF HO HEXP PRAT IFORM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SEA ISEA THEO HEIGHT PERIOD PHIO TO STEP NSTEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 SEAOPT ISEA BETA WKFAC CTNO CBFAC CSTR LOAD DLOAD WID WIMET 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CDWN STYPE INDEX CDX CDZ N1 NN STEP SETNAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CDWR RN1 CDX1 CDZ1 RN2 CDX2 CDZ2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CONS OPT GRAVITY RO VISC ROAIR VISCAIR Information about the wind field is given by the WIND command which contains the wind direction wind profile index WID the mean wind velocity VEL the wind angle ANGLE the gust factor GUSTF the velocity level HO the height exponent HEXP the mean wind period ratio PRAT and the option parameter IFORM to select wind velocity profile equation The user may choose between three different wind profile formulae by the IFORM 0 1 2 Eqs 2 27 2 28 and 2 29 in W
307. ccconnnccononccncnnoconnnononnnccocaconoccconacnnonos B 1 B1 Use of NORSOK code of practice cceccceesscesesesceesseeeceececseeeseecseenseceseceseeeaeecseceaeceseeeaeeaaeesaenes B 1 B2 Use of EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice ccccccescceseesseesseseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesecaecnseeeeeeeneesaes B 12 B3 Automatic buckling factor calculations cccceccecsseessceseceseeeseeeseescecaecesceeseceaecsaecsaeneeeeeeeeaeeesaes B 21 REFERENCES wise cssiessucasoosonccsnaseus snscessisauntsocccsnascvntunssekscsnssusonissesueipncpevnassuessenney REFERENCES 1 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Framework Postprocessor for Frame Structures Framework is SESAM s program for postprocessing of results from linear structural analysis of frame struc tures The features include checks against allowable stress levels member stability punching shear fatigue and earthquake analysis Framework is characterised by Interactive menu based input e Analysis results checked against rules defined by internationally recognised codes e Flexible graphical and tabular presentation of results You should be familiar with the rules and procedure of the type of postprocessing you want to do as this user manual is not intended to cover such For example if you want to do a code checking according to the API rules you should know this code of practice and if you want to do a fatigue analysis you should be familiar
308. ce as for the static load ing This is a reasonable assumption in that buffeting fatigue effects on flare towers are normally dominated by the cantilever modes of response These strongly resemble the static response of the tower HSSs are found for each brace chord intersection separately for both the chord and brace side of the weld SN curves SN curves may be selected from the SN curve library of Framework or the user may create his own SN curves to be used in the wind fatigue analysis The DOE T DOE F DOE F2 and DOE E SN curves for structures in air see Ref 16 have been included in the SN curve library of Framework SN curves may be assigned to individual joint brace connections and bent can joints If no assignment is made for a joint the default SN curve is applied Thickness corrections to the SN curves are also possible Calculation of buffeting fatigue damage The following assumptions are made The hotspot stress power spectrum is characterized by a quasi static response and several separated sharp peaks at the structural resonances The stress spectrum is discretized into a finite number of frequency bands covering the submodal and modal peaks The integral under the peaks or frequency bands is the variance of the stress amplitude at the frequency associated with the peaks The stress amplitude within each frequency band has a Rayleigh distribution This is true for narrow band processes The sub modal sectio
309. ce which controls fatigue crack initiation and subsequent failure In calculating the fatigue life of a joint the sequence of stressing is not taken into account as fatigue life is calculated using the number of cycles computed for discrete hotspot stress ranges together with an appropriate SN fatigue design curve utilising the Miners rule The SN curves in Framework may be user defined or predefined in the program In the latter case selected API DNV NS3472 NORSOK HSE ABS and DOE curves are available It is also possible to incorporate thickness effects in the SN curve by factoring the hotspot stresses For members with non pipe cross sec tions the actual thickness used when calculating the thickness correction factor is the maximum plate thick ness flange or web from the section The loads for a fatigue analysis must be computed from a hydrodynamic analysis using a deterministic or a stochastic approach Deterministic in this context implies that the computed loads are real while stochas tic implies that the computed loads are complex comprising of real and imaginary components The Wajac 11 computer program may be used to compute hydrodynamic loads for subsequent fatigue anal ysis in Framework For stochastic fatigue Wadam may also be used to compute the hydrodynamic loads Deterministic fatigue analysis A deterministic fatigue analysis requires a deterministic hydrodynamic analysis Wajac followed by a static stru
310. ch shows Joint Member Type Diameter Thick Yield Chord Can Stub Length 2 2 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 1 ALIGN 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 13 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 7 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 10 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 See Figure 3 1 and corresponding element print table 3 2 3 Local CHORD assignments A local CHORD assignment at a joint in contrast with the global CHORD assignment described in the pre vious section influences the status of a user specified member connected to that joint This command will override at that joint any previous CHORD assignment made Local chord assignments must NOT be made at joints where classification based on geometry or loadpath is used SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 15 With reference to Figure 3 1 if at joint 2 it is required that member 10 is assigned member 7 as its CHORD then the following command must be used ASSIGN CHORD LOCAL 2 7 10 shows At OMe A A helene eens er atlere a ere eels 2 Member 7 is assigned as a local CHORD Member 10 is assigned as its local BRACE which overrides the previous status of member 10 To confirm the effect of the above command the following PRINT may be used PRINT CHORD AND BRACE 2 which shows Joint Member Type Diameter Thick Yield Chord Can Stub Length 2 2 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 0
311. combined by use of the STATIC alternative in the CREATE LOAD COMBINATION command The resulting load combination referred to herein as a static load combination may be used for calculation of displacements calculation of forces calculation of stresses code check analysis e Static load case s plus dynamic load case s Dynamic load cases can be added to static load cases The load combination is created by adding one dy namic result case by use of the SCAN alternative in the CREATE LOAD COMBINATION command or several dynamic result cases by use of the QUASI STATIC alternative in the CREATE LOAD COMBI NATION When using the SCAN alternative the program will scan through the dynamic result case to find the maximum response in combination with the static loads When using the QUASI STATIC alternative the user must specify the phase angle s to be used The resulting load combination may be used for calculation of displacements calculation of velocities calculation of accelerations calculation of forces SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 27 calculation of stresses codecheck analysis For more information on code checks for earthquake load cases see Section 2 1 3 Dynamic load cases Any number of dynamic load cases may be added together by use of the QUASI STATIC alternative in the CREATE LOAD COMBINATION command Dynamic load cases are combined at user defined phas
312. commands used to manipulate command input files are summarised below filename Read the named file from the top Reading will stop is an error if found or at the end of the file or ifa line with only an is found There may be one or more blank spaces between and the file name filename lt n gt Read lt n gt lines of the named file from the top Reading will stop if an error is found or if a line with only an is found There may be one or more blank spaces between and the file name Continue reading the presently open file Reading will stop if an error is found or at the end of the file or if a line with only an is found lt n gt Continue reading the presently open file Reading will stop if an error is found or if a line with only an is found Close the last opened command input file There cannot be any blank space be tween and the dots Show the name and status of the currently open command input file s 4 4 3 Accessing default values Framework will in many cases supply a default value when input is requested The default will be presented in An example DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE Target fatigue life 1 0 The default may be accepted using one of the following methods lt Return gt i e an empty input line to accept the current default colon to accept the current default The colon must be preceded by a blank if it is not the first i
313. cording to the Lloyd s Register rule for K T or KT joints Non standard joints are classified as T joint ORIGINAL SCFs are computed by the wind fatigue module according to the Original rule for K T or KT joints Non standard joints are classified as T joint NOTES If one of the EFTHYMIOU LLOYDS or ORIGINAL options is applied after the READ option assign ments of the READ option are discarded in the analysis If the READ option is applied all joint brace con nections that are not assigned SCFs by the READ option will have SCFs calculated according to the default parametric SCF scheme EFTHYMIOU or LLOYDS The default SCF scheme is specified by the com mand DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS The Minimum Parametric SCF command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS supersede parametric SCFs less than the minimum values The wind fatigue module classifies the joints by its own by means of the geometry of the structure and defined analysis planes The analysis planes are defined by the user Command CREATE ANALYSIS PLANES A user specified tolerance angle command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAME TERS decides if neighbouring elements lies in the same plane or not A joint is defined when two or more elements meet at a node in the same analysis plane The classification of a joint is related to a given analysis plane and its orientation in space Joints are classi fied within each analysis plane for each node included in the wind fatigue anal
314. ctice PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel mem Members to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEM BERS sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES Non pipe members having slenderness greater then 250 are skipped when running stability check according to NPD NS3472 code of practice Always check the MLG file to check for message with following text Member xxxxxx has failed because Kl r gt 250 See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EXAMPLES RUN STABILITY CHECK RUNS Check all members ALL ALL Framework SESAM 5 312 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RUN YIELD CHECK YIELD CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a member yield check according to the pre selected code of practice PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel mem Members to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEM BERS sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EXAMPLES RUN YIELD CHECK RUNIBMS Check all I beams ONLY WITH SECTION 2 ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5
315. ction ground roughness coefficient turbulence length scales for Davenport and Harris wind spectra default SN curve default SCF scheme damping ratio chord length diameter ratio angular tolerance for analysis planes lower limit of printed damage values in table print of results mimimum wind force accouted for relative to maximum force component and limit value on coher SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 57 ence terms accounted for The angular tolerance parameter is used to decide on which joint brace intersec tions shall be associated with which analysis plane DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS 8 0 0 015 1200 0 1800 0 DOE T EFTHYMIOU 0 01 30 0 1 0 1 E 12 1 E 5 1 E 3 By the DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS command wind directions and water depth are defined In graphic mode they are selected from list boxes of those used in the Wajac analysis Up to six wind directions may be selected Only wind directions of one water depth may be considered in the same run By accessing the wind fatigue module the first six directions if six directions exits of the first water depth are transferred to the wind fatigue module If other directions are to be considered the command must be executed otherwise not In line mode input the wind directions and water depth specified must comply with those used in the Wajac DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS ONLY 0 0 30 0 60 0 90 0 120 0 150 0 10
316. ction type names according to SESAM Input Interface Format Loadcase name Code check position number along beam ascending from 1 to n positions Axial force compression negative Shear force in cross section Y direction Shear force in cross section Z direction Torsion moment Bending moment about cross section Y axis Bending moment about cross section Z axis Cross section area Mininmum section modulus about Y axis Mininmum section modulus about Z axis Modulus of elasticity Yield stress Material factor safety factor Design tension resistance of the cross section Design compression resistance of the cross section Design moment resistance of the cross section about Y axis Design moment resistance of the cross section about Z axis Design plastic shear resistance Z direction Shear capacity in Z direction when general cross section GBEAMG Ratio shear area between flanges total area when class 1 or 2 Shear area in Z direction when class 3 or 4 Shear capacity in Y direction when general cross sec tion GBEAMG Cross section area scaling factor for class 1 2 and 3 Aeff A for class 4 Plastic section modulus scaling factor about Y axis 1 for class 1 and 2 We Wp for class 3 Weff Wp for class 4 Plastic section modulus about Y axis betaWpz Wpz n my mz Mcr lamdab_LT phi LT chi_LT mu_LT kLT lamdab_y phi_y chi y lamdab_z phi z chi z beta_My mu_y ky beta_Mz mu_Z kz Framework
317. ctors B i e not the moment amplification factor k which are calculated or given by the user 2 3 18 Stiffener spacing The spacing between ring stiffeners for tubular members may be specified A default value corresponding to the member length is assumed This value is used for hydrostatic collapse and hydrostatic stability calculations for tubular members only according to API AISC WSD API AISC LRFD and NORSOK code checks This value is also used to give the spacing between web stiffeners according to API AISC WSD API AISC LRFD and EUROCODE NS3472 code checks 2 3 19 Sea water density and acceleration due to gravity This data is used for hydrostatic collapse and hydrostatic stability calculations for tubular members only as indicated in Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 Default sea water density 1025 kg m Framework SESAM 2 48 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Default gravity 9 81 m s 2 3 20 Water depth This defines the average water depth The definition of water depth is MANDATORY only for hydrostatic collapse and hydrostatic stability calculations for tubular members only as indicated in Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 2 3 21 Wave height This is used in order to account for the wave induced hydrostatic pressure If the wave height is not defined then calm sea condition is assumed and hydrostatic calculations are performed up to the mean water level The definition of wave height is OPTIONAL for hydrostatic collapse
318. ctural analysis Sestra Deterministic loads are obtained by stepping waves of various heights and directions through the structure in order to obtain through a structural analysis a stress history for each member at each of its hotspots It is important to note that NO OTHER LOADS e g gravity etc should be present in the Input Interface File during the execution of the structural analysis The limitations in Framework on the wave conditions to be specified in the hydrodynamic analysis are as follows Maximum number of wave directions 36 Maximum number of wave heights per wave direction 10 Minimum number of wave steps 2 Maximum number of wave steps 36 For each of the wave directions specified in the hydrodynamic analysis it is necessary in Framework to specify the total number of waves passing through the structure A long term distribution of wave heights is then produced for each of the wave directions in order to obtain for each wave height the associated number of waves The long term distribution of wave heights may be obtained using either a long term Weibull distribution or a piece wise linear distribution in H logN space The analysis steps carried out in Framework are as follows Framework SESAM 2 8 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The long term stress range distribution is derived at each hotspot BRACE and CHORD side for each of the wave directions The long term stress range distribution may be cre
319. d as minimum free can length MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION Define fraction of chord can diameter to be used as maximum search distance when merging joints MINIMUM FREE CAN LENGTH Define length to be used as minimum free can length MINIMUM FREE STUB LENGTH Define length to be used as minimum free stub length STU MINIMUM GAP LENGTH MINIMUM GAP RESET B DIAMETER FRACTION Define a minimum gap length Define for which joints this minimum value shall apply Define fraction of stub diameter to be used as minimum free can length All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 167 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER CAN DIAMETER FRACTION CAN DIAMETER FRACTION frac PURPOSE Define the fraction of can diameter to be used as minimum free can length when assigning can section in a tubular joint PARAMETERS frac Fraction of diameter to be used NOTES Default value is 0 25 The can diameter fraction specifies the minimum free length of the can from the outermost brace weld toe as a fraction of the can diameter The default values correspond to the recommended values in API and NORSOK and NPD See also ASSIGN CAN EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER CAN DIAMETER FRACTION 0 3 Framework SESAM 5 168 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MERGE DIAMETER FRA
320. d by the stress concentration factors SCFs to give the local hot spot stresses Note that the stress range which is twice the stress amplitude is needed for fatigue damage calculations The damage is evaluated using the Miner s law approach in an analogous manner to the buffeting damage The mode and frequency are highly dependent on the conditions of member end fixity In general these are not known to any degree of accuracy therefore the used is allowed to investigate ranges of fixity Low end fixity reduces the natural frequency and the member end damage that occurs high end fixity produces a higher natural frequency and associated with it the possibility of higher end moments and damages The member centre damage is calculated in a similar manner to the member end damage The SCF for the member centre is applied as a blanket value to the entire structure This value is supplied from the input data and there are no calculations involved to derive the value This user specified SCF should represent the typ ical value that would be associated with a single sided girth closure weld It will depend on the quality con trol of the welding process the out of roundness and the mismatch that are permissible in the fabricated tubular structure The approach used is conservative The damage is evaluated at the section on the brace s length that has the maximum curvature and hence bending moment The member s displaced shape is examined at 100 equa
321. d lines outline the Finite Element model Figure 2 6 Illustration of CAN and STUB sections 2 3 6 STUBS STUB sections are normally assigned to BRACE members A STUB section which is tubular is identified by a section name This STUB section may be assigned to a joint of the structural model or directly to a brace at a joint In order for a STUB section to be assigned to a brace it is necessary that the diameter of the STUB section is not less than the nominal diameter of the brace Figure 2 6 shows a typical joint and illustrates the concept of STUBS STUB sections defined as conceptual information on the Results File will be read by Framework See Section 3 3 for an illustrated example Framework SESAM 2 38 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 2 3 7 Joint Gap and Joint overlap The gap length is defined as the distance on the chord wall between the weld toes of the two brace mem bers Such a joint is illustrated in Figure 2 7 BRACE members 0 Node of Finite Element model Ca gap Solid lines outline the real structure Dashed lines outline the Finite Element model Figure 2 7 Non overlapped joint An overlapped joint is illustrated in Figure 2 8 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 39 BRACE wall thickness CHORD wall thickness 11 11 ae AS TA projecte Es CHORE eee length lap length At l l Section A A Solid lines outline the real
322. d thus wind speeds others than the speed applied in Wajac may give rise to change in drag coefficient Accurate calculation of the drag correction factors requires the user to run a number of load cases by Wajac at varying wind speeds to obtain the associated base shears DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND SPEEDS ONLY 10 0 15 0 20 0 25 0 30 0 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES VARIABLE PROBABILITIES ONLY 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 0 5 3 971 04 2 0 0200315 00 4 0 0 40 0 20 0 15 0 15 0 10 0 36 0 22 0 21 0 11 0 10 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS VARIABLE FACTORS ONLY 1 00 0 90 0 80 0 75 0 70 1 04 0 91 0 58 0 10 001 1 1 02 0 92 0 82 0 77 0 72 Le 00099 08 91 07 80 06 40 3 Parameters applied in vortex fatigue calculations are specified by DEFINE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX PARAMETERS Eleven parameters are included Default values are available in the graphic user interface mode Default vortex member ends fixity are specified by DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT VOR TEX FIXITIES Lower and upper bound values of the fixity and the number of fixity steps are specified Framework SESAM 3 58 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX PARAMETERS 1 225 0 000015 1 0 0 2 4 0 0 1 2 1E11 7380 1 0E 04 1245 1 6 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES 0 2 0 8 5 DELETE WIND FATIGUE co
323. de cccecscesecescesseeesecceeseceeceseeeseecsecesecnseeeaecsaeenaeens 4 2 4 1 2 Starting Framework in line mode on UNix ccceccccceesceeseesseeseceeeceseeeseecseceeeeeeeseeeseeeaeens 4 3 4 13 Starting Framework in batch rune ee ecceccceeseceseceseeeseeesecaeceseseeeeeeeesaecseceeeeeeeeaeeeeenaeens 4 5 4 1 4 Files and data safety 0 0 cccccccccccsccsssceseeseeeescecceeeceeceseesseeeseceseceseseeeeeseesaeceseceeeseeeenseeaeees 4 6 Program requireMents ccccscecscesscessecssecseceeeceeeeeseecseceseceseseseessecaaecaeseeeeeeeesaecaseseeeseeseseecseneeeeeeeags 4 7 ADA E OCUUIOM TIM EATA E Pesce A An dais da 4 7 ADD SUOTASS SPACS ate cesc TR T 4 7 Program limitations ida A AA Ai died 4 7 Details on line mode syntax seian eiia a a e e deaheapetate cduandaggeatdeagesaddadevaces iaei ai 4 8 4 4 1 How to get helpi a aa a aa AE aS E ra AEA A ATE ENA Oa 4 9 AA2 Command input files viral tdi tas 4 9 44 3 Accessing default Values a a aae e a a 4 10 4 4 4 Abbreviation and Wildcards ccececcesessseseeeeceseeseeseeeeceecesecaeeseeeeeeseeseceeeeeeeeeseceecnaeeeees 4 11 4 4 5 Input of a text or name or numerical value occ eecesceeeeeseeseeceeeeeceeeeeseecsecnseeeteeeneeeaes 4 11 4 4 6 Selecting a single alternative from a list cc cceeecceeeesceesseeneceeceseeeseeesecnsecnseeeeeeeneeaaes 4 11 4 5 4 4 7 Selecting several alternatives from a list cecccecseesseesseeteceneceseeeseeeseceseeeeeeeeeeseecsaeeneenes 4 12 44 8 Ente
324. ded once in n years See also RUN FATIGUE CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE FATIGUE DUMP FILE NAME RUN_ONE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 155 DEFINE FATIGUE PARAMETERS DEFAULT FATIGUE PARAMETERS SN CURVE THICKNESS EFFECT OPTIONAL PURPOSE Define global paramters in connection with fatigue analysis PARAMETERS SN CURVE THICKNESS EFFECT Define how to calculate the SN curve thickness effect for the chord side of a weld in a tubular joint connection This global switch allow the fatigue calculations to use the brace thickness as the reference thickness when calculating the thickness effect correction at the chord side of the weld DEFAULT Use the brace wall thickness for brace side of weld and chord wall thickness for chord side of weld Default program set ting OPTIONAL Use brace wall thickness at both sides of the weld NOTES The option SN CURVE THICKNESS EFFECT is relevant for API RP2A only EXAMPLES DEFINE FATIGUE PARAMETERS SN CURVE THICKNESS EFFECT OPTIONAL Framework SESAM 5 156 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING OFF FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING ON timstp stpexp seed PURPOSE To switch between a Damage calculations based on closed form solution from spectral moments assuming Rayleigh distribu tion This is the default option
325. des additional information regarding Use of NORSOK code of practice Appendix B 1 Use of EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice Appendix B 2 e Automatic buckling factor calculations Appendix B 3 B1 Use of NORSOK code of practice The NORSOK code check is based on NORSOK STANDARD Design of Steel Structures N 004 Rev 2 October 2004 Ultimate Limit States The code check covers check of tubular pipe sections members and joints according to the following e Tubular Members section 6 3 Tubular Joints section 6 4 Strength of Conical Transitions section 6 5 It should be noticed that the member code check is a combined check for members in tension and compres sion The check is not split in Yield check and Stability check Hence if a simple yield check is wanted the NPD NS3472 code of practice should be used This code of practice must currently also be selected for code check of non tubular profiles For the member check and the conical transition check local element forces and moments are used For the punching shear check the in plane and out of plane reference system is used Framework SESAM B 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Hydrostatic pressure effects are included in the member check and the conical transition check if a water plane is defined prior to the run Select the NORSOK code of practice by the command SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE NORSOK Tubular Members Code Check section 6 3 Tubular
326. directions analysed in Wa jac Valid range of values 1 to 6 The wind directions considered will go from fwndir to lwndir in steps of 1 lwndir must be equal or larger than fwndir fint First joint to be considered ljnt Last jnt to be considered The joints considered are fjnt ljnt and all joints in between the two joints ljnt must be equal or larger than fjnt fanpIn First analysis plane to be considered Valid range of values to 10 lanpln Last analysis plane to be considered Valid range of values 1 to 10 The analysis planes considered will go from fanpln to lanpIn in steps of 1 lanplnr must be equal or larger than fanpIn fhotspot First hotspot to be considered Valid range of values 1 to 16 Ihotspot Last hotspot to be considered Valid range of values 1 to 16 Framework SESAM 5 98 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 NOTES Hotspots 1 to 8 are the braceside points and hotspots 9 to 16 are the chordside points The hotspots are equally spaced around the pipe section countered in anticlockwise direction from local z axis of the ele ment The print takes place during the fatigue calculation process and the print options must therefore be assigned prior to the run execution command The hotspot stresses and stress spectrum data are printed to the file runnameFramework dmp where run name is the name of the current run EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE STRESS PRINT OPTIONS ON ON 1329121 8 SESAM Framewo
327. drawn with colour selection for COLOR FIVE Choose line with to be used on plots Line width is in the range of 1 0 to 10 0 default 3 0 Line width 1 0 corresponds to the standard line width used when drawing members and borders Choose where to draw the colour coding legend Draw the colour coding legend in upper left corner of the dis play window This is the default location Draw the colour coding legend in lower right corner of the dis play window When TENSION LABEL is switched ON all members which are in tension for all loadcases investigated in the stability run will be given the label Tens on the code check results display Default colours and limit values for colour coding are as follows COLOR ONE RED 1 0 COLOR TWO COLOR THR EE YELLO ORANG o COLOR FOU COLOR FIVE COLOR SIX COLOR SEV o 0 6 R GREEN E CYAN DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY COLOR EIG COLOR NIN HT BLUE 0 3 30 MAGENTA 0 5 EN VIOLET 0 4 E ANTI BACKGROUND When displaying fatigue life turn color palette upside down to get critical colors for lower life EXAMPLES
328. e Tolerance distance from plane Joints within a volume shall be selected Low value of x coordinate of point defining the volume High value of x coordinate of point defining the volume Low value of y coordinate of point defining the volume High value of y coordinate of point defining the volume Low value of z coordinate of point defining the volume High value of z coordinate of point defining the volume The joints connected to a member shall be selected Member name All joints with a can name shall be selected Name of can section All joints with a stub name shall be selected Name of stub section Framework cannot access named SETs read from the Results File when the name includes the control char acter dot or SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 See also PRINT JOINT EXAMPLES SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE ALL SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE WITH CAN C70025 Framework 5 321 Framework 5 322 20 DEC 2007 SELECT LOAD CASE ONLY loadcase INCLUDE ALL LOAD CASE CURRENT EXCLUDE GROUP first lcs last lcs lcs step PURPOSE To select loadcases an put them in a set called CURRENT PARAMETERS ONLY INCLUDE EXCLUDE loadcase ALL CURRENT GROUP first Ics last lcs Ics step NOTES See also SESAM Program version 3 5 Only the subsequently selected loadcases shall be placed in the CURRENT set The last CURRENT set of l
329. e Alpha Moment transf angle from local in plane out of plane coord system Symmet Symmetry in SCF specification DiaBra Brace diameter ThiBra Brace thickness Gap Gap between braces ThiFac Thickness correction factor on SN curve Theta Angle between brace and chord in degrees Jtype Joint type DiaCho Chord diameter ThiCho Chord thickness LenCho Chord length QR Marshall reduction factor applied on SCFs 3 13 How to perform an earthquake analysis An earthquake analysis is to be performed for selected members of the jacket model shown in Figure 3 4 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 39 An eigenvalue analysis has been performed using Sestra and results for the lowest 15 mode shapes and modal load factors have been obtained For more information on the eigenfrequencies solved see Section 3 5 5 The excitation load on the jacket model is stochastic and is described in terms of a displacement spectrum applied in the global X direction only Prior to performing the earthquake analysis it is MANDATORY that the excitation response spectrum is defined first In this example the following are assumed Only the lowest 9 mode shapes will be considered during the earthquake analysis The modal damping coefficient for all modes is 0 05 The excitation spectrum is defined in terms of a displacement spectrum applied in the global X direction with the following spectral ordinates Table 3 5 Mode Freq
330. e a flatbar shaped ring stiffener PARAMETERS name text RING STIFFENER T hz tw NOTES See also Section name Text associated with section Stiffener height Web thickness ASSIGN JOINT RING STIFFENER PRINT SI ECTION GEOMETRY EXAMPLES CRI EATI E SI ECTION RING2 0 3x0 02 RING STIFF EN Section is of a flatbar shaped ring stiffener ER FLAT 0 3 0 02 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SN CURVE SN CURVE name USER text m0 SO logNO DEFAULI TAIL ALIGNED WITH FIRST HORISONTAL TAIL ARBITRARY TAIL ALIGNED WITH SECOND ml HORISONTAL TAIL logN1 ARBITRARY TAIL logN1 m2 PURPOSE Create a SN curve with up to 3 segments PARAMETERS name USER text m0 SO logNO DEFAULT TAIL ALIGNED WITH FIRST HORISONTAL TAIL ARBITRARY TAIL ml ALIGNED WITH SECOND HORISONTAL TAIL logN1 m2 SN curve name Only user defined option available Text associated with SN curve Inverse slope of first segment Stress level at end first segment Framework 5 133 Log cycles to failure at end first segment Second segment continues with m1 2 m0 1 Second segment continues with m1 m0 Second segment is horizontal Second segment is arbitrary Inverse slope of second segment Third segment continues w
331. e angles Earthquake mode shapes CANNOT be combined other than of course during the earthquake analysis Earthquake load cases CANNOT be combined 2 2 1 Calculation of joint results Joint results displacements velocities and accelerations for all external loadcases are calculated during the structural analysis Joint results for load combinations created in Framework are calculated by Framework Joint results are calculated with respect to a global axis system Results are dependent on the type of load case e Fora static loadcase or a static load combination translations and rotations are presented e For a dynamic loadcase the maximum amplitude of each component displacement velocity accelera tion is presented together with the corresponding phase angle e For a combination of a dynamic and one or more static loadcases the following is presented static translations and rotations the maximum amplitude of each component displacement velocity acceleration due to the dynamic loadcase with the corresponding phase angle and the combined maximum translations and rotations Note that joint components for a specific phase angle CANNOT be presented Graphical presentation of joint displacements The deformed shape may be displayed on top of the undeformed shape or alone for quick evaluation of dis placement results 2 2 2 Calculation of members forces and moments Member forces for all external loadcases ar
332. e calculated during the structural analysis Member forces for load combinations created in Framework are calculated by Framework Member forces are presented with respect to the member local axis system and are by default calculated at three positions along the member length at the end joints and at the midpoint For more information on the sign convention see Framework Theory Manual 10 section 3 3 Framework SESAM 2 28 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The presentation of results is dependent on the type of loadcase e Fora static loadcase or load combination forces and moments are presented computed at the centroid of the cross section e For a dynamic loadcase the maximum amplitude of each component force moment is presented together with the corresponding phase angle For loadcase a combination of a dynamic and one or more static loadcases the following is presented static forces and moments at the cross section centroid maximum amplitude of each component force moment due to the dynamic loadcase with the corre sponding phase angle and the combined maximum components force moment Note that components force moment for a specific phase angle CANNOT be presented When calculating section forces in an arbitrary position along a member the forces will be calculated based on the element forces at the start node of the element and the loads distributed and point loads applied to the element Note that t
333. e computed according to the API equation a API B The Cm values shall be computed according to the API equation b API C The Cm values shall be computed according to the API equation c EUROCODE The f values shall be computed according to EUROCODE NONE Use acting moment at code check position NORSOK only NORSOK A The Cm values shall be computed according to NORSOK alternative a NORSOK B The Cm values shall be computed according to NORSOK alternative b Framework 5 60 NORSOK C NORSOK B C NS3472 NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The Cm values shall be computed according to NORSOK alternative c The Cm values shall be computed according to NORSOK alternative b or c de pendant of transverse loading The m f values shall be computed according to NS3472 By default all members have a MANUAL assignment where both values for Cm are set to unity Select MANUAL or one of the appropriate alternatives dependant of selected code of practice For EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 it is the equivalent uniform moment factors B i e not the moment amplification factor k which are calculated or manually given through this command See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ALL MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR API B SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 61 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION EXCLUDE COMMENTARY INCLUD
334. e curves are labelled A B C etc Each member may be assigned two different buckling curves one for buckling caused by a moment about the member s local y axis and the other for buckling caused by a moment about the member s local z axis Conservatively non tubular members may be assigned curve C default while for tubular members it is usual to assign curve A default The EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice may also automatically select buckling curves based on profile shape for I H and BOX profiles This option is used in stability check for both tubular and non tubular members Framework SESAM 2 46 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 1 E 0 9 0 8 5 x 0 74 o ay g 0 64 2 aA a 0 5 gt b 3 0 4 EC Y ada g 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 3 Non dimensional slenderness A Figure 2 13 EC3 NS 3472 buckling curves 2 3 16 Lateral buckling factor The lateral buckling factor usually denoted Cb for AISC and Y for NS3472 and EUROCODE is used for calculation of the bending capacity of non tubular members in the stability checks Lateral buckling may be the mode of buckling failure for a member under axial compressive load and a large moment about its strong axis It can simply be described as Euler buckling of the compression flange about its strong axis The lateral buckling factor may be user defined or automatically calculated A d
335. e equal for all wind speeds and all wind directions prob Annual probability VARIABEL PROBABILITIES The annual probabilities vary with wind speed and wind direc tion ONLY Mandatory attribute Mandatory parentheses prob i j Annual probability associated with wind speed j in wind direc tion i nspd probabilities must be repeated ndir times where nspd is the number of wind speeds and ndir is the number of wind directions that are requested The probabilities for direction j should sum to either 1 0 or to the total probability that is associated with that direction NOTES For any given wind direction at any site the time averaged hourly average wind speed at height 10 m has a finite probability of lying within a selected band of speeds This probability may be expressed as an annual probability where the probability of occurrence is Number of hours within selected band ind P ility O Number of hours in a year SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 221 EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES EQUAL PROBABILITIES 0 2 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PROBABILITIES VARIABLE PROBABILITIES ONLY 0003 0025 002 0 15 Oy 0635 0 2 052 0015 000 1 0 4 0 2 0 15 0 15 0 1 Di2 OZ 02 02 02 0 3 05 29 02 00 150 1 0 36 0 25 0 2 0 15 02 1 Framework SESAM 5 222 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DRAG CORRECTION FACTORS EQUAL FACTORS VARIAB
336. e file name will get the extension csv This print option sets the maximum number of lines for each print table to 100000 Use this option only in connection with PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE See also SET PRINT FILE SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET PRINT FILE FILE prefix name PURPOSE To set the prefix and name of the print file PARAMETERS prefix Prefix of the print file name Name of the print file NOTES See also SET PRINT DESTINATION EXAMPLES SET PRINT FILE JACKET JOINTS Framework 5 353 Framework SESAM 5 354 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET PRINT PAGE HEIGHT PAGE HEIGHT n line PURPOSE To set the number of lines used between each page break when printing to file PARAMETERS n line Number of lines NOTES E g by giving n line 100000 very long tables e g member forces are printed without page breaks This command has the same effect as the program start up command line argument PRINT PAGESIZE n line SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 355 SET PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE PORTRAIT PAGE ORIENTATION PURPOSE To set the page orientation for the print file PARAMETERS LANDSCAPE The print page is 132 characters wide PORTRAIT The print page is 80 characters wide A4 bee x PORTRAIT LANDSCAPE Figure 5 8 Setting print page orient
337. e issued prior to the RUN command It will have no effect on existing fatigue check results The command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS DEFAULT SN CURVE and DEFAULT FATIGUE SAFETY FACTOR must be issued prior to the FILE TRANSFER command It will have no effect on exist ing members When setting the FATIGUE EXPOSURE TIME to a value greater than zero this will be the duration that the wave occurrence data deterministic fatigue must correspond to The user is then free to re specify another TARGET FATIGUE LIFE without having to re specify the number of wave cycles None of these settings will affect the calculated fatigue life but it will alter the calculated fatigue damage Miners Sum The general expressions for the calculated fatigue damage Miners Sum versus calculated fatigue life Deterministic MSD FPD FSF x TFL FETY Fatlife Stochastic MSD FPD FSF x TEL Fatlife where MSD Miner Sum Damage FPD Fatigue Part Damage FSF Fatigue Safety Factor TFL Target Fatigue Life FET Fatigue Exposure Time Fatlife Calculated Fatigue Life See also last part of Section 3 11 for another specific value which may be used for TARGET FATIGUE LIFE Use of minimum SCFs in connection with parametric SCFs can also be defined through the commands given under DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF CHORD BRACE SEPARATE ON EXAMPLES DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS MARSHALL REDUCTION 0 9 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DEFINE FAT
338. e member deflections To print joint displacements To print constant settings for the earthquake check To print earthquake damping function To print earthquake spectra To print results from a fatigue check To print constant settings for fatigue analysis To print members forces To print constant settings for hydrostatic collapse check To print joint data To print loadcase data To print the current loadset To print the current setting for LRFD load resistance factors To print material data To print members data To print modeshapes To print effective modal mass To print information about all runs SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 DEC CST SECTION To print section data SN CURVE To print data related to an SN curve STRESS To print members stresses SUPERELEMENT To print main superelement data VELOCITY To print joint velocities WAVE DIRECTIONS To print fatigue wave directions and environmental data as signed WAVE LOAD FACTORS To print fatigue wave load factors assigned to wave directions WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION To print data for a wave spreading function WAVE STATISTICS To print data related to a wave scatter diagram WIND FATIGUE To print data related to a wind fatigue calculations All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command sequence is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 258 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT ACCELERATION ACCELERATION sel
339. e to add more positions along the member using absolute or relative coordinates When using relative coordinates a value of 0 0 corresponds to end 1 first joint 0 5 to the mid point and 1 0 to end 2 second joint of the member The relative coordinates or joint names are presented in tables of stresses or code check results SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 29 The stresses at a position along the member are calculated at pre defined points on the member s cross sec tion These points are normally referred to herein as stress points or hotspots in conjunction with fatigue analysis Stresses are computed from resulting member forces relative to a local coordinate system Detailed information on stress calculations can be found in the Framework Theory Manual 10 chapter 3 Stresses may be computed for the following section types Tubular sections PIPE e Symmetrical un symmetrical I or H sections I e Channel sections CHAN e Box sections BOX e Massive bar sections BAR e General sections GENE e Angle sections L Angles defined with web on negative Y axis only Note that for other section types stresses cannot be calculated unless the section is redefined as a GEN ERAL section For box sections the stress points may be defined in centre of flange web thickness default option as shown in Figure 2 1 or at extreme fibre see command DEFINE HOTSPOTS EXTREME LOCATION
340. ea water with cathodic protection Table C 2 2 have been added to the SN curve library The new SN curves are entitled NO name S where name is the SN curve name e g B1 C2 etc Default thickness correction factors have been predefined for these SN curves The correction reference thickness and cut off thickness are applied in SI unit meters The thickness corrections are converted to cur rent length unit by use of the command DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value The value to be used is the factor which multiplied with the unit length used in the analysis gives 1 0 meter E g if the unit length used is millimetres gt value 1000 0 Note that the thickness corrections are converted to current units only for library SN curves from NORSOK Thickness corrections applied to non NORSOK or user defined SN curves must be given in current con sistent unit For the NORSOK T curve the thickness exponent is automatically increased from 0 25 to 0 3 for SCFs gt 10 0 Note that for thickness corrections with thickness exponent 0 25 except for the T curve the cut off thickness is set to 1 10 of a millimetre less than the reference thickness to avoid that the thickness correction is reported as a Standard T curve thickness correction Framework SESAM B 12 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 B2 Use of EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice The Framework member code check accordin
341. ection H2 ESSIVE STRENGTH CRITICAL Framework SESAM 5 176 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS PIPE TENSION PIPE COMPRESSION PIPE BENDING PIPE SHEAR PIPE HYDROSTATIC NON PIPE TENSION NON PIPE COMPRESSION NON PIPE BENDING NON PIPE SHEAR PUNCH YIELD STRESS PUNCH WELD LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS PUNCH K TENSION value PUNCH K COMPRESSION PUNCH K IPB PUNCH K OPB PUNCH TY TENSION PUNCH TY COMPRESSION PUNCH TY IPB PUNCH TY OPB PUNCH X TENSION PUNCH X COMPRESSION PUNCH X IPB PUNCH X OPB PURPOSE To specify change API AISC LRFD resistance factors PARAMETERS PIPE TENSION Define the resistance factor for pipe section axial tension stress Default value 0 95 SESAM Program version 3 5 PIPE COMPRESSION PIPE BENDING PIPE SHEAR PIPE HYDROSTATIC NON PIPE TENSION NON PIPE COMPRESSION NON PIPE BENDING NON PIPE SHEAR PUNCH YIELD STRESS PUNCH WELD PUNCH K TENSION PUNCH K COMPRESSION PUNCH K IPB PUNCH K OPB PUNCH TY TENSION PUNCH TY COMPRESSION PUNCH TY IPB PUNCH TY OPB Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 177 Define the resistance factor for pipe section axial compression stress Default value 0 85 Define the resistance factor for pipe section bending stress Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for pipe section shear stress De
342. ed in order to combine one or more static loadcases with one or more dynamic loadcases or to combine dynamic loadcases Note that loadcases are combined for specific phase angles For static loadcases a phase angle is mean ingless so any value may be specified as it will not be used SCAN This option must be used to combine static loadcases with one dynamic loadcase load case Load case name to be included in the combination This must be a basic loadcase i e NOT a load combination factor Loadcase factor phase Phase angle in degrees for which a dynamic loadcase shall be combined NOTES The SCAN load combination will be checked scanned for the set of phase angles given in the command DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE Default is in the range of 0 to 345 degrees in step of 15 degrees See also ASSIGN LOAD CASE PRINT LOAD CASE DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE EXAMPLES CREATE LOAD COMBINATION LC1 None STATIC 11 0 2 3 5 3 2 2 CREATE LOAD COMBINATION LC2 None QUASI STATIC 5 1 0 0 0 9 1 0 90 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 119 CREATE MEMBER COMBINE AUTOMATIC MEMBER name text joint joint2 PURPOSE To create a member by joining existing members PARAMETERS COMBINE AUTOMATIC Automatic combination of elements name Member name text Text associated with member jointl Joint name for end 1 of new member joint2 Joint name for e
343. ed to minimum 0 01 meters or equivalent when converted to current length unit ref DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value In the heading for print of the check results the following symbols represent forces and moments when the member is not exposed to external water pressure and axial and bending stresses when water pressure is present e Nsd Design axial force stress when hydrostatic pressure e Ney Euler buckling strength y direction stress when hydrostatic pressure e Nez Euler buckling strength z direction stress when hydrostatic pressure e Nrd Design axial resistance stress when hydrostatic pressure e MySd Design bending moment about y axis stress when hydrostatic pressure e MzSd Design bending moment about z axis stress when hydrostatic pressure e Mrd Design bending resistance stress when hydrostatic pressure Nsd is reported with negative sign when the member is in compression In the check performed according to section 6 3 8 3 Interaction shear and bending moment the vector sums of shear forces and bending moments are used in the formulas Framework SESAM B 6 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 In section 6 3 8 1 Axial tension and bending the axial part of the utilisation is NSd Nt Rd 7 gt To avoid too small utilisations for members with small bending moments an additional check is performed according to section 6 3 2 Axial tension In stability checks i e equa
344. ed to the wave statistics A ISSC spectrum shall be assigned to the wave statistics of type ISSC A JONSWAP spectrum shape shall be assigned to the wave sta tistics Peak enhancement factor of JONSWAP Left width of JONSWAP spectrum Right width of JONSWAP spectrum A GENERAL GAMMA spectrum shape shall be assigned to the wave statistics Parameter L for the GENERAL GAMMA spectrum Parameter N for the GENERAL GAMMA spectrum The spectrum shape is assigned to all seastates in the wave sta tistics The spectrum shape is assigned to a subset of the wave statis tics where Hs Tz is between specified limits Lowest H value SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 73 uppH Upper H value lowT Lowest T value uppT Upper T value NOTES When the wave statistics has been defined through an all parameter scatter diagram e g the Ochi Hubble spectrum all necessary parameters are given through the CREATE WAVE STATISTICS command and hence a wave spectrum shape shall not be assigned to the wave statistics see Section 2 3 27 Wave spectrum shape For ISSC it is T1 mean wave period that shall be given as input instead of Tz See also CR EAT E WAVI E STATISTICS EXAMPLES ASSIGN WAV E SPECTRUM SHAPE SCATTERA JONSWAP 3 3 0 07 0 09 ALL Framework SESAM 5 74 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION spread name NONE
345. efault A single question mark will show the possible alternatives in the matrix Use LIST to see the rows in the matrix 4 4 9 Setting and clearing loops in a command When a command is completed Framework will by default go back to the main prompt If a command is to be repeated many time in slightly different versions it can be desirable to not go back to the main prompt but rather to some intermediate level This is accomplished by typing in the text LOOP at the point where the command is to be repeated The loop is removed by typing END at the loop point or by aborting the command using the double dot Example ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY LOOP 0 0 25 45 0 65 90 0 10 END 4 4 10 Inserting a command into another command It is possible to insert a command at any point while in command mode not in programming mode This is done by simply typing the main prompt followed by the inserted command Framework will finish the new command and then return to the point in the previous command where the new command was inserted This is useful e g for catching up on settings or definitions that was forgotten while inside a PRINT or DIS PLAY command or for printing out objects to see what they contain The following examples illustrate this DISPLAY MEMBER SELECT MEMBERS ONLY The same command cannot be entered recursively e g it is not allowed to insert a PRINT MEMBER
346. efault value of 1 0 is assumed 2 3 17 Moment reduction factors The moment amplification reduction factors are used in stability calculations The application of a moment along the un braced length of members under compressive load generates a secondary moment SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 47 equal to the product of the resulting eccentricity and the applied axial compressive load The secondary moment is not reflected in the computed bending stress fp To provide for this added moment the computed bending stress is multiplied and therefore amplified by the factor where f is the acting axial stress and F is the Euler buckling stress with a factor of safety However depending on the applied moment diagram the amplification factor for the computed bending stress may overestimate the extent of the secondary moment To take care of this the amplification factor may be mod ified as required by the moment amplification reduction factor usually denoted C The computed bending stress is then factored by 1 _ F Two values of C or each member are required for stability calculations Cm and C Cm values for mem bers may be user defined or calculated by the program A default value of 1 0 is assumed for Cp and C In order to comply with the code of practice used the correct code of practice must be selected For EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 it is the equivalent uniform moment fa
347. effective length factors for members with pipe sections are described at end of Section 2 3 12 2 3 12 Effective length factors The effective length factors are used for estimating the interaction effects of the total frame on a compres sion member which is under investigation for stability failure This method uses effective length factors K to equate the strength of a compression member of length to an equivalent pin ended member of length Kl subject to axial load only If enough axial load is applied to the single column shown in Figure 2 10 the column depends entirely on its own bending stiffness for resistance to lateral deflection The effective length of this member Kl will exceed its actual length If however this column is part of a frame the effective length of the same column is less than its actual length due to the restraint because of resistance to joint rotation provided by the lat eral member In general the effective length factor may be less equal or greater than unity KI _ I i KI Figure 2 10 Axis load applied to a column GREAT CARE MUST BE EXERCISED when assigning effective length factors to members in Framework as it is easy to assign incorrect values unless the concept deployed is fully realised In Framework two effective length factors may be assigned for each member Kz associated with a moment about a members local z axis i e buckling in the local x y plane and Ky associated with a moment
348. efficients for specific members C N1 NN STEP STYP INDX CDX CDZ C CDWN ilies 24 Lg iis ding dL 9 2 1 2 Cc Air drag coefficients as a function of Reynolds numbers C Rn1 CDX1 CDZ1 RN2 CDX2 CDZ1 C CDWR Cc Cc Dataset LOAD E O D U Framework SESAM A 72 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 C Member force printout specification G N1 NN STEP STYPE INDEX ISEA ISTEP MPRT D3 24 JE T ds i i MPRT alka 24 ing 1 de Ze Los MPRT To 24 de La Ts 34 abe MPRT 1 24 Li Ey Jas 4 Le MPRT alee 24 I Is ale Ds L MPRT 1 24 Ty T E 6 1 Cc C Water depth DPTH 10 0 DPTH 12 0 DPTH 12 0 Cc C Wind profile WID VEL ANGLE GUSTF HO HEXP WIND 1 30 0 EQ 10 0 125 WIND 2 30 30 1 0 10 0 125 WIND 3 30 60 1 0 10 0 125 WIND 4 30 90 1 0 10 0 125 WIND 5 30 120 1 0 10 0 125 WIND 6 30 1 50 TsO 10 0 125 WIND 7 30 180 0 10 0 125 Deterministic load calculation THEO CRNO HGHT PERIOD PH10 TO STEP NSTEP BETA OPT ISEA THEO HEIGHT PERIOD PH10 TO STEP NSTEP EA 1s 9 EA 2 9 EA EN Or EA 4 9 EA De 9 EA 6 9 EA Ts 9 Additional data for deterministic load calculation ISEA BETA WKFC CTNO CBFC CSTR LOAD DLOA WID WIMET EAOPT Trs mee Es Ti 2 3 EAOPT 4 Siz 5 6 7 HANNNANNNRAAANHHAHNNHHANAAAAA JO OF WN SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 73 A 13 Ses
349. ely to occur Only cross flow oscillations are considered In line vibrations are ignored The fundamental equation for the dynamic bending behaviour of a beam is used to derive at the first mode of vibration for a brace The sup port conditions at the joints are of fundamental importance for the vibration response of the brace and may affect the fatigue life significantly The dynamic equation is solved for a beam supported by rotational springs at the ends Various support conditions may thus be simulated and the effect of various member end fixities on the fatigue life may be evaluated A detailed outline of the derivation is described in 15 A max imum of five fixity conditions ranging from simply supported to fully fixed beam ends may be investigated Vortex shedding induced fatigue damages are calculated at the member ends and at the point of highest cur vature along the member span The last is reported as member centre damage in the out print The SCF applied at the member centre span should be that associated with the closure weld One SCF value must be supplied This value is used in the evaluation of all member centre span damages The structural model Structures modelled by two nodes 3D beam elements with uniform tubular sections may be analysed for wind fatigue damage The model may however include non tubular beams These beams are skipped in the fatigue analysis but wind load effect generated by these beams are accounted for
350. embers with same diameter and thickness meet the member having the smallest or most negative values of coordinates x and y x and z or y and z will be selected as CHORD Be X Figure 2 4 Default chord and brace assignments In Figure 2 4 C denotes a CHORD A denotes an ALIGNED chord and B denotes a BRACE member end The default assignments for two K joints a KT joint and a vertical X joint is shown in the view of a vertical panel In the horizontal plane view default assignments for an X joint is shown If a member is manually assigned at a joint as a CHORD then it is NOT necessary for that member to have the largest diameter at that joint Two types of manual CHORD assignments are available GLOBAL and LOCAL When the GLOBAL assignment is used and a CHORD is assigned at a joint then ALL other tubular mem bers at that joint are the BRACE members of the assigned CHORD When the LOCAL assignment is used and a CHORD is assigned at a joint then only a user defined member at that joint is the BRACE of the assigned CHORD It should also be noted that chords which in the modelling tool are modelled as continuous members span ning across structural joints must be split at structural joints if incoming braces are going to be checked for punching shear capacity or fatigue damage when using parametric SCFs see command DEFINE BEAM SPLIT Figure 2 5 below shows a typical joint and illustrates the concept of a CHORD and ALIGNED chord See
351. ength 1 1 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 8 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 1 6 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 1 2 1 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 2 ALIGN 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 13 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 1 7 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 1 10 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 1 Framework SESAM 3 12 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 3 2 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 T5 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 2 3 BRACE 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 2 16 Non tubular member 4 4 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 11 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 4 3 BRACE 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 4 18 Non tubular member 5 5 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 4 ALIGN 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 14 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 5 7 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 5 9 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 5 6 5 CHORD 3 000E 00 3 00E 02 2 00E 08 12 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 5 6 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 5 7 8 CHORD 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 9 ALIGN 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 13 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 8 12 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 8 8 10 CHORD 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 11 ALIGN 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 14 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 10 L5 BRACE 1 500E 00 1 50E 02 2 00E 08 10 9 16 Non tubular member do Non tubular member 10 dl Non tubular
352. ent coord RELATIVE EXCLUDE OPTIONS endl cs endl bs end2 bs end2 cs transition intermediate PURPOSE To assign fatigue check positions to selected members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned the positions For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MEMBERS DEFAULT Default positions are assigned ABSOLUTE Positions defined as absolute distance RELATIVE Positions defined as relative distance ONLY Modify existing defined positions to contain given positions only INCLUDE Add positions to existing defined positions EXCLUDE Remove positions from existing defined positions segment User defined identification of position coord Absolute when ABSOLUTE or relative when RELATIVE distance measured from End 1 first joint of the member OPTIONS Optional way of defining location of positions endl cs Position at start of member chord side select ON or OFF end1 bs Position at start of member brace side select ON or OFF end2 bs Position at end of member brace side select ON or OFF end2 cs Position at end of member chord side select ON or OFF transition Positions at transitions from one section size to another e g if a can or stub section has been assigned to a member select ON or OFF Framework SESAM 5 34 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 intermediate Positions at start end of each element in member after e g use of the command CREATE MEMBER select ON or OFF N
353. equencies and the modal load factors are included in the print table PARAMETERS sel mod Modeshapes for which to print results For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MODE SHAPE EXAMPLES PRINT MODE SHAPE ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 287 PRINT MODAL MASS MODAL MASS sel mod PURPOSE To print the effective modal mass from an eigenfrequency analysis The printed values equals the modal load factors for X Y and Z directions squared The sum off the effective modal masses for the selected mode shapes is also printed PARAMETERS sel mod Modeshapes for which to print results For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MODE SHAPE EXAMPLES PRINT MODAL MASS ALL Framework 5 288 20 DEC 2007 PRINT RUN RUN PURPOSE To print a summary of all runs performed PARAMETERS None NOTES See also RUN EXAMPLES PRINT RUN SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 289 Framework PRINT SECTION SECTION PROPERTY sec name GEOMETRY HOTSPOTS PURPOSE To print section data PARAMETERS GEOMETRY PROPERTY HOTSPOTS sec name NOTES See also ASSIGN Sl CR EAT E EC E S EC Section geometric data shall be printed Section property data shall be printed Section hotspot data shall be printed Section name for w
354. er Outcome Phase NPD NS3472 Rev 3 Ed 2 Loadset WAVE LOADS Moipb Maipb Moopb Maopb Method 4215 5110 5315 5510 34217 34212 55412 35110 45315 55317 55517 10 YL YL YT LE Run Superelement NPD P JACKET Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 45 Usfac P Pa 7100 Fail 6593 lt L 07B 05 2 2 26E 06 1 100 0 707 2 43E 06 3 4 80E 06 2 100 0 674 2 18E 06 1 1 38E 07 7 100 0 642 1 01E 05 5 3 06E 06 2 100 0 618 4 40E 05 7 81 32 02 08 29 0O8E4 35 E 08 E 09 E 09 E 09 E 08 E 08 1 85E 08 2 26E 09 MANUAL 1 80E 09 4 42E 09 MANUAL 7 74E 08 1 68E 09 MANUAL 4 52E 08 90 000 e 21 21 21 500 17 16 321 842 813 988 956 500 20 16 917 842 500 SUB PAGE Ofp Dbrace Ofipb Dchord Qfopb Beta 0 988 5 00E 02 0 982 7 00E 02 0 991 0 714 1 000 6 00E 02 1 000 6 00E 02 1 000 1 000 0 992 7 00E 02 0 988 1 60E 03 0 995 0 438 1 000 7 00E 02 1 000 7 00E 02 1 000 1 000 1 000 7 00E 02 2 4315 7110 5415 5220 5215 3120 55513 34317 34315 77315 67110 SOOT 55417 55217 35220 55518 55212 35115 23120 15 11 XL YL L YT YT XE 100 100 100 100 1
355. er area is set close to zero inside to program to avoid numerical problems At the tubular cone junctions the maximum SCF will be at the outside at the smaller diameter junction and at the inside at the larger diameter junction Equations C 2 12 DNV RP C203 3 3 5 and C 2 13 DNV RP C203 3 3 6 do only give the maximum SCFs and hence using the SCFs defined in C 2 14 will give free dom to select combination of inside outside SCF calculation together with SN curve Equation C 2 14 pre sumes equal wall thickness for tubular and cone However when calculating SCF at cone side of junction tc is used In junctions where tc gt t t is used It is not possible to assign more than one SN curve to each fatigue check position Hence it may be neces sary to perform more than one fatigue analysis to cover combinations of SCFs and SN curves When printing member fatigue data command PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK DATA four of the print table fields will contain text data as shown below Field Butt Weld Butt Weld Cone Transition With Slope Manual SCFrule BUTT BUTT CONICAL Symmet SLOPE MANUAL OUTSIDE or INSIDE or MAXIMUM SCFax slope delta stiffener area SCFipb length stiffener location When printing results from member fatigue check four of the print table fields will contain text data as shown below Framework SESAM 5 42 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Field Butt Weld Butt Weld Cone Transition With
356. er at end 1 to be used in the fatigue calculation The value overrides the true diameter of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true diameter Diameter at end 2 to be used in the fatigue calculation The value overrides the true diameter of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true diameter Thickness at end 1 to be used in the fatigue calculation The value overrides the true thickness of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true thickness Thickness at end 2 to be used in the fatigue calculation The value overrides the true thickness of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true thickness Changes in the section dimensions of a member will change the stresses of the section and affect the calcu lated fatigue damage of the member Such changes may also affect the member which is selected as the chord of a joint However it also offers the possibility for the user in a simple way to force a member to be the chord of a joint in the case when all members meeting at the joint have a same diameter and thickness by given an infinitesimal increase to the section dimensions for the preferred chord member EXAMPLES CHANGE WIND FATIGUE SECTION DIMENSIONS CURRENT 0 2 0 2 0 0125 0 0125 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CREATE Framework 5 113 EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM JOINT LOAD COMBINATION MATERIAL CREATE MEMBER SECTION SN CURVE WAVE
357. er brace Diameter chord NORSOK Rev 2 October 2004 chapter 6 4 4 Overlap joints give some instructions regarding additional checks to be performed The Outcome column in the result print has different content dependant of gov erning check as follows Ove Shea Shear parallell to chord is governing Othrough The through brace according to eq 6 57 Othr com The through brace according to eg 6 57 but based on modified forces due to portion of load in overlapping brace Othr amo The through brace according to eg 6 57 but based on forces in the overlapping brace Ooverlap The overlapping brace according to eq 6 57 Oove Yot The overlapping brace calculated as Y using the through brace as chord Strength of Conical Transitions section 6 5 A conical transition code check is performed by the command RUN CONE CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs where run name name given to the run run text description associated to the run sel mem members to be checked sel lcs load cases to be checked Geometric requirements calculated usage factors The following geometric requirement is checked alpha lt 30 deg slope angle of cone The code check will be performed with the given geometric properties even if they are outside the limits but the print of results will give the following utilisation factor alpha gt 30 deg gt Usfact 999 0 However the u
358. er is given by F pC DL U U where r Cg L D and U are the air density member drag coefficient member diameter member length and vector normal velocity respectively The above form is expanded by splitting the wind velocity vector into a mean velocity U mean and three fluctuating gust components longitudinal to US lateral to VS and vertical to W the mean wind direc tion After some algebraic manipulations see Appendix 9 in 15 the wind force vector may be written as Framework SESAM 2 20 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 F PF F F U US Uv U mean mean mean we where the resulting force vector has been divided into three separated vectors representing forces due to the three wind gust components US V8 W8 respectively Features have been developed in Wajac to generate the three force vector components to be used in wind fatigue calculations Parameters used in Wajac to generate of the wind forces which are also required in the wind fatigue calculation are transferred to the wind fatigue module through the Results Interface File Wind forces may be generated for a series of wind directions and water depths in Wajac For each water depth the same wind directions are applied Three load cases are established for each wind direction A maximum of six wind directions for the same water depth may be handled by the wind fatigue module The number of wind directions in Wajac may however be larger than six In t
359. ersion 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SECTION name text ANGLE name text ANGLE hz Ibt Itf tw r PURPOSE To create a section with an angle profile PARAMETERS name text ANGLE hz bt tf tw r NOTES See also Section name Text associated with section Section is of an angle profile Height of section Width of section Flange thickness Web thickness Fillet radius ASSIGN SECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION AN400100 hz 400 bt 100 ANGLE B Framework 0 4 0 1 0 025 0 025 0 5 125 Framework SESAM 5 126 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE SECTION name text CHANNEL name text CHANNEL hz bt tf tw r PURPOSE To create a section with a channel profile PARAMETERS name text CHANNEL hz bt tf tw r NOTES See also Section name Text associated with section Section is of a channel profile Height of section Width of section Flange thickness Web thickness Fillet radius ASSIGN SECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SECTION CH400100 hz 400 bt 100 CHANNEL 0 4 0 1 0 025 0 025 O SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 CREATE SECTION name text BOX name text BOX hz bt Itf tw PURPOSE To create a section with a box profile PARAMETER
360. es where the bending moment at midspan has opposite sign compared to the maximum bending moment and is larger than 50 of the maximum bending moment the classification based on bending moments at midspan is used The buck ling resistance check is only calculated based on the geometry at midspan of the member Compared with other member stability code checks available in Framework it is the equivalent uniform moment factors B i e not the moment amplification factor k which are given through the command ASSIGN STABILITY MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR The 8 factors may be manually given or automatically calculated by the program Automatic calculation based on moment distribution along member see EC3 figure 5 5 3 NS table 12 is activated by using the command ASSIGN STABILITY MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR EUROCODE or ASSIGN STABILITY MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR NS3472 Note that for some profiles e g I H sections with small height width ratio a buckling check without tak ing into account a lateral torsional failure mode will be governing even if lateral torsion buckling is a poten tial failure mode For lateral buckling the user may specify a value for the length of member between points with lateral restraint inclusive the end rotation the lateral buckling length kL see EC3 Annex F 1 2 NS sect B 12 3 4 Use the command ASSIGN STABILITY UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH LENGTH BETWEEN JOI
361. ethod SRSS e Naval Research Laboratory method NRL e ABSolute sum of each modal response ABS The method recommended in API RP 2A APIC For more information on the theory see Framework Theory Manual 10 section 2 The basic data required prior to executing an earthquake analysis are as follows a The solution to the eigenvalue problem b Calculation of modal load factors c Definition of ground motion Eigenfrequencies and modal load factors are computed from a linear eigenvalue analysis e g Sestra while the ground motion data are specified in Framework Ground motion data may be given in terms of motion response spectra with linear interpolation between spectral ordinates specified for arbitrary frequencies Motion response spectra may be defined for e Displacement e Velocity e Acceleration Response spectra may be defined for each of the global X Y and Z directions Results from an earthquake analysis may be calculated for e Joint displacements e Joint velocities e Joint accelerations Framework SESAM 2 12 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Member forces An earthquake analysis is performed taking into account a finite number of modes The number of modes is selected by the user The following limitations apply to an earthquake analysis e Only beam members may be analysed for earthquake response Maximum number of modes that may be accounted for is 1000 Inthe CQC modal combination rule a cut off is
362. f 24 coherence models Possible combinations of wind spectrum and coherence model implemented are given in the table below Possible combinations of wind spectrum and coherence model Coherence options Wind spectrum Paces 1 2 3 4 General Gusto Gusto NPD Harris u Yes Yes Yes Davenport u Yes Yes Yes NPD u Yes Panofsky lateral v Yes Yes Yes Panofsky vertical w Yes Yes Yes Wind spectra HARRIS wind spectrum 2 cust 4eke Ui SE 10 10 Sf SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 17 DAVENPORT wind spectrum Lue f 40 ko Vid f 10 U 0 MER 10 S f PANOFSKY LATERAL wind spectrum ze UG 9 3 7 ie oY lSeke Viol Si PANOFSKY VERTICAL wind spectrum 3 360ke ate E 1o 224 ee NPD wind spectrum S f ES ae 320 50 is a pty 7 E 2 3 Ene iS Ca To n 0 468 where k is the surface drag coefficient U is the 1 hour mean wind speed at 10m above ground or mean sea level z is the height in meter above ground or sea level U z is the wind speed at vertical coordinate z Lu is the turbulent length scale and fis the frequency in Hz The HARRIS and DAVENPORT spectra are independent of height z and is linear dependent on the drag at the ground surface The PANOFSKY and NPD spectra depend on the height Framework SESAM 2 18 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Coherence models GENERAL
363. f joint type based on joint geometry is recommended When the user specifies that the joint type shall be based on joint geometry or load path the joint type will be determined as follows The program will count the number of braces in the same plane as the current brace and the chord element and based on the number of near and far side braces determine the joint type The user specified BRACE TOLERANCE angle default 15 degrees is used in order to determine if neighbouring braces are in the same plane as the current brace The classification is made as follows Table 2 3 Joint type classification Number of braces Joint type based on Same Opposite GEOMETRY LOADPATH side side only possibly in addition 1 0 YT 2 0 K YT 3 0 KTK YT upper lower brace 3 0 KTT YT middle brace 4 0 Impossible 1 gt 0 X YT 2 gt 0 K YT X 3 gt 0 KTK YT X upper lower brace 3 gt 0 KTT Y TX middle brace 4 gt 0 Impossible YT XxX 2 3 9 Positions for code check By default a member modelled from a single finite element has 3 code check positions namely both ends and the midpoint of the member If a member is modelled from several finite elements code check positions are created at all finite element nodes and at the mid point of all finite elements with a length exceeding a certain fraction of the total mem ber length The user may assign code check positions along the member using
364. f the structure is required The waves that induce this loading are usually presented in the form of a scatter diagram A scatter diagram gives the probability of occurrence of significant wave height Hs and zero up crossing period Tz A typical scatter diagram is shown below 8 Number of observations 2198 H ft 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 T s Figure 2 16 Scatter diagram A seastate is identified by a set of Hs and Tz values For each seastate Hs and Tz are required to be defined In addition the probability of occurrence of each seastate must be specified in order to calculate the contri bution of each individual seastate to the gross fatigue damage When using wave statistics according to ISSC 23 it is T1 mean wave period that is used A seastate is associated with a wave spectrum shape unless defined through an all parameter scatter dia gram In Framework all seastates may be associated with the same wave spectrum shape or different Framework SESAM 2 52 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 shapes may be assigned to different parts of the scatter diagram This may be a Pierson Moskowitz JON SWAP Gamma or ISSC wave spectrum If the wave statistics has been defined through an all parameter scatter diagram all necessary parameters are given through the CREATE WAVE STATISTICS command and hence a wave spectrum shape shall not be assigned to the wave statistics For more details on the wave spectrum see Section 2 3 27
365. f weld Hot Hotspot stress point with maximum damage SCFrule Method used for SCF calculation SCFax SCF for axial force SCFipb SCF for in plane bending SCFopb SCF for out of plane bending SNcurv SctNam Alpha Symmet DiaBra ThiBra Gap ThiFac QR Cycles Theta Jtype DiaCho ThiCho LenCho FixCho SCFaxC SCFaxsS DATE Member e SN curve name Section name Moment transformation angle from local to in out of plane coord Symmetry in SCF specifiation Brace diameter Brace thickness Gap between braces Thickness correction factor on SN curve Marchall reduction factor applied on SCFs Total number of stress cycles Angle between brace and chord in degrees Joint type Chord diameter Chord thickness Chord length Chord end fixity parameter SCF for axial force at Crown Hotspot 7 SCF for axial force at Saddle Hotspot 1 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 Gl PROGRAM SESAM FRAM EWORK 2 8 01 system 28 MAR 2001 DETERMINISTIC fatigue check results Run Superelement Loadset DETFAT JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Selected Members Usage factor Above 0 00 Type Joint Po Outcome Damage Lif WeldSid Hot SCFrule SCFax SCFipb PAGE SUB PAGE SCFopb SNcurve 33215 33415 SctNam PIPE 50025 PIP 50025 Gl PIPE 50025 3120 3210 3210 3220 3220 3220 3220 06E 05 47E 08 98E 08
366. factor when running redesign Default value 1 0 DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS TARGET USAGE FACTOR value A list of sections to be used in the redesign process must be defined This list must contain the sections in a prioritised order with respect to preferred sections to use The section on top of the list will be checked first hence order from weak to strong sections Use the command DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN SECTION LIST ONLY secl sec2 Framework SESAM 3 42 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 During the redesign process the various results are reported in the message field and written to the MLG file The results from the final selection may be printed by use of the ordinary code check print command PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS 3 16 How to compute material take off Framework has an option for simplified material takeoff computations Three different commands are available PRINT MATERIAL TAKE OFF prints an overview of the total lengths weights and surface areas identi fied by material and cross section names for a selection of members PRINT MEMBER TAKE OFF prints an overview of can stub and mid section cross section and material segment lengths and mass for a selection of members PRINT JOINT TAKE OFF prints an overview of sections and materials for a selection of joints Only the lengths and masses of adjoining cans and stubs will be included Note
367. fect Narrow wind band excitation is particular destruc tive as it arises to the natural frequency of the brace coincides or almost coincides with the fre quency at which vortices are shed from the brace in a steady wind This is the phenomenon of lock SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 79 on Avoidance of lock on is a major objective of flare tower design BROAD Consider the fatigue damage to solely be caused by a broad wind band effect NOTES The program considers the effect of wind buffeting and vortex shedding induced vibrations individually The combined effect of both sources of fatigue may also be considered Wind buffeting damage is caused by fluctuations in gust wind velocities upon a mean wind speed The fluc tuations are described along laterally across and vertically across the mean wind directions A maximum of six wind directions may be considered in a fatigue analysis While the mean wind is represented by a speed and direction see command DEFINE WIND DIRECTIONS and DEFINE WIND SPEEDS the gust components are statistically described by three parameters proba bility distribution see command DEFINE WIND PROBABILITIES power spectra and cross correlation function The probability distribution describes the ratio of percentage of time a certain wind speed is likely to occur the power spectra reflect the energy content of the wind as a function of frequency and the cross correlatio
368. file and model description example 1 oo Preframe journal file for a 4 leg jacket structure o oe Note Units of length are in mm o Units of force are Newtons o o Define nodal coordinates o SLEG Al NODE 1110 18000 24000 6000 2110 18000 0 23250 0 3110 18000 0 22875 3000 5110 18000 0 18750 0 36000 6110 18000 0 18000 0 42000 0 7110 18000 0 18000 0 51000 0 8110 18000 0 18000 0 60000 0 SLINE 5115 0 0 18750 0 36000 0 8115 0 0 18000 0 60000 0 SLEG B1 1120 18000 0 24000 0 6000 0 2120 18000 0 23250 0 0 0 3120 18000 0 22875 0 3000 0 5120 18000 0 18750 0 36000 0 6120 18000 0 18000 0 42000 0 7120 18000 0 18000 0 51000 0 8120 18000 0 18000 0 60000 0 SLEG A2 1210 18000 0 24000 0 6000 0 2210 18000 0 23250 0 0 0 3210 18000 0 22875 0 3000 0 5210 18000 0 18750 0 36000 0 6210 18000 0 18000 0 42000 0 7210 18000 0 18000 0 51000 0 8210 18000 0 18000 0 60000 0 SLINE 2 Framework A 10 20 DEC 2007 4215 0 0 20811 0 19500 0 5215 0 0 18750 0 36000 0 8215 0 0 18000 0 60000 0 SLEG B2 1220 18000 0 24000 0 600 2220 18000 0 23250 0 0 0 3220 18000 0 22875 0 3000 5220 18000 0 18750 0 3600 6220 18000 0 18000 0 4200 7220 18000 0 18000 0 5100 8220 18000 0 18000 0 6000 SLINE A 3315 18000 0 0 0 3000 0 4315 18000 0 0 0 21135 0 5315 18
369. focus It provide on line access to a description of how to use the matrix vector Journalling from graphics mode All commands that are accepted from graphics mode are logged on the journal file The commands are logged in a format that can be read into the corresponding line mode command There is one case that deserves attention Some dialog boxes contain many line mode commands An example is the Set Plot dialog box Since all the visible contents of a dialog box are selected when the OK or Apply button is pressed even if only parts of the box has been changed all possible commands in the box will be logged Pressing the OK or Apply button in this box will generate the following log SET PLOT LOOP COLOUR OFF FILE FRAMEWORK FORMAT SESAM NEUTRAL PAGE SIZE A4 END SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 1 5 COMMAND DESCRIPTION The hierarchical structure of the commands and numerical data is documented in this chapter by use of tables How to interpret these tables is explained below Examples are used to illustrate how the command structure may diverge into multiple choices and converge to a single choice Entering data in graphics mode is described in Chapter 4 In the example below command A is followed by either of the commands B and C Thereafter command D is given Legal alternatives are therefore AB D and A C D B A D C In the example below command A
370. for all three assignments a linear H LogN curve was requested If the user wants to apply the DNV X curve identical to the AWS D1 1 1972 X curve no additional input is required All members get as default the DNV X curve assigned In this example GLOBAL stress concentration factor are used The commands necessary to be used is where a value of 5 0 is assigned for the SCFs associated with axial stresses and in plane and out of plane bending stresses DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS AXIAL GLOBAL SCF 5 0 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE GLOBAL SCF 5 0 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE GLOBAL 5 0 It is required to perform the deterministic fatigue analysis for the following members 8 11 12 15 16To per form the deterministic fatigue analysis the following command is used DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE 1 0 RUN FATIGUE CHECK DETFAT DETERMINISTIC FATIGUE ANALYSIS ALL ONLY 8 11 12 15 16 To print the results the following command is used PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS DETFAT SELECTED MEMBERS CURRENT FULL ABOVE p3 o o The results obtained from a deterministic fatigue analysis are shown in Appendix A The notation used for the output is explained below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from
371. from a pure STABILITY code check See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY EXAMPLES DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS RUNO1 WORST MAX USAGE FACTOR SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 235 DISPLAY DIAGRAM PX QY rel fac QZ DIAGRAM loadcase MX MY ABSOLUTE abs fac MZ PURPOSE Present diagram of member forces PARAMETERS load case Load case selected PX Axial force QY Shear force in the direction of member local y axis QZ Shear force in the direction of member local z axis MX Torsional moment MY Moment about member local y axis MZ Moment about member local z axis rel fac Relative scale factor multiplied with computed default abs fac Absolute scale factor multiplied with absolute force moment values NOTES In order to ease interpretation intervals with a positive force or moment is shown red and negative is blue on a colour display The use of an ABSOLUTE scale factor should be done after the default value is known is printed as A fac tor at the top of a display It is also possible to display and plot force diagrams showing force envelopes The envelopes are drawn for selected members based on active selection of load cases Use ENVELOPE as load case name Prior to executing this command a selection of members and active load cases must be defined through the existing selec
372. g PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA lt select members gt RUN PUNCH CHECK API P API Punch for all joints ALL ALL o o o SET PRINT o oO PRINT CODI Print resul exceeds a FILI E CHI ts for the worst loadcase and worst brace for each joint which usage factor of 0 45 E X108A API P ECK RESULTS API P WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 45 o o o o o aO o NPD NS code checks for Yield Stability Punching shear Framework SESAM A 26 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 o o o Yield check o o o Select the NPD NS codes of practice o SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE NPD NS3472 o o o Material factor to account material deficiencie is provided as a default o with a value of 1 15 This is acceptable o o If you want to s some member yield data then issue the following o command PRINT MEMBER YIELD CHECK DATA lt select members gt o o Run yield check and give the run the name NPD Y o RUN YIELD CHECK NPD Y NPD yield for all members ALL ALL o o Print results for the worst loadcase for each member which exceeds a oO usage factor of 0 7 Print this on the screen If you want the results o printed on a file the use the following commands o o n ET PRINT FILE X108A NPD Y o o PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS NPD Y WORST LOADCASE FULL ABOVE 0 7
373. g function is given then the wave direction spacing must correspond to the wave direction spacing used in the hydrodynamic analysis For each of the elementary wave directions the associ ated energy content is required to be defined The sum of all energies must be equal to 1 00 If an analytical function is used the spreading function is integrated over the interval adjacent to the current direction The angles relative to the main wave directions assuming 5 elementary wave directions are shown in Figure 2 15 Framework SESAM 2 50 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 a 90 a 90 Figure 2 15 Angles relative to main direction assuming spreading of five elementary wave directions The definition of wave spreading is OPTIONAL for a stochastic fatigue analysis as indicated in Table 2 8 In the default condition the sea is assumed to be long crested 2 3 27 Wave spectrum shape The definition of a wave spectrum shape is required in order to calculate stress response during a stochastic fatigue analysis The types of wave spectra available are Pierson Moskowitz JONSWAP Gamma and ISSC If the wave statistics has been defined through an all parameter scatter diagram e g the Ochi Hubble spectrum all necessary parameters are given through the CREATE WAVE STATISTICS command and hence a wave spectrum shape shall not be assigned to the wave statistics For more information on the wave spectra see Stofat User Manual 19 Appendix B 1
374. g to Eurocode NS3472 is based on Eurocode 3 ENV 1993 1 1 further herein referred to as EC3 e NS3472 release 3 2001 further herein referred to as NS The code check covers Ultimate Limit State check of e resistance of cross section incl von Mises stress check ref EC3 sect 5 4 NS sect 12 2 buckling resistance of members ref EC3 sect 5 5 NS sect 12 3 for beams of type H D profiles double and single symmetric e rectangular hollow section BOX e massive bar section e channel profiles e pipe tubular profiles e general profiles Select this code of practice by the command SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EUROCODE NS3472 It should be noticed that this member code check is a combined check for members in tension and compres sion A member code check is performed by the command RUN MEMBER CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs where run name name given to the run run text description associated to the run sel mem members to be checked sel lcs load cases to be checked Code check parameters Five code check parameters to be aware of in connection with this code check DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR value DEFINE CONTANTS MATERIAL FACTOR value DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK option SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 13 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMET
375. ges exponentially and increases with increasing veloc ity and decreases with increasing frequency and distance from the point At far distance from point the coherence approch zero in limit For given values of velocities and frequencies the parameter epscoh limits the extension of coherence to the distance from the point Calculation of the coherence matrix which is a square by square matrix of the number of degrees of freedoms of the system is performed in the innermost loop of about ten levels of loops and is extremely costly and time consuming to establish All diagonal terms of the matrix have the value of 1 0 and the off diagonal terms have values between 1 0 and 0 0 depending on the distance between the joints Most of the offdiagonal terms are zero or close to zero and will contribute insignificatly to the damage value High values of the parameters epsfrc and epscoh will limit the size of matrices operating on and may improve the computation effeciency considerable for large systems but at same time reduce the accuracy of results The purpose of these parameters is to apply values which improves the computation time without reducing the accuracy in results significantly The most important parameter to reduce computation time is epscoh To see how the various parameters affect the accuracy of results and the CPU time consumption of the cal culatation a few joints should be analysed with various values of epsfrc epscoh velocity and var
376. give the hotspot stress used in the damage calculation Framework SESAM 2 6 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The parametric SCFs may be calculated based on formulas by e Kuang for YT K and KT joints Wordsworth and Smedley for X joints Efthymiou for X YT K and KT joints e Lloyd s Register for gap K and KT joints e Smedley and Fisher for SCF ratios for ring stiffened tubular joints modify parametric SCFs e NORSOK standard for SCFs at butt welds and conical transitions moved to DNV RP C203 The user defined SCFs are referred to as GLOBAL and LOCAL GLOBAL SCFs define a set of stress concentration factors which unless other assignments are made will be applied to all members e at all hotspots e at both ends LOCAL SCFs define a set of stress concentration factors assuming a variety of SCF distributions e toa specific member e to one or both ends toa selected chord brace or both weld sides If the user wants to delete a local SCF assignment the option GLOBAL SCFs may be reassigned to selected joints When parametric SCFs are assigned to members at selected joints and joint type is set to LOADPATH the SCFs will then be calculated based on the classification of brace type given by the load path similar to the type classification done in the punching shear check The resulting SCFs in the different hotspots will then be the percentage accumulated SCF according to the behaviour of the brace E g for a
377. h ends of the conical transition Table 2 1 Codes of practice American Institute of Steel Construction 9th ed 1989 Ref 2 API AISC WSD American Petroleum Institute RP2A 21th ed 2000 Ref 1 American Institute of Steel Construction LRFD 1999 Ref 6 API AISC LRFD American Petroleum Institute RP2A Ist ed 1993 Ref 5 NPD Norwegian Petroleum Directorate Volume 2 1994 Ref 3 NS3472 Norwegian Standard Association NS3472 2nd ed 1984 Ref 4 NORSOK Norwegian Technology Standards Inst N 004 Rev 2 2004 Ref 7 EUROCODE European Committee for Standardization ENV 1993 1 1 1992 Ref 8 NS3472 Norwegian Standard Association NS3472 3rd ed 2001 Ref 9 Note that API supersedes the AISC rules for tubular members As codes of practice are updated consult the Framework Status List to obtain the code edition valid for your version of the program For the API AISC WSD code of practice the allowable stress are automatically increased as follows e Operating conditions 0 Storm conditions 33 3 e Earthquake conditions 70 Section types that may be code checked are e Tubular sections PIPE e Symmetrical un symmetrical I or H sections I e Channel sections CHAN e Box sections BOX e Massive bar sections BAR e General sections GENE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 3 Stresses in a cross section are calculated a
378. h factors which by default are set to 1 0 for both y and z axes are not used for members with the automatic calculation activated One exception is if the automatic buckling calculation fails The buckling length will then be equal to the member length multiplied with the manually given effective length factors SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 53 When the alternative LATERAL SUPPORT AUTO is used the rotational and lateral spring stiffnesses are not calculated by the program The lateral springs are under these condition set to 1 0 i e supported for start and end node of the member and the effective length factors are calculated based on these support spring stiffnesses only Hence this option may be used to neglect the stiffness of incoming members on intermediate nodes e g riser supports along a jacket leg The largest value of Ly and Lz will be assumed as the value of the chord length in the case of using para metric SCFs when there is no aligned element If there is an aligned element the total length of the aligned element will be added to the largest of Ly and Lz This default may be overruled by the command ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY 100 BUCKLING LENGTH MANUAL 15 5 7 3 Framework SESAM 5 54 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem FABRICATION NONE sel mem FABRICATION ROLLED WELDED
379. h that the member is considered as the chord s brace in degrees Phase angles shall be defined in order to compute dynamic loadcases at these phase angles during code checking or print ing forces and stresses in degrees Give one or more phase angles Default value of acceleration due to gravity is 9 81 m s Default value of NPD NS3472 material factor is 1 15 Default minimum brace angle is 15 degrees Default phase angle is O degrees EXAMPLES D EFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE ONLY 0 30 60 90 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 149 DEFINE ECCENTRICITY ON ECCENTRICITY OFF PURPOSE To define if member end eccentricities shall be taken into account PARAMETERS ON Eccentricities are shown Default behaviour OFF Turn off this feature NOTES Eccentricities are accounted for in all calculations with respect to member lengths and angles The auto matic gap overlap calculation takes eccentricities defined in the preprocessor into account When switched off it will affect the calculations as well as the display See also PRINT MEMBER ECCENTRICITY DATA sel mem EXAMPLES DEFINE BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP ON Framework SESAM 5 150 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE year FATIGUE EXPOSURE TIME duration DEFAULT SN CURVE sn curve DEFAULT FATI
380. h the bent can and the SCF values For creation of analysis planes see command CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES ALL All analysis plane are selected PLANE Analysis plane plnno is selected plnno Analysis plane number Numbering of the analysis planes is in the order they have been defined The numbering starts at 1 NOTES Members of joints where the wind fatigue module cannot determine a chord will be treated as bent can type members and apply bent can SCFs see command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF The default global SCFs are assigned to bent cans which have no user assigned SCFs EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF LOCAL 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 PLANE 1 Framework SESAM 5 90 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION VORTEX DIMENSION sel mem length diameter thickness PURPOSE To assign length diameter and thickness to individual members for use in vortex shedding induced fatigue calculations Buffeting damage calculations are unaffected by these data PARAMETERS sel mem Select members where the vortex dimension definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS length Member length to be used in the vortex shedding calculations The value overrides the true spatial distance between end nodes of the member diameter Member diameter to be used in the vortex shedding calculations The value over rides the true diame
381. han six braces No fatigue damage is calculated The classification does not distinguish between braces on the same and opposite side of the chord Note that computations of parametric SCFs by the wind fatigue module do not handle overlapping braces of K and KT joints or gaps of K joints larger than the chord diameter The same is the case for KT joints when the mid brace deviates from normality to the chord with more than 5 degrees Such joints are treated T joints However parametric SCFs computed by Framework READ PARAMETRIC option handle such cases for the K and KT joints and may be applied The analysis planes determines heel and toe positions of the chord brace intersections see Figure 5 5 Fatigue damage is evaluated at 8 hotspot stress points around a chord brace intersection at the chord side and the brace side of the weld The numbering system of the hotspots is shown in Figure 5 5 A joint is classified as a bent can when only two elements within the analysis plane meet at the node e The following SCFs are applied e Axial SCF at saddle chord side of weld Axial SCF at crown chord side of weld Axial SCF at saddle brace side of weld Axial SCF at crown brace side of weld In plane bending SCF at crown chord side of weld In plane bending SCF at crown brace side of weld Framework 5 86 20 DEC 2007 e Out of plane bending SCF at saddle chord side of weld e Out of plane bending SCF at saddle brace side of weld
382. hanged New Descriptive text Young s modulus of elasticity shall be changed New value for Young s modulus The yield strength shall be changed New value for yield strength The tensile strength shall be changed New value for tensile strength The material density shall be changed New value for density Poisons ratio shall be changed New value for Poisons ratio Material damping shall be changed New value of specific damping SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 101 THERMAL EXPANSION The material thermal expansion shall be changed alpha New value of thermal expansion coefficient NOTES The tensile strength is as default given the value 1 11 times the yield strength assigned when the Framework model is established The tensile strength is used in the punching shear and cone capacity checks according to API Note that in older versions than 3 2 01 the default tensile strength was set to 1 5 times the yield strength See also ASSIGN MATERIAL CREATE MATERIAL PRINT MATERIAL EXAMPLES CHANGE MATERIAL 1 YIELD STRENGTH 356E5 Framework SESAM 5 102 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CHANGE SECTION SECTION sct name_ data PURPOSE To change the geometric properties of a section PARAMETERS sct name Name of section to be changed data See CREATE SECTION NOTES It is possible to tag automatically modify the
383. hat Lloyd s has been assigned When using Efthymiou SCFs the default behaviour is to calculate SCFs according to the conventional approach called model C It is also possible to use the influence function formulation including or excluding multiplanar effects models A and B respectively See the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF INFLU ENCE FUNCTION METHOD See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK DAT DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF EXAMPLES ASSIGN SCF JOINT 33115 ONLY 3110 LOCAL BOTH SIDES BI SYMMETRIC 1 1 60 2 00 3 00 4 1 50 2 50 3 60 7 1 20 2 00 3 00 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 35415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 35415 None GLOBAL ASSIGN SCF JOINT 35415 CONNECTED TO MEMBER 35415 None PARAMETRIC KUANG SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 39 ASSIGN SCF MEMBER WITH SLOPE slope pees wae MANUAL delta length OUTSIDE MEMBER sel mem positions text CONE TRANSITION INSIDE area location MAXIMUM GLOBAL LOCAL UNIFORM scf_ax scf_ipb scf opb BI SYMMETRIC fhot scf_ax scf_ipb scf_opb 3 SYMMETRIC thot scf_ax scf_ipb scf_opb 5 NON SYMMETRIC hot scf_ax scf_ipb scf_opb 8 PURPOSE To assign SCFs Stress Concentration Factors to member fatigue check positions PARAMETERS MEMBER sel mem positions text BUTT WELD W
384. he analysis program Sestra saves beam element forces onto the Results Inter face File only when the ISEL1 parameter on the RSEL command is set to 1 This is the default option when running from Manager i e the option Store for postprocessing Beam distributed loads is selected Graphical presentation of member forces and moments The member forces and moments may be displayed on the model The following conventions apply e Axial force FX is drawn in the direction of member local y axis when positive tensile e Shear force QY is drawn in the direction of member local y axis when positive Shear force QZ is drawn in the opposite direction of member local z axis when positive Torsional moment MX is drawn in the direction of member local y axis when positive e Bending moment MY about member local y axis is drawn in the opposite direction of member local z axis when positive 1 e the diagram is drawn on the tensile side of the member Bending moment MZ about member local z axis is drawn in the opposite direction of member local y axis when positive 1 e the diagram is drawn on the tensile side of the member On a colour display the diagram is drawn in red for positive values of the force moment components and in blue for negative values 2 2 3 Calculation of stresses Stresses are normally calculated at three positions along the member s length that is at the two ends and at the midpoint The user is however fre
385. he database file properly when it happens If the database file has been corrupted the information may be reconstructed by use of the journal file It is therefore recommended to take good care of the journal files It can also be a good idea to take backup cop ies of the journal and database file regular intervals SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 7 4 2 Program requirements 4 2 1 Execution time The execution time depends heavily on the type of analysis and on the model functions that are used The most time consuming command is RUN When checking all members and all loadcases for a model use of the batch mode is recommended 4 2 2 Storage space The initial size of the database is about 150 KB The FILE READ command will usually not expand the database very much since the actual results are not transferred from the SIN file The most significant con tributor is the storage of analysis results after RUN commands Framework has been designed such that results from previous code check and fatigue check runs are retained If the database becomes too large 1t may be recommended to start again with a clean database read the model and results again and redo all assignments and model changes by running an edited com mand log file As an example for the jacket model shown in Appendix A the size of the SIN files produced by Sestra Pre post were as given in Table 4 2 After the model had been read into Framework the m
386. he mo ment distribution along the member length Cb Value of the lateral buckling factor manually specified by the user NOTES By default the value of the lateral buckling factor is set to unity The lateral buckling factor is not applicable for members with PIPE cross section The AUTO option is only applicable for API AISC WSD API AISC LRFD and EUROCODE NS3472 See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ONLY WITH SECTION 130400 LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR AUTO SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 59 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR MANUAL Cmy Cmz API A API B API C EUROCODE sel mem MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR NONE NORSOK A NORSOK B NORSOK C NORSOK B C NS3472 PURPOSE To assign the moment amplification reduction factor for selected members The factor is usually denoted Cm according to AISC and NORSOK m according to NS3472 release 2 and B according to EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned moment reduction factor For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT MEMBERS MANUAL The Cm factors shall be manually specified by the user Cmy Value of Cm for buckling about the member s local y axis in the local z x plane Cmz Value of Cm for buckling about the member s local z axis in the local x y plane API A The Cm values shall b
387. he print of the results will report SCFs partly according to joint geometry and partly according to the actual worst hotspot The SCFaxC and SCFaxS are the hotspots for the Crown and Saddle positions independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue The SCFipb and SCFopb are the SCFs for crown position from in plane bending and saddle position from out of plane bending also independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue The SCFax is the actual SCF for axial force used for the hotspot reported to be governing Hence if the worst hotspot is a saddle point 1 or 13 the SCFaxS is reported if a crown point 7 or 19 the SCFaxC is reported and if any points in between 4 10 16 or 22 the average value SCF of crown and saddle is used For the explanation and format of results see Appendix A SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 11 2 1 3 Earthquake analysis An earthquake analysis in Framework may be performed on frame type structures in order to check that in the event of an earthquake structural members have adequate capacity to prevent structural collapse Results from an earthquake analysis may be used to perform code checks More information on this is given later in this section The earthquake analysis is based on linear earthquake response techniques using modal combination rules The following modal combination rules are available in Framework e Complete Quadratic Combination method CQC e Square Root Sum of Squares m
388. he selected members D Buckling curve D shall be assigned to the selected members EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 only NOTES By default for tubular members buckling curve A is assigned By default for non tubular members buckling curve C is assigned The buckling curves are only used for the NPD NS3472 and EUROCODE code check When assigning the AUTO option available for EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 the buckling curves to be used for I H sections and welded box sections will automatically be selected For pipe profiles and SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 49 rolled box sections curve A is used as default for both axes For other profile types than mentioned above curve C is used as default for both axes See also ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Z PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY WITH SECTION 130400 BUCKLING CURVE Y B Framework SESAM 5 50 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Z NONE AO sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Z AUTO PURPOSE To assign buckling curves that will be used to calculate the characteristic axial compressive buckling strength of selected members The curve is assigned for buckling about the member s local z axis in the local x y plane This command is valid for both tubular and non tubular members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be as
389. he size of the markers Framework SESAM 5 344 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET GRAPH XAXIS ATTRIBUTES DECIMAL FORMAT format LIMITS FREE FIXED xmin ymin XAXIS ATTRIBUTES SPACING LINEAR LOGARITHMIC TITLE DEFAULT SPECIFIED xtitle PURPOSE To set options controlling how lines are drawn and marked PARAMETERS DECIMAL FORMAT Controls the presentation of numbers labelling the x axis The numbers can be pre sented in EXPONENTIAL format in FLXED format as INTEGERs or in GENER AL free format LIMITS Controls the limits of the x axis These can either be FREE i e determined by the data that are being presented or FIXED to the min value xmin and the max value xmax SPACING Controls the spacing of numbers along the axis The axis can have a LINEAR spac ing or be LOGARITHMIC with base 10 TITLE The title at the x axis can be specified by Framework or overridden with a SPEC IFIED text xtitle SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET GRAPH YAXIS ATTRIBUTES Framework DECIMAL FORMAT format LIMITS FREE FIXED ymin ymax YAXIS ATTRIBUTES SPACING LINEAR LOGARITHMIC TITLE DEFAULT SPECIFIED ytitle PURPOSE To set options controlling how lines are drawn and marked PARAMETERS 5 345 DECIMAL FORMAT Controls the presentation of numbers labelling the axis The numbers can be pre sented in EXPONENTIAL format in FIXED format
390. he wind fatigue module the user selects wind directions and water depth that shall be transferred and used in the fatigue analysis Wind fatigue may be evaluated for a series of wind speeds different from the basic wind speed applied in Wajac The wind forces calculated in Wajac are scaled to match the wind speeds for which the wind fatigue is evaluated The wind speed of the first wind direction in Wajac is taken as the reference speed in this scal ing process It is thus of importance that the same speed is applied to all wind directions in Wajac otherwise the wind forces will be scaled with respect to a wrong speed in the wind fatigue analysis module In Wajac the wind forces are calculated for one wind speed using a drag coefficient relevant for this speed However when fatigue are evaluated for other wind speeds the drag coefficient may change since the Rey nolds number changes with the speed value A change in drag coefficient affects the resultant wind forces in the structure Drag correction factors are applied in the wind fatigue analysis so that the user may correct for changing drag coefficients when scaling the wind forces to the appropriate wind speeds Wajac produces a load file containing element pressures of the wind loads Wind loads as well as element stresses are used in wind fatigue calculation A static finite element analysis performed by Sestra must be carried out to establish the element stresses of the structure caused by t
391. he wind loading Further details on wind load generation are given in Section 3 21 and in the Wajac User Manual Eigenvalue calculation The wind fatigue analysis uses eigenvalues eigenvectors and the resultant stresses from eigendeformations of the structure These may be calculated by Sestra The eigenvectors must be mass normalised A maxi mum of 15 eigenvalues may be applied in the wind fatigue calculation Vortex shedding induced vibrations Vortex shedding in steady winds may induce oscillations of individual members It is assumed that the vor tex shedding effects are only of any significance for fatigue if they induce oscillations in the first mode of the brace Higher modes are ignored This is a reasonable assumption for tubular structural steel members that are used in typical flare towers For long slender members this may be inaccurate as fatigue from a higher mode may dominate the member s life Unsuitable applications would be the consideration of a long SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 21 solid tie member used to support a tower or the cables of guyed masts The combination of long length small bending stiffness and relatively high mass per unit length could mean that the fundamental mode lies below the vortex shedding frequency but that a higher mode could be excited Non linear geometric effects may also become important The user should check that higher modes and non linear geometric effects are unlik
392. hich data are to be printed or for all TION TION EXAMPLES PRINT S ECTION GEOMETRY Framework SESAM 5 290 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT SN CURVE SN CURVE sn name PURPOSE To print data related to an SN curve PARAMETERS sn name Name of SN curves for which data shall be printed or for all NOTES See also ASSIGN SN CURVE CREATE SN CURV EXAMPLES PRINT SN CURVE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 291 PRINT STRESS FULL NORMAL STRESS STRESS EQUIVALENT STRESS sel mem sel lcs BRIEF BOTH PURPOSE To print member stresses for selected members and loadcases PARAMETERS FULL A full print is required BRIEF A brief print is required NORMAL STRESS Normal stresses shall be printed EQUIVALENT STRESS Equivalent stresses shall be printed BOTH Normal amp equivalent stresses shall be printed sel mem Members for which stresses shall be printed For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS sel lcs Loadcases for which stresses shall be printed For valid alterna tives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES Stresses are printed for positions along the members corresponding to the predefined code check positions When searching maximum stress components in a cross section at a specific hotspot it is advisable to use the EQUIVALENT STRESS alternative Stresses
393. hquake load case is adjusted so that it has the same sign as produced by the static load case For example a member under tension or compression from the static load case will be under greater tension or compression after the earthquake load case is added e Fora stability code check The normal moment components My and Mz are combined using the same procedure as for the yield and punching shear code checks Shear components are not relevant SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 13 The axial normal force component for each member produced for the earthquake load case is always considered compressive This is to ensure that after the earthquake and static load cases are combined each member is under greater compressive load than from each individual load case If only an earthquake load case including member FORCEs is required to be code checked then a single load combination must be created comprising of the earthquake load case and a load factor of 1 0 i e pos itive This load combination will then automatically cause all members to be under axial compressive loads For a member combined yield and stability code check The normal moment components My and Mz are combined using the same procedure as for the yield and punching shear code checks Shear components are not relevant The axial normal force component for each member produced for the earthquake load case is checked for two cases i e inve
394. i La Ll Ea It eE idas 5 116 CREATE LOAD COMBINATION ia ccc scssescsssasoressebssoessustedsonsavidessestesassabsaceeevbesteedtenesvdseceseacuts 5 118 CREATE MEMBER vcs cscs sessveatestiaiosdoua cthdaitoabencongenncan gebaeey sedis osthian shee aobaittn T EPR ERREI 5 119 CREATE MATERIAL vias stsisstisncuessccdeedenudehacondiscendted cqetdvudsasedeabagdvaduagitealeqnssasansguesnapanenscaunseagers 5 120 CREATE SECTION aa a t eir arra ad Acid ita iaa 5 121 CREATE SECTION nametext PIPE nat e lit debs tal n da 5 122 CREATE SECTION name text SYMMETRIC oooococccnnncccccnnononononnnnnonanaconnnnonrnnanonronnonocnnnnnnnnns 5 123 CREATE SECTION name text UNSYMMETRIC I ococcccnnncninininininininnnnanananononononcnnnonononononocos 5 124 CREATE SECTION name text ANGLE oni esai a A At A et 5 125 CREATE SECTION name text CHANNEL oo0ococccccnnconcnnnononononononononononnnononcnnnnnnannnncononenanononononanos 5 126 CREATE SECTION mame EA BO daa asaa 5 127 CREATE SECTION name text BAR 0oooooonononoconaconononononononononnnnonoconononnnonononnnnnnnnnoncnnonanannnnnononanns 5 128 CREATE SECTION name text GENERAL cooooocccccnonononccnonononnonononononnanonnconnnnnanonncononannannncnnonnnns 5 129 CREATE SECTION name text RING STIFFENER T o oococccnnnonocononnnnnonancnconnncnconancnronnonccnonnaconnn 5 131 CREATE SECTION name text RING STIFFENER FLAT coccccccnnonccononancccnnncncnnonnarononnarononnnc nnn 5 132 CREATE SN CURVE 0 ccccccccsssscccss
395. iconised print window It does however not pop up auto matically from an iconised state when something is printed How to get help There is a Help menu under the main menu which contains much useful on line information Dialog boxes and their contents A dialog box is used to pass information from the user to Framework Most dialog boxes also present the current defaults and thus may be used to pass information from Framework to the user Framework SESAM 4 18 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The typical entries in a dialog box are Input fields Menus and Pushbuttons Plot Options x M Colour Page Size fag v Format SESAM NEUTRAL POSTSCRIPT HPGL 7550 WINDOWS PRINTER HPGL 2 CGM BINARY Apply Cancel Figure 4 3 The Set Plot dialog box An Input field can contain a text a name a whole number or a numerical value The Set Plot dialog box contains two input fields the file prefix and the file name description To type into the field click in it first using the left mouse button In some input fields the text can be longer than the width of the field as shown in the dialog box The text will then scroll if typed beyond the width of the input field Menus come in four different types Togglebuttons Radio boxes Option menus and Scrollable lists Selecting in a menu may cause considerable changes in the layout of the dialog box This will depend on the dialog box in use A Togglebutton is a button that
396. idered Only joints lying parallel to the selected analysis plane are analysed within the specified angular tolerance see command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS PARAMETERS ONLY Mandatory attribute Mandatory parentheses nod1 First node used to form the analysis plane nod2 Second node used to form the analysis plane nod3 Third node used to form the analysis plane NOTES Triplets of three nodes are repeated for each analysis plane to be formed A maximum of 10 analysis planes may be generated EXAMPLES CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES ONLY 101 203 301 102 205 302 103 201 303 Framework SESAM 5 140 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE WIND FATIGUE STATIC WIND LOADS STATIC WIND LOADS FEM SEQUENTIAL prefix name PURPOSE This command reads the Wajac results file L FEM file containing distributed pressures or load intensity of the static wind loading Resulting wind loads at the nodal points of the structure are calculated on basis of the distributed wind pressure loads Note This command is shown shaded in the graphic input mode and not applicable when the static wind element loads are contained in the results interface file R SIN By including the RSEL command with parameter ISEL1 1 in the Sestra input of the static wind load analysis ele ment loads will be contained in the SIN file PARAMETERS FEM SEQUENTIAL Load results file on FEM sequential form
397. ied joints are deleted Delete vortex dimensions All vortex dimensions of specified members are deleted Deletion performed for all relevant joints or members Deletion performed for a selection of joints or members Name of joint that deletion shall be performed for Valid alter natives are ALL for selecting all joints or joint name for se lecting a single joint or CURRENT see command SELECT JOINTS Select joints that deletion shall be performed for For valid al ternatives see command SELECT JOINTS Name of member that deletion shall be performed for Valid al ternatives are ALL for selecting all joints or joint name for selecting a single joint or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS Select members that deletion shall be performed for For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS T CAN SN CURVE SELECT CURRENT T CAN SCF ALL EX DIMENSION SELECT 4 SESAM Program version 3 5 DISPLAY Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 231 CODE CHECK RESULTS DIAGRAM EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS JOINT LABEL DISPLAY MEMBER subcommands data PRESENTATION SHAPE SN CURVE STABILITY SUPERELEMENT PURPOSE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION To present models and associated data graphically PARAMETERS CODE CHECK RESULTS DIAGRAM EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS JOINT LABEL MEMBER PRESENTATION
398. ies which are illustrated through the use of a small two dimensional jacket structure Section 4 EXECUTION OF FRAMEWORK contains more special information not intended for the new user using Manager to control his SESAM analysis The chapter explains how to start Framework outside Manager and operate it in line mode not using the graphical user interface The files used by Framework are also explained Practical information is provided on how to operate Framework and manipulate its files in various ways Built in and hardware dependent requirements and limitations are also described Section 5 COMMAND DESCRIPTION provides an alphabetically sorted description of all commands and associated input data APPENDIX A TUTORIAL EXAMPLES contains a tutorial example APPENDIX B THEORETICAL INFORMATION contains references Note that many of the commands used in Framework are particularly designed for use with jacket structures i e structures with members having tubular cross sections and hence will be irrelevant to use when work ing with other kind of structures 1 4 Framework Extensions Framework is available in a basic version with extensions The extensions contain the various codes of prac tice plus the fatigue and earthquake analysis features The extensions are see Section 2 1 for more details Extension API containing the code API AISC WSD Extension LRFD containing the code API AISC LRFD Extension NPD containing the code NPD NS3472 re
399. ign factor Default 1 0 Global concentricity variable used to account for tubular out of roundness centre eccentricity and fabrication tolerance for butt weld SCF calculation User defined default global eccentricity Default 0 0 Minimum parametric SCF for axial force Default value 2 5 Minimum parametric SCF for in plane bending Default value 2 5 Minimum parametric SCF for out of plane bending Default value 2 5 Global default SCF for axial force Default value 1 0 Global default SCF for in plane bending Default value 1 0 Global default SCF for out of plane bending Default value 1 0 Correction factor applied for the in plane bending SCF at hotspots 4 10 16 and 22 only for PIPE elements if the SCF distribution is CROWN SADDLE or parametric See Frame work Theory Manual section 7 2 4 Default value 0 7071 Correction factor applied for the out of plane bending SCF as above Default value 0 7071 Minimum value of the Marshall reduction factor used for para metric SCFs Default value 0 8 Manually assign initial fatigue damages to selected members Specify initial global damage Framework SESAM 5 152 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ACCUMULATE FATIGUE RUN Define the fatigue damage of one fatigue run to be initial dam age for a succeeding fatigue run run name Specify the name of the existing run NOTES The command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE must b
400. ile Stochastic fatigue analysis A stochastic fatigue analysis requires a linearised frequency domain hydrodynamic analysis Wajac fol lowed by a quasi static or dynamic structural analysis Sestra Load transfer functions are obtained by pass ing a harmonic waves of unit amplitude at different frequencies and directions through the structure in order to obtain through a structural analysis a set of stress transfer functions for each direction for each member at each of its hotspots It is important to note that NO OTHER LOADS e g gravity etc should be present in the Input Interface File during the execution of the structural analysis The limitations in Framework on the wave conditions to be specified in the input to the hydrodynamic anal ysis are as follows Maximum number of wave directions 36 Maximum number of wave frequencies per wave direction 60 Maximum number of combination of Tz and spectrum shapes 500 Maximum number of combination of main wave directions and spreading functions 72 Maximum number of seastates in a scatter diagram 625 Maximum number of seastates summed over all wave directions 7500 that is 625 seastates if 12 wave directions or 208 seastates if 36 directions Other wave related data are required to be defined in Framework and these are as follows e Short term sea states and corresponding probabilities in order to describe the long term distribution of the short term sea states A short term sea
401. in a volume shall be selected Low value of x coordinate of point defining the volume High value of x coordinate of point defining the volume Low value of y coordinate of point defining the volume High value of y coordinate of point defining the volume Low value of z coordinate of point defining the volume High value of z coordinate of point defining the volume All members connected to a joint shall be selected Name of joint Framework 5 326 WITH MATERIAL mat name WITH SECTION sec name WITH CAN can name WITH CONE can name WITH STUB stub name PILE CONCEPT sec name CHORD MEMBERS BRACE MEMBERS NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 All members with a material name shall be selected Material name All members with a section name shall be selected Section name All members with a can name shall be selected Name of can section All members with a cone name shall be selected Name of cone section All members with a stub name shall be selected Name of stub section All piles with specified section name shall be selected Section name All chord members shall be selected All brace members shall be selected Framework cannot access named SETs read from the Results File when the name includes the control char acter dot or See also DISPLAY MEMBER PRINT MEMBER EXAMPLES SELECT MEMBERS INCLUD SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUD E ALL E WITH SI
402. indow border top Position of top display window border 100 screen border top Workstation window bottom 0 left right 120 Figure 5 7 Setting workstation window Note This command will only be taken into account if issued prior to any DISPLAY command Otherwise the settings will not be valid until the user has exited from Framework and entered again Framework 5 336 20 DEC 2007 SET DRAWING CHARACTER TYPE FONT SIZE DRAWING FONT TYPE subcommands data FRAME GRID PURPOSE To set drawing characteristics PARAMETERS CHARACTER TYPE FONT SIZE FONT TYPE FRAME GRID Set the font size Set the font type Set the character type Set frame on drawing on or off Set grid on drawing on or off SESAM Program version 3 5 All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 337 SET DRAWING CHARACTER TYPE SOFTWARE HARDWARE CHARACTER TYPE PURPOSE Set the drawing character type PARAMETERS SOFTWARE Select software character set default HARDWARE Select hardware character set Framework 5 338 SET DRAWING FONT SIZE ABSOLUTE width PONTSIZE RELATIVE factor PURPOSE To set the drawing font size PARAMETERS ABSOLUTE Set to absolute value width Set font width RELATIVE Set to relative value fact
403. ined by use of the put down pop up menus SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 Framework 3 5 FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 las Assia olete ELE igh F AT 26 aa Figure 3 3 The Framework main window Enter data into the File open menu Open a Results Interface file by issuing the following command FILE OPEN Give File Format SIN DIRECT ACCESS SIN Give File Prefix STA Give File Name R1 R1 Use command FILE TRANSFER in order to select ONE superelement Then transfer one superelement by issuing the following command FILE TRANSFERE SUPERELEME ON T Key Type Index Text Route Select Superelement to process Give Key 1 1 Framework SESAM 3 6 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Give Name to Superelement JACKET DEMO Give Name to Load Set LOADS STATIC_LOADS Give Load Set description None Static loads i Transferring Geometry of Superelement DEMO Transferring Materials s e elotes Please walt Number of Materials Transferred 5 1 Transferring SectionS sessions oe Please wait Number of Sections Transferred E 3 Transferring Joints cia De Please walt Number of Joints Transferred 10 Transferring Members Please Wait Number of Members Transferred 18 Assigning CHORD and BRACE members Please wait Number of joints searched 10 Number of joint chord assignments 10
404. ined with INCLUDE or EXCLUDE please note that the INCLUDE EXCLUDE statement just modifies the overall position definition which will be applied to all members in the selection This overall common definition is based on the existing position definition for the first member in the active member selection Hence modify members one by one for members which do not have identical positions before any change in position definition and always check actual positions after assignment SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 31 ASSIGN POSITIONS sel mem CODE CHECK DEFAULT ABSOLUTE ONLY POSITIONS sel mem CODE CHECK INCLUDE name coord RELATIVE EXCLUDE OPTIONS endl midspan frac end2 transition intermediate maximum maxfrac PURPOSE To assign code check positions to selected members PARAMETERS sel mem DEFAULT ABSOLUTE RELATIVE ONLY INCLUDE EXCLUDE name coord OPTIONS endl midspan frac end2 Members to be assigned the positions For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MEMBERS Default positions are assigned Positions defined as absolute distance Positions defined as relative distance Modify existing defined positions to contain given positions only Add positions to existing defined positions Remove positions from existing defined positions User defined identification of position is not yet s
405. ing about z axis Kz Effective length factor for bending about z axis Lz Buckling length for bending about z axis UsfMz Usage factor due to bending about z axis Cmy oment reduction factor for bending about y axis Cmz oment reduction factor for bending about z axis Cb Lateral buckling factor for I H or channel sections only Lb Unsupported flange length for I H or channel sections only DATE Member 35115 45212 77215 7 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 LoadCase CND Type Phase 24 18 11 STO STO STO SctNam PIP 60025 Gl PIP 70020 FJ PIP Gl 60025 16750 01 PROGRAM SESAM STABILITY Resu FRAM lts API AISC WSD Run Supere API S JACKET Priority Worst Usage factor Above Joint Po Outcome UsfTot 3220 Fail Euler 3120 Fail Euler 4215 Fail Euler 7210 Fail Euler lement Loadcase 0 70 Us fAx buckling buckling buckling EWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 20th 9th Loadset WAVE LOADS fa Fa stress stress stress stress fby fbz Fby Foz Cmy Cmz exceeded exceeded exceeded exceeded Fey Fez Cb PAGE Gl SUB PAGE El 77115 11 STO I 7110 Fail Euler buckling stress exceeded 16750 33415 14 STO PIPE 3220 0 726 0 347 2 52E 00 8 32E 01 8 49E 01 2 90E 01 0 800 4 58E
406. ing stress for bending about y axis Ky Effective length factor for bending about y axis Ly Buckling length for bending about y axis Phase Phase angle in degrees UsfMy Usage factor due to bending about y axis Fa Allowable axial stress Fby Allowable bending stress about y axis Fbz Allowable bending stress about z axis Fez Euler buckling stress for bending about z axis Kz Effective length factor for bending about z axis Lz Buckling length for bending about z axis Us fMz Usage factor due to bending about z axis Cmy oment reduction factor for bending about y axis Cmz oment reduction factor for bending about z axis Cb Lateral buckling factor for I H or channel sections only Lb Unsupported flange length for I H or channel sections only See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table 3 8 Howto perform a member check With referenc e to Figure 3 4 a member combined yield and stability check is performed for all members in the jacket model according to the NORSOK codes of practice For information on the loadcases analysed see Section 3 5 2 All members in the jacket model will be checked and results may be printed or displayed for members that exceed a usage factor i e interaction ratio of 0 0 The following command selects the NORSOK codes of practice SELECT CODI E OF PRACTICE NORSOK To assign a value of 0 8 and 1 6 for Ky and Kz effective length factors to all members in the struct
407. int is required a brief print is required Loadcases for which data shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SE LECT LOAD CASE ASSIGN LOAD CASE CREATE LOAD COMBINATION PRINT LOAD SET EXAMPLES PRINT LOAD CASE FULL ALL Framework 5 282 20 DEC 2007 PRINT LOAD SET LOAD SET PURPOSE To print the current loadset from which loadcases are selected from PARAMETERS None NOTES See also PRINT LOAD CASE EXAMPLES PRINT LOAD SET SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT LRDF RESISTANCE FACTORS LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS PURPOSE To print the current set of resistance factors used in API AISC LRFD code check PARAMETERS None NOTES See also DEFINE LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS EXAMPLES PRINT LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS Framework 5 283 Framework SESAM 5 284 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT MATERIAL PROPERTY MATERIAL mat name TAKE OFF PURPOSE To print material data PARAMETERS PROPERTY Material property data shall be printed TAKE OFF Material take off data shall be printed mat name Material name of which data shall be printed or for all NOTES See also ASSIGN MATERIAL CHANGE MATERIAL CREATE MATERIAL EXAMPLES PRINT MATERIAL PROPERTY 1 SESAM Program version 3 5
408. ion LOCAL and distribution BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC or NON SYMMETRIC warning messages with respect to if SCFs for all necessary hotspots are given is lim ited The hotspots which must be assigned SCFs are specified in parameter list above An exception from above is when the active hotspots for the members cross section have been changed see command CHANGE HOTSPOTS section name descr FATIGUE hot The formulas used for butt welds and conical transitions are according to NORSOK N 004 section C 2 6 3 7 DNV RP C203 section 3 3 7 Stress Concentration Factors for Tubular Butt Weld Connections and sec tion C 2 6 3 9 DNV RP C203 section 3 3 9 Conical transitions For butt welds a global concentricity variable is used to account for tubular out of roundness centre eccen tricity and fabrication tolerance This value is defined by the command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS DEFAULT FABRICATION TOLERANCE This eccentricity will always be added to calculated or manu ally given eccentricity delta If zero default value is given as input to delta and or length for butt weld without slope NORSOK figure C 2 12 the following values will be used delta global fabrication tolerance T 2 t 2 length T 2 t 2 Tubular cone junction formulae NORSOK C 2 14 DNV RP C203 3 3 7 is used for both unstiffened and ring stiffened junctions C 2 14 gives equal maximum SCFs as C 2 12 and C 2 13 when stiffener area Ar is set equal to zero The stiffen
409. ion is affected by coefficients 7 9 Framework SESAM 5 82 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The NPD Norwegian Petroleum Directorate coherence model has no user specified constants In Ref 24 Clause 2 3 5 the NPD cohrence model is called the Freya coherence spectrum EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE MODEL GENERAL ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE MODEL GUSTO ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE MODEL NPD SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 83 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE JOINT brace sel jnt sn name BENT CAN sel jnt sn name SN CURVE PURPOSE To assign an SN curves to be used in the evaluation of wind fatigue damage PARAMETERS JOINT Signifies that the SN curve shall be assigned to joint brace connections at a joint BENT CAN Signifies that the SN curve shall be assigned to a bent can joint brace Brace name to be assigned the SN curve Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS sel jnt Joints where the SN curve shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS sn name Name of SN curve to be assigned Library or user defined SN curve is selected from the SN curve list box NOTES By pressing the Show button in the dialog boxes assigned SN curves for current joint selection is printed to the screen and to the mlg file
410. ion is represented by a cosine function Power of the cosine function The spreading function shall be user defined Wave direction relative to the main wave direction Weight associated with wave direction The sum of weights must be 1 0 See also ASSIGN WAV E SPR EXAMPLES E WAV CREAT CREAT E WAV E SPR E SPR EADING FUNCTION EADING FUNCTION COS2 EADING FUNCTION DIS2 Analytical Discretised cos 2 45 0 45 0 25 0 50 0 25 USI cos 2 COSINE 2 ER DE Framework 5 136 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 CREATE WAVE STATISTICS WAVE STATISTICS name text ALL PARAM SCATTER SCATTER DIAGRAM ISSC SCATTER DIAGRAM NORDENSTROM parameters with the subsequent input data for ALL PARAM SCATTER OCHI HUBBLE PROBABILITY Hss Tps Ls Hsw Tpw Lw prob OCCURRENCE Hss Tps Ls Hsw Tpw Lw occr with the subsequent input data for SCATTER DIAGRAM PROBABILITY Hs Tz probj OCCURRENCE Hs Tz occr PURPOSE To create a wave scatter diagram PARAMETERS name text ALL PARAM SCATTER SCATTER DIAGRAM ISSC SCATTER DIAGRAM NORDENSTROM OCHI HUBBLE PROBABILITY OCCURRENCE Hss Tps Name of wave statistics Text associated with the wave statistics The wave statistics and spectrum shape are defined through
411. ion or an X terminal run ning the OSF MOTIF window system e In interactive line mode Unix only using only character based input The line mode facilities are described in Section 4 4 In batch mode which uses the line mode syntax and facilities The start up of Framework in the three different modes is described in Section 4 1 This section also describes the files that Framework uses The program requirements and limitations are described in Section 4 2 and Section 4 3 4 1 Program Environment Framework accesses the SESAM Results Interface File on direct access SIN format In the SESAM analysis program Sestra it is possible to request the results to be stored directly on direct access NORSAM SIN format Otherwise the SESAM program Prepost must be executed in order to create a SIN file see the Prepost User Manual for advise Framework SESAM 4 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 How to start the program in the different modes is described below 4 1 1 Starting Framework in graphics mode Start Framework in graphics mode from the SESAM Manager by the command Result Frame FRAME WORK If running from the operating system command prompt window simply type the program name to start the program prompt gt framework Framework responds by opening the main window and overlaying it with a dialog box requesting the data base file prefix name and status Note that the default status is Old even when Framework
412. ious number of dynamic modes and velocities All these parameters affects the calculated results and the CPU time of the analyis When proper values of the parameters have been decided a more comprehensive fatigue calculation may be executed EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS 8 0 0 015 1200 0 1800 0 DOE T EFTHYMIOU 0 01 30 0 1 0 1 E 12 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 217 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS COHERENCE COEFFICIENTS Cux Cuy Cuz Cvx Cvy Cvz Cwx Cvy Cwz PURPOSE To define coefficients of the GENERAL coherence model PARAMETERS Cux Coefficient of x separation for coherence in mean wind direction Default 0 0 Cuy Coefficient of y separation for coherence in mean wind direction Default 8 0 Cuz Coefficient of z separation for coherence in mean wind direction Default 8 0 Cvx Coefficient of x separation for coherence lateral to mean wind direction Default 0 0 Cvy Coefficient of y separation for coherence lateral to mean wind direction Default 6 0 Cvz Coefficient of z separation for coherence lateral to mean wind direction Default 6 0 Cwx Coefficient of x separation for coherence vertical to mean wind direction Default 0 0 Cwy Coefficient of y separation for coherence vertical to mean wind direction Default 6 0 Cwz Coefficient of z separation for coherence vertical to mean wind direction
413. ire design Proban probabilistic risk and sensitivity Riflex Concode STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS non linear concrete riser design ASSOCIATED GeniE DeepC HydroD conceptual modeller deep water mooring environmental including and riser analysis modeller including Wajac Sestra including Wadam Wasim Splice Framework Simo Riflex Postresp INTEGRATED PROGRAM PACKAGES Figure 1 1 SESAM overview SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 1 3 1 3 How to read this Manual Section 2 FEATURES OF FRAMEWORK describes the postprocessing capabilities together with post modelling features adding data irrelevant for the structural analysis Information on the types of loading and load combinations that can be handled by the different types of postprocessing is also provided The section is organised as follows e Section 2 1 summarises the postprocessing capabilities provided for code checks fatigue analysis and earthquake analysis e Section 2 2 provides information on the loads load combinations and on the calculation of displace ments velocities accelerations forces and stresses e Section 2 3 explains in general terms the use of all input data that is defined through the commands e Table 2 2 contains important information that can be used to determine the data required for a particular analysis Section 3 USER S GUIDE TO FRAMEWORK contains examples of various post modelling features and analysis capabilit
414. isregarded during the automatic or manual CHORD assignments When the automatic feature is used all joints are scanned and at each joint the program determines the member with the LARGEST diameter If several potential chords with the same diameter are detected the one with the largest thickness will be preferred If at that joint another member exists and is also at a straight line i e is aligned with the CHORD member then that member qualifies as the ALIGNED chord for that CHORD at that joint The concept of the ALIGNED chord may be used in calculations where the CHORD length is required e g in the calculation of parametric stress concentration factors see Framework Theory Manual 10 section 7 2 4 The effective CHORD length is then taken as the sum of the actual CHORD length and the length of the ALIGNED chord The CHORD length may also be given by the user see com mand ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH The identification of aligned members is based on the BRACE TOLERANCE which may be modified by the user Initially this has a value of 15 degrees If the angle between a member and its aligned element is less than this angle it will become a CHORD otherwise it will become a BRACE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 35 For jacket legs the lower of the two members that qualify as chord will become CHORD and the upper will become ALIGNED chord if they have the same diameter and thickness For cross braces where 4 m
415. ist A Pushbutton is a button that causes an action to happen when it is clicked on OK Apply and Cancel buttons are represented in the Set Plot box shown above All dialog boxes have a standard set of buttons at the bottom of the box These buttons are described later in this section If the label of a pushbutton is followed by three dots the button will open a new dialog box The Assign dia log boxes often contain pushbuttons that provide a shortcut to boxes placed under the Select main com mand In addition to these items there are a few more complex input items that are described in the following sec tions The standard buttons in a dialog box A dialog box will contain one or more of these standard buttons placed at the bottom of the box OK Accept the contents of the box and close the box The box will not be closed if there is an error in the information inside the box Apply Accept the contents of the box The box is not closed Cancel Close the box without accepting the contents Framework SESAM 4 20 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Member Set Selection 2 a a 2 2 9 ol 2 2 a 9 s 2 o i i i E Figure 4 4 The Select Member dialog box All dialog boxes have a default pushbutton that is activated by typing lt Return gt when the dialog box is active This pushbutton is the OK or the Apply button The default button will be highlighted or framed Selecting several alternatives fro
416. ith m2 ml Third segment is horizontal Log cycles to failure at end second segment Inverse slope of third segment Framework SESAM 5 134 NOTES 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 No a Ny ay logN The number of cycles to failure N for a given stress range S is computed according to the following formula N S a loga mg logS for S gt S logN 3loga m logS for S lt 8 lt So loga m logS for S lt S Figure 5 6 Create SN curve Use the commands PRINT SN CURVE and DISPLAY SN CURVE to see curve data and shape The user defined SN curves must be defined using model units Note that the library curves use Newton and meter and should only be displayed together with user defined curves having the same units See also ASSIGN SN CURVE CHANGE SN CURVE PRINT SN CURVE DISPLAY SN CU EXAMPLES CR EATI RVE E SN CURVE DNVX USER Veritas X curve 4 1 34 8 29 HORISONTAL TAIL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 135 CREATE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION COSINE POWER power WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION name text USER DEFINED wave dir weight PURPOSE To create a wave spreading function PARAMETERS name text COSINE POWER power USER DEFINED wave dir weight NOTES Name of wave spreading function Text associated with the spreading function The spreading funct
417. ith reference to Figure 3 4 a deterministic fatigue analysis is performed for selected BRACE members in the jacket model at selected joints as well as for member 16 It is assumed that the desired local modelling CHORDS CANS etc of members and joints has been per formed through the commands shown in Section 3 2 and Section 3 3 and that NO other commands have been issued For information on the hydrodynamic loading see Section 3 5 3 Results may be printed or displayed for all the members that are checked Table 2 8 may be used for guidance in order to ensure that data mandatory for the execution of the analysis are in fact defined As indicated by Table 2 8 the following data must be assigned e Wave data e An SN curve Stress concentration factors The wave data assignment corresponds to the definition of the total numbers of waves passing through the structure for each of the wave directions analysed In this example 3 wave directions were analysed 0 45 and 90 deg The commands necessary to be issued in order to assign the number of waves passing through the structure for each of the wave directions are as follows For the 0 deg wave ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAVE 0 LINEAR 1 03E 8 For the 45 deg wave ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAVE 45 LINEAR 1 88E 7 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 35 For the 90 deg wave ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAVE 90 LINEAR 2 53E 8 Gl Note that
418. ities shall be the output from an earthquake analysis ACCELERATION Joint accelerations shall be the output from an earthquake analysis NOTES The APIC combination method recommended in API RP 2A LRFD and WSD is available for earthquake response spectrum combination The CQC Complete Quadratic Combination is used for combining modal responses followed by SRSS Square root of the sum of the squares for the directions See also PRINT EARTHQUAKE CHECK RUN EARTHQUAKE CHECK EXAMPLES SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE CQC FORCE Framework 5 318 20 DEC 2007 SELECT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE DETERMINISTIC STOCHASTIC FATIGUE CHECK TYPE PURPOSE To select the type of fatigue check to be performed PARAMETERS DETERMINISTIC Deterministic fatigue check shall be performed STOCHASTIC Stochastic fatigue check shall be performed NOTES See also PRINT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS RUN FATIGUE CHECK EXAMPLES SELECT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE STOCHASTIC SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 319 SELECT JOINTS joint ONLY ALL CURRENT GROUP first jnt last jnt jnt step T LINE start jnt end jnt tol JOINTS SET name PLANE jntl jnt2 jnt3 tol VOLUME xl xh yl yh zl zh
419. ition limit limit limit2 Limit usage factor for display of numerical values on members NOTES For alternative ABOVE and BELOW If the value of usage factor is greater than 1 0 the member will be shown in red color If it is in between limit and 1 0 it will be yellow otherwise it will be green Default limit is 0 8 for ABOVE and 0 5 for BELOW For alternative BETWEEN If the value of usage factor is greater than limit2 the member will be shown in red color If it is in between limit and limit2 it will be yellow otherwise it will be green Default limits are 0 5 and 0 8 The specification of limit will only affect colour display plotting No changes are observed when using in monochrome graphics devices SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 239 The command will display only the elements that have results and that are within the current MEMBER selection Use the command SELECT MEMBER ALL in advance to ensure that all results from the run is presented The LIFE EACH POSITION is only active when the color coding is switched on see DEFINE PRESEN TATION DISPLAY COLOR CODING ON For couples of check positions defined closer to each other than 0 05 times the member length only the lowest fatigue life of the two is reported See also PRINT FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS DEFINE PRESENTATION DISPLAY COLOR CODING ON EXAMPLES DISPLAY FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS RUNO2 MAX USAGE FACTOR 0 8
420. ives RELATIVE and ABSOLUTE the positions must be enclosed in parentheses as shown in example below If the model contains members spanning across support points or structural joints is is imortant to define positions at both sides of an intermediate joint for these members Use the intermediate parameter explained above in combination with the command DEFINE POSITION BOTH SIDES ON See also PRINT STRESS DEFINE POSITION BOTH SIDES ON EXAMPLES ASSIGN POSITIONS ALL CODE CHECK RELATIVE ONLY END1 0 0 MID 0 5 END2 1 0 ASSIGN POSITIONS ALL CODE CHECK OPTIONS ON ON 0 4 ON ON ON ON 0 2 If you want to assign similar code check positions to several members which have different definitions of check positions you need to first define the simplest form and then define the wanted check positions Se below First define one check position at start of each member Note that empty brackets means current selection of members ASSIGN POSITIONS CODE CHECK OPTIONS ON OFF 0 4 OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 2 Then e g define 3 positions at start P1 midpoint P2 and end P3 ASSIGN POSITIONS CODE CHECK RELATIVE ONLY P1 0 0 P2 0 5 P3 1 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 Framework 5 33 ASSIGN POSITIONS sel mem FATIGUE CHECK DEFAULT ABSOLUTE ONLY POSITIONS sel mem FATIGUE CHECK INCLUDE segm
421. jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To print joint accelerations for selected joints and loadcases PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which accelerations shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINT sel lcs Loadcases for which acceleration shall be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES See also PRINT DISPLACEMENT PRINT VELOCITY EXAMPLES PRINT ACCELERATION ONLY 200 400 ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 259 PRINT ACTIVE SETTINGS ACTIVE SETTINGS PURPOSE To print the current setting for various option switches PARAMETERS None NOTES Status for the following switches will be reported DEFINE HOTSPOTS EXTREME LOCATION ON or OFF DEFINE LRFD CODE CHECK YIELD CHECK COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH YIELD or CRITI CAL DEFINE LRFD CODE CHECK SECTION H2 EXCLUDE or INCLUDE D 1 Only when API AISC LRED is the active code of practice EXAMPLES PRINT ACTIVE SETTINGS Framework SESAM 5 260 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT CHORD AND BRACE CHORD AND BRACE sel jnt PURPOSE To print chord and brace data for selected joints PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which chord and brace data to be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT JOINTS NOTES See also ASSIGN CHORD EXAMPLES PRINT CHORD AND BRACE ONLY 2 SESAM
422. joint Brace Member name of the brace LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Jnt Per Joint type Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfacl Usage factor according to API 4 1 1 P Acting axial force Moipb Acting in plane moment Moopb Acting out of plane moment Alpha oment transformation angle from local to in plane out of plane Qup Ultimate strength factor due to axial force Qfp Factor accounting chord stress due to axial force Dbrace Brace diameter Chord ember name of the corresponding chord Phase Phase angle in degrees Usfac2 Usage factor according to API 4 3 1 5a or API 4 3 2 2 Pa Allowable axial force Maipb Allowable in plane moment Framework SESAM 3 34 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Maopb Allowable out of plane moment Theta Angle between brace and chord in degrees Quipb Ultimate strength factor due to in plane moment Ofipb Factor accounting chord stress due to in plane moment Dchord Chord diameter Usfac3 Usage factor according to API 4 3 1 5b Method ethod used for joint type assignment 1 MAN 2 GEO 3 LOA Gap Gap value used for K KTT KTK joint negative if overlap Quopb Ultimate strength factor due to out of plane moment Qfopb Factor accounting chord stress due to out of plane moment Beta Diameter Brace Diameter Chord See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table 3 11 How to perform a deterministic fatigue analysis W
423. joint or directly to a brace member or to remove a STUB section from a joint or a BRACE member PARAMETERS JOINT Instructs the program to assign a STUB section at a joint All brace members at that joint shall then be assigned the STUB properties specified subsequently BRACE Instructs the program to assign a STUB section at a specific end of a BRACE mem ber NONE Instructs the program to remove a STUB section assigned at one joint or at a spe cific end of a BRACE member All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 65 ASSIGN STUB BRACE stb length BRACE joint brace sec name mat name AUTOMATIC PURPOSE To assign a STUB section at a specific end of a BRACE member PARAMETERS joint Name of joint identifying the brace end where the STUB section shall be assigned brace Name of brace to be assigned the STUB section Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS sec name Name of STUB section Note that this must be a tubular section mat name Material name to be assigned to the STUB section stb length Length of STUB section AUTOMATIC Calculate automatically in accordance with the guidelines for joint design as given in API NPD NORSOK NOTES The BRACE member STUB lengths are used for material t
424. k Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk Kk KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK Program id Release date 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 Marketing and Support by DNV Software Comput Impl er update 586 Access time 28 MAR 2001 15 02 06 Operating system Win NT 4 0 1381 User id FRMW CPU id 1053416358 Installation DNVS OSLPCN20 Copyright DET NORSKE zj lt ERITAS AS P O Box 300 N 1322 Hovik Norway DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAG ti YIELD Check Results API AISC WSD 20th 9th Run Superelement Loadset API Y JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 SUB PAGE NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check UsfNorm Usage factor due to acting normal stress UsfSher Usage factor due to acting shear stress UsfComb Usage factor due to combined stress general sections only fa foy fbz fv MaxCom Phase SctNam Hot Norm Hot Sher Hot Comb Fa Fby Fbz Fv FalCom Acting axial stress Acting bending stress about y axis Acting bending stress a
425. kness occur Use the command PRINT CHORD AND BRACE to check if Framework detects any can or stub joint reinforcements See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES RUN PUNCH CHECK RJ200 Check joint 200 ONLY 2 ALL Framework SESAM 5 310 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RUN REDESIGN REDESIGN run name _ target sec nam mat nam RESIZE PURPOSE To perform a joint can redesign after a joint punch check according to a pre selected code of practice The user inputs a list of proposed pairs of section and material combinations PARAMETERS run name Name of an existing punching check run target Target value for usage factor after redesign sec nam Name of section mat nam Name of a material NOTES The redesign feature is only available in conjunction with a joint punch check It is required that the user has performed a joint punch check run in advance See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE EXAMPLES RUN REDESIGN P1 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 RESIZE SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 311 RUN STABILITY CHECK STABILITY CHECK run name run text sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a member stability check according to the pre selected code of pra
426. l 2 NORSOK Extension FATG containing the fatigue analysis features Framework SESAM 1 4 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Extension EURO containing the code EUROCODE NS3472 rel 3 e Extension ERQK containing the earthquake analysis features Extension WIND containing the gust wind fatigue analysis features Extension GRPH containing model display features the commands DISPLAY PLOT and VIEW 1 5 Status List There exists for Framework as for all other SESAM programs a Status List providing additional informa tion This may be Reasons for update new version e New features Errors found and corrected e Etc Use the program Status for looking up information in the Status List See the command HELP for how to run Status SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 1 2 FEATURES OF FRAMEWORK 2 1 Postprocessing capabilities 2 1 1 Code checks The code checks available are as follows e Yield e Stability Member combined yield and stability e Hydrostatic collapse e Punching shear e Conical transition A yield check of a frame structural member is performed to assess whether the member is subjected to acceptable stress levels This check is performed through the use of a yield interaction equation This equation is stipulated by the code of practice and delivers as result a usage factor If this usage factor is less than 1 0 then the member is classed as safe If the usage facto
427. l November 1996 13 Mike Efthymiou Shell International Petroleum Mij B V Development of SCF formulae and generalised influence functions for use in fatigue analysis OTJ 88 Recent Developments in Tubular Joints Technol ogy Surrey UK 5 October 1988 14 Health and Safety Executive Offshore Installations Guidance on design construction and certification Fourth Edition February 1995 15 SESAM Framework Wind Fatigue Design Theory Manual May 2001 16 Offshore Installations Guideance on Design and Construction 4th Edition Department of Energy HMSO 1990 17 Stress Concentration Factors for Ring Stiffened Tubular Joints P Smedley and P Fisher Lloyd s Regis ter of Shipping London U K Framework SESAM REFERENCES 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 18 AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings May 21 2002 19 SESAM Stofat Fatigue Damage Calculation of Welded Plates and Shells October 15th 2003 20 ABS American Bureau of Shipping Guide for Fatigue Assessment of Offshore Structures 2003 21 LR Lloyd s Register of Shipping Recommended Parametric Stress Concentration Factors report OD TN 95001 22 DNV Det Norske Veritas RECOMMENDED PRACTICE DNV RP C203 FATIGUE DESIGN OF OFFSHORE STEEL STRUCTURES Aug 2005 23 Recommended sea spectra from ISSC International Ship and Offshore Structures Congress and ITTC International Towing Tank Conference e g explained in Faltinsen O M 1990 Sea Lo
428. les Ln FEM and Sn FEM and Input Interface File Tn FEM may be specified respectively The results of the static analysis are stored on a SIN or SIF file Sestra prints a lis file sestra lis containing summary of the analysis results ISEL1 1 of the RSEL command initiates print of the static wind element loads to the SIN or SIF file 3 21 5 Calculation of eigenvalues eigenvectors and element mode shape forces An eigenvalue analysis is performed by Sestra to calculate eigenvalues mass normalised eigenvectors and element mode shape forces of the beam elements Analysis control data for an eigenvalue calculation by Sestra may be as follows COMM Householder eigenvalue analysis requesting 10 modes for superelement 1 COMM CHECK ANTP MOLO STIF RTOP LBCK PILE CSING SIGM CMAS 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 Qi O RNA D FORMATTED ITOP 1 INA D COMM RTRAC PRNT STOR EQUI SEL1 SEL2 SEL3 RETR 2z Ole 0 0 Ove 0 O 0 COMM EIGL 10 4 aL fs EIGH 10 IDTY ils DYMA Zu Ten eigenvalues are calculated according to the Householder s method EIGH 10 with diagonal mass matrix DYMA 2 The analysis results may be stored on a SIN or SIF file Sestra prints a lis file sestra lis containing summary of the results Note MOLO 1 of the CMAS command initiates calculation and storage of element mode shape forces on the Results Interface File otherwise no element mode shape forces are stored If
429. lity check this data will be presented twice both for the yield and the stability part of the check See also ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING LENGTH AUTOMATIC EXAMPLES DEFINE BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 147 DEFINE CONE PARAMETERS CONE PARAMETERS FABRICATION TOLERANCE value PURPOSE To define the fabrication tolerance value to be used in check of conical transition NPD code of practice only PARAMETERS value Fabrication tolerance to be used NOTES The allowable fabrication tolerance default is set to 0 005 times radius of cylinder R See also RUN CONE CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE CONE PARAMETER FABRICATION TOLERANCE 0 003 Framework SESAM 5 148 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE CONSTANTS GRAVITY g MATERIAL FACTOR mat fact CONSTANTS MINIMUM BRACE ANGLE min angle PHASE ANGLE phase angle PURPOSE To define global constants PARAMETERS GRAVITY 8 MATERIAL FACTOR mat fact MINIMUM BRACE ANGLE min angle PHASE ANGLE phas angle NOTES The acceleration due to gravity shall be defined Acceleration due to gravity The material factor shall be defined Value of material factor used in NPD NS3472 check only The minimum angle of a brace with its chord shall be defined Minimum angle that a member may form with a chord suc
430. lly spaced positions along its length to determine the greatest curvature It is unlikely although possible that the position of maximum moment would coincide with a closure weld SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 25 Run scenarios Fatigue damage calculations may be performed for a single brace or for multi braces The single brace case allows fatigue analysis to be carried out for one joint one wind direction one analysis plane one joint and several eigenmodes Compressed or comprehensive print of results may be requested The comprehensive output is solely for fatigue analysis of a single inspection point around the weld The multi brace case allows fatigue analysis to be carried out for several joints wind directions analysis planes and eigenmodes A compressed output is produced Several fatigue runs may be executed in sequence Between each run input values may be changed how ever the Rn SIN file can not be changed Input The solution technique used in the wind fatigue analysis requires a significant amount of input information such as geometry and modelling data of the structure eigenvalues eigenvectors stresses from eigendefor mations stresses from gust wind loading wind loads and direct input parameters The input information except for the direct input data must be contained in a Rn SIN and a Ln FEM file if the static wind loads are not contained in the Rn SIN file which is read by the wind fatigue
431. lours are RED REDDISH BROWN ORANGE YELLOW ABSINTHE DARK GREEN GREEN CYAN MAGENTA VIOLET BLUE ANTI BACKGROUND Define the limit values regarding which colour to use when drawing the member or part of member The different levels colours are used when the result to report is greater than the limit value Define the colour and limit value for 2nd colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 3rd colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 4th colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 5th colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 6th colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 7th colour level Se notes for defaults Define the colour and limit value for 8th colour level Se notes for defaults Framework 5 200 COLOR NINE COLOR LEVELS ACTIVE numlev COLOR LINE WIDTH linwidth LEGEND IN CORNER UPPER LEFT LOWER RIGHT NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Define the colour for 9th colour level All results less than limit for level eight is drawn in colour defined for level nine hence no limit value for level nine Se notes for defaults Choose the actual number of colour levels to be used Number of levels in the range of 3 to 9 default 9 When e g using 5 levels all results less than limit for COLOR FOUR will be
432. lts from deterministic fatigue analysis A 10 Results from stochastic fatigue analysis Example 2 Wind induced Fatigue A 11 Preframe journal file example 2 A 12 Wajac data file for wind loads A 13 Sestra data file A 14 Framework journal file for wind fatigue A 15 Results from wind fatigue A 16 Information of joint connections from wind fatigue SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 3 Model example 1 joint numbers SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 G4 28 MAR 2004 5 44 Mode L JACKET Selected Members Framework SESAM A 4 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Model example 1 member numbers SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 4 28 MAR 20041 5 44 Mode L JACKET Selected Members Framework A 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework A 6 Model example 2 joint numbers 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 1 103 6 MAY 2001 0 09 Mode L WIND FAT IGUE Selected Members SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 7 Model example 2 member numbers SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 1 46 MAY 2001 0 46 Mode L z WIND FAT IGUE Selected Members Framework A 8 Model example 2 hidden view SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 G4 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 6 MAY 2004 0 09 Mode L WIND FAT IGUE Selected Members SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 9 A1 Preframe Journal
433. luded until the default status is changed Wildcards may be used to specify lt row gt All matching rows will be excluded ONLY lt row gt Include only lt row gt in the matrix clearing any previous con tents first Set the default status to INCLUDE Until the status is changed rows that are entered will be added at the end INSERT BEFORE lt row1 gt lt row2 gt Insert lt row2 gt before lt row1 gt Set the default status to IN SERT BEFORE Until the status is changed rows will be keep being inserted before lt row1 gt immediately after the last row entered Wildcards may be used to specify lt row1 gt provided that one row is matched uniquely OVERWRITE lt row1 gt lt row2 gt Overwrite lt rowl gt with lt row2 gt Set the default status to OVERWRITE The next row s that are entered will continue overwriting until the default status is changed scrolling down Framework SESAM 4 14 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 as they do so When the last row has been overwritten the de fault status is changed to INCLUDE Wildcards may be used to specify lt row1 gt provided that one row is matched uniquely LIST List the contents of the matrix lt row gt Insert Exclude or overwrite using lt row gt depending on the default status The initial default status is INCLUDE When a default vector matrix is being presented or if the left parenthesis has been typed as input Frame work presents the right parenthesis as d
434. lysis A long term distribution of wave heights is produced for each of the wave directions and for each of the wave heights a certain associated number of waves is derived from the long term distribution curve This curve may be specified as linear which corresponds to a long term Weibull distribution or it may be speci fied as piece wise linear SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 49 Both of the long term distribution curves available are shown in Figure 2 14 Also see Figure 5 2 ha ha h User gives A User a 1 1 tot by Ntot Na hg Niot N3 h4 Niot N4 gt iot logN Linear Piecewise linear Figure 2 14 Long term distributions of wave heights The definition of wave data is MANDATORY for a deterministic fatigue analysis as shown in Table 2 8 2 3 25 Wave load factor This defines the load factor DAF that may be applied to each of the wave directions and heights analysed in a deterministic fatigue analysis The stress ranges inclusive SCF at each hotspot calculated for each individual wave is then multiplied with the given load factor 2 3 26 Wave spreading function Wave spreading accounts for the energy spreading of waves in a short crested sea state Positive angles are measured counter clockwise with respect to the current main wave direction The spreading function may be defined as a continuous cosine power function or as a discretised function If a discretised spreadin
435. lysis plane K joint tried LOCAL 4 32 2 62 2 67 2 36 4 32 2 62 LOCAL 4 18 2 53 2 61 2 39 4 18 2253 No chord Connection treated as Bent Can TCAN 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 TCAN 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 5 00 the analysis plane K joint tried LOCAL 6 99 DO 323 0 2285 10599 20 60 LOCAL 3465 2 54 197 09 3234 B405 2 54 the analysis plane evaluated as T joint LOCAL 8 08 4 18 3 30 2 85 11 53 8 98 the analysis plane K joint tried EFTHYM 39 01 18 06 2 61 2 50 2 84 2 70 LOCAL 4 32 2 62 2 67 2 36 4 32 2 62 the analysis plane K joint tried AYMEOU 9 368 2 85 2 90 3 14 3 52 214 HYMIOU 5 51 4 69 3 31 2 85 5 28 4 53 32 00 00 55 41 86 86 49 32 24 00 00 92 81 00 00 41 20 26 41 92 50 L 3 24 00 00 20 iis 00 00 2d 00 00 44 08 16 16 39 01 233 91 22 20 0 20 14 40 q qy q EFG E q ct ct CE och GT 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 l chord BrcEnds l chord BrcEnds l chord BrcEnds BrcEnds L chord BrcEnds l chord BrcEnds BrcEnds l elements of elemen 301 elemen 302 elemen 302 302 l elements of l elements of elemen 303 elemen 303 303 the joint t and 1 303 t and 1 301 t and 2 205 303 the joint the joint t and 1 302 t and 2 201 301 are within the braces meet
436. m a list In e g the PRINT SN CURVE command a scrollable list of all curves is presented Any number of varia bles can be selected from this list for print Selected values are marked by highlighting SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 21 SN curve Name Apply Cancel Figure 4 5 The Print SN Curve dialog box The basic way to select values is to click on a value and then drag the mouse through the list All values that the mouse pointer is dragged through are selected and any previously selected value becomes unselected To modify an existing selection hold the Control key down while clicking in the list or dragging the mouse pointer through the list All items that are clicked on while the Control key is held will reverse their selec tion status Entering a prefixed list The prefixed list is used to enter a number of values that is unknown until the time the box is used where each value has a prefix or prompt It is used to input distribution parameters function arguments and start ing point values Framework SESAM 4 22 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Assign Individual Wave Number of waves with H lt 4 0E 03 Z 99e 008 Figure 4 6 The Assign Individual waves dialog box In line mode the list is simply traversed sequentially from top to bottom In graphics mode the accompany ing input field located just below the box is used to input and change values The procedure used to cha
437. m version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET DRAWING GRID ON OFF GRID PURPOSE To set grid on or off PARAMETERS ON Set grid on OFF Set grid off Framework 5 341 Framework SESAM 5 342 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET GRAPH LINE OPTIONS GRAPH XAXIS ATTRIBUTES subcommands data YAXIS ATTRIBUTES PURPOSE To set plot file characteristics PARAMETERS LINE OPTIONS Set the options controlling how lines are drawn and marked XAXIS ATTRIBUTES Set the options controlling the drawing and scale of the x axis YAXIS ATTRIBUTES Set the options controlling the drawing and scale of the y axis All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 343 SET GRAPH LINE OPTIONS LINE OPTIONS LINE TYPE line line type MARKER ON OFF MARKER TYPE line marker type MARKER SIZE size PURPOSE To set options controlling how lines are drawn and marked PARAMETERS LINE TYPE line line type MARKER ON OFF MARKER TYPE marker type MARKER SIZE Controls how lines are drawn Only six lines can be controlled A line number from 1 to 6 BLANK END POINT DASHED DASH DOT DEFAULT DOTTED or SOLID Turn usage of markers on off Control the marker type CROSS DEFAULT DELTA DIAMOND NABLA PLUS SQUARE or STAR Set t
438. mage shall be defined at a member Name of brace to be assigned to the part damage Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS Only if the name of a single chord or a single non pipe member is given in the position of the brace member name the assign ment of LOCAL or GLOBAL will be allowed for non brace members Joints where part damage definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS Members where part damage definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS Select fatigue check positions to which the part damage shall be applied See com mand ASSIGN POSITION sel mem FATIGUE CHECK regarding defining posi tions A descriptive text The user specifies that the global default part damage values shall be applied The user specifies all part damage values Framework 5 14 BOTH SIDES CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE UNIFORM BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC NON SYMMETRIC damage hot NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The same part damage is applied to both chord side and brace side of the weld This option should also be applied for CHORD member or a non pipe member The part damage is applied for the chord side of the weld The part damage is applied for the brace side of the weld The same values applies to all hotspots The distribution is double symme
439. ments are altered after the fatigue run See also DISPLAY FATIGUE CH PRINT RUN EXAMPLES PRINT FATIGUE CH ESULTS RUNO1 WORST USAGE FACTOR SUMMARY ABOVE 0 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT FATIGUE CHECK TY PE FATIGUE CHECK TYPE PURPOSE To print constant settings for the fatigue analysis PARAMETERS None NOTES See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS EXAMPLES PRINT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE Framework 5 273 Framework SESAM 5 274 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PRINT FORCE FORCE sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To print member reactive forces for selected members and loadcases PARAMETERS sel mem Members for which forces shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SE LECT MEMBERS sel lcs Loadcases for which forces shall be printed For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES Forces and moments are printed for positions along the members corresponding to the predefined code check positions See also DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE ASSIGN POSITIONS PRINT STRESS EXAMPLES PRINT FORCE ONLY WITH SECTION 1 ALL SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 PRINT HYDROSTATIC DATA HYDROSTATIC DATA PURPOSE To print constant settings for the hydrostatic collapse check PARAMETERS None NOTES See also
440. mited value for Frame work use When moving through the commands Framework will present a prompt possibly followed by a default in The main command level is signified by the prompt No default is presented here The main commands are ASSIGN CREATE etc These are described in chapter 5 When moving inside a command the prompt will change and a default may be presented Different items on the command line are separated by blank spaces except if it is text that is protected inside quotes In special cases the blank space may be left out Such cases are documented in the sections below Framework does not require line breaks anywhere except for a few cases in programming mode these are not included in this manual Thus several commands can be typed into the same command input line This is however not recommended as it easy to lose oversight in such a case In the following input typed by the user is shown in bold face while prompts given by Framework are shown as ordinary text 4 4 1 How to get help Context sensitive help is available in command mode at any time using any of these methods Type to get a brief description of what Framework is expecting right now Type lt text gt during a selection between alternatives to see all the alternatives that match lt text gt lt text gt may contain wildcards or be an abbreviation Type to get a more descriptive help text showing how to proceed There is also a HELP menu u
441. mmand User defined SN curves may be deleted by the command DELETE SN CURVE DELETE SN CURVE NEW T Assigned bent can SN curves bent can SCFs and vortex dimensions for joint connections and members may be deleted by the command DELETE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SN CURVE DELETE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF and DELETE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION respectively Values of all or selected joints members may be deleted DELETE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SN CURVE SE E WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF ALL WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION SELECT CURRENT H ECT CURRENT CJ PRINT WIND FATIGUE command Control print of the wind fatigue input data is possible by PRINT WIND FATIGUE INPUT Various data groups may be selected for print see below The number of members joints wind directions eigenmodes and static load cases for which input data shall be printed may be chosen as ALL or a specified number The print may be guided to screen or file by SET PRINT DESTINATION Default is print to the screen The print of stress concentration factors includes also print of SCF factors and SN curves applied in the last fatigue calculation run carried out PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU PRINT WIND FATIGU H Z FU C J ELECT MEMBERS NO 201 ELECT JOINTS ALL ELECT WIND DIRECTIONS NO 1 ELECT
442. mmand p p y g For an ISSC scatter diagram it is T1 mean wave period that shall be given instead of Tz See also CREATE WAVE STATISTICS PRINT WAVE STATISTICS DELETE WAVE STATISTICS EXAMPLES CREATE WAVE STATISTICS WS1 Scatter diagram for SESAM field SCATTER DIAGRAM ONLY 5 0 7 6 0 0 6 0 0 320 0 Oi 0 Ox 1 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 111 CHANGE WIND FATIGUE WIND FATIGUE SECTION DIMENSIONS PURPOSE To change data for wind fatigue calculation All data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail PARAMETERS SECTION DIMENSIONS Instruct the program to change section dimensions of members Framework 5 112 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CHANGE WIND FATIGUE SECTION DIMENSIONS SECTION DIMENSIONS sel mem diameter diameter2 thickness thickness2 PURPOSE To change diameter and thickness of individual members for use in wind fatigue calculations Changes made by this command affect only the wind fatigue calculations Section data saved in the data base of Framework are unaffected by these changes PARAMETERS sel mem diameter diameter2 thickness 1 thickness2 NOTES Select members where the section dimensions shall be assigned For valid alterna tives see command SELECT MEMBERS Diamet
443. ms in the list Prefixing the question mark with a a text lt text gt will show all items in the list matching lt text gt The input text may be typed in upper or lower case as desired Framework disregards the case of the text when it does the comparison The input text used to make the selection is not logged on the journal file Instead the selected value is logged as it is presented in the list 4 4 7 Selecting several alternatives from a list In some cases a list of items is presented from which one or more items can be selected An example is the PRINT SN CURVE command where a number of variables may be selected for print The graphical user interface will look like Figure 4 7 when a list is available In this selection both wildcards and abbreviation may be used but not inside the same text The syntax for the selection allows for more flexibility than in the single selection case because it may be of interest to keep modifying the selection for some time before accepting it The selection process consists of one or more selection operations each of which follow the syntax described below If more than one opera tion is required to complete the selection the selection must be enclosed in parentheses The syntax for a single selection operation is INCLUDE lt text gt Include the item s matching lt text gt in the selection Set the default status to IN CLUDE Any items specified after this will be included in the
444. must have been entered i e click on OK or APPLY buttons of the dialog boxes before the analysis can start If the check of input is successful the fatigue analysis starts If not a message is printed to the screen and the run is stopped Note that the run name is used as prefix for the fatigue results and diagnostics files RUN WIND FATIGUE CHECK TOWER Example case 3 21 8 Program limitations and example of use A limited number wind directions analysis planes etc can be handled by the wind fatigue module The lim itations are given in Section 4 3 An example of wind fatigue analysis of a frame structure subjected to gust wind loading and vortex shed ding induced vibrations is given in Appendix A A multi brace fatigue analysis is performed The example includes table print of the analysis results Framework SESAM 3 60 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 1 4 EXECUTION OF FRAMEWORK Framework is available in the following hardware environments Unix computers of various vendors Windows 95 98 and NT often referred to as PC Framework may be run in three different modes In interactive graphics mode with menus and dialog boxes where input may be given using a mouse as well as the keyboard The interactive graphics mode facilities are described in Section 4 5 but in addi tion this mode also gives access to the line mode facilities It requires a workstat
445. n function indicates the way in which the gusts are spatially correlated The following wind spectra are applied The HARRIS DAVENPORT or NPD spectrum for wind gusts in longitudinal direction to the mean wind The PANOFSKY LATERAL spectrum for wind gusts lateral horizontal across the mean wind direction The PANOFSKY VERTICAL spectrum for wind gusts vertical across the mean wind direction Vortex shedding induced fatigue is caused by steady state wind which generates wind induced vortex shed ding vibrations Oscillation modes of individual braces are considered It is assumed that only the first mode is of any significance for fatigue damage which is a reasonable assumption for tubular structural steel mem bers that are used in typical flare towers Only cross flow oscillations are considered in line vibrations are ignored The oscillation mode and frequency are highly dependent on the conditions of member end fixity In general these are not known to any degree of accuracy so the program allows to investigate a range of fixities Low end fixity reduces the natural frequency and the member end damage that occur High end fixity produces higher natural frequency and associated with it the possibility of higher end moments Member end fixities are assigned by the command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING AND VORTEX SHEDDING NA
446. n typically assigned to a BRACE member e Use of effective length factors for modelling in plane and out of plane buckling effects e Definition or automatic calculation of moment amplification reduction factors to account for secondary moments due to axial loads in buckling calculations e Definition of different yield strength at different parts of the structure to account for differences in the grade of steel Yield strength is defined through a material property e Modelling joints gaps and overlapping joints e Section re definition For each of the codes of practice and code check type all input data used mandatory and optional is shown in Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 and described in Section 2 3 35 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 5 Usually the procedure adopted for a code check analysis is as follows e Modelling of local details e Creation of load combinations with the appropriate factors e Execution of code check Evaluation of results using print and display features The format and explanation of the results from code checks can be found in Appendix A 2 1 2 Fatigue analysis A fatigue analysis in Framework is performed on a frame structural member in order to assess whether that member is likely to suffer failure due to the action of repeated loading This assessment is made using Min ers rule of cumulative damage which delivers a usage factor representing the amount of fatigue damage that
447. n distributed points along the member are printed Number of points along member The total deflections are printed The deflections for a member considered as a rigid body are printed The difference between the total deflections and the rigid body deflections are printed The deflections are with respect to the global coordinate sys tem The deflections are with respect to the local coordinate system Members for which deformation shall be printed For valid al ternatives see command SELECT MEMBER Loadcases for which deformation shall be printed For valid al ternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE Framework SESAM 5 266 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 EXAMPLES PRINT DEFLECTION CODE CHECK POSITIONS TOTAL GLOBAL 33317 1 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 267 PRINT DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT sel jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To print joint displacements for selected joints and loadcases PARAMETERS sel jnt Joints for which displacements shall be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT JOINT sel lcs Loadcases for which displacements shall be printed For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES See also PRINT ACCELERATION PRINT VELOCITY EXAMPLES PRINT DISPLACEMENT GROUP 10 90 10 ALL Framework 5 268 20 DEC 2007 PRINT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE EARTHQUAKE CHECK TY PE
448. n fac tor T and Y brace in plane bending Default value 0 95 Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor T and Y brace out of plane bending Default value 0 95 Framework SESAM 5 178 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 PUNCH X TENSION Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor cross X brace axial tension Default value 0 9 PUNCH X COMPRESSION Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor cross X brace axial compression Default value 0 95 PUNCH X IPB Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor cross X brace in plane bending Default value 0 95 PUNCH X OPB Define the resistance factor for punching check connection fac tor cross X brace out of plane bending Default value 0 95 NOTES None See also PRINT LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS EXAMPLES DEFINE LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS NON PIPE TENSION 0 95 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 179 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS CALCULATION METHOD ELASTIC CAPACITY ONLY REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS KSI REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS MPA SECTION CAPACITY CHECK STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK UNIT LENGTH FACTOR VON MISES CHECK data PURPOSE To define parameters used in connection with member code check PARAMETERS CALCULATION METHOD ELASTIC
449. n is split into three portions each of which is treated as having a Rayleigh distribution e Each frequency band fatigue is directly related to the number of cycles experienced in each stress range through the Palmgren Miner relationship The number of cycles to fatigue at any stress range amplitude may be found from standard SN curves The damage evaluated over all stress ranges is obtained by integrating over all possible stress amplitudes The design fatigue life is assumed to be one year The total annual damage is the sum of the damages over Framework SESAM 2 24 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 all the frequency bands and all the wind states The estimated fatigue life is the reciprocal of the total fatigue damage Calculation of vortex shedding induced fatigue damage It is assumed that vortex shedding effects are only of any significance if they induce oscillations in the first mode of a brace The first natural frequency and its associated mode shape are determined by solving the fundamental equation for the dynamic bending behaviour of a thin beam The frequency at which vortices are shed from the opposite side of a brace member is dependent on the Rey nolds number of the fluid flow The mean wind speed component normal to the brace is used to calculate the Reynolds number in conjunction with the outer diameter of the brace From the Reynolds number the vortex shedding frequency may be estimated and a critical velocity
450. n modulus The default is ON See also RUN MEMBER CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS SECTION CAPACITY CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER VON MISES CHECK ONLY Framework SESAM 5 188 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP ON OFF MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP PURPOSE To define if intermediate results from the member code check calculations shall be written to separate file PARAMETERS ON Activate this feature OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES This feature is available for ELROCODE NS3472 code of practice only For each member code check run important check parameters will be written to a separate file The files will be named run nameMCC TMP See also RUN MEMBER CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 189 DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN REDESIGN MODE LOCK SECTION TYPE om OPTIONS ASSIGN SECTION MEMBER REDESIGN OFF ALLOW OPTIMIZE TARGET USAGE FACTOR value SECTION LIST list PURPOSE To define parameters used in connection with member code check redesign resize PARAMETERS OPTIONS REDESIGN MODE LOCK SECTION TYPE ASSIGN SECTION ALLO
451. n nono nrnn ran cnn nana cn con ncnnan 5 83 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF ooo ccc cece riene ene na a a e E r a A AR 5 84 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ sssesessesssessersessssesessesrsrrsesrertsreeesensesrsrnseneenesesenses 5 87 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCE ooo eeesceeceseeeeceecesecsesseeeeseseeaecnaesaeeaeeaee 5 89 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX DIMENSION ccc ceeee cee cee cae seeeeeeeseaecnesaeaeeaee 5 90 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE VORTEX FIXITY ooo eescesenseseeeeeeeseeesaecaesaeeeeeeseneeaee 5 91 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO 0 0 ces eee iria iea i 5 94 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE STRESS PRINT OPTIONS ooo eee ce eeeeee cess cae caecaeeeeseeeeateneen 5 97 CHANGE escitas ad ti 5 99 CHANGE MATERJA ohare a aa a eoa aa aoea e eaae a aaloed Calen ii 5 100 CHANGE SECTION areta O NO 5 102 CHANGE SECTION PROPERTY Shaa aaa snouts anidan a A E A A aA 5 103 CHANGE HO SPOTS iii E A NT 5 105 CHANGE SN CUR VE eren ia aa aa aaea aa a Eae a raae Eaa EAA is 5 107 CHANGE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION ssssessssesssseeesssrrsrsssresrssestssesenrssestrneseereseseneeseees 5 108 CHANGE WAVE STATISTIGS or id i 5 109 CHANGE WIND FATIGUE 00d A a as 5 111 CHANGE WIND FATIGUE SECTION DIMENSIONS coociocconconccnnonnonnnonnnnncnnonnonaninnrnnrancnnannos 5 112 A A UR 5 113 CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION ooccocccococoninnconconccnnonnonannnnnnccnnonnonnc nn nrncnncnnos 5 114 CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM seerti ie i a nac nn nr ncn nono nac a 5 115 CREATE JOUIN Lc la al al
452. n on the Results Interface File is also used to hold non geometric information i e hydrodynamic properties and stability parameters Framework also reads the stability parameters buck ling length and effective length factor and the flooding coefficient assigned to the members The flooding coefficient i e flooding status either non flooded value 0 0 or flooded value 1 0 is used when cal culating yield and stability utilisation of a member with pipe cross section exposed to hydrostatic water pressure When conceptual information is read from the Results Interface File instructing Framework to create a con ical member segment between two pipe segments then two new cross sections will be created The outer diameter and wall thickness for the new sections for each cylinder cone transition will be Diameter Diameter of cylinder pipe in transition Wall thk Wall thickness of pipe element used in stiffness analysis The new cross sections will be named as Cx_yyyyy where x 1 or 2 for start and end of cone respectively yyyyy unique concept number given on the Results Interface File Optionally the SESAM Interface File elastic material definition card MISOSEL can contain data regarding yield strength Framework will use this data when available Note that prior to opening and transferring the model from the results file it is possible to switch off reading the conceptual information member definitions and names members
453. n ranked order If more detailed fatigue information is required for a specific chord brace intersection a single brace case run must be executed using the comprehensive output option Dump print of hotspot stresses and stress spectrum data is possible during the fatigue calculation process by setting print options by the command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE STRESS PRINT OPTIONS The print options must be set prior to execution of the RUN command The stress data are printed to the file runname Framework dmp where runname is the name of the run Framework SESAM 2 26 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Diagnostics and messages are printed to the RunDiagnostics txt file during the fatigue analysis Classifica tion of the joints as well as SN curves SCF schemes and SCF factors for the joint connections are printed The fatigue lives which are the inverse of the annual damages are printed to the unformatted file Run Live frs 2 2 Loading and load combinations Load combinations in Framework may be created by adding load cases together Once a load combination is created it is then referred to just like another load case Load cases may be required to be combined in order to e Calculate displacements e Calculate velocities e Calculate accelerations e Calculate forces e Calculate stresses e Perform code checks In Framework the following type of load cases may be combined e Static load cases Any number of static load cases may be
454. n reference values have been set to 30458 ksi and 2 1E5 MPa For models using Young s modulus equal to 29000 ksi corresponding to 2 0E5 MPa some deviations in results could occur in code checks according to Eurocode and AISC The user should define these two values consistent with actual modulus of elasticity used in the model E g if using E 2 0E11 Pa N m in the model set this value to 2 0ES Default value is 2 1E5 MPa for compatibility reasons this command is new in v3 5 01 Framework SESAM 5 184 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS SECTION CAPACITY CHECK ON OFF SHEAR COMBINED SECTION CAPACITY CHECK PURPOSE To define how the resistance of cross section check criteria is handled in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice PARAMETERS ON Include the shear check and the combined axial bending moment check OFF Skip the resistance of cross section check SHEAR Do a shear check only COMBINED Do the combined axial bending moment check only NOTES When the DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK is set to ONLY the settings for the above switch is neglected The default is ON See also RUN MEMBER CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER SECTION CAPAC
455. ncon nono nono rrnnrran nono A 28 A6 Framework journal file for stochastic fatigue ccccecccescsssceeseesseesceeeceseeeseessecaeceseeeeeeeeeeeeesaes A 34 A 7 Results from API AISC code Checks ecescessseseescesecsecseescecesesecaeeaceeaeeseesecaeeaeeaeeaeeeceseeaeeas A 39 A8 Results from NPD NS code checks 0 eececesessseeseescescesececeseeecessesaecaaeeceeceesecseceaeeaeeaeeeseeeeseeaeeas A 50 A9 Results from deterministic fatigue analysis cccccccccssessecsecesceeeeeeceeseecssenseceeeceseeeseecseeneeseeeaes A 60 A 10 Results from stochastic fatigue analysis ccccccecssecsesseeeeceeecessecssesecseeeeseecseceseceeeseneeeseenteeeeeaes A 65 ATT Preframe model Example Dicc aian aan iia tebpesdeieaits eta kaleeeetts A 70 A 12 Wajac data file for wind load oononnnnonocononnnonnnoccnnnconncnnnonnn cnn nonnccon nc nn cnn ronn non nono nr nor rn n rn r narran A 71 A 13 Sestra data files static and elgenvalue ooocoonncnnncnionononconnconnnonconncconncononanornn non nono nn non rra nrnnranrcnnnnno A 73 A 14 Framework journal file for wind fatigue ccccccscssecesesescesseessecseceseeeseeeseesaeceseceeeeesecssecsteneeeaes A 74 A 15 Results from wind fatigue cece cccccsccssecesceeceesceeseesecseeceseeeseceaeceseseeeeseecssensecsereeseeeseceseceteeeneeeaes A 78 A 16 Information of joint connections from Wind fatigue cece eceeeeseceececeeseeceeseceeceaeeaeeseeeeseeaeeas A 89 APPENDIX B THEORETICAL INFORMATION ocoocc
456. nd 2 of new member NOTES The existing members and intermediate joints not supporting any incoming braces on the line between the two joints will be marked as deleted Do not create members spanning across structural joints with incoming braces which later on are going to be checked for punching shear capacity or fatigue damage Stability assignments done may need to be repeated See also PRINT MEMBER EXAMPLES CREATE MEMBER LEG1 Leg 1 between joint 1001 and 1003 1001 1003 Framework SESAM 5 120 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE MATERIAL MATERIAL name text young yield dens pois damp exp PURPOSE To create a material PARAMETERS name Material name text Text associated with material young Young s modulus of elasticity yield Material yield strength dens Material density pois Poisson s ratio damp Material specific damping exp Thermal expansion coefficient NOTES See also ASSIGN MATERIAL CHANGE MATERIAL PRINT MATERIAL EXAMPLES CREATE MATERIAL M1 Linear elastic 207E9 250E6 7850 0 3 0 0 1 2E 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 CREATE SECTION 20 DEC 2007 SECTION name text PIPE SYMMETRIC I UNSYMMETRIC I ANGLE CHANNEL data BOX BAR GENERAL RING STIFFENER T RING STIFFENER FLAT
457. nd hides non relevant commands ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE command Eight data groups are assigned by the ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE command wind type wind profile SN curve joint SCF bent can SCF vortex dimension vortex fixity and run scenario parameters Framework SESAM 3 54 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The wind type to be used is assigned by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE Three choices are possi ble buffeting wind vortex shedding wind or a combination of the two Specification of the wind band is required for the vortex wind The user may select between narrow broad or broad and narrow bands ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE VORTEX SHEDDING ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND TYPE WIND BUFFETING AND VORTEX SHEDDING BROAD AND NARROW The wind profile applied in the Wajac run are applied automatically in the wind fatigue module Three choices are possible in Wajac API NORSOK normal wind and NORSOK extreme wind profile repre sented by Eqs 2 27 2 28 and 2 29 in the WAjac User Manual respectively Default is API wind pro file Wind spectrum is selected by the command ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND SPECTRUM In mean wind direction three choices are possible Harris Davenport and NPD spectrum In lateral across and vertical across directions to the mean wind the Panofsky wind spectra are applied The lateral across and vertical across gust wind components may switched on
458. nd other non pipe sections 4 hotspots corresponding to section corners are default LOCAL SCFs may be assigned either to a specific end or at both ends of an member In addition they may be assigned for the following weld sides BRACE side only e CHORD side only BRACE and CHORD side A choice of SCF distributions is also available and these are as follows e UNIFORM BI SYMMETRIC e SYMMETRIC SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 55 e NON SYMMETRIC e CROWN SADDLE The UNIFORM SCF distribution is appropriate when each stress concentration factor i e axial or in plane or out of plane has the same value at ALL hotspots Each hotspot on the chosen weld side is then assigned the same set of SCFs i e axial in plane and out of plane The BI SYMMETRIC SCF distribution is appropriate when the stress concentration factors at the hotspots can be completely defined by a quarter plane of symmetry thus only requiring the definition of SCFs at three hotspots SCFs at hotspots 1 4 and 7 must be specified The BI SYMMETRIC SCF distribution may only be used in conjunction with tubular members The SYMMETRIC SCF distribution is appropriate when the stress concentration factors are symmetric about an axis or a plane thus only requiring the definition of SCFs at five hotspots The plane of symmetry is the joint plane through hotspots 7 and 19 SCFs at hotspots 1 4 7 19 and 22 must be specified The SYM METRIC SCF distrib
459. nd sequence is described in detail SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 303 RUN CONE CHECK CONE CHECK_ run name run text sel mem sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a check of conical transitions according to the pre selected code of practice PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel mem Members to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBER sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES The stress criteria checks are performed for cylinder and cone at both ends of the conical transition Effect of external hydrostatic pressure is accounted for in calculation of the hoop stress if a water plane is defined prior to the run The cones are checked without any ring stiffeners at the junction of cylinder and cone Hence if the criteria in the code of practice is not satisfied the user must manually design ring stiffeners or alternatively change the wall thickness of the cone and or cylinder When NPD is selected as code of practice the allowable fabrication tolerance default is set to 0 005 times R See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE DEFINE CONE PARAMETERS EXAMPLES RUN CONE CHECK CONECHK Check cones ONLY WITH CONE ALL ALL Framework SESAM 5 304 20 DEC 2007
460. nder the main menu giving on line access to the items that are described here 4 4 2 Command input files Line mode commands may be read from a file as well as typed directly into Framework Such a file may contain any syntax that is allowed in line mode including reading another command input file To read in a command input file type an followed by the file name To read parts of the file specify the number of lines to read after the file name If the file name does not have a suffix i e a dot and the follow ing part Framework adds JNL to the name Framework may have more than one command input file open at one time It will always read the files sequentially finishing the last opened file first To get a list of the currently open files type Framework SESAM 4 10 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The last opened command input file may be closed explicitly by typing the followed by two dots When a command input file is being read the lines read are echoed on the screen and logged on the journal file Programming expressions are logged as comments and the resulting values are logged as part of the command The command itself is not logged on the journal file If an error is found inside a command input file Framework stops reading the file and skips the remaining part of the line where the error was found Framework will also stop reading of a command input file if it finds a line containing only an The
461. nes and eigenmodes in a same fatigue run The analysis may rather be split into several smaller runs for the most fatigue sensitive joints EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BRACESIDE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE CASE 1 6 2 9 1 3 2 ON SELECT JOINTS ONLY 2780 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 2610 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 260 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 277 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE CASE SELECT JOINTS 1 4 3 5 2 ON RUN SCENARIO SINGLE BRACE CASE 1 10 2 1 2 COMPRESSED RUN SCENARIO SINGLE BRACE CASE 1 10 2 1 2 COMPREHENSIVE 4 dt Gl SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 97 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE STRESS PRINT OPTIONS ON ON OFF OFF STRESS PRINT OPTIONS fwndir lwndir fjnt ljnt fanpln lanpln fhotspot lhotspot PURPOSE To assign options for print of hotspot stresses and stress spectrum data PARAMETERS ON OFF Turn print of hotspot stresses ON OFF ON OFF Turn print of stress spectrum data ON OFF fwndir First wind direction to be considered Must comply with the wind directions analysed in Wa jac The wind directions are numbered in the sequence they are specified by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS Valid range of values 1 to 6 lwndir Last wind direction to be considered Must comply with the wind
462. ng of result print is as follows Joint Name of joint Brace Member name of the brace LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Jnt Per Joint type Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfac Total usage factor NSd Design axial force in brace My Sd Design in plane bending moment Mz Sd Design out of plane bending moment A 2 Parameter used in calculation of Qf Qux Ultimate strength factor due to axial force Ofx Factor accounting chord stress due to axial force L Least distance between crown and edge of chord can Chord ember name of the corresponding chord Phase Phase angle in degrees UsfaN Usage factor due to axial force NRd Joint design axial resistance My Rd Design in plane bending resistance Mz Rd Design out of plane bending resistance Theta Angle between brace and chord in degrees Quipb Ultimate strength factor due to in plane moment Ofipb Factor accounting chord stress due to in plane moment NRd Ncan Reduction factor used in eq 6 56 UsfaM Usage factor due to bending moments Method ethod used for joint type assignment fy Chord material yield strength Gamma m aterial factor Gap Gap value used for K KTT KTK joint negative if overlap Quopb Ultimate strength factor due to out of plane moment Qfopb Factor accounting chord stress due to out of plane moment SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 9 Beta Diamet
463. nge or input a value is e Select the corresponding row in the box Doubleclick on the row if desired to transfer the current value to the input field If no row is selected the first row is implicitly used Type the correct value in the input field Hit lt Return gt in the input field to transfer the value to the box The next row in the box will then be selected and the input field will be cleared Thus it is possible to input values sequentially into the box by clicking on the input field and then typing the values one by one with each value followed by a lt Return gt Entering a vector or matrix of values In many cases a vector or matrix of values must be input An Example is entering a scatter diagram by the Create Wave statistics command SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 23 Create Wave Statistics Ea Nene er Description ARBITRARY DATA Type Scatter Diagram y Input Specifiation Probability v Diagram 4750 0 T ES 0 106 N Probability 0 1 Include Exclude Overwrite Insert before Clear Help E i pl Apply Cancel Figure 4 7 The Create Wave Statistics dialog box The graphics mode input of this is quite flexible The values are presented in columns in a scrollable box Under the box is one input field for each column in the matrix one field if it is a vector Under the input field s are two rows of buttons that are used to manipulate the contents of the
464. nncnnncnnacnno 5 222 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN DAMAGE oooooniccconconcnnninnonncancnnnnnnonnonnnnncnnnnn non nonacinnns 5 224 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX PARAMETERS cococococcooccoonccnocnncnnncnnnonnnconcnncnnnninncnn nooo 5 225 DEFINE WIND FATIGUE DEFAULT MEMBER FIXITIES 0 eceeeescesseceseceeeeeeeeneeeneeeseeees 5 227 DELETE A loach op Gessvensutssas E Goss iecetesdes iessunteess 5 228 DELETE WIND FATIGUE is iriondo eieaa aaa a ae dais dais 5 230 DISPLAY tooo ia ora En cotarro aaa inci sms 5 231 DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS krero nan a a cabs a a daga ce ond ocn consorcio ideas 5 233 DISPLAY DIAGRAM oscar tin a coil 5 235 DISPLAY EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM ccooocccococononnnnnonnonnononinnnancnnc roo ro nrnncnncnn con no a S 5 237 DISPLAY FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS oree iniae a a A EE E A a aE 5 238 DISPLAY EABE Luo dmca chug EAE EEN EE E E A O A A a EA EEA 5 240 DISPLAY MEMBER i E E da R a EE A E E dyes eating 5 242 DISPLAY PRESENTATION grset ient pine die a eieaa oth EE aa whi deus EEA iS 5 243 DISPLAY SHAPE tuno comicios eaea aara eaaa Eaa A oe AT denrea aaraa aiea en a a aa 5 244 DISPLAY SN CUR A E 5 245 DISPLAY AAA RN 5 246 PISPA Y SUPERP PM N codo cti delicia 5 247 FILE OPEN cnt ad A E 5 249 RIBE TRANSEER did aid aid 5 250 FILE INTERROGATE nenesinin a ea ii taria ii 5 251 FILEEX DT A RO NO 5 252 PEO Viriato 5 253 PRINT o aana araea a an eA A aE AE EEA AE AA AS 5 254 PRINTF ACCP ERA TION iii iii iia 5 258 PRINT ACTIVE SETTING Sippora ae
465. nnncnnnnncccnonacocinnnocos 5 173 TIE EINE LOAD uti IE Ua ao ca bates aan ica data Son 5 174 DEFINE ERFD CODE C HECK earranan a a a a asi a ROAA 5 175 DEFINE LRFD RESISTANCE FACTORS cocccoconcncnoonnnncnnnnacononcnconannncononnonononnnconnnnnnonannonocnnnonoos 5 176 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS ccccccccessscecsssceecsseceecsssceecssscesensseeseenseeeeessaess 5 179 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS CALCULATION METHOD ossee 5 180 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS ELASTIC CAPACITY ONLY eee eeeeeeees 5 181 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS KSI 5 182 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS REFERENCE YOUNGS MODULUS MPA 5 183 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS SECTION CAPACITY CHECK secese 5 184 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS STABILITY CAPACITY CHECK 0 0 5 185 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS UNIT LENGTH FACTOR oeer 5 186 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS VON MISES CHECK ceeeeeesseeseceteeeseeees 5 187 DEFINE MEMBER CODE CHECK DUMP doccocccicconononinnnnncancnnonnnonnonncnncnnc cn non nono nnnnnnnonrcnncnn nino 5 188 DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN sic c svccssesvccioseessnssteseasabascagnestesoabanenhosapqnhgaaauseagasioncesseaneaiseneosges 5 189 DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCE o iaaa sacvdeasonsgessontsuhsoanduaguandesecaniegusediovaseadesesedduvesuest 5 191 DEFINE POSITION BOTHSSIDES riiseni ei eeii Eaa E a EAE TAES nis 5 195 DEFINE PREFRAME INPU T aooaa iseia a aA E E SE ic 5
466. no element mode shape forces are stored the damage contribution from the dynamic response in the wind fatigue calculation will be zero SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 53 3 21 6 Merge of static and dynamic Results Interface Files The Results Interface Files of the static analysis and the eigenvalue analysis of Sestra must be merged into one common file The merge is performed by accessing Prepost The procedure for merging two files is described in section 3 1 2 in the Prepost User Manual The merge procedure requires one of the files to be a SIN file and the other to be a SIF or SIU file In the present case the static results are contained in the Rn SIN file and the eigenvalue results in the DRn SIF file The output merge file is the Rn SIN file Note that the input SIN file is overwritten in the merge process The SIF file results are appended the SIN results in the merge It does not matter for the wind fatigue calculation whether the static wind load results and eigenvalue results are contained in the SIN and SIF files respectively or vice versa when being merged 3 21 7 Execution of wind fatigue analysis The wind fatigue module reads the merged results interface file Rn SIN containing modelling data results of the static analysis and results of the eigenvalue analysis Only first level superlements can be read and only one superelement can be handled at the time If the element wind loads are not contained in the
467. nodes materials sections when establishing the Framework model It is also possible to skip reading the named sets element sets and or joint node sets How to establish load case names based on available information on the results file must be set prior to opening the results file and selection alternatives are INTERNAL RESULT ID i e create name from internal sequential load number Default EXTERNAL RESULT ID i e create name from external load number e g result combination defined in Prepost LOAD CASE NAME i e use load case name when available Defined on result file by use of the TDLOAD card e RESULT CASE NAME i e use result case name when available Defined on result file by use of the TDRESREF card It should be noted that Framework process 2 node structural beam elements only 3 1 1 Present a display of the model If you are running on a terminal capable of producing a graphic display then set the kind of device you are using e g an X terminal SET DISPLAY DEVICE X Framework 3 8 20 DEC 2007 Let the program display the finite element model DISPLAY SUPERELEMENT Let the program display members and joints SELECT MEMBER ALLDISPLAY MEMBER Change the view to a more convenient angle VIEW ROTATE TO 90 0 0 Annotate the display DISPLAY LABEL MEMBER NAME ON DISPLAY LABEL JOINT NAME ON To create a hardcopy plot of cu
468. nts and load cases The forces bending moments at the member end entering the joint will be printed For complex loads the phase angle giving the max min value for selected component with corresponding values using the same phase for the other components will be printed Note that the ordinary print force command prints the magnitude amplitude of each load component hence may report forces bending moments for different phase angles The print heading shows the search alternatives made E g if component MY is selected together with search alternative absolute maximum the heading will look like this SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 203 Joint Po D PX EX PZ MX MY max MZ The envelop print SEARCH ENVELOP for summary option EACH LOAD CASE is nothing else but an ordinary force print hence the ENVELOP alternative is defined to give the same result for both EACH LOAD CASE and ALL LOAD CASES with one exception the EACH LOAD CASE option prints a dividing line for each new member The PHASE ANGLE option will be neglected if the SUMMARY is active The display diagram functionality is independent of assigned positions Each member is as default split into 50 parts when drawing the diagram The default number of parts may be adjusted by the above defined com mand See also PRINT FORCE PRINT JOINT MEMBER FORCES EXAMPLES DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE COMPONENT MY
469. o specific units requirement in Framework However units must be consistent with the units used in the preceding structural analysis Default values of physical constants in Framework are based on the assumption of SI base units metres kilograms Newtons 2 3 1 Young s modulus Some code check equations for example AISC width to thickness ratio criteria require that the yield strength is expressed in units of Ksi Kips per square inch Since units in Framework may be arbitrary but consistent the yield strength in Ksi is evaluated using the following expression PY ksi Eksi FY inp inp hence Esi Fy _ ST x Fy si Pies inp where Fy is yield strength E is Young s modulus ksi implies units in ksi inp implies units used in model Framework SESAM 2 34 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Hence Framework requires a value for E in units of ksi and this value is explicitly defined within Frame work as 30 458 ksi which is equivalent to 210 x 10 N m2 Note that from version 3 2 01 the source code in Framework for the AISC LRFD code check has been updated to reflect the formulas written on the form of JE Fy which was introduced in the December 1999 edition of the AISC Specification 2 3 2 Yield strength The yield strength of each member is associated with its material By default the yield strength of each material is computed from Young s modulus as E 1050 0 which is equivalent to 200 x 10 N m when E is 210 x 10
470. oadcases is disregarded The subsequently selected loadcases shall be included appended in the CUR RENT set The subsequently selected loadcases shall be excluded removed from the CUR RENT set Loadcase name to be selected All loadcases are selected The last CURRENT selection shall be selected Loadcases shall be selected as a group Loadcase name to start the group selection Loadcase name to end the group selection Step in the group selection PRINT LOAD CASE EXAMPLES SELECT SELECT LOAD CAS LOAD CAS E ONLY G ROUP 1 14 1 E INCLUD E LCOM1 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SELECT LOAD SET LOAD SET name PURPOSE To select loadset PARAMETERS name Name of loadset to be the current loadset NOTES See also PRINT LOAD SET Framework 5 323 Framework SESAM 5 324 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SELECT MEMBERS member ALL ALL BUT PILES ONLY CURRENT SET name GROUP first mem last mem mem step LINE start jnt end jnt tol PLANE jntl jnt2 jnt3 tol MaRS ENCLGDE VOLUME xl xh yl yh jal zh CONNECTED TO JOINT joint name WITH MATERIAL mat name WITH SECTION sec name WITH CAN can name WITH CONE cone name chp WITH STUB stub name PILE CONCEPTS sec nam CHORD MEMBERS BRACE MEMBERS PURPOSE To
471. ode and element eccentricities The distance between the master joint and the joints to merge will be put on as member brace eccentricities The program will automatically detect if given joints are candidates for this merging operation A check with respect to maximum allowed distance between master joint and the joints to be merged is also per formed The maximum allowed distance is controlled by the command DEFINE JOINT PARAMETERS MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION Default 2 0 Diameter This maximum distance will overrule the distance given when using input alternative BY DISTANCE above A good practice after merging joints will be to create members chord and aligned chord having the new joint as start or end joint SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 See also PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES CREATE JOINT J4 Merge from 3 to 5 4 3 5 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETERS MERGE DIAMETER FRACTION Framework 5 117 Framework SESAM 5 118 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CREATE LOAD COMBINATION STATIC load case factor LOAD COMBINATION name text QUASI STATIC load case factor phase SCAN load case factor PURPOSE To create a load combination PARAMETERS name Name of load combination text Text associated with the load combination STATIC This option must be used in order to combine loadcases that are static QUASI STATIC This option must be us
472. odel NOTES See also DISPLAY VIEW FRAME Framework SESAM 5 366 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 VIEW XYPAN XYPAN x1 yl x2 y2 PURPOSE Pan shift the current view in the plane of the screen The view is shifted by defining a vector in the plane of the screen The vector is defined by relative display coordinates PARAMETERS xl X coordinate for first point yl Y coordinate for first point x2 X coordinate for second point y2 Y coordinate for second point NOTES The VIEW PAN command is logged as VIEW XYPAN both from line mode and graphical mode See also DISPLAY VIEW ZOOM VIEW FRAME SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 367 VIEW XYZOOM xyzoom 1 a 0 A E ele We PURPOSE To zoom the current view in or out PARAMETERS IN OUT xl yl x2 y2 NOTES Zoom out by pointing to two diagonal corners in a square on the screen The part of the view within the square will then be enlarged and fitted within the whole screen causing an illusion of movement towards the model Zoom out by pointing to two diagonal corners in a square on the screen The current view will then be compressed and fitted within the smaller square causing an illu sion of movement away from the model X coordinate for first point Y coordinate for first point X coordinate for second point Y coordinate for second point
473. odel size was as given in the last column before the slash Finally after additional data had been assigned code check fatigue anal ysis performed and results stored the model files reached the size given after the slash in the last column Table 4 2 Size of SIN file Size of model file K bytes Analysis type Number of loadcases K bytes Before check After check Code Checks 24 225 416 6 240 Deterministic fatigue 72 626 432 480 Stochastic fatigue 20 306 416 448 4 3 Program limitations Model size The maximum model size is dependent on the number of e Joints e Members Loadcases Framework 4 8 20 DEC 2007 Maximum number of load cases Maximum number of members connected to a joint Maximum number of cross sections Maximum number of materials Please check the Framework status list for updated information Code checks print Maximum number of selected phase angles for complex loads Deterministic fatigue Maximum number of wave directions Maximum number of wave heights per wave direction Minimum number of phase angles per wave height Maximum number of phase angles per wave height Stochastic fatigue Maximum number of main wave directions Maximum number of wave frequencies main wave direction Maximum number of spectrum shape Tz value pairs Maximum number of spreading function main wave direction pairs Maximum number of seastates in a scatter diagram Maximum number if seastates
474. off ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE WIND SPECTRUM DAVENPORT ON ON SN curves for joints are assigned by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE JOINT and for bent cans by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE BENT CAN Any SN curve of the SN curve library of Framework may be selected as well as SN curves created by the user Thickness corrections to the SN curves may be assigned or switch off by ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE JOINT DEFAULT DOE T ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE SN CURVE BENT CAN NO F3 S ASSIGN THICKNESS CORRECTION DOE T ARBITRARY 0 032 0 022 0 25 SCFs are assigned to joints by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF SCFs are assigned by the wind fatigue module itself when one of the options EFTHYMIOU LLOYDS or ORIGINAL are selected By selecting the READ option three possibilities appear SCFs are assigned by Framework when a parametric SCF scheme is chosen Global SCFs are applied when GLOBAL is chosen and the user may specify SFCs when LOCAL is chosen Global SCFs are specified by DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS Bent can SCFs are assigned by ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF A bent can occurs when no chord but two or more braces meet a joint Global SCFs are applied to bent cans which have no user assigned SCFs SCFs assigned by the READ option requires that joints and members are selected before SCFs are assigned Joints and members are selected by SELECT JOINTS and SELECT MEMBERS commands see below In gra
475. ofile PARAMETERS name text BAR hz bt bb NOTES See also ASSIGN S Section name Text associated with section Section is of a massive bar profile Height of section Width of section at top Width of section at bottom FECTION PRINT SECTION EXAMPLES CREATE SI ECTION BAR 1 hz 400 bt bb 100 BAR 0 4 0 1 0 1 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 129 CREATE SECTION name text GENERAL name text GENERAL area_ Ix Iy Iz Iyz Wxmin Wymin Wzmin ShAry ShArz ShCeny ShCenz Sy Sz PURPOSE To create a section with a general undefined profile PARAMETERS name text GENERAL area Ix Iy Iz Tyz Wxmin Wymin Wzmin ShAry ShArz ShCeny ShCenz Sy Sz NOTES See also ASSIGN SECTION Section name Text associated with section Section is of a general undefined profile Effective cross sectional area Torsional moment of inertia about shear centre Moment of inertia for bending about the local y axis Moment of inertia for bending about the local z axis Product of inertia about y and z axes Minimum section modulus for torsional stress about shear centre Minimum section modulus for bending about local y axis Minimum section modulus for bending about local z axis Shear area in the local y direction Shear are
476. ogram version 3 5 Framework journal file for deterministic fatigue X108B This is the FRAMEWORK journal file for a deterministic fatigue Local and parametric SCFs are used Only a subset of elements are checked Remember that working units are Newtons and mm In this example no CAN or STUB sections are used For all calculations nominal section properties are used Let us start by opening a Results Interface file called X108BR1 SIN FILE OPEN SIN X108B R1 Where X108B is the Results fi A tener N dae ies is the Results fi Transfer superelement number 1 e prefix e name FILE TRANSFER 1 JACKET WAVE_LOADS loads for deterministic fatigue Where Lats ted is the key identifying the superelement read JACKET iede aue is the name given to the superelement WAVE _LOADS is the loadset name Youngs modulus is now read from the Results Interface File and does not need to be assigned Its value is 200000 N mm 2 Assign individual wave data SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 29 o For each wave direction the waves follow a linear H logN distribution ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAV E LOOP O LINEAR 1 03 Gl 1 T co 45 LINEAR 1 881 ira y Y 90 LINEAR 2 531 Gl y T co END Ao o o Create a modified SN curve o CREATE SN CURVE USE X USER User defined
477. oint type assignment 1 MAN 2 GEO 3 LOA Gap value used for K KTT KTK joint negative if overlap Ultimate strength factor due to out of plane moment Factor accounting chord stress due to out of plane moment Diameter Brace Diameter Chord 7 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PUNCH Results API AISC WSD 20th 9th PAGE Joint 5510 5415 5315 4315 55512 55513 55517 55417 45315 55317 34317 34315 LoadCase CND Phase STO STO STO STO Run API P PPT OTE Yi es Usage factor Jnt Per Outcome YT 100 Fail YT 100 G Fail YT 100 G Fail YT 100 G Fail YT 100 G Fail Superelement JACKET Worst Loadcase Above 0 45 Usfacl Usfac2 Usfac3 Bi LZIN 6 2 2 087 1 0 000 2A OET 3 DSSL 2 0 545 25617 S35 0 362 1 0 579 2 617 6 0 0578 Zo 0 579 2 050 9 0 348 2 0 433 26E 32E 34E 99E 21E 125 09E 89E 05 06 05 06 04 06 04 06 Loa WAV M M dset E LOADS oipb Moopb aipb Maopb Method 70E 08 5 21E 08 98E 08 6 01E 08 25E 09 1 11E 09 MANUAL 58E 08 3 73E 08 70E 08 1 00E 09 MANUAL 69E 08 4 61E 08 08E 09 1 04E 09 MANUAL 86E 08 7 44E 08 5D4E 09 1 39E 09 MANUAL 90 90 0 0 90 90 0 0 90 0 0 51993 0 0
478. on the DISPLAY LABEL JOINT RING STIFFENER when using the command DISPLAY JOINT The text RS n will then appear at the brace end where n number of stiffeners assigned To remove ring stiffeners use the command DELETE RING STIFFENER How to handle SCF ratio calculation regarding geometric limitations in ring stiffeners i e the b g t a ratios is controlled by the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF RING STIFFENER GEOMETRY Framework SESAM 5 22 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 How to handle SCF ratio calculation regarding limitations in the chord and ring parameters i e the Ryay Ko K and Imog ratios is controlled by the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF RING STIFFENER PARAMETER Short chord correction factors are excluded when ring stiffeners are assigned Lloyd s Register do not recommend ring stiffening joints with b gt 0 8 However if a joint with b gt 0 8 is to be analysed the SCF ratio at the saddle position shall be neglected i e use the unstiffened saddle SCF only This recommendation can be overruled by the command DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF UNSTIFFENED SADDLE SCF OVERRULE NORSOK C 2 6 3 4 DNV RP C203 sect 3 3 4 Stress concentration factors for stiffened tubular joints says The maximum of the saddle and crown value should be applied around the whole brace chord inter section This statement has been interpreted to govern for axial SCFs and based on the resulting SCF i e SCForiginal SCFratio This has been used as
479. onancnnnos 3 11 3 2 2 Global CHORD assignmMentS cooonocnonnconoconnnonononnnn nono nononcnnonancnnnrnn rro n nr nr rn rranrrnn rro nana nnnnos 3 14 3 2 3 Local CHORD assignment oesi anreta aaea ane n e a aia a ia 3 14 How to assign CAN and STUB sections ecccescesseesseeseceeeceseeescenseceseceseessecasecsseneeeseaeessecaeenaeenes 3 17 33 CAN ETITA DTE nL di aia 3 17 33 2 TUBOS ct Ad EEEE A E a A idas 3 19 3 3 3 How to assign joint type and gap oo ccecccecsecsseeseceeeceeecescecseceseceseceeseneesaecnseenseceeeeeeeeaaes 3 21 How to specify parametric stress concentration factors ooooonccnoncoonnonnnonnconnconoconocnnronn nono roonnno ranas 3 22 The model and loads for code checks fatigue and earthquake analyses ooooonoconoconicnoccnooncnnnonnncoo 3 24 E A ONO 3 24 3 5 2 The loads for code checks 20 ececeeseesseeecesesseeseeseceeceaecaeeaeeeeceaeeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeesecaeaeeaeeeeeees 3 24 3 5 3 The loads for deterministic fatigue analysis cceccecscesseessecsteeeeceeeceseeeseeesecnsecseeeneennes 3 24 3 5 4 The loads for stochastic fatigue analysis ccccccccescessceeseesceeseeseeeeeceseeeseecsecnecneeeneeenes 3 25 3 5 5 The loads for earthquake analysis cccecccecssesseceteceeceeeceeeecscenseceeceseeeseecsecesecneseeeenaes 3 26 How to perform a yield Check cccccccsccssscsseseecesecesecseecseceeeeeseeescenseceseceseceseeesecsaeceseseeeeaecnaeneeeags 3 27 How to perform a stability checkin a R a a e aai EE
480. only braces are determined the joint is classified as a bent can When chord and braces are determined the joints may be classified as T K KT X non standard or impos sible according to the following rule T joint there is a chord and one brace e K joint there is a chord and two braces Framework SESAM 2 22 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 e KT joint there is a chord and three braces e X joint there is a chord two braces where the chord and braces are pairs of co linear members Non standard joint there is a chord and more than three braces Non standard joints are treated as T joint Impossible joint there is a chord and more than six braces No damage calculation is performed The classification does not distinguish between braces on the same and opposite side of the chord A joint is classified as a bent can when only two aligned members meet at the joint Note that the classification of a joint is related to a given analysis plane and its orientation in space Joints are classified within each analysis plane for each node included in the wind fatigue analysis The classifica tion is reported in the Diagnostics file lt run name gt Diagnostics txt Analysis planes An analysis plane is a planar surface define by the user Analysis planes are used to select joints to be included in the fatigue calculation Only joint brace connections parallel to the selected analysis planes are analysed Parallel is linked to an
481. ons CST 1 LOAD 1 and WIMET 1 By specifying WIMIET 1 the wind loads calculated are prepared for gust induced wind fatigue calculations in Framework which means that three wind load cases are produced for each wind direction In the load calculation and evaluation of the Reynolds number the equivalent diameter D may be redefined by SPEC SPEX command If only wind loads are required calm sea condition must be specified on the SEA command and buoyancy loads must be excluded by SEAOPT Wind loads may be calculated for several water depths by repeating the DETPH command The same wind directions apply for all water depths and the number of wind load cases generated for the first water depth are increased repeatedly for each additional water depth In combination with the mudline level command MUD the z distance of the global coordinate reference system to the still water level is calculated posi tive z distance means that coordinate reference system is below the still water level This z distance is added to the global coordinates of structure to get the height above the sea level It of importance to enter correct combinations of mudline level and water depths to get correct calculated wind loads All relevant parameters entered to Wajac are transferred to and used in the wind fatigue module Default values are used for the air density ROAIR and viscosity coefficients VISCAIR unless they are specified by the CONS command Default values are ROAIR
482. or Set scaling factor NOTES SESAM Program version 3 5 The font size can be set to an absolute value the width of a character in mm with the height being twice as large or to a relative value scalable by a factor where 40 80 characters are fitted into the window when the factor is 1 The default which was used previously is SET DRAWING FONT SIZE RELATIVE 1 0 On a typical screen display SET DRAWING ABSOLUTE 1 8 produces approximately the same font size The absolute size setting may be useful when changing the size of the display window It will ensure that the characters remain readable The relative size may be useful for controlling the character size on a plot as the size of the screen display and the plot window typically differ and the relative setting ensures that the proportions of the layout are kept SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 SET DRAWING FONT TYPE SIMPLE GROTESQUE FONT TYPE ROMAN NORMAL ROMAN ITALIC ROMAN BOLD PURPOSE To set the drawing font type PARAMETERS SIMPLE Simple font type default GROTESQUE Grotesque font type ROMAN NORMAL Roman normal font type ROMAN ITALIC Roman italic font type ROMAN BOLD Roman bold font type Framework 5 339 Framework 5 340 20 DEC 2007 SET DRAWING FRAME ON OFF FRAME PURPOSE To set frame around drawing PARAMETERS ON Set frame on OFF Set frame off SESAM Progra
483. ork are extensively tested and verified and are recommended used The Minimum Parametric SCF command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS supersede parametric SCFs less than the minimum values Minimum values are not applied for the READ GLOBAL and READ LOCAL options EXAMPLES ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ 10 LOCAL BOTH SIDES CROWN SADDLE 1 6 1 6 2 0 2 0 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ DEFAULT PARAMETRIC EFTHYMIOU ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ ALL GLOBAL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 89 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF GLOBAL ALL BENT CAN SCF sel jnt sel apln LOCAL scf_axc scf_axs scf_ipb scf_opb PLANE plnno PURPOSE To assign SCFs Stress Concentration Factors at bent can joints A bent can is a joint where no chord but two or more braces meet A bent can is associated with an analysis plane The plane formed by the brace elements must be parallel to the associated analysis plane PARAMETERS sel jnt Select joints for which bent can SCF definition shall apply For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS GLOBAL Use global SCF values default LOCAL The user specifies all SCF values scf axc SCF for axial force at crown scf_axs SCF for axial force at saddle scf_ipb SCF for in plane bending scf_opb SCF for out of plane bending sel apIn Select analysis plane to be associated wit
484. ork has an option to perform a redesign resize of members not satisfying the usage factor target level A redesign may be investigated in connection with yield stability member or hydrostatic code checks The commands used to control the redesign feature are as follows 1 Global switch used to select the redesign mode ON or OFF Default OFF hence perform an ordinary code check When switched to ON the code check runs will enter a redesign mode The code check run will then try to find the cross section that will satisfy the target usage factor DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS REDESIGN MODE ON OFF 2 Switch used to select if the redesign process only shall use sections of equal type as originally assigned the member Default ON 1 e do not try sections of other types DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS LOCK SECTION TYPE ON OFF 3 Switch used to select if the proposed section automatically shall be assigned to the member Default OFF i e do not assign DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS ASSIGN SECTION ON OFF 4 Switch used to select if the redesign process shall continue when the already assigned section satisfies the target usage factor Default OFF i e do not try to optimise select a smaller section if the current section is acceptable DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS ALLOW OPTIMIZE ON OFF 5 Defines the target usage
485. phic mode click the Select joint and Select brace buttons of the dialog boxes If READ option is applied those joint brace connections that are not assigned SCFs by the READ option will have SCFs according to the default parametric SCF scheme The default SCF scheme EFTHYMIOU or LLOYDS are specified by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS Note that the Minimum Parametric SCF specified by DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS supersede para metric SCFs less than these values This does not apply to SCF generated by the READ LOCAL and READ GLOBAL options ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF EFTHYMIOU ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ ALL PARAMETRIC EFTHYMIOU SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 55 SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 201 SELECT MEMBERS EXCLUDE ALL SELECT MEMBERS INCLUDE 10 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT LOCAL CHORD SIDE CROWN SADDLE 8 09 11 55 3 31 8 32 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE JOINT SCF READ CURRENT LOCAL BRACE SIDE CROWN SADDLE 4 18 9 05 2 85 6 27 SELECT JOINTS EXCLUDE CURRENT SELECT JOINTS INCLUDE 205 ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SCF LOCAL 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 ALL It may be necessary to modify element dimensions length diameter thickness in the vortex fatigue calcu lations if a brace has been divided into sever
486. play cccccscessscssecesceeeeeeeeeeecsceeeeceeceseeeseecseceseceeeseeeseeensees 3 45 How to create a force moment diagram display ccccccccessceeseesseesseeseceeceseeeseeeseenseceseeeeeseneeaaes 3 46 How to perform a wind fatigue analysis cccccccecscessecssecssceeeceeeeeseecseenseceseceseceseeesecnseceeeneeeeneeaaes 3 47 3 2 1 10 File DO file names it e At Aita ted 3 47 3 21 2 Modelling of the Structure ccceccccssecssecseceeeceeeeeseeeseeeseceseceeeeesecesecaaecsaeseeeseeeeaeeeeeeneees 3 48 3 21 3 Generation of Wind loads sneen a nono a i E can nancns 3 48 3 21 4 Calculation of element forces from wind loading ooooncccocnnicnnocnnoncnonoconconncnnnonn con nocononos 3 51 3 21 5 Calculation of eigenvalues eigenvectors and element mode shape forces 3 52 3 21 6 Merge of static and dynamic Results Interface Files oooonconnonicnidnccnnncnncnonnnccnannoconnnnnnno 3 53 3 21 7 Execution of wind fatigue analysis ccccccccsccsssessseesseeteceteceseeeseeeseesaecseseeeseeeeseeeseeeneens 3 53 3 21 8 Program limitations and example Of use ooooonooccnoniconooonoonocononononononancon cono nonnn cnn ron cran cnn 3 59 EXECUTION OF FRAMEWORK seeescoessossssesssessoossoosssoesssesssocssoossoosssoesssecssoossosssse 4 1 Program EnvirOnment cccccccessesssesseceseceseeseeeeseeseecsaeceeseeeseeeeseecssenseceseceseeeseceaecseseeeseaesaeeeeseeesaes 4 1 4 1 1 Starting Framework in graphics mo
487. probabilities must be 1 0 See also PRINT WAVE DIRECTION EXAMPLES ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY 0 1 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 71 ASSIGN WAVE LOAD FACTOR factor INDIVIDUAL factor n WAVE LOAD FACTOR wave dir PURPOSE Assign a wave load factor DAF to a wave direction for deterministic fatigue analysis PARAMETERS wave dir Wave direction to be assigned the wave load factor INDIVIDUAL Assign individual wave load factors to each wave height within wave direction factor Load factor to be applied NOTES The stress ranges at each hotspot calculated for each individual wave is multiplied with the load factor given in addition to the given SCF See also PRINT WAVE LOAD FACTORS ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL WAVE Framework 5 72 SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE PIERSON MOSKOWITZ ISSC WAVE SPECTRUM SHAPE stat name JONSWAP gamma sigmaA sigmaB GENERAL GAMMA facL facN ALL PART lowHs uppHs lowTz uppTz PURPOSE To assign a wave spectrum shape to a wave statistics scatter diagram PARAMETERS stat name PIERSON MOSKOWITZ ISSC JONS WAP gamma sigmaA sigmaB GENERAL GAMMA facL facN ALL PART lowH Name of wave statistics scatter diagram A Pierson Moskowitz spectrum shall be assign
488. program using parametric equations The definition of the minimum SCFs ensures that if the program calculated SCFs are less than the defined minimum values these minimum values will be used for the calculation of stresses If parametric SCFs are used and the minimum SCFs have not been redefined by the user then the minimum SCFs default to a value of 2 5 Minimum SCFs as well as parametric SCFs can only be used in conjunction with tubular members Minimum SCFs are defined for axial in plane and out of plane bending stresses at ALL hotspots 8 in total or separate for chord side and brace side with specific minimum values for both axial saddle and axial crown positions For more information on this consult the Framework Theory Manual section 7 2 4 Overriding of minimum SCFs is done by redefining their values The definition of minimum SCFs is OPTIONAL as shown in Table 2 8 However it is MANDATORY that either parametric or GLOBAL and or LOCAL SCFs are defined for a fatigue analysis 2 3 32 Global stress concentration factors SCF The GLOBAL SCFs are only used for a fatigue analysis It defines the axial in plane and out of plane stress concentration factors to be used for all hotspots at BOTH ends of all members The GLOBAL SCFs will be applied to all joints members where no other assignments have been made Overriding GLOBAL SCFs values is done by redefining their values If GLOBAL SCFs have been specified as well as LOCAL or parametri
489. ps Ls Hsw Tpw Lw probocc Hs Tz probocc PURPOSE To change a wave scatter diagram PARAMETERS name text ALL PARAM SCATTER SCATTER DIAGRAM ISSC SCATTER DIAGRAM NORDENSTROM OCHI HUBBLE Hss Tps Ls Hsw Tpw Lw with the subsequent input data for SCATTER DIAGRAM Name of wave statistics to change Text associated with the wave statistics The wave statistics and spectrum shape are defined through a all parameter scatter diagram The wave statistics is a scatter diagram The wave statistics is an ISSC scatter diagram The wave statistics is the Nordenstrom model The wave statistics incl the spectrum is a 6 parameter Ochi Hubble spectrum Significant wave height swell part Peak spectral period swell part Shape factor Lamda swell part Significant wave height wind sea part Peak spectral period wind sea part Shape factor Lamda wind sea part Framework SESAM 5 110 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 probocc Probability or number of occurrence for one seastate Hs Significant wave height of one seastate Tz Zero up crossing period for one seastate T1 for ISSC NOTES If the seastates of the scatter diagram are defined in terms of probability then the sum of all probabilities must be 1 0 The scatter diagram type cannot be changed when using this command It is not possible to switch from probability to occurence or vice versa when using this co
490. put commands On a UNIX system the user may also create a similar command input file e g FRAMEWORK_IN JNL and then issue the command below in order to execute Framework as a background process framework sta new interface line lt FRAMEWORK _IN JNL gt FRAMEWORK LOG amp The header and messages given by Framework will appear on the LOG file Framework SESAM 4 6 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 4 1 4 Files and data safety Framework makes use of the files shown in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 File type Extension Reads from Writes to Format DATABASE MOD YES YES Binary Result Interface SIN YES NO Binary JOURNAL JNL NO YES ASCII COM INPUT JNL YES NO ASCII PRINT LIS NO YES ASCII PLOT PLO NO YES Binary The DATABASE also named MODEL file is a direct access file that is used to keep the model and code fatigue check results It has the extension MOD The RESULTS INTERFACE FILE often named SIN file file is a direct access file that keeps the results from the finite element analysis This file is only read from but must always be kept available in the same location after first accessed using the FILE READ command It has the extension SIN The JOURNAL also named COMMAND LOG file is used to keep a log of most of the commands that are accepted during a Framework session If an existing OLD database is opened the journal will be appended to the corresponding old journ
491. r depth Man Opt Wave height Opt Opt Wave length Opt Opt Water plane Man Opt where Opt Optional Man Mandatory Opt2 Optional but see relevant notes in chapter 2 Framework SESAM 2 58 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Table 2 6 NPD NS3472 rel 2 Pipe Non pipe Yield Stab Punch Cone Yield Stab Young s modulus Opt Opt Opt Yield strength Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Material constant Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Chord Opt CAN Opt Opt STUB Opt Opt Joint gap Opt Joint type Opt Fabrication method Opt Buckling lengths Opt Opt Unsupported flange length Opt Effective length factor Opt Opt Buckling curve Opt Opt Lateral buckling factor Opt Moment reduction factor Opt Opt Stiffener spacing Opt Flooding status Opt Opt Sea water density and gravity Opt2 Opt Opt Water depth Opt2 Opt Opt Wave height Opt Opt Opt Wave length Opt Opt Opt Water plane Opt2 Opt Opt where Opt Optional Man Mandatory Opt2 Optional but see relevant notes in chapter 2 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 59 Table 2 7 EUROCODE ORSON NS3472 rel3 Pipe All profiles Member Punch Cone Member Young s modulus Opt Opt Opt Yield strength Opt Opt Opt Opt Material constant Opt Opt Opt Opt Chord Opt CAN Opt Opt STUB Opt Opt Join
492. r effects while model B excludes braces in other planes than the brace under consideration Model C is a conven tional approach with the following simplifications axial load in K KT amp X joints assumed to be balanced e out of plane bending in K amp KT joints is assumed to be unbalanced out of plane bending in X joints is assumed to be balanced in plane bending in K joints is assumed to be unbalanced SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 57 2 3 35 Mandatory and optional input data For each of the codes of practice and code check type all input data used mandatory and optional are shown in Table 2 5 through Table 2 7 All data mandatory and optional used in deterministic and stochastic fatigue analysis are shown in Table 2 8 Table 2 5 API AISC WSD amp API AISC LRFD Pipe Non pipe Yield Stab Hydr Punch Cone Yield Stab Young s modulus Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Yield strength Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Material constant Chord Opt CAN Opt Opt STUB Opt Opt Joint gap Opt Joint type Opt Fabrication method Opt Opt Buckling lengths Opt Opt Opt Unsupported flange length Opt Effective length factor Opt Opt Opt Buckling curve Lateral buckling factor Opt Moment reduction factor Opt Opt fF J Opt Stiffener spacing Opt Opt Flooding status Opt Opt Sea water density and gravity Man Opt Wate
493. r if assigned It is assumed that the following commands have been issued ASSIGN CAN JOINT 2 CAN4000 MAT400 0 0 0 0 ASSIGN CAN JOINT 5 CAN4000 MAT400 0 0 0 0 SELECT JOINT ONLY 2 5 7 8 ASSIGN STUB JOINT CURRENT STB2000 MAT380 0 0 SELECT JOINT ONLY 7 8 ASSIGN CAN JOINT CURRENT STB2000 MAT380 0 0 0 0 T Joint type may be automatically assigned by ASSIGN JOINT TYPE ALL ALL GEOM or alternatively manually 10 8 X 10 2 KTK ASSIGN JOINT TYP ASSIGN JOINT TYP Gl EI Gap value for the KTK brace ASSIGN JOINT GAP 10 2 0 02 To specify computation of parametric SCFs for joints at each end of brace member 10 ASSIGN SCF JOINT 10 8 None PARAM ASSIGN SCF JOINT 10 2 None PARAM TRIC WORDSWORTH TRIC KUANG s a a To set a minimum acceptable threshold value of 2 5 although this is the default for each of the SCFs axial in plane and out of plane the following command is issued E DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS AXIAL MINIMUM SCF 2 5 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE MINIMUM SCF 2 5 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE MINIMUM 2 5 E The SCFs for member 10 are automatically calculated by the program whenever their use is wanted To print the SCFs parametric or otherwise for member 10 the following PRINT command must be issued PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK DATA 10 which gives Member Joint Po SecTy WeldSide
494. r is greater than 1 0 then the member is classed as unsafe and this is highlighted by the program A yield check on a member is by default per formed at three positions at the two ends of the member and at the midpoint However the user may assign additional positions along the member to be checked A stability check is performed on a frame structural member to assess potential failure due to buckling phe nomena As for the yield check this assessment is made through the use of a stability interaction equation which delivers the usage factor A hydrostatic collapse check is performed to assess the member induced stresses due to the action of hydro static pressure and other externally applied loads This check is for NPD NS3472 and NORSOK integrated with the stability check Framework SESAM 2 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A punching shear check is performed on the brace member at a joint to assess the shear through the chord As for the other checks this assessment is made through the use of a punching shear interaction equation which delivers a usage factor The punching shear check is performed for all braces at selected joints A cone check is performed to assess the stresses in the transition between cone and cylinder As for the other checks this assessment is made through the use of a conical transition interaction equation which delivers a usage factor The cone check is performed for cylinder and cone at bot
495. r joint type KTK Percentage for joint type KTT SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 25 GEOMETRY The joint type will be determined from joint topology LOADPATH The joint type will be determined from instantaneous load path NOTES By default all joints are assigned as 100 YT The determination of joint type based on interpolate may not be used for a fatigue analysis For joint type LOADPATH used for a fatigue analysis the print of the results will report SCFs calculated according to joint geometry See also PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN JOINT TYP ASSIGN JOINT TYP ALL ALL YT 1 100 X Framework SESAM 5 26 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN LOAD CASE OPERATING STORM CONDITION LOAD CASE sel lcs EARTHQUAKE YIELD FACTOR factor DESCRIPTION lcs text PURPOSE To assign either the condition or description of selected loadcases PARAMETERS sel lcs CONDITION OPERATING STORM EARTHQUAKE YIELD FACTOR factor DESCRIPTION Ics text NOTES Loadcases to be assigned condition or description For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT LOAD CASES The loadcase condition shall be defined The loadcases specified are due to operating conditions factor 1 0 The loadcases specified are due to storm conditions factor 1 33 The loadcases specified are due to earthquake conditions factor 1 7 The user assigns an arbitr
496. r more members for buckling in local x y plane i e about local z axis PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned buckling length factor For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS kz fact Value of the effective length factor Kz NOTES By default the effective length factor Kz is set to unity For NPD NS3472 code check Kz will be calculated by the program according to NPD section 3 2 4 4 if Ky is assigned a value less than 0 001 The largest value of Ky and Kz assigned to a chord member will be assumed as the value of the chord end fixity parameter in the case of fatigue analysis using Efthymiou SCFs Note that in this case Ky and Kz must be given in the range 0 5 1 0 where 0 5 corresponds to a fixed chord and 1 0 corresponds to a pinned chord See also ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem KY PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KZ 1 2 Framework SESAM 5 58 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR AUTO Cb sel mem LATERAL BUCKLING FACTOR PURPOSE To assign the lateral buckling factor to selected members The lateral buckling factor is usually denoted Cb according to AISC and Y according to NS3472 PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned lateral buckling factor For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS AUTO The lateral buckling factor shall be computed automatically according to t
497. r than the referred wave SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 17 The total number of waves for all wave directions shall correspond to the total number of waves during the period in years specified in the command DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS TARGET FATIGUE LIFE While a long term wave height distribution is commonly sketched as shown in Figure 5 1 the input to give is as shown to the right in Figure 5 2 H H H H i ee Wave height Wave height distribution distribution for points to give as input logarithmic scaled N MANN Hyp H i g l i e logN ti za N N N N N No DM M Dy Wave height distribution as commonly graphed Wave height distribution to be given as input Figure 5 2 Long term wave height distribution to be given as input See also DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS ASSIGN WAVE LOAD FACTOR PRINT WAVE DIRECTIONS Framework SESAM 5 18 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH JOINT CHORD LENGTH brace sel jnt length PURPOSE To assign specific chord length used for parametric SCF calculations to each brace in a joint PARAMETERS brace Brace name to be assigned the chord length Valid alternatives are ALL for select ing all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS sel jnt Joints where the chord length shall be assigned For valid alternatives
498. r the geometry and loads of a superelement to the Framework database INTERROGATE Allow the user to read the superelement data from a Results Interface File without opening the file EXIT Ends the Framework session SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 249 FILE OPEN OPEN format prefix name PURPOSE To open a Results Interface File PARAMETERS format Results Interface File format At present the only valid alternative is SIN prefix Results Interface File prefix name Results Interface File name NOTES It is important to note that ONLY a direct access file with an extension SIN may be read by Framework If your Results Interface File is of any other format use Prepost in order to convert it to a direct access file SIN This command does not transfer any information about the model this is done using the FILE TRANSFER command EXAMPLES FILE OPEN SIN X108A R1 Framework SESAM 5 250 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 FILE TRANSFER TRANSFER sup key sup name loadset name loadset text PURPOSE To transfer the geometry and loads of a superelement to the Framework database PARAMETERS sup key Superelement identified through a key to be transferred into the Framework database file sup name User given name of the superelement transferred loadset name User given name to the loadcases present in the Results Interface File
499. r which the probability of ex ceedance stress ranges is calculated NOTES For intermediate fatigue results the dump file extension is DMP For exceedance probabilities the extension is PEX However when dump alternative STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION is active both DMP and PEX are used The PEX contain dump data for all active hotspots while the DMP file contain dump data for worst hotspot only nlev is the user defined number of levels for which the probability of exceedance stress ranges is calcu lated Maximum number of levels is 200 Default is 11 nlev shall only be given if status is ON When dumping STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION the distribution representing waves from all directions omnidirectional has wave direction 999 000 Due to large amount of dump data it is strongly recom mended not to activate EXCEEDENCE PROBABILITY and STRESS RANGE DISTRIBUTION in one run The probability of exceedance is printed for user defined number of stress levels for selected members dur ing spectral fatigue analysis The probability of exceedance is calculated for each sea state and for each wave direction The probability of exceedance is weighed with the number of cycles in each sea state for each direction divided with the total number of cycles The stress levels for which probability of exceedance is printed are calculated for nlev equal stress level intervals between Sx and zero Sx is the stress range expected to be excee
500. ramework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 A 23 not need to be assigned Its value is 200000 N mm 2 o o The default material yield strength assigned by FRAMEWORK shall be o changed to 356 N mm 2 o Ta CHANGE MATERIAL 1 YIELD STRENGTH 356 o o o All loadcases present are assigned STORM conditions oP ov ASSIGN LOAD CASE ALL CONDITION STORM oO o oP oP API AISC code checks for Yield o Stability o Punching shear o o Ao Yield check o o Code check a elements for yield using the API AISC rules of practice o Code check a loadcases oO o o Select the API AISC codes of practice based on Working Strength design o SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE API AISC WSD o o Run yield check and give the run the name API Y o o If you want to s some member yield data then issue the following oP command PRINT MEMBER YIELD CHECK DATA lt select members gt o o Framework SESAM A 24 o o o o o oO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oO o oO o 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RUN YIELD CHECK API Y API Yield for all members ALL ALL Print results for the worst loadcase for each member which exceeds a usage factor of 0 7 Print this on a file op Gl n el d PRINT FILE n ea z ET PRINT DESTINAT
501. ramework through the use of small illustrative examples Section 3 1 through Section 3 5 provide examples on the use of various modelling features available while Section 3 6 through Section 3 13 provide examples on how to perform code checks fatigue and earthquake analyses The subsequent sections provide examples of special features 3 1 Getting Started Graphical User Interface and Reading a Model In all examples the required Framework commands are shown The two dimensional jacket structure shown in Figure 3 1 is used throughout the examples that follow Table 3 1 summarises the member properties and connectivity data Framework SESAM 3 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Figure 3 1 Finite element model of two dimensional frame SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 3 EXT INT EL MAT SECT SECT SECT ELEMENT LENGTH EL EL TYPE NO NO TYPE D H TH FLEXIBLE PART NODE 1 NODE 2 1 1 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 al 2 2 12 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 2 3 3 13 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 000000 3 4 4 2 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 4 5 5 14 BEAS 1 PIPE 3 00 15 051993 5 6 6 15 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 20 000000 6 1 7 7 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 17 500000 2 5 8 8 BEAS 2 PIPE 50 12 806249 1 7 9 9 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 205467 7 5 10 10 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 907948 2 8 EI 11 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 10 206811 8 4 12 6 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 12 806249 6 7 13 5 BEAS 2 PIPE 1 50 11 205467 7 2 14 3
502. re assigned by ASSIGN STRESS PRINT OPTIONS Prints may be performed for selected wave directions joints analysis planes and Framework SESAM 3 56 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 hotspots of the joints Stress data are printed to the file runnameFramework dmp where runname is the name of the run The print is performed during the fatigue calculation run and the print options must there fore be assigned prior to the run execution ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE STRESS PRINT OPTIONS ON ON 1 3 201 203 111 8 CREATE WIND FATIGUE command The user may create its own SN curves by the command CREATE SN CURVE The parameters of the SN Curve must be compatible with the input units applied No correction of the SN curve parameters to the cur rent unit of the analysis is performed for user defined SN curves CREATE SN CURVE NEW T USER NONE 3 0 5 263E4 7 0 ALIGNED WITH FIRST Analysis planes are created by the command CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES An analy sis plane is created on basis of specifying three nodes in the structure The three nodes can not be co linear A maximum of 10 analysis planes may be created CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES ONLY 101 203 301 102 205 302 103 201 303 Nodal point wind loads are established by reading the Rn SIN file if the static element wind loads have been printed to this file If not the Ln FEM file is read the command CREATE WIND FATIGUE STATIC
503. reference to Figure 3 4 a cone check may be performed for all members in the jacket model with coni cal transition defined according to the NORSOK codes of practice For information on the loadcases analysed see Section 3 5 2 All members in the jacket model will be checked and results may be printed or displayed for members that exceed a usage factor 1 e interaction ratio of 0 0 The following command selects the NORSOK codes of practice E SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE NORSOK Note that code check positions must be defined at start and end of conical transitions By default code check positions will be assigned to these locations when the Framework model is established To perform a cone check for all members with conical transition the following command is used RUN CONE CHECK CCHK Cone check WITH CONE ALL STATIC T Usage factors computed by the check may be displayed DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS CCHK WORST LOADCASE MAX USAGE FACTOR 1 0 T Results may be printed either on the screen or on a file To direct all output to a file and print in landscape use the following commands SI SI T T PRINT DESTINATION FILE T PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAP a a Gl To print for each member the highest usage factor even though only one loadcase has been checked use the following command CJ PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS CCHK WORST LOADC
504. reframe See also PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ONLY WITH SECTION P100040 FLOODING STATUS FLOODED Framework SESAM 5 56 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem KY sel mem KY ky fact PURPOSE To assign the effective length factor for one or more members for buckling in local x z plane i e about local y axis PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned buckling length factor For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS ky fact Value of the effective length factor Ky NOTES By default the effective length factor Ky is set to unity For NPD NS3472 code check Ky will be calculated by the program according to NPD section 3 2 4 4 if Ky is assigned a value less than 0 001 The largest value of Ky and Kz assigned to a chord member will be assumed as the value of the chord end fixity parameter in the case of fatigue analysis using Efthymiou SCFs Note that in this case Ky and Kz must be given in the range 0 5 1 0 where 0 5 corresponds to a fixed chord and 1 0 corresponds to a pinned chord See also ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem KZ PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KY 0 8 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 57 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem KZ sel mem KZ kz fact PURPOSE To assign the effective length factor for one o
505. rface file called X108CR1 SIN o FILE OPEN SIN X108C R1 o o 2r 10 K 0 x oe oO Q a ae is the Results file prefix o ys AAA ds is the Results file name o o Transfer superelement number 1 o FILE TRANSFER 1 JACKET WAVE LOADS loads for stochastic fatigue o S WHERE Late is tits is the key identifying the superelement read JACKET is the name given to the superelemnt WAVE _LOADS is the loadset name o o o Youngs modulus is now read from the Results Interface File and does Ao not need to be assigned Its value is 200000 N mm 2 oP o SESAM Program versio n 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 A 35 Assign environmental data o o o CREATE WAV 1750 1750 1250 3250 4750 4750 CREATE WAV T Co OoOOoOoOoOo J JO O N A A Create a wave E SPR 75 SKS 225 225 SLS SES Prob D as 297 001 Or O 249 086 230 206 LIT 106 R DIAGRAM PROBABILITY Create scatter diagram with 6 seastates E STATISTICS SCATTER ARBITRARY DATA spreading function USER DEFINE 3 Dir Weigt 45 0 0 0 45 0 Ao o o te ASSIGN WAV 225 50 20 E SPR o Assign a ASSIGN WAV E SPI o Pierson Moskowi ECTRUM SHAP tz spec T E SCATTI EADING FUNCTION D
506. ring a vector or matrix Of values 0 cccccccessceeseescesseceseceeeeeseeesecsaecsseneeeeeeeesaecsaenaeenes 4 13 44 9 Setting and clearing loops in a COMMANA eee esceccseeteceteceeeeseeeesecseececeeeceseeeseeceesaeenes 4 14 44 10 Inserting a command into another command eceescesceeeceeceeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeenseenes 4 14 4 4 11 Aborting all or parts of a COMMANA eee ceceesceeceesceesceeseceseeeseeesecaeceseseeeeseeenseeneenes 4 15 44 12 Access to the operating SYSteM ccceeccessessscsteceteeeeeeeeeeseecsceneceseeeseecseceseceeseneeeseesteens 4 15 4 4 13 Appending input lines cece cescesceesceeeceeeceseeeseessecsaeceeeeesecesecaaecnseseeeseeeeaecseesaeeees 4 15 44 14 Viewing the current status of a command 20 0 ceccesceesseseeseceeceseeeseecseceseceseeeseesaeesaeens 4 15 A AVS EMM Stat ld id Mag et e anesthe alee 4 16 Detailsson graphic Modest lada ii aida tddi dees 4 16 COMMAND DESCRIPTION soccisicassircoieniaisicn narnia rare erase anni 5 1 ASSIGN tania bees 5 3 PS STEIN CAN a A A even Paces ca aucun ceed wena ER bad 5 6 ASSIGN CANTOS SiS neon 5 7 PS SIGIN CAN CHORDS Add 5 8 ASSIGN CANNONE ratas 5 9 ASSIGN CHOR AAA A A A epee saa enna A a Eai 5 10 ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION cecceccssesseseeseeeeseeseeseecaeeseeaeeeceeeeeaeeneeeens 5 11 ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM dd 5 12 ASSIGN FATIGUE PART DAMAGE sarita lira ia Eds Caseros REA 5 13 ASSIGN FATIGUE SAFELY PACTOR 5 5 03 etter aden peeidonstavth
507. rk Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 99 CHANGE MATERIAL SECTION SECTION PROPRTY HOTSPOTS CHANGE subcommands data SN CURVE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE STATISTICS WIND FATIGUE PURPOSE To change data associated with a material or data associated with an SN curve PARAMETERS MATERIAL Material property data shall be changed SECTION Section geometry data shall be changed SECTION PROPERTY Section property data shall be changed HOTSPOTS Section hotspot assignments shall be changed SN CURVE SN curve data shall be changed WAVE SPREA DING FUNCTION A wave spreading function shall be changed WAVE STATISTICS Wave statistics data shall be changed WIND FATIGUE Wind fatigue data shall be changed All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 100 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CHANGE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION text YOUNGS MODULUS young YIELD STRENGTH yield PC ae A TENSILE STRENGTH tensile DENSITY dens POISSONS RATIO pois SPECIFIC DAMPING damp THERMAL EXPANSION alpha PURPOSE To change the properties of a material PARAMETERS mat name DESCRIPTION text YOUNGS MODULUS young YIELD STRENGTH yield TENSILE STRENGTH tensile DENSITY dens POISSONS RATIO pois SPECIFIC DAMPING damp Name of the material to be changed The material description shall be c
508. ro eee eee ARO oO RRP Pee ee eee eee OOO OO OOO On OO Oi OO OO O OO O 1000 0 00 0 00 OO COCO OOOO OOO OOOO COO OOOO OOOO OC CO reer TR ORF roe eee ee ro eee eee RADO PPP Peer ee ee eee oo oO Oo 0 O OD 0 0 OO 0 O 0 00 O O O OO OOo 0 0 00 O OO 0 OO Sy OP 9 00 0 0 9 00 00 700 QO 0 60 00 CO iO Os OO CO COCO OOOO OOOO OOO OOOO OOO OU OOO CO SS ee roe eee eee ARO PPP Pee ee eee eee Oe 0 100 OO On Os 0 0 0 OO 00 0 0 00 OO OOO OO 0 0 O ooooocooo0o0o 0o coo coo 000000 0090 OC 0CO C0 0 Sa ero eee eee SORDO RRP PP eee eee A S OO COCO ODO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OC CO oo0D0O0O0O0O0O0O00O00O00O00O0O00O000O00000000000000000o oO COCO ODO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO CO CO NrHOCOCMOHFMNMOOANANR AR AHH OOWVCH OOH YO Y O O QO a 10 00 0 OM OO 0 0 0 0 OO OO CO O Oi OOS E E AM E e Al e A A cc al El El Aaa iq A Ea E ea a e a A E a B e a A e a A e a A e a O e a e a A e a A e a A e a A e a a ea ean DOTDADAMNMNANADHARARMNRAMNORPOMNRR AR ANTOCOMNMNNAONOAMNNDADAMNEFNRANA TI DOONMNNMNMVHADFTDATHAONANHOMOMNHNHTTOO DNDDNAHDHNANHDOMNADADNEFNONMAMN OO Nae aA ADA AANNA HA SAS LN SO A Y 1 O LO LO 50 O OO LO LO A Uy O O O O OS OO Oro O Ovo O ON DOO DNNWODAN ON OA OO OO WO OO WM WOO oe EA ee Se ee SO 2 Se ee OO Oe OO Se Oe See 2S 22 ee oe ee o N ADNUWDDADUADANONDANANNNWOM 10 00 10 NMYMAAAANNMNNANTDAANNMNMNMAAMANANNM OM LOMANANATANAMNMNMANAAUOMHAMNAMNHANMNA AH O OS OOO O OIDO O O SC OC SC FD O 1 OD Ds FD
509. rogram version 3 5 ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM Y spec name scale factor PURPOSE To assign an earthquake spectrum in a particular global direction PARAMETERS X The earthquake spectrum shall be applied in global direction X Y The earthquake spectrum shall be applied in global direction Y Z The earthquake spectrum shall be applied in global direction Z spec name Spectrum name to be assigned in the specified direction scale factor Scaling factor to be applied to the earthquake spectrum in the specified direction NOTES See also CREATE EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM PRINT EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EXAMPLES ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM X API 0 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 13 ASSIGN FATIGUE PART DAMAGE FATIGUE PART DAMAGE GLOBAL BOTH SIDES JOINT brace sel jnt text LOCAL CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE GLOBAL MEMBER sel mem positions text LOCAL UNIFORM damage BI SYMMETRIC fhot damage 3 SYMMETRIC hot damage 5 NON SYMMETRIC hot damage 8 PURPOSE To assign fatigue initial part damage to members at selected joints or positions PARAMETERS JOINT MEMBER brace sel jnt sel mem positions text GLOBAL LOCAL Signifies that part damage shall be defined at a joint Signifies that part da
510. rrent display simply type PLOT SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 9 SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 1 28 MAR 2004 14 55 Mode L DEMO Selected Joints Framework SESAM 3 10 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 0 1 28 MAR 20041 14 55 Mode L DEMO Selected Members SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 11 3 2 How to assign CHORDS 3 2 1 Automatic assignment of CHORD and BRACES The program will automatically assign chords and braces as explained in Chapter 2 The user may verify the selections made by the program by display and printed output Legend as shown in Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Annotation Status Colour C Chord Yellow B Brace Red L Local chord Orange S Support or free end Green P Probably a pile Green N Non tubular Green E Tubular no specific role Green To obtain a visual inspection use the commands SELECT JOINT ALL DISPLAY JOINT On a colour monitor the status may now bee seen from colour coding On a monochrome monitor the user may request the single letter annotations defined above to be put on each member end DISPLAY LABEL CHORD AND BRACE ON To obtain a screen printout of the assignments made by the program at each joint the following command is used PRINT CHORD AND BRACE ALL where Joint Member Type Diameter Thick Yield Chord Can Stub L
511. rrent position LEFT angle y screen Rotate the view position angle y screen degrees LEFT relative to the screen y axis from the current position Framework SESAM 5 364 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 RIGHT angle y screen Rotate the view position angle y screen degrees RIGHT relative to the screen y axis from the current position CLOCKWISE angle z screen Rotate the view position angle z screen degrees CLOCKWISE relative to the screen z axis from the current position X AXIS angle x model Rotate the model coordinate system angle x model around the model x axis Y AXIS angle y model Rotate the model coordinate system angle x model around the model y axis Z AXIS angle z model Rotate the model coordinate system angle x model around the model z axis NOTES See also DISPLAY VIEW POSITION VIEW FRAME SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 365 VIEW ZOOM IN ZOOM pick pick OUT PURPOSE To zoom the current view in or out PARAMETERS IN Zoom out by pointing to two diagonal corners in a square on the screen The part of the view within the square will then be enlarged and fitted within the whole screen causing an illusion of movement towards the model OUT Zoom out by pointing to two diagonal corners in a square on the screen The current view will then be compressed and fitted within the smaller square causing an illu sion of movement away from the m
512. rs with pipe section and only at positions at member ends The SCF distribution is double symmetric about the in plane bending axis and about the out of plane bending axis 3 hotspots with 3 SCF values each must be specified The SCF distribution is symmetric about the out of plane bending axis The 5 re quired hotspots for a pipe are numbered 1 4 7 19 22 This option may only be used for members with pipe section The SCF distribution has no symmetry The user must specify SCF values for all active hotspots For a pipe section the 8 required hotspots are numbered 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 SCF for axial force SCF for in plane bending SCF for out of plane bending SCF for axial force at crown SCF for axial force at saddle Hot spot identification Framework SESAM 5 38 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 NOTES When assigning SCFs with specification LOCAL and distribution BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC or NON SYMMETRIC warning messages with respect to if SCFs for all necessary hotspots are given is lim ited The hotspots which must be assigned SCFs are specified in parameter list above An exception from above is when the active hotspots for the members cross section have been changed see command CHANGE HOTSPOTS section name descr FATIGUE hot If Lloyd s formulas are assigned to other joint types than gap K and KT joints Efthymiou formulas will be used when calculating the SCFs However any print reporting SCFs will show t
513. rsion 3 5 For members with two or more cross sections the design compressive resistance Ncr Rd is calculated according to equations 12 1 or 12 2 However the elastic buckling load NE is calculated based on the cross section at the middle of the member See also command ASSIGN STABILITY NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION Geometric requirements calculated usage factors The following two geometric requirements are checked t gt 6mm e Dt lt 120 The code check will be performed with the given geometric properties even if they are outside the limits but the print of results will give the following utilisation factors t lt 6mm Usfact 999 0 D t 120 gt Usfact 998 0 However the usage factor for axial load contribution and bending moment contribution will be as calculated according to governing check hence the sum of UsfaN UsfaM will give the correct utilisation without taking into consideration the geometric requirements See also command DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON OFF Print of results outcome When printing results the governing case equation number used in the NORSOK standard is referred to in Outcome column on the print The following texts are being used in addition to the equation number posi tioned in front of the equation number Tns member is in tension e Cmp member is in compression T H member is in tension external hydrostatic pressure e CH
514. running analysis 4 4 12 Access to the operating system It is possible to issue a command to the operating system at any point in a Framework command not from programming mode This is done by typing an exclamation mark followed by the operating system com mand Everything on the input line after the exclamation mark is sent to the operating system Giving only on the command line will open a new sub process It must be terminated using the command LOGOUT This facility is very useful for obtaining directory listings editing files e g input files spawning into the operating system to do more complicated tasks etc This facility is also available from the command input line in graphics mode but when used here the output from the operating system will appear in the terminal window from which Framework was started 4 4 13 Appending input lines After receiving an input line Framework will process the input unless told otherwise The way to suspend processing of an input line is to type a backslash as the last character in the line Framework will then issue the append prompt gt gt 4 4 14 Viewing the current status of a command Some commands are long and it may be difficult to keep track of what has actually been given as input In other cases where commands have been inserted it is good to be able to see what the current command s actually look like to Framework For this reason the command has been introduced
515. s 60 A a eto a Ue fae ee eget Aslan Viele Te Gen eee ley des Phe eg ga aes Ok ace z Y Y TMNMOONNDMNNANNANRDAOOwWOX4 H 4 MNNDCDDOONDO HAH O E Covel whee 7 NY igh as Vie pai Maika eh 6 v6 A amp OASAN N DOH OTN WOH ONrF OD Fre CO aly ated Coie COGN Ie OLN a a ee tag i yes as o TA ER Able E TA AN Nn YH HA4n 0 NN YO OOOO oO5S0OoONSDSOoOoN ooo pS NN NNN DAHAAN ANA HANAH DIARIA ANOS l n A Ra eae cde E ab a gas A de no TOWUOONNAONNNADONDOH OAD ONOVWVRIINXNAOIINNA lt I 7O A o E ee re e aa SR an ees es E ee ep Age re 20 TTITAMMONNNNN OO RO HAS Ea A A en O oOo AMMO H AOO AOO aN A kan wth er ah CANER a hoe gi Tel si NnNO0o0o0o Jo HHODOOMNANR LOH SOS T wp le Get Meee a Sie Ger e a re e ay E e e te e ON 0000001000000 O0N0oqy03Ss00 4 v z T DANI SSI SANO ES A A Ad cane See NPDONONARTATTONMAMOTONS ef iS de ieee Wh BS Pa ae St ia Mam psa A Aisin wie OOo TAGS at gh Sian MR Bre au A 2 NOON TTODDHAMNNMONEROAR i aan AN AAI NAN D O wo o o Ny A e a a aAartANANACO5n POLYDOR OVH THOS i A ge ah ees Se eh a Ee Ste te lets ynoTTONTTFONMNA TODS l NN NN E T E E OMAN a a Sm INEN EN A E N gy NNNAA O NNN NNN NNN NAN OMNDDGHN NOTH OR A L A A A UN ee te pow A o N ANT MD y 1000 DION Mio qn Sm es nee a e O E 09000000 NIANODNAIDO DONOSO J J J gt LA AA AAN AA AAN q LO EN E MA O NAS D x O00000052070000A NTNNO SS ONS AS SSS OS l ooooooyoooooooooooo x a4 H El H 5 o ll n ee AC em ea ae oe oP PCODKRHnMAAKTOH
516. s and environmental data assigned PARAMETERS None NOTES See also ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS EXAMPLES PRINT WAVE DIRECTIONS Framework 5 295 Framework 5 296 20 DEC 2007 PRINT WAVE LOAD FACTORS WAVE LOAD FACTORS PURPOSE To print wave load factors assigned to wave directions PARAMETERS None NOTES See also ASSIGN WAVE LOAD FACTOR EXAMPLES PRINT WAVE LOAD FACTORS SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 297 PRINT WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION name _ space PURPOSE To print data related to a wave spreading function PARAMETERS name Wave spreading function name for which to print data space Spacing between elementary wave directions in degrees used for discretisation NOTES See also ASSIGN WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION CREATE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION EXAMPLES PRINT WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION Framework 5 298 20 DEC 2007 PRINT WAVE STATISTICS WAVE STATISTICS name PURPOSE To print data related to a wave scatter diagram PARAMETERS name Name of wave statistics Scatter diagram NOTES See also ASSIGN WAVE STATISTICS CREATE WAVE STATISTICS EXAMPLES PRINT WAVE STATISTICS SESAM Program version
517. s given by the command ASSIGN STABILITY STIFFENER SPACING value where value distance between intermediate transverse stiffeners SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 15 Please note the following e Channel profiles are only calculated as class 3 sections e General profiles are only calculated as class 3 sections For box profiles a reduced yield stress is used in the check to account for torsion stress i e fy fy 317 where q is the shear stress caused by torsion moment based on average shear flow in section e Pipe tubular profiles are calculated according to class 3 even if class 4 is indicated in the print Le Aeff and Weff similar to class 3 section properties A and We For sections in class 1 and 2 the linear interaction check is used i e usage factor n my mz where n and m are the normalised force compo nents A reduced yield stress is used in the check to account for torsion stress i e fy fy 31305 where 7 is the shear stress caused by torsion moment e For I H sections and channel sections a warning will be given if the maximum shear stress caused by torsional moment exceeds 50 of the material strength fy ym Buckling resistance of members ref EC3 sect 5 5 NS sect 12 3 When classifying cross section class for use in the buckling resistance check the maximum bending moments along the member about weak and strong axes are used However in cas
518. s to skip long term distribution of the stress ranges The fatigue exposure time parameter is used to instruct Framework to not divide stress ranges into blocks 3 12 How to perform a stochastic fatigue analysis A stochastic fatigue analysis is required to be performed for members 8 and 12 and 16 in the jacket model shown in Figure 3 4 It is assumed that the desired local modelling CHORDS CANS etc of members and joints has been per formed through the commands shown in Section 3 2 and Section 3 3 and that NO other commands have been issued For information on the hydrodynamic loading see Section 3 5 4 Results may be printed or displayed for all members checked with a usage factor greater than 0 03 Table 2 8 may be used for guidance in order to ensure that data mandatory for the execution of the analysis are in fact defined As indicated by Table 2 8 the following data must be assigned e Seastate data e An SN curve e Stress concentration factors The sea data assignments correspond to the definition of the following e Probability of occurrence for each of the wave directions defined during the hydrodynamic analysis In this example 3 wave directions were analysed with directions 0 45 and 90 deg To assign the wave direction probabilities the following command is used ASSIGN WAVE DIRECTION PROBABILITY LOOP 5 Dir Prob 0 0 0 45 1 0 90 0 0 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 37 END
519. sage factor for tubular side and the cone side of the junction will be as calculated according to governing check Print of results outcome When printing results the governing case equation number used in the NORSOK standard is referred to in Outcome column on the print The following texts are being used in addition to the equation number posi tioned in front of the equation number LBU local buckling under axial compression Hyd hydrostatic pressure check is governing eq 6 15 e YLD junction yielding hoop stress is tensile Framework SESAM B 10 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 e JBU junction buckling hoop stress is compressive When the usage factor is above unity the following texts will appear instead of the above texts e Fai Unity check is above 1 0 but less than 999 0 e Ang Unity check 999 0 Notes comments Section 6 5 5 Ring design is not covered in the code check In connection with section 6 5 4 1 Hoop buckling the cone length used is the less of the slant height of the cone and the stability parameter Stiffeners spacing defined by the command ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem STIFFENER SPACING length where sel mem members to be checked length length of cone to be used Nomenclature in heading of result print is as follows Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type
520. same SCF specification is applied to the chord and brace sides of the weld Use the Efthymiou formulas May be applied for all joint types Use Kuang formulas May be applied for all joint types except X joints Use the Wordsworth formulas May be applied for X joints only The same values apply to all hotspots 3 SCF values shall be given Framework SESAM 5 88 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 CROWN SADDLE The SCF values are specified at the crown and saddle points Values for other hotspots are derived 4 SCF values shall be given scf_ax SCF for axial force scf_ipb SCF for in plane bending scf_opb SCF for out of plane bending scf_axc SCF for axial force at crown scf_axs SCF for axial force at saddle NOTES If one of the EFTHYMIOU LLOYDS or ORIGINAL options is applied after the READ option assign ments of the READ option are discarded in the analysis If the READ option is applied all joint brace con nections that are not assigned SCFs by the READ option will have SCFs calculated according to the default parametric SCF scheme EFTHYMIOU or LLOYDS The default SCF scheme is specified by the com mand DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND PARAMETERS Parametric SCFs Efthymiou rule computed by the wind fatigue module may differ somewhat from para metric SCFs computed by Framework This is due to handling of validity ranges of geometric parameters included in the SCF equations which are not quite identical Parametric SCFs computed by Framew
521. se The section on top of the list will be checked first hence order from weak to strong sections During the redesign process the various results are reported in the message field and written to the MLG file The results from the final selection may be printed by use of the ordinary code check print command See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS REDESIGN MODE ON DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS LOCK SECTION TYPE ON DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS ASSIGN SECTION OFF DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS ALLOW OPTIMIZE OFF DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN OPTIONS TARGET USAGE FACTOR 0 95 DEFINE MEMBER REDESIGN SECTION LIST ONLY HEA120 HEA140 HEA160 HEA180 CHORD AXIAL CROWN value default 2 5 CHORD AXIAL SADDLE value default 2 5 CHORD IPB CROWN value default 2 5 CHORD OPB SADDLE BRACE AXIAL CROWN value default 2 5 value default 2 5 BRACE AXIAL SADDLE value default 2 5 BRACE IPB CROWN value default 2 5 BRACE OPB SADDLE value default 2 5 A SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 191 DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF ACTUAL LIMITATION METHOD SCF LIMITS MAXIMUM ACTUAL RING STIFFENER GEOMETRY LIMITS NEGLECT ACTUAL RING STIFFENER PARAMETER LIMITS ACTIVE BRACE FOOTPRINT value
522. se of the command DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS ELASTIC CAPACITY ONLY ON or OFF Please note the following e Pipe tubular profiles are calculated according to class 3 even if class 4 is indicated in the print e Channel profiles are only classified as class 3 sections e General profiles and massive bar profiles are only classified as class 3 sections Buckling curves ref EC3 table 5 5 3 NS table 11 The buckling curves to be used for I H sections and welded box sections may automatically be selected by use of the commands ASSIGN STABILITY BUCKLING CURVE Y AUTO ASSIGN STABILITY BUCKLING CURVE Z AUTO Note that the reefers to the current active selection of members For pipe profiles and rolled box sections curve A is used as default for both axes For other profile types than mentioned above curve C is used as default for both axes Resistance of cross section ref EC3 sect 5 4 NS sect 12 2 The check includes effective cross section properties for class 4 cross sections For I H sections and for box sections it is also investigated if the shear capacity is limited due to shear buckling when web s is classified in class 4 When calculating the buckling coefficient yv the contribution from the flanges is neglected hence yv yw where yw is calculated for the situation with rigid transverse stiffeners at the supports The distance between intermediate transverse stiffeners i
523. see com mand SELECT JOINTS length Value of chord length NOTES By default the chord length is then the sum of length of joint chord and length of aligned chord To reset the default length being the sum of chord length and length of aligned chord use the command ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH brace sel jnt DEFAULT EXAMPLES ASSIGN JOINT CHORD LENGTH ALL 1000 5 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 ASSIGN JOINT GAP gap JOINT GAP brace sel jnt AUTOMATIC PURPOSE To assign a gap to K type joints PARAMETERS brace sel jnt gap AUTOMATIC NOTES Framework 5 19 Brace name to be assigned the gap Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see command SELECT MEMBERS Joints where the gap shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SE LECT JOINTS Value of gap Calculate and assign gap value based on geometry incl eccentricity By default all joints are assigned a zero gap For a fatigue analysis the command JOINT GAP with a negative gap may be used for the computation of parametric SCFs using Efthymiou formulas The negative gap value shall be assigned to the overlapping brace The calculation of the gap length is based on the assumption of a plane joint This is in correspondence with the assumptions made for geometric joint classifications The calculated values will thus be appropriate
524. select members an put them in a set called CURRENT PARAMETERS ONLY INCLUDE EXCLUDE member Only the subsequently selected members shall be placed in the CURRENT set The last CURRENT set of members is disre garded The subsequently selected members shall be included append ed in the CURRENT set The subsequently selected members shall be excluded re moved from the CURRENT set Member name to be selected SESAM Program version 3 5 ALL ALL BUT PILES CURRENT SET name GROUP first mem last mem mem step LINE start jnt end jnt tol PLANE jntl jnt2 jnt3 tol VOLUME xl xh yl yh zl zh CONNECTED TO JOINT joint name Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 325 All members in the superelement are selected All members except the piles shall be selected The last CURRENT selection shall be selected Member included in named SET shall be selected Name of the SET Members shall be selected as a group Member name to start the group selection Member name to end the group selection Step in the group selection All members lying in a straight line shall be selected Starting joint identifying the start of the line Ending joint identifying the end ofthe line Tolerance distance from line That all members lying on a plane shall be selected First joint lying on the plane Second joint lying on the plane Third joint lying on the plane Tolerance distance from plane Members with
525. signed the buckling curve For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS AO Buckling curve AO shall be assigned to the selected members EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 only A Buckling curve A shall be assigned to the selected members AUTO Buckling curve shall automatically be assigned to the selected members EUROC ODE and NS3472 release 3 only B Buckling curve B shall be assigned to the selected members C Buckling curve C shall be assigned to the selected members D Buckling curve D shall be assigned to the selected members EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 only NOTES By default for tubular members buckling curve A is assigned By default for non tubular members buckling curve C is assigned The buckling curves are only used for the NPD NS3472 and EUROCODE code check When assigning the AUTO option available for EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 the buckling curves to be used for I H sections and welded box sections will automatically be selected For pipe profiles and SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 51 rolled box sections curve A is used as default for both axes For other profile types than mentioned above curve C is used as default for both axes See also ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Y PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA EXAMPLES ASSIGN STABILITY WITH SECTION 130400 BUCKLING CURVE Z B Framework SESAM 5 52 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN
526. sion 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 143 PREFRAME INPUT To define if a journal input file to Preframe shall be generated when exiting Framework PRESENTATION To define alternatives with respect to presentation of stress and results READ CONCEPTS To switch off on reading the concept information from the re sult file READ NAMED SETS To alternatively switch off reading the named element and joint sets from the result file SECTION OVERRULE To define how to handle the CREATE SECTION command when the given section name already exist WIND FATIGUE To define data for wind fatigue calculations All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 144 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE BEAM SPLIT NONE STRUCTURE CAN REINFORCED BEAM SPLIT ALL JOINTS ALL SECTION PIPE ONLY PURPOSE To define if how to split long beams defined on the results file In this context long beams means beams member concepts spanning across structural joints A structural joint is a joint were more than two beam elements are joined together i e typically a brace to chord connection PARAMETERS STRUCTURE Structure option NONE Do not split i e use as defined on the result file Default CAN REINFORCED Split only at joints with can reinforcement ALL JOINTS Split at all structural joints SECTION Section option ALL Split independent of section type
527. ssign the lateral buckling factor MOMENT REDUCTION FACTOR To assign the moment amplification reduction factor NORSOK AXIAL COMPRESSION To assign option with respect to axial compression according to NORSOK commentary STIFFENER SPACING To assign stiffener spacing for tubular members UNSUPPORTED FLANGE LENGTH To assign the unsupported length of the compression flange All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 48 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN STABILITY sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Y NONE AO sel mem BUCKLING CURVE Y AUTO PURPOSE To assign buckling curves that will be used to calculate the characteristic axial compressive buckling strength of selected members The curve is assigned for buckling about the member s local y axis in the local z x plane This command is valid for both tubular and non tubular members PARAMETERS sel mem Members to be assigned the buckling curve For valid alternatives see command SELECT MEMBERS AO Buckling curve AO shall be assigned to the selected members EUROCODE and NS3472 release 3 only A Buckling curve A shall be assigned to the selected members AUTO Buckling curve shall automatically be assigned to the selected members EUROC ODE and NS3472 release 3 only B Buckling curve B shall be assigned to the selected members C Buckling curve C shall be assigned to t
528. sssecssssccessssceecsssceecesssescsssseecessseeessssceecesscescesssescessseecesseecess 5 133 CREATE WAVE SPREADING FUNCTION cococcccoconccconanccnonanccononnnnconanonccnnnonononnnnronanonccnnnnaronns 5 135 CREATE WAVE S LATISTICS as oakley Ueda ban cds dadas 5 136 CREATE WIND FATIGUE uranio A dat id tol dacs tisha atasca ib 5 138 CREATE WIND FATIGUE ANALYSIS PLANES coccccoconccnonancncnnnnnncnnanononnnnonccnannnronnanaronnnnnnnon 5 139 CREATE WIND FATIGUE STATIC WIND LOADS cooooccccocccccnonnnncnnonnccononnacononnarononnarconanonron 5 140 DEFINE a iS TP EE E ES E E ESE ASEA AST 5 141 DEFINE BEAMESP it ANE NAE EEE EEEE EREET 5 144 DEFINE BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP enirita a Ta iA ROAA 5 145 DEFINE CONE PARAME TERS 0 0 cccccccsssccecsssceecssscecessecececsscecessseeseenssececsssseesesseecsssseeenaeees 5 147 DEFINE CONSTANTS isa vat bass A A e add anos 5 148 DEFINE EG EN TRICITY orn aA nin ld di aa aa eas Beane Sohne 5 149 DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS cccccccsscccssssccssssececessececessececessececssseescsessescsessecesessecesensesees 5 150 DEFINE FATIGUE DUMP ococcccnnoncccnonnnnnnnnnnncconnnnononnnnccnnnonccnonnnccnnnnnr cnn no nonnnnnr cnn nen r nano nc cnnna neos 5 153 DEFINE FATIGUE PARAMETERS urere a e E ea ia iE e 5 155 DEFINE FATIGUE RAINFLOW COUNTING wu ccc ccccsccecsssceecsssececsssceecnsssesensscesensssesenseaess 5 156 DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE cooccoccconnnncconnnnccnonnnnononnacononnnncononnnccnnnonocnnnnanonannanoos 5 157 DEFINE HO
529. state is characterised by a significant wave height denoted as Hs and a zero up crossing period denoted as Tz The sum of the probabilities for all sea states must be 1 00 e Probability of occurrence for each of the wave directions defined during the hydrodynamic analysis The sum of the probabilities for all wave directions must be 1 00 e The wave spectrum shape used may be either a JONSWAP Pierson Moskowitz Gamma or ISSC spec trum The same wave spectrum shape may be used for all the sea states or assigned individually for parts of the scatter diagram If the wave statistics has been defined through an all parameter scatter dia gram all necessary parameters are given through the CREATE WAVE STATISTICS command and hence a wave spectrum shape shall not be assigned to the wave statistics e Sea spreading data in order to define the number of elementary wave directions and the associated energy content The number of elementary wave directions may be arbitrary The sum of the energy con tent for all elementary wave directions must be 1 00 Note that the spacing of the elementary wave direc Framework SESAM 2 10 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 tions should be the same as that of the main wave directions The spreading data is assigned to the scatter diagram The analysis steps carried out in Framework are as follows e The square modulus of elementary wave direction transfer functions are multiplied with the spreading function
530. static pressure are not in cluded in the structural analysis B Capped end compressive forces are included in the analysis as external nodal forc es NOTES For members exposed to external hydrostatic pressure the design provisions is divided into two categories i e method A and method B In method A it is assumed that the capped end compressive forces due to the external hydrostatic pressure are not included in the structural analysis Alternatively the design provisions in method B assume that such forces are included in the analysis as external nodal forces If Wajac has been used to calculate the seastate loads method B should be used The default method selected by Framework is method B See also RUN MEMBER CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER CALCULATION METHOD B SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 181 DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS ELASTIC CAPACITY ONLY ON OFF ELASTIC CAPACITY ONLY PURPOSE To define how to handled plastic elastic section capacity in connection with the EUROCODE NS3472 code of practice PARAMETERS ON Lock to elastic section capacity Hence the section will always be classified in class 3 or 4 OFF Use plastic capacity if geometry allows default option NOTES See also RUN MEMBER CHECK EXAMPLES DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETER VON MISES CHECK ONLY
531. stiffness properties independent of the local axes the stability axes should normally be oriented according to the frame of which the member is a part For non tubular cross sections having different moments of inertia about local axes it may be dangerous to change the local axes Changes to the orientation of the cross section axes involve changes to the overall stiffness properties of the finite element model and should eventually involve a new finite element analysis But if axial force is the major load and bending moments are small or the section has similar cross section properties about different axes then the orientation of stability axes may perhaps be changed without intro ducing too large errors When joining several finite elements into one member it is required that all finite elements have the same local coordinate system Framework SESAM 2 42 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 2 3 11 Member buckling lengths The user can specify the member buckling lengths Ly and Lz which overrides the default buckling lengths length between joints The specified lengths will then be used in any calculation involving the buckling lengths e g stability code checks for calculation of the effective lengths and the Euler buckling stress Instead of or in addition to specifying buckling lengths in order to modify the effective column length the user can specify effective length factors Ky and Kz Automatic calculation of buckling length
532. stigating for maximum tension force and maximum compression force If only an earthquake load case including member FORCEs is required to be code checked then a single load combination must be created comprising of the earthquake load case and a load factor of 1 0 i e pos itive This load combination will then automatically cause all members to be under axial compressive loads 2 1 4 Wind fatigue analysis General This section gives a description of major features related to wind fatigue analysis in Framework Wind fatigue analysis is performed according to the theoretical basis described in Framework Theory Manual Wind Fatigue Design 15 Wind fatigue is implemented as a separate analysis module in Framework and runs by its own when the run command is executed Input specification is an integrated part of Framework Input commands of wind fatigue are described in Chapter 5 The wind fatigue module has its own internal data storage separate from the data base of Framework Many features of Framework are thus not available to wind fatigue calculations Post processing facilities are lim ited to tabulated prints of fatigue damages of brace joint intersections The TASK WIND FATIGUE CHECK command in the graphic user interface mode makes only commands relevant for wind fatigue visi ble Overview of theoretical basis and assumptions The wind fatigue module evaluates fatigue damage of frame structures subjected to wind loading Buffeting
533. sting set name is given an existing set is updated To create a member set To create a joint set Name of set Members to be included in the set Joints to be included in the set SESAM Program version 3 5 The currently active set is the one last referred but the user is recommended to explicitly give a set name and NOT use the reply CURRENT The joint and member sets named DEFAULT are also modified by the commands SELECT MEMBERS SELECT JOINTS and also most on the fly selections A member set and a joint set may have the same name but their definition is not interconnected EXAMPLES SEL ECT SI ET MEMBERS leg ONLY 33317 SESAM Program version 3 5 SET 20 DEC 2007 COMPANY NAME DISPLAY DRAWING SET GRAPH PLOT PRINT TITLE subcommands data PURPOSE Set or re set global file device environment characteristics PARAMETERS COMPANY NAME DISPLAY DRAWING GRAPH PLOT PRINT TITLE Set plot file characteristics Set company name on display plot Set display characteristics Set drawing characteristics Set graph characteristics Set print characteristics Set plot title Framework 5 329 All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework 5 330 20 DEC 2007 SET COMPANY NAME COMPANY NAME name PURPOSE To set
534. stress history for the selected mem bers at the investigated positions and hotspots For joint type LOADPATH used in combination with parametric SCFs the print of the results will report SCFs partly according to joint geometry and partly according to the actual worst hotspot The SCFaxC and SCFaxS are the hotspots for the Crown and Saddle positions independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue The SCFipb and SCFopb are the SCFs for crown position from in plane bending and saddle position from out of plane bending also independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue The SCFax is the actual SCF for axial force used for the hotspot reported to be governing Hence if the worst hotspot is a saddle point 1 or 13 the SCFaxS is reported if a crown point 7 or 19 the SCFaxC is reported and if any points in between 4 10 16 or 22 the average value SCF of crown and saddle is used For the explanation and format of results see Appendix A SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 9 It is also possible to perform deterministic fatigue analysis of general cyclic loads An auxiliary program named DetSfile available on NT only may be used to generate the Sx FEM file necessary for Sestra and Framework to treat the loads as wave loads Each stress range caused by cyclic loading must be represented by 2 load cases defined in Preframe and e g combined in Presel Please contact Software Support for exam ple input and the auxiliary program DetSf
535. structure Dashed lines outline the Finite Element model Figure 2 8 Overlapped joint The gap length is only used in conjunction with K KTT or KTK joints When calculating Efthymiou SCFs the overlap shall be specified as a negative gap value on the overlapping brace It is only required to specify one gap value for a K joint the program will select the largest value of the ones assigned to the two braces For a KT joint the gap or overlap values shall be specified for the two KTK braces 2 3 8 Joint Type This defines the joint type at the end of a BRACE member Five different joint types are available namely YT T or Y joint X K KTT T part of a KT joint KTK K part of a KT joint By default all joints are assumed to be YT The punching shear code checks only use YT X or K joints that is the formulas for K joints are used for KTK and KTT classified braces In general an X joint is the most conservative choice The choice of joint classification may be based on the actual geometry only or also on the force distribution at the joint API 1 section 4 3 For a punching shear check it is recommended to use the classification based on load path Framework SESAM 2 40 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 All five joint types may be accounted for in the calculation of parametric SCFs for a fatigue analysis In gen eral YT and X joints produce the more conservative results For application of Efthymiou SCFs specifica tion o
536. suggests a new database file Type in the file pre fix and name and select the proper status then press the OK button or hit lt Return gt Pressing the Cancel button will abort the session If the file specification is somehow in error Framework will give an error message and keep the start up dialog box open for a new file specification FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 Iof x File Task Assign Change Create Delete Define Display Plot Print Run Select Set View Help 2 Ha Jeje Please specify the Database File ttttttttttttttttttttt a Postprocessing o Marketing and Sup Name FRAMEWORK Program id AO EE Release date 22 MAR 2001 Access time 03 MAY 2001 11 35 24 Status C New User id TTAN Old Cancel Copyright DET NORSKE VERITAS AS P O Figure 4 1 The program start up dialog box If the file specification is correct Framework will open the database file with extension MOD and a journal file with the same prefix and name but with extension JNL It will then show some preliminary SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 4 3 messages giving the status of some default settings and of the database These messages are shown in the next session Finally the start up dialog box will disappear Framework can now be operated as described in Section 4 5 To exit the program choose the Exit option under the File menu Framework will then close all open files and exit
537. sults from a fatigue check This command must be used in order to print results from a determin istic or stochastic fatigue run PARAMETERS run name WORST USAGE FACTOR SELECTED MEMBERS sel mem JOINT SELECTED JOINTS sel jnt FULL SUMMARY ABOVE BELOW Name of run for which results are to be printed Prints the position with the worst usage factor for each member sorted in order of descending usage factors Prints the usage factor for all positions checked for selected members Members to include in the print For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Print for brace ends connected to joints Print for selected joints Joints to include in the print For valid alternatives see com mand SELECT JOINTS A full print of results is required A summary print of results is required Results shall only be printed provided that the usage factor is above a user specified threshold value Results shall only be printed provided that the usage factor is below a user specified threshold value Framework 5 272 BETWEEN limit limit limit2 NOTES SESAM 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Results shall only be printed provided that the usage factor is between the user specified threshold values Threshold values for which results will be printed The JOINT alternative is available for tubular joints only The print table for JOINT alternative will give erroneous results if any assign
538. t worst position worst loadcase search ing maximum compressive stress PHASE ANGLE Alternatives regarding complex load cases ALL All phase angles and the corresponding stresses will be printed for defined phase angles as described under command DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE MAX Find the phase angle which gives maximum stress when the command PRINT STRESS is given The maximum stress and its corresponding phase angle is then printed This option is default FORMAT Select which format to use when printing member stress Framework SESAM 5 208 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFAULT Default format using two lines for each position OPTIONAL Optional format using one line for each position NOTES The command DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS PHASE ANGLE is relevant for dynamic load cases only When using PRINT STRESS EQUIVALENT STRESS any of the MAXTENSION MAXCOMPRES SION options will work If the option DEFINE PRESENTATION STRESS PHASE ANGLE is set to ALL the MAXTENSION MAXCOMPRESSION alternatives will be neglected Switching to the FORMAT OPTIONAL print format has no effect if using the PRINT STRESS BRIEF command This option should also be used in combination with the command DEFINE PRESENTATION PRINT SIMPLIFIED ON to skip dividing lines i e skip blank lines and lines with hyphens only See also PRINT STRESS CHANGE HOTSPOTS DEFINE CONSTANTS PHASE ANGLE EXAMPLES DEFINE PRES
539. t a set of pre defined stress point The code checks are performed at some of these points in order to assess the maximum i e worst interaction ratio and therefore to deter mine the point on the section that is prone to failure A full description of where stresses are calculated for various section types in the case of code checks may be found in Section 2 2 3 Table 2 2 below shows for each code of practice the type of check that may be performed and the section type that may be processed Table 2 2 Member section Code of practice Check PIPE I CHA BOX BAR GEN Yield gt gt lt X X X Stability X X X X API AISC WSD Punching shear Hydrostatic collapse Conical transition Yield Stability API AISC LRFD Punching shear Hydrostatic collapse Conical transition Yield Stability NPD NS3472 rel 2 Punching shear Hydrostatic collapse Conical transition Member Punching shear NORSOK Hydrostatic collapse KIKK mM ML KL KIKK K a OM a XL OK OX Conical transition EUROCODE NS3472 rel 3 Member gt lt gt gt gt gt lt gt Framework SESAM 2 4 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 For NPD NS3742 rel 2 and NORSOK hydrostatic collapse is implemented as a part of the stability member check For NORSOK and EUROCODE NS3472 rel 3 the yield and stability checks have
540. t be equal or larger than fnod First analysis plane to be considered in the multi brace fatigue calculation Valid range of value 1 to 10 Last analysis plane to be considered in the multi brace fatigue calculation Valid range of value 1 to 10 The analysis planes considered will go from fanpln to lanpln in steps of 1 lanpln must be equal or larger than fanpl Number of dynamic modes The ndymod first modes will be considered Valid range of value 2 to 15 Turn show progress of run execution ON OFF one brace one analysis plane and one wind direction to be con sidered while the multi brace case allows consideration of several joints braces analysis planes and wind directions The multi brace case produces a compressed print of the fatigue results If a comprehensive print is requested for a joint the single brace case must be applied Framework SESAM 5 96 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The overall eigenmodes of the structure are used in the buffeting damage calculations The first 15 modes may be taken into account Vortex shedding induced fatigue calculation considers cross flow oscillation of individual braces in line vibrations are ignored Only the first oscillation mode is used Wind buffeting damage is caused by fluctuations in gust wind velocities upon a mean wind speed The fluc tuations are described along u laterally across v and vertically across w the mean wind direction The Davenport u
541. t gap Opt Joint type Opt Fabrication method Opt Opt Buckling lengths Opt Opt Unsupported flange length Opt Effective length factor Opt Opt Buckling curve Opt Lateral buckling factor Opt Moment reduction factor Opt Opt Stiffener spacing Opt Opt Opt Flooding status Opt Opt Sea water density and gravity Opt2 Opt Water depth Opt2 Opt Wave height Opt Opt Wave length Opt Opt Water plane Opt2 Opt where Opt Optional Man Mandatory Opt2 Optional but see relevant notes in chapter 2 Framework SESAM 2 60 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Table 2 8 Deterministic Fatigue Stochastic Fatigue Pipe Other Pipe Other Young s modulus Yield strength Material constant Chord Opt2 Opt2 CAN Opt Opt STUB Opt Opt Joint gap Opt Opt Joint type Opt Opt Sea water density and gravity Water depth Wave height Wave length Water plane Individual Waves Man Man Wave spreading Opt Opt Wave spectrum shape Opt Opt Wave direction probability Man Man Wave Statistics Man Man Fatigue Constants Opt2 Opt2 SN curve Opt2 Opt2 Opt2 Opt2 Parametric SCF Opt2 Opt2 Opt2 Opt2 Local SCF Opt2 Opt2 Opt2 where Opt Optional Man Mandatory Opt2 Optional but see relevant notes in chapter 2 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 1 3 USER S GUIDE TO FRAMEWORK This chapter is aimed to enhance the user s understanding in using F
542. t junction smltSd Local design bending stress at the cone side of junction stotSd Resulting total design stress in axial direction fh Characteristic hoop buckling strength Note that conical transitions cannot be defined in Framework but must be defined in Preframe or defined as conceptual information on the Input Interface File prior to running Sestra or on the Results File 3 10 How to perform a punching shear check With reference to Figure 3 4 a punching shear check is performed at joints 2 5 7 and 8 according to the API AISC WSD codes of practice Note that all braces at the joints shall be checked For information on the loadcases analysed see Section 3 5 2 Results shall be printed for the worst brace at each of the joints checked The following command selects the API AISC WSD codes of practice SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE API AISC WSD Prior to the check the following commands are issued in order to model Can and Stub sections Create Can Stub section and material CREATE SECTION CAN4000 Can section PIPE 4 0 0 04 CREATE SECTION STB2000 Stub section PIP CREATE MATERIAL MAT400 Can material 2 1E 11 400 E 6 7850 0 3 0 0 0 0 CREATE MATERIAL MAT380 Stub material 2 1E 11 380 E 6 7850 0 3 0 0 0 0 Make assignments ASSIGN CAN JOINT 2 CAN4000 MAT400 0 ASSIGN CAN JOINT 5 CAN4000 MAT400 O SELECT JOINT ONLY 2 5 7 8 ASSIGN STUB JOINT CURRENT STB2000 MAT
543. t of a text or name or numerical value Numerical values can be input in a very free format in Framework Floating point numbers as 1000 1 54 le 44 le5 are all accepted Whole numbers can be specified as floating point numbers as long as the decimal part vanishes Examples of whole numbers 1000 1 1e4 Names can be up to 8 characters long and may contain any alphanumeric character as well as the underscore _ and the hyphen A name may be a pure number or may begin with an alphanumeric character The input case of a name is NOT preserved but is converted to upper case Text must be protected in single quotes if it contains blank space s and or special characters and maxi mum 72 characters 4 4 6 Selecting a single alternative from a list In many cases Framework will require a selection of a single alternative from a list An example is right at the start at the main prompt where the main commands are presented for selection The selection need not be a selection between commands it could also be a selection between named objects or between numerical values In selection of a single value abbreviation is allowed see Section 4 4 4 but wildcards cannot be used An exact match is always preferred Thus it is possible to select an item that is an abbreviation of another item in the list by typing the item exactly Framework SESAM 4 12 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 A single question mark will show all ite
544. tem on the command line However several colons may follow each other without intervening spaces semicolon to keep accepting defaults as long as they are presented or until the command is complete The semicolon must be preceded by a blank space if it is not the first item on the command line However several semicolons may follow each other without intervening spaces SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 11 Please note that an empty line in a command input file will not be interpreted as a default The colon and semicolon may be written into a command input file A colon or semicolon is never logged on the journal file Instead the substituted default value s is logged 4 4 4 Abbreviation and wildcards Framework offers two methods to shortcut selection of elements in a list Abbreviation and the use of wild cards Abbreviation allows abbreviation of alternatives up to hyphens as long as the abbreviation is unique Thus CODE CHECK may be abbreviated to any of CODE C C CODE C as long as the abbreviation is unique between the alternatives presented Wildcards consist of the following two characters K substitutes for any number of characters It also matches nothing amp substitutes for any one character It must match exactly one character As an example y amp amp amp matches xabycc1 and xy111 but not xaby11 Abbreviation and wildcards may not be mixed in the same matching expression 4 4 5 Inpu
545. ter of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true diameter thickness Member thickness to be used in the vortex shedding calculations The value over rides the true thickness of the member Enter 0 0 for using the true thickness NOTES Stress concentration factors SCF used at member ends are based on unmodified diameters and thicknesses Resizing of members is of relevance when a brace has been modelled with more than one structural element and the whole length of the brace is required in the vortex shedding calculations As an example of use consider a structural brace that has been subdivided into several shorter segments by intermediate nodes The brace is of constant diameter and thickness In the absence of the vortex dimensions data the individual elements of the brace will be analysed for vortex shedding based on their own lengths The natural frequencies of the individual elements will be higher than the fundamental mode of the full brace and the dynamic response and fatigue damages will be inaccurately calculated Typically there may be no excitation of the individual elements whereas the full brace could show significant response amplitudes To avoid this difficulty the vortex shedding calculation should redefine the lengths of the two end elements of the brace to be equal to the full length of the brace This will allow the SCFs at the end nodes of the brace to be used with the whole brace length In this instance the brace diameter and
546. th of CAN section on the CHORD member AUTOMATIC Calculate automatically in accordance with the guidelines for joint design as given in API NPD NORSOK NOTES The CHORD and ALIGNED member CAN lengths are used for material take off and for code checks if checking more than 3 positions along the member default is only both ends and mid point The given length must be less or equal to half the element length See also ASSIGN CAN NONE ASSIGN CAN JOINT DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASSIGN CAN CHORD 100 1011 CAN100 MAT1 2 0 SESAM Program version 3 5 Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 9 ASSIGN CAN NONE NONE joint chord PURPOSE To remove a CAN section from a specific joint PARAMETERS joint chord NOTES See also Name of joint where a CAN section is to be removed Name of CHORD for which to remove the CAN section The alternative ALL shall remove the CAN section from both the CHORD amp the ALIGNED CHORD if any ASSIGN CAN JOINT ASSIGN CAN CHORD ASSIGN CHORD PRINT CHORD AND BRACE EXAMPLES ASSIGN CAN NONE 100 ALL Framework SESAM 5 10 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN CHORD GLOBAL joint chord CHORD LOCAL joint loc chord loc brace PURPOSE To manually assign CHORD amp BRACE members at a tubular connection PARAMETERS GLOBAL To explici
547. the RSEL command with parameter ISEL1 1 is included in the Sestra input of the static wind load analysis For the Sestra runs the prefix D is applied for files related to the eigenvalue calculation to distinguish them from files related to the static analysis The model file DTn FEM is a copy of Tn FEM 3 21 1 File and file names The full names of the files are prefixTn FEM Input Interface File formatted prefixRn SIN Results Interface File Norsam format prefixRn SIF Results Interface File formatted Framework SESAM 3 48 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 prefixLn FEM Loads Interface File formatted prefixSn FEM Analysis Control Data File used by Sestra formatted The prefix may contain device disk and a user defined name and n is the superelement number Note In Wajac the prefix for the S file will be the same as the one for the L files controlled by FWAVE command in Wajac whereas in Sestra the prefix for the S file must be the same as the one used for the T files This means that if the prefix given by the FMOD and FWAVE com mands in Wajac differ then the S file must be renamed after running Wajac prior to running Sestra prefixFramework lis Results file of the wind fatigue module prefixDiagnostic txt Diagnostics and message file of the wind fatigue module prefixLives frs Fatigue lives file unformatted of the wind fatigue module The prefix is
548. the code check Damage Accumulated damage Life Fatigue life WeldSide Side of weld Hot Hotspot stress point with maximum damage SCFrule Method used for SCF calculation SCFax SCF for axial force SCFipb SCF for in plane bending SCFopb SCF for out of plane bending SNcurve SN curve name Alpha Moment transf angle from local in plane out of plane coord system Symmet Symmetry in SCF specification DiaBra Brace diameter ThiBra Brace thickness Gap Gap between braces ThiFac Thickness correction factor on SN curve Theta Angle between brace and chord in degrees Jtype Joint type Framework SESAM 3 36 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DiaCho Chord diameter ThiCho Chord thickness LenCho Chord length QR Marsha reduction factor applied on SCFs See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table It is also possible to perform deterministic fatigue analysis of general cyclic loads i e without running Wajac to define deterministic wave loads An auxiliary program named DetSfile available on Windows only may be used to generate the Sx FEM file necessary for Sestra and Framework to treat the loads as wave loads Each stress range caused by cyclic loading must be represented by 2 load cases defined in Pre frame and e g combined in Presel Please contact Software Support for example input and the auxiliary pro gram DetSfile In such cases it is very important that the user sets the FATIGUE EXPOSURE TIME equal to 2 year
549. the company name for use with result presentation PARAMETERS name The name of the company NOTES The name is used at the top of a framed display plot It is not used with printed results See also DISPLAY PLOT EXAMPLES SET COMPANY NAME Det Norske Veritas SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 331 SET DISPLAY COLOUR DESTINATION DISPLAY subcommands data DEVICE WORKSTATION WINDOW PURPOSE To set display characteristics PARAMETERS COLOUR Sets the output to the display device to be in colours or mono chrome DESTINATION Set the destination of the graphics produced in the DISPLAY command DEVICE Set the current screen display device type WORKSTATION WINDOW Set the size and position of the display window when using a workstation device All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 332 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 SET DISPLAY COLOUR ON OFF COLOUR PURPOSE Turn colour on off in the display PARAMETERS ON Screen output is in colours OFF Screen output is in monochrome NOTES Note that display and plot colour options may be different See also DISPLAY SET PLOT COLOUR SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 333 SET DISPLAY DESTINATION FILE SCREEN DESTINATION
550. the database The command will delete a fatigue check run from the data base The command will delete an earthquake damping function from the database The command will delete an earthquake spectrum from the da tabase The command will delete a wave spreading function from the database The command will delete wave statistics from the database The command will delete a SN curve from the database The command will delete assigned ring stiffeners from selected joints and braces SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 229 WIND FATIGUE The command will delete wind fatigue data name Name of the material section or run name etc select Selection of joints and braces for removal of assigned ring stiff eners EXAMPLES DELETE CODE CHECK RESULTS RUN 1 Framework SESAM 5 230 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DELETE WIND FATIGUE BENT CAN SN CURVE ALL BENT CAN SCF SELECT joint sel jnt WIND FATIGUE ALL VORTEX DIMENSION SELECT member sel mem PURPOSE To delete data related to the wind fatigue calculation PARAMETERS BENT CAN SN CURVE BENT CAN SCF VORTEX DIMENSION ALL SELECT joint sel jnt member sel mem EXAMPLES DELETE WIND FATIGUE BEN DELETE WIND FATIGUE BEN DELETE WIND FATIGUE VORT Delete bent can SN curves Delete bent can SCFs All SCFs of specif
551. the following Assignment of can and stub lengths measured from the centre node of the joint is required A simplified cutoff calculation of the brace members due to the chord diameter is performed Point masses are NOT included Eccentricities are NOT taken into account 3 17 How to close the design loop Geometric modifications performed in FRAMEWORK during the design process may be transferred back into the Preframe model by a command input file created by Framework The following type of changes are transferred to Preframe e New sections created currently only PIPE I H and BOX e Modified sections currently only PIPE I H and BOX e Section assignments e New materials currently no yield and tensile stress e Modified materials currently no yield and tensile stress e Material assignments e Create members merging of existing members Assign can and stub sections SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 3 43 e Modified can and stub sections e Assign stability parameters currently buckling length and effective length factor e Modified stability parameters currently buckling length and effective length factor This feature is activated by the command DEFINE PREFRAME INPUT ON The input file will contain Preframe input commands corresponding to the changes done in the Framework model from point of establishment to current status The file name for the Preframe journal file is prefixFW2PF J
552. the mean wind both horizontally and ver tically are statistically independent e Member drag coefficients are invariant under the fluctuating wind component and are appropriate to the mean wind speed e Vortex shedding induced member oscillations and fatigue are uncoupled from any buffeting induced vibrations and damage SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 2 15 STRESS SPECTRUM QUASESTATIC FREQUENCE RESPONSE PEAK Figure 2 1 Typical hotspot stress spectrum due to wind loading Wind state For the purpose of fatigue analysis the wind speed is averaged over a suitable period of time and the wind is then represented in that time as having a constant mean value and direction upon which fluctuations or gusts are superimposed A period of one hour has traditionally been used and it is for this time that data are usually available The API and NORSOK power laws represent the variation of mean wind speed with height relationship based on the drag at the earth s surface While the mean wind in any given hour is represented by speed and direction the gust components are sta tistically described by three parameters probability distribution power spectrum and cross correlation function The probability distribution describes the ratio or percentage of time a certain wind speed is likely to occur the power spectra reflect the energy content of the wind as a function of frequency and the cross correlation function indicates the
553. ties of the air the structure s material and the coating on the members The data are of relevance only when vortex shedding induced fatigue damage calculation is to be executed PARAMETERS denair Density of air Default 1 225 Kg m kinvis Kinematic viscosity of air Default 1 5 10 m sec addmas Added mass coefficient for all members Default 1 0 strhal Strouhal number for all members Default 0 2 transra Transition between sub critical and post critical Reynolds number ranges Rec ommended values are as follows Material type tranra Reynolds number transition As new steel 4 0 1 18 x 10 Concrete 5 0 9 42 x 104 Old steel or chartek 7 0 6 73 x 104 Default 4 0 turbin Turbulence intensity ratio Default 0 1 youngs Young s modulus of the structure s material Default 2 1 10 N m denstl Density of the structure s material Default 7380 0 Kg m thcoat Thickness of the coating material on all members Default 0 0001 m dencoat Density of the coating material on all members Default 1245 0 Kg m scfindl SCF stress concentration factor to be applied at mid span of all members analysed by vortex shedding Default 1 6 Framework SESAM 5 226 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 EXAMPLES DEFINE WIND FATIGUE VORTEX PARAMETERS 1 225 0 000015 1 0 0 2 4 0 0 1 2 1E11 7380 1 0E 04 1245 1 6 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 227 DEFINE WIND FATIGU
554. tion Produce comprehensive print of the fatigue damage results for the inspection point inspnt Inspection point around the chord brace intersection for which comprehensive print of results is produced see Figure 5 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 BRACESIDE CHORDSIDE MULTI BRACE CASE MULTI BRACE CASE SELECT JOINTS fwndir lwndir fnod Inod fanpln lanpln ndymod ON OFF NOTES The single brace case allows only one joint Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 95 Output damage for brace side Output damage for chord side Multi brace analysis Multi brace analysis selecting nodes and node sets for the run case by the SELECT JOINTS command First wind direction to be considered in the multi brace fatigue calculation Must comply with the wind directions analysed in Wajac The wind directions are numbered in the sequence they are specified by the command DEFINE WIND FATIGUE WIND DIRECTIONS Valid range of value 1 to 6 Last wind direction to be considered in the multi brace calcula tion Must comply with the wind directions analysed in Wajac Valid range of value 1 to 6 The wind directions considered will go from fwndir to lwndir in steps of 1 lwndir must be equal or larger than fwndir First node to be considered in the multi brace fatigue calcula tion Last node to be considered in the multi brace fatigue calcula tion The nodes considered are fnod Inod and all nodes in be tween the two nodes Inod mus
555. tion alternatives The name ENVELOPE is hence used as a command input in DISPLAY DIAGRAM and should not be used as a load case name in a preprocessor or as a load combination name Framework SESAM 5 236 20 DEC 2007 See also DEFINE PRESENTATION FORCE EXAMPLES DISPLAY DIAGRAM 1 PX 1 0 Program version 3 5 SESAM Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 DISPLAY EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM name PURPOSE Present an earthquake spectrum PARAMETERS name Earthquake spectrum selected NOTES The spectrum will always be shown in log log scale EXAMPLES DISPLAY EARTHQUAKE SPECTRUM API1 Framework 5 237 Framework SESAM 5 238 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DISPLAY FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS MAX USAGE FACTOR ACCUMULATED DAMAGE FATIGUE LIFE LIFE EACH POSITION FATIGUE CHECK RESULTS run ABOVE limit BELOW limit BETWEEN limit limit2 PURPOSE Displays the usage factors for a stochastic or deterministic fatigue check on the members for a given run name PARAMETERS run Run name MAX USAGE FACTOR Max usage factor along the member is presented This corre sponds to the accumulated fatigue damage at the worst joint of the member ACCUMULATED DAMAGE Accumulated damage values are presented FATIGUE LIFE Fatigue lives are presented LIFE EACH POSITION Fatigue lives are presented at each check pos
556. tions containing the moment reduction factors Cmy and Cmz equations 6 27 6 43 and 6 50 the maximum bending moments about Y and Z axes are used at all cross sections posi tions checked along the member length Nomenclature in heading of result print is as follows Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the member Outcome Outcome message from the code check Usfac Total usage factor fy aterial yield strength Gamma m aterial factor Kly Effective length factor buckling length in y direction K1z Effective length factor buckling length in z direction fcle Characteristic elastic local buckling strength fhe Elastic hoop buckling strength spsd Design hoop stress due to hydrostatic pressure Phase Phase angle in degrees SctNam Section name UsfaN Usage factor due to axial force Nsd Design axial force stress when hydrostatic pressure fe Characteristic axial compressive strength fer Characteristic local buckling strength Ney Euler buckl strength y direction stress when hydr pressure Nez Euler buckl strength z direction stress when hydr pressure Nrd Design axial resitance stress when hydrostatic pressure fh Characteristic hoop buckling stress UsfaM Usage factor due to bending moment ysd Design bending moment about
557. tly at a joint assign the chord member All other tubular members con nected to that joint will implicitly be classified brace members Non tubular mem bers are ignored LOCAL To explicitly at a joint assign the chord member and in addition to explicitly assign the corresponding brace member joint Joint name for which the chord assignment shall be made chord Name of member to be assigned as the global chord loc chord Name of member to be assigned as the local chord loc brace Name of member to be assigned as the brace of the local chord NOTES See also PRINT CHORD AND BRACE DEFINE CONSTANTS MINIMUM BRACE ANGLE EXAMPLES ASSIGN CHORD GLOBAL 100 1011 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 11 ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION Y damp name PURPOSE To assign a damping function in a particular global direction PARAMETERS X The earthquake damping shall be applied in global direction X Y The earthquake damping shall be applied in global direction Y Z The earthquake damping shall be applied in global direction Z damp name Name of damping function to be associated with the specified global direction NOTES See also CREATE EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION PRINT EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION EXAMPLES ASSIGN EARTHQUAKE DAMPING FUNCTION X D005 Framework SESAM 5 12 20 DEC 2007 P
558. to API WSD equation 4 1 1 API LRFD equation E 3 1 PARAMETERS ON Turn this feature on OFF Turn off this feature Default behaviour NOTES When switched ON print maximum unity check does not give a proper sorting of the results EXAMPLES DEFINE GEOMETRY VALIDITY RANGE ON Framework SESAM 5 158 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE HOTSPOTS ON OFF HOTSPOTS EXTREME LOCATION PURPOSE To select how to define positions of hotspots This option switch is used to select if hotspots shall be defined in the extreme fibre of the section or in centre of flange web thickness PARAMETERS ON Hotspots in extreme fibre OFF Hotspots in centre of flange web thickness Default behaviour NOTES The effect of this option is implemented for BOX sections only This switch must be set prior to establishing the Framework database i e prior to FILE OPEN TRANS FER with respect to how to define hotspots for cross sections read from the results interface file It may be switched on and off when creating new cross sections inside Framework The X and Y hotspot coordinates are printed by use of the command PRINT SECTION HOTSPOTS EXAMPLES DEFINE HOTSPOTS EXTREME LOCATION ON SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 159 DEFINE HYDROSTATIC DATA GRAVITY WATER DEPTH WATER DENSITY HYDROSTATIC DATA subcommands data WAVE HEIGHT WAVE
559. to the task that you have selected SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 4 5 Please note the following important defaults Graphics Device WINDOWS Code of practice API AISC WSD Fatigue check Pe Na eh ce AUTO If opening an existing database file OLD the start up messages will in addition give some information about the contents of the database This start up has opened a new database file called FRAMEWORK MOD and a new journal file called FRAMEWORK JNL If the file specification is somehow incorrect Framework will reissue the prompt for the database file pre fix Typing a double dot during the start up phase will abort the program The facilities that are available in line mode are described in Section 4 4 To exit the program type the EXIT command This will close all files and exit the program 4 1 3 Starting Framework in batch run Framework must be run in line mode during a batch run The batch command file can look like this prompt gt framework status new interface line command filname forced exit This command will start Framework and establish a new database status new run the program in line mode interface line use command input defined on file filename command filename and exit the program after executing the input commands forced exit The referred input file must be a text ASCII file with file extension JNL containing the Framework in
560. tored in the database Absolute when ABSOLUTE or relative when RELATIVE distance measured from End 1 first joint of the member Optional way of defining location of positions Position at start of member select ON or OFF Position at midspan of element member select ON or OFF Defines the minimum fraction of total member length a member segment must have prior to introducing a position at segment midspan Position at end of member select ON or OFF Framework SESAM 5 32 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 transition Positions at transitions from one section size to another e g if a can or stub section has been assigned to a member select ON or OFF intermediate Positions at start end of each element in member after e g use of the command CREATE MEMBER select ON or OFF maximum Positions evenly spaced limited by maximum 50 select ON or OFF maxfrac Defines the fraction of total member length where new positions are introduced The lowest allowable interval value 0 02 i e maximum 50 positions allowed per member NOTES A member will as default have CODE CHECK positions where stress analysis results are present That is normally at both ends and at the middle of each finite element that makes up the member If a member con sists of several finite elements additional positions may be created The use of ABSOLUTE coordinates must only be applied to members of same length When more than one position is given alternat
561. tra data files static and eigenvalue Input data file for static analysis CO CO CO O po Yu al H Inpu Superelement analysis with with superelement 1 Static analysis Data Formats the numbers are right adjusted in the fields lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 gt lt 9 gt lt 10 gt lt 11 gt lt 12 lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 CHECK ANTP MOLO STIF RTOP LBCK PILE CSING SIGM Ox abe Ov 0 0 0 0 Or 0 W NORSAM RNAM FORMATTED W FORMATTED W 1 RTRAC PRNT STOR EQUI SEL1 SEL2 SEL3 da Ois Ou 0 On 0 0i 0 ISEL1 Ls lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 gt lt 9 gt lt 10 gt lt 11 gt lt 12 t data file for eigenvalue analysis SESTRA Input Project FRamework Wind TestExample Householder eigenvalue analysis requesting 10 modes Data Formats the numbers are right adjusted in the fields lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt lt 4 gt lt 5 gt lt 6 gt lt 7 gt lt 8 gt lt 9 gt lt 10 gt lt 11 gt lt 12 RSS Ss 8S 25S 3655 SS 35 5365 398 FSS S35 es 5 3 6S 0
562. tress Concentration Factors to members at selected joints or positions PARAMETERS JOINT Signifies that SCFs shall be defined at a joint MEMBER Signifies that SCFs shall be defined at a member All subcommands and data are fully explained subsequently as each command is described in detail Framework SESAM 5 36 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 ASSIGN SCF JOINT GLOBAL BOTH SIDES LOCAL CHORD SIDE BRACE SIDE JOINT brace sel jnt text EFTHYMIOU LLOYDS PARAMETRIC KUANG WORDSWORTH UNIFORM scf_ax scf_ipb scf_opb CROWN SADDLE scf_axc scf_axs scf 1pb scf opb BI SYMMETRIC fhot scf ax scf_ipb scf_opb 3 SYMMETRIC fhot scf ax scf ipb scf_opb 5 NON SYMMETRIC hot scf ax scf ipb scf opbj 8 PURPOSE To assign SCFs Stress Concentration Factors at selected joints PARAMETERS JOINT Signifies that SCFs shall be defined at a joint brace Name of brace to be assigned to the SCF Valid alternatives are ALL for selecting all braces or brace name for selecting a single brace or CURRENT see com mand SELECT MEMBERS Only if the name of a single chord or a single non pipe member is given in the position of the brace member name the assignment of LOCAL or GLOBAL SCFs will be allowed for non brace members sel jnt Joints where SCF definition shall be assigned For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS text A descriptive text GLOBAL
563. tress about y axis Acting shear stress zz Acting bending stress about z axis PROGRAM SESAM YIELD Check Re Run NPD Y PTIOCULYV lt oze Usage factor LoadCase CND Type Joint Po Outcome Phase SctNam 18 I 7220 Fail FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 sults NPD NS3472 Rev 3 1 Superelement JACKET Above 0 70 Usfac 21 213 6 Worst Loadcase Seg 28 MAR 2001 E Q N Loadset WAV E LOADS Yield Gamma m PAGE SUB PAGE 16750 0 00E 00 3 81E 01 0 00E 00 6 53E 03 30115 7 PIPE 5110 Fail 1 029 3 19E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 1 22E 02 1 53E 00 70020 1 25E 00 1 82E 02 2 09E 00 1 49E 01 55412 6 PIPE 5220 0 924 2 86E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 3 58E 00 1 25E 01 70020 6 05E 00 1 52E 02 6 75E 00 29E 02 55112 7 PIPE 5110 0 917 2 84E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 3 83E 01 49E 01 70025 3 64E 00 5 26E 01 4 33E 00 92E 02 35415 14 PIPE 5120 0 760 2 35E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 5 94E 00 8 51E 02 70020 4 82E 00 5 31E 01 3 58E 00 1 76E 02 55417 1 PIPE 5120 0 745 2 31E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 2 74E 00 1 41E 01 70020 2 65E 00 2 17E 02 2 59E 00 9 59E 00 77315 6 PIPE 7110 0 727 2 25E 02 3 56E 02 1 15E 00 2 14E 00 7 42E 01 70020 3 61E 00 1 77E 01 3 63E 00 2 05E 02 El DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE
564. tric about the in plane bending axis and about the out of plane bending axis 3 hotspots with part damage values each must be spec ified The distribution is symmetric about the out of plane bending axis The 5 required hotspots for a pipe are numbered 1 4 7 19 22 This option may only be used for members with pipe section The distribution has no symmetry The user must specify part damage values for all active hotspots For a pipe section the 8 required hotspots are numbered 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 The initial part damage to assign Hot spot identification When giving position names defining where to apply the SCF rule use the input syntax as shown in the example at the end of this command description Hence enclose the positions in parentheses and start with ONLY inside the parentheses to avoid any misunderstandings regarding where to apply the damage data The available positions i e the program generated position names can be listed by use of the command PRINT MEMBER FATIGUE CHECK POSITIONS When assigning part damage with specification LOCAL and distribution BI SYMMETRIC SYMMETRIC or NON SYMMETRIC warning messages with respect to if values for all necessary hotspots are given is limited The hotspots which must be assigned values are specified in parameter list above An exception from above is when the active hotspots for the members cross section have been changed see command CHANGE HOTSPOTS section name descr FATIGUE hot
565. tructing Fixed Offshore Platforms Amer ican Petroleum Institute RP 2A 21th Edition December 2000 2 AISC Manual of Steel Construction American Institute of Steel Constructions Inc Ninth Edition 1989 3 Veiledning om utforming beregning og dimensjonering av staalkonstruksjoner January 1990 Regelverksamling for petroleumsvirksomheten Norwegian Petroleum Directorate Volume 2 January 1994 4 Norwegian Standard NS3472E 2nd Edition June 1984 5 Recommended Practise for Planning Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms Load and Recistance Factor Design API RP2A LRFD American Petroleum Institute First Edition July 1993 6 AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Recistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings American Institute of Steel Constructions Inc December 1999 7 NORSOK Standard Design of Steel Structures N 004 Rev 2 October 2004 Note that references to ANNEX C Fatigue are with respect to the 1998 release in 2004 moved to DNV RP C203 Ref 22 8 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 1 1 General rules and rules for buildings ENV 1993 1 1 April 1992 9 Norwegian Standard NS3472 3rd Edition 1999 2001 10 SESAM Framework Steel Frame Design Theoretical Manual August 1993 11 SESAM Wajac Wave and Current Loads on Fixid Rigid Frame Structures User Manual September 2000 12 SESAM Prefame Preprocessor for generation of Frame Structures User Manua
566. type I H Box and Channel when checked for load cases defined as earthquake In connection with code check according to API AISC LRFD member yield stability combined yield and stability it is possible to get dump of data giving information about flange and web classification used for cross sections of type I H Box and Channel See description under DEFINE BUCKLING LENGTH DUMP See also PRINT CODE OF PRACTICE RUN YIELD CHECK RUN STABILITY CHECK RUN MEMBER CHECK RUN PUNCH CHECK RUN CONE CHECK Framework 5 316 20 DEC 2007 RUN HYDROSTATIC CHECK EXAMPLES SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE NPD NS3742 SESAM Program version 3 5 SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 317 SELECT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TY PE CQC FORCE SRSS DISPLACEMENT EARTHQUAKE CHECK TYPE ABS VELOCITY NRL ACCELERATION APIC PURPOSE To select the type of modal combination rule to be used for an earthquake analysis and the type of desired output PARAMETERS CQC The CQC method shall be used SRSS The SRSS method shall be used ABS The ABS method shall be used NRL The NRL method shall be used APIC The method recommended in API RP 2A shall be used FORCE Member forces shall be the output from an earthquake analysis DISPLACEMENT Joint displacements shall be the output from an earthquake analysis VELOCITY Joint veloc
567. ults will report SCFs partly according to joint geometry and partly according to the actual worst hotspot The SCFaxC and SCFaxS are the hotspots for the Crown and Saddle positions independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue Framework SESAM 5 194 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 The SCFipb and SCFopb are the SCFs for crown position from in plane bending and saddle position from out of plane bending also independent of worst hotspot regarding fatigue The SCFax is the actual SCF for axial force used for the hotspot reported to be governing Hence if the worst hotspot is a saddel point 1 or 13 the SCFaxS is reported if a crown point 7 or 19 the SCFaxC is reported and if any points inbetween 4 10 16 or 22 the average value SCF of crown and saddle is used Correction of hotspot stresses are done internally in the calculation routines taking the effect from com mands DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS IN PLANE FACTOR and DEFINE FATIGUE CONSTANTS OUT OF PLANE FACTOR into account These are not reflected in the reports print but are global settings of how to perform the calculations The settings values of the parameters together with other fatigue global parameters can be printed by the command PRINT FATIGUE CHECK TYPE See also ASSIGN JOINT RING STIFFENER PRINT JOINT PARAMETRIC SCF EXAMPLES DEFINE PARAMETRIC SCF LIMITATION METHOD SCF ACTUAL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 195
568. upported flange length for I H or channel sections only Cb Lateral buckling factor for I H or channel sections only Bcurv y Buckling curve for bending about y axis Bcurv z Buckling curve for bending about z axis DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 STABILITY Results NPD NS3472 Rev 3 Ed 2 Run Superelement Loadset NPD S JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor Above 0 70 Member LoadCase CND Type Joint Po Outcome UsfTot UsfAx fa Dmy Phase SctNam Us fMy Fy Dmz Us fMz Fy red sighoop 45212 10 PIPE Fail Euler buckling stress exceeded 60025 35115 24 PIPE Fail Euler buckling stress exceeded 70020 Sigk Pey Sigv Pez Lb Cb PAGE SUB PAGE Ky Ly Kz Lz Bcurv y Bcurv Z 34217 11 PIP E Fail Euler buckling stress exceeded ti ti 60025 35415 14 PIPE 0 724 0 000 5 94E 00 7 55E 08 0 00E 00 0 00E 00 0 800 Dis 31 70020 0 000 3 56E 02 1 44E 09 0 00E 00 1 600 53 0 000 3 56E 02 0 00E 00 A A 77315 6 PIPE 0 714 0 000 2 14E 00 4 83E 08 0 00E 00 0 00E 00 0 800 3 601 70020 0 000 3 56E 02 1 50E 09 0 00E 00 1 600 3 601 0 000 3 56E 02 0 00E 00 A A DATE 28 MAR 2001 TIME 15 02 01 PROGRAM SESAM FRAMEWORK 2 8 01 28 MAR 2001 PAGE PUNCH Results NPD NS3472 Rev 3 Ed 2 Run Superelement Loadset NPD P JACKET WAVE LOADS Priority Worst Loadcase Usage factor
569. ural model the following commands must be used ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KY 0 8 ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KZ 1 6 To check member stability data the following command is used PRINT MEMBI ER STABILITY CHECK DATA ALL Framework 3 30 20 DEC 2007 SESAM Program version 3 5 To perform a member check for all members the following command is used RUN MEMBER CHECK MCHK Member check ALL STATIC Usage factors computed by the check may be displayed DISPLAY CODE CHECK RESULTS MCHK WORST LOADCASE MAX USAGE FACTOR 1 0 Results may be printed either on the screen or on a file To direct use the following commands S S T PRINT DESTINATION FILE T PRINT PAGE ORIENTATION LANDSCAP a E E all output to a file and print in landscape To print for each member the highest usage factor even though only one loadcase has been checked use the following command PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS MCHK WORST LOADCASE FULL El o o ABOVE Example results obtained from a stability check are shown in Appendix A The notation used in the heading from a NORSOK check is shown below NOMENCLATURE Member Name of member LoadCase Name of loadcase CND Operational storm or earthquake condition Type Section type Joint Po Joint name or position within the
570. use the influence function formu lation including multiplanar effect see also note below B Use Efthymiou model B 1 e use the influence function formu lation excluding multiplanar effect see also note below C Use Efthymiou model C i e use the conventional SCF ap proach This is the default behaviour NOTES Parametric SCFs according to Kuang and Wordsworth Smedley can only be calculated according to method ACTUAL or LIMITS When MAXIMUM Framework default is selected similar calculation as for ACTUAL is used When using alternative MAXIMUM in LIMITATION METHOD SCF parameters described in RING STIFFENER GEOMETRY and RING STIFFENER PARAMETER will be set to ACTUAL in first calcula tion pass and LIMIT in second pass When using alternative NEGLECT in RING STIFFENER GEOMETRY option selected in RING STIFF ENER PARAMETER is of no relevance The option with CHORD BRACE SEPARATE ON is implemented for SCFs according to Efthymiou and Lloyd s For the INFLUENCE FUNCTION METHOD option to be used for models A or B the joint SCF assign ment must be defined to be PARAMETRIC EFTHYMIOU and the joint type must be assigned to type LOADPATH i e calculate the SCFs based on load path for each stress calculation step Use the commands ASSIGN SCF JOINT brace name jnt name text PARAMETRIC EFTHYMIOU and ASSIGN JOINT TYPE brace name jnt name LOADPATH For joint type LOADPATH used in combination with parametric SCFs the print of the res
571. ution may only be used in conjunction with tubular members The NON SYMMETRIC SCF distribution is appropriate when the stress concentration factors are com pletely unsymmetric SCFs at all hotspots are then required to be defined The CROWN SADDLE SCF distribution is appropriate when the axial SCFs are different at the crown and saddle points but the bending SCFs are uniform e SCF associated with axial stresses at crown point e SCF associated with axial stresses at saddle point e SCF associated with in plane bending stresses at crown point SCF associated with out of plane bending stresses at saddle point The program then automatically assigns e the axial SCF at crown point to hotspots 7 and 19 e the axial SCF at saddle point to hotspots 1 and 13 e the in plane bending SCF at crown point to hotspots 4 7 10 16 19 and 22 the out of plane bending SCF at saddle point to hotspots 22 1 4 10 13 and 16 In addition the axial SCF at hotspots 4 10 16 and 22 is calculated as the mean value of the axial SCFs at crown and saddle e the in plane bending SCF is set to zero at hotspots 1 and 13 e the out of plane bending SCF is set to zero at hotspots 7 and 19 Framework SESAM 2 56 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 With the CROWN SADDLE SCF distribution the in plane and out of plane bending SCFs may be factored by user defined bending SCF factors at evenly numbered hotspots The CROWN SADDLE SCF distribu tion may only
572. verlap the overlap data will be used NONE Neglect minimum value NOTES Default value is NONE See also ASSIGN JOINT GAP DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP LENGTH PRINT JOINT PUNCH CHECK DATA EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER MINIMUM GAP RESET GAP SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 173 DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER STUB DIAMETER FRACTION STUB DIAMETER FRACTION frac PURPOSE Define the fraction of stub diameter to be used as minimum free stub length when assigning stub section to braces in a tubular joint PARAMETERS frac Fraction of diameter to be used NOTES Default value is 1 0 The stub diameter fraction specifies the minimum free length of the stub from the brace weld toe as a frac tion of the stub diameter The default values correspond to the recommended values in API and NORSOK and NPD See also ASSIGN STUB EXAMPLES DEFINE JOINT PARAMETER STUB DIAMETER FRACTION 1 2 Framework SESAM 5 174 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 DEFINE LOAD INTERNAL RESULT ID EXTERNAL RESULT ID LOAD CASE NAME RESULT CASE NAME LOAD NAMING CONVENTION PURPOSE To define naming convention to be used when establishing load case names when reading results file PARAMETERS INTERNAL RESULT ID Create name from internal sequential load number Default beh
573. with b gt 0 8 Use recommendations given by LR NORSOK default Overrule LR s recommendation How to handle NORSOK C 2 6 3 4 DNV RP C203 3 3 4 Do not use the recommendation in NORSOK C 2 6 3 4 Switch if separate minimum SCFs shall be used on chord side and brace side When set to ON the values specified below will be used When set to OFF the values defined from DEFINE FA TIGUE CONSTANTS will be used Specify minimum SCF to be used on chord side crown posi sion and axial load Minimum SCF to be used default 2 5 Specify minimum SCF to be used on chord side saddle posi sion and axial load Specify minimum SCF to be used on chord side crown posi sion in plane bending moment SESAM Program version 3 5 CHORD OPB SADDLE BRACE AXIAL CROWN Framework 20 DEC 2007 5 193 Specify minimum SCF to be used on chord side saddle posi sion out of plane bending moment Specify minimum SCF to be used on brace side crown posision and axial load BRACE AXIAL SADDLE Specify minimum SCF to be used on brace side saddle posi sion and axial load BRACE IPB CROWN Specify minimum SCF to be used on brace side crown posision in plane bending moment BRACE OPB SADDLE Specify minimum SCF to be used on brace side saddle posi sion out of plane bending moment INFLUENCE FUNCTION METHOD Specify the Efthymiou model to be used when calculating the SCFs see note below and Section 2 3 34 A Use Efthymiou model A i e
574. with the procedure of such analysis 1 2 Framework in the SESAM System SESAM is comprised of preprocessors environmental analysis programs structural analysis programs and postprocessors An overview of SESAM is shown in Figure 1 1 Frame type structures are typically modelled by the SESAM preprocessors Preframe and Presel if including the superelement technique Hydrodynamic loads if relevant are computed by the hydrodynamic analysis program Wajac The linear structural analysis is performed by Sestra Finally the structural analysis results are read into Framework for postprocessing Framework SESAM 1 2 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Brix Explorer Sesam Config Patran Pre Wadam Wajac Postresp general structures wave loads wave loads presentation on general on frame of statistical structures structures response Xtract Prefem Waveship Wasim presentation amp animation wave loads 3D wave loads rosal on ships on vessels general structures Framework frame design Installjac launching of jackets ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS Stofat shell plate fatigue PREPROCESSING Presel SESAM INTERFACE FILE super element assembly Sestra Splice Profast probabilistic fatigue and inspection O Z N N E Q O a An N e a linear structure statics and pile soil dynamics interaction Cutres Srimad presentation of sectional results sub modelli a Usfos Bee Platework collapse p
575. y axis stress when hydr pressure zSd Design bending moment about z axis stress when hydr pressure Cmy oment reduction factor about y axis Cmz oment reduction factor about z axis fm Characteristic bending strength Mrd Design bending resitance stress when hydrostatic pressure sqsd Capped end design axial compression stress Tubular Joints Capacity Check section 6 4 A tubular joint code check is performed by the command RUN PUNCH CHECK run name run text sel jnt sel lcs where run name name given to the run SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 B 7 run text description associated to the run sel jnt joints to be checked sel lcs load cases to be checked Geometric requirements calculated usage factors The following geometric requirements are checked e 0 2 lt beta lt 1 0 beta d D 10 lt gamma lt 50 gamma D 2T e 30 deg lt theta lt 90 deg e g D gt 0 6 for K joints The code check will be performed with the given geometric properties even if they are outside the limits but the print of results will give the following utilisation factors beta lt 0 2 gt Usfact 999 0 beta gt 1 0 gt Usfact 998 0 e gamma lt 10 gt Usfact 997 0 gamma gt 50 gt Usfact 996 0 e theta lt 30 deg gt Usfact 995 0 e g D lt 0 6 gt Usfact 994 0 However the usage factor for axial load contribution and bending moment contribution will be
576. ynamic modes to be considered A compressed or a comprehensive print of results may be requested If the comprehensive print option is chosen an inspection point around the weld at the chord side or at the brace side must be specified The multi brace case allows several joints analysis planes wind directions and dynamic modes to be considered Start and end values are specified The MULTI BRACE CASE SELECT JOINTS option allows to select joints from the structure randomly by the SELECT JOINT command All joints analysis planes and wind directions from the start value to end value is included in the analysis Among the specified joints only joint brace intersections parallel to the specified analysis planes are considered If n dynamic modes are specified the first n modes are considered Show of progress of the run may be switched on off for the multibrace case A compressed print of results is produced for the multi brace case ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO SINGLE BRACE CASE 3 406 210 1 2 COMPRESSED ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO SINGLE BRACE CASE 3 406 210 1 2 COMPREHENSIVE 4 BRACESIDE ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE CASE 3 6 102 303 1 1 2 ON SELECT JOINTS ONLY SET JTPRITUB SET JTSECTUB ASSIGN WIND FATIGUE RUN SCENARIO MULTI BRACE CASE SELECT JOINTS 1 6 1 6 3 ON Options for dump print of hotspot stresses and stress spectrum data a
577. ype and section The NOMEN CLATURE indicates Y for specific yield related data S for stability and H for hydrostatic data Governing hot spot names for yield check results are not reported for this combined check See also PRINT CODE CHECK RESULTS PRINT RUN SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE DEFINE MEMBER CHECK PARAMETERS EXAMPLES RUN MEMBER CHECK MEMCHK Check all members ONLY BRACE MEMBERS ALL SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 309 RUN PUNCH CHECK PUNCH CHECK run name run text sel jnt sel lcs PURPOSE To perform a joint punch check according to the pre selected code of practice PARAMETERS run name Name given to the run run text Text associated with run sel jnt Joints to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT JOINTS sel lcs Loadcases to be checked For valid alternatives see command SELECT LOAD CASE NOTES When running punching check according to the NORSOK standard the L parameter the least distance between crown and edge of chord can used in equation 6 56 specified in section 6 4 3 5 Design axial resistance for X and Y joints with joint can will be calculated even if a can section is not defined at the end of the chord aligned chord The can length is detected if the chord member is modelled with more than one element and a transition in diameter thic
578. ysis The classification is reported in the Diagnostics file run nameDiagnostics txt SESAM Framework Program version 3 5 20 DEC 2007 5 85 To determine the joint type the number of elements meeting at the node in the same plane are counted Ele ments may either be chord or braces The chord is taken as the pair of co linear elements of greatest diame ter all other elements are taken as braces If there is more than one pair of co linear elements of same maximum diameter the chord is assumed to be the pair with the greatest thickness If a node has no pair of co linear elements e g corner joints of a frame joint classification of Framework is tried for the current node analysis plane If chord and braces are determined by Framework chord and brace definition of Framework applies If chord and no braces are determined no fatigue damage is calculated If only braces are determined the joint is classified as a bent can When chord and braces are determined the joints is classified as T K KT X non standard or impossible according to the following rule e T joint there is a chord and one brace e K joint there is a chord and two braces e KT joint there is a chord and three braces e X joint there is a chord two braces where the chord and braces are pairs of co linear elements e Non standard joint there is a chord and more than three braces Non standard joints are treated as T joint Impossible joint there is a chord and more t
579. z axis fv Acting shear stress MaxCom Maximum acting combined stress general sections only Phase Phase angle in degrees Hot Norm Hotspot name corresponding to UsfNorm Hot Sher Hotspot name corresponding to UsfSher Hot Comb Hotspot name corresponding to UsfComb Framework SESAM 3 28 20 DEC 2007 Program version 3 5 Fa Allowable axial stress Fby Allowable bending stress about y axis Fbz Allowable bending stress about z axis Fv Allowable shear stress FalCom Allowable combined stress general sections only See Figure 3 4 and corresponding element print table 3 7 How to perform a stability check With reference to Figure 3 4 a stability check is performed for all members in the jacket model according to the API AISC WSD codes of practice For information on the loadcases analysed see Section 3 5 2 All members in the jacket model will be checked and results may be printed or displayed for members that exceed a usage factor 1 e interaction ratio of 0 0 The following command selects the API AISC WSD codes of practice SELECT CODE OF PRACTICE API AISC WSD To assign a value of 0 8 and 1 6 for Ky and Kz effective length factors to all members in the structural model the following commands must be used ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KY 0 8 ASSIGN STABILITY ALL KZ 1 6 To check member stability data the following command is used PRINT MEMBER STABILITY CHECK DATA ALL

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Framework framework framework laptop framework synonym framework 3.5 framework desktop framework definition framework 12 framework mod frameworks bikes framework drivers framework 4.8 frameworks institute framework laptop 16 framework 16 drivers framework minecraft framework homeownership course framework agreement framework 4 framework forge framework download framework vision framework7 framework curseforge framework minecraft mod framework windows 10

Related Contents

Propane Convection Heater - Mi  User Manual  取扱説明書 - M  SCALANCE X-300  Tecumseh HGA2434ZXA Performance Data Sheet  THUN MOUNTAIN - Museum of Computer Adventure Game History  Symmons 543TR-STN Instructions / Assembly  防虫ネット取付説明書  August 2014 Issue  NVR-04/09/16NAS 取扱説明書  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file